UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C FORM 20-F. Commission file number

Transcription

1 (Mark One) UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C FORM 20-F [ ] REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 OR [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 OR [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to OR [ ] SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Date of event requiring this shell company report Commission file number EURONAV NV (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) (Translation of Registrant's name into English) Belgium (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerpen, Belgium (Address of principal executive offices) Hugo De Stoop, Tel: , management@euronav.com, De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerpen, Belgium (Name, Telephone, and/or Facsimile, and address of Company Contact Person) Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act. Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered Ordinary Shares, no par value, New York Stock Exchange CUSIP B Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act. NONE (Title of class) * Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2 Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act. NONE (Title of class) Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report. As of December 31, 2015, the issuer had 159,208,949 ordinary shares, no par value, outstanding. Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes X No If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of Yes No X Note Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T ( of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes X No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer" and "accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: U.S. GAAP X International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the international Accounting Standards Board Other If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow: Item 17 Item 18 If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No X

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 1 ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 1 ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION 1 ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 28 ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 63 ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 63 ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENTAND EMPLOYEES 86 ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS. 91 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 94 ITEM 9. OFFER AND THE LISTING 95 ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 96 ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 113 ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 114 PART II ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 114 ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 114 ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 114 ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 115 ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS 115 ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 115 ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 116 ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES 116 ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 116 ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 116 ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 116 PART III ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 116 ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 116 ITEM 19. EXHIBITS 117 Page

4 CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Matters discussed in this report may constitute forward-looking statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides safe harbor protections for forward-looking statements in order to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their business. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements, which are other than statements of historical facts. We desire to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are including this cautionary statement in connection therewith. This report and any other written or oral statements made by us or on our behalf may include forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance, and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. When used in this document, the words "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "intend," "plan," "target," "project," "likely," "may," "will," "would," "could" and similar expressions, terms, or phrases may identify forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements in this report are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including without limitation, management's examination of historical operating trends, data contained in our records and other data available from third parties. Although we believe that these assumptions were reasonable when made, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs or projections. In addition to important factors and matters discussed elsewhere in this report, and in the documents incorporated by reference herein, important factors that, in our view, could cause our actual results and developments to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include: the strength of world economies and currencies; general market conditions, including the market for our vessels, fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values; availability of financing and refinancing; our business strategy and other plans and objectives for growth and future operations; our ability to successfully employ our existing and newbuilding vessels; planned capital expenditures and availability of capital resources to fund capital expenditures; our ability to realize the expected benefits from acquisitions; potential liability from pending or future litigation; general domestic and international political conditions; potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents or political events; vessels breakdowns and instances of off-hires; competition within our industry; the supply of and demand for vessels comparable to ours; corruption, piracy, militant activities, political instability, terrorism, ethnic unrest in locations where we may operate;

5 delays and cost overruns in construction projects; our level of indebtedness; our ability to obtain financing and comply with the restrictive and other covenants in our financing arrangements; our need for cash to meet our debt service obligations; our levels of operating and maintenance costs, including bunker prices, drydocking and insurance costs; availability of skilled workers and the related labor costs; compliance with governmental, tax, environmental and safety regulation; any non-compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA) or other applicable regulations relating to bribery; general economic conditions and conditions in the oil and natural gas industry; effects of new products and new technology in our industry; the failure of counterparties to fully perform their contracts with us; our dependence on key personnel; adequacy of insurance coverage; our ability to obtain indemnities from customers; changes in laws, treaties or regulations; and the volatility of the price of our ordinary shares. These factors and the other risk factors described in this report are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results or developments to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. These forward looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance, and actual results and developments may vary materially from those projected in the forward looking statements. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, except as required by law, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

6 PART I ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS Not applicable. ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE Not applicable. ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION Throughout this report, all references to "Euronav," the "Company," "we," "our," and "us" refer to Euronav NV and its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to "U.S. dollars," "USD," "dollars," "US$" and "$" in this annual report are to the lawful currency of the United States of America and references to "Euro," "EUR," and " " are to the lawful currency of Belgium. References in this report to "Valero," "Total," "Petrobras," "Repsol," and "Maersk Oil" are to Valero Energy Corporation, Total S.A., Petroleo Brasileiro S.A., Repsol Trading S.A., and Maersk Oil Qatar AS, respectively, and certain of each of their subsidiaries that are our customers. We refer to our "U.S. Shares" as those shares of the Company with no par value that are reflected in the U.S. component of our share register, or the U.S. Register, that is maintained by Computershare Trust Company N.A, or Computershare, our U.S. transfer agent and registrar, and are formatted for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE. The U.S. Shares are identified by CUSIP B We refer to our "Belgian Shares" as those shares of the Company with no par value that are reflected in the Belgian component of our share register, or the Belgian Register, that is maintained by De Interprofessionele Effectendeposito- en Girokas (CIK) NV (acting under the commercial name Euroclear Belgium), or Euroclear Belgium, our agent, and are formatted for trading on Euronext Brussels. The Belgian Shares are identified by ISIN BE Our U.S. Shares and our Belgian Shares taken together are collectively referred to as our "ordinary shares." For further discussion of the maintenance of our share register, please see "Item 10. Additional Information B. Memorandum and Articles of Association Share Register." A. Selected Financial Data The following tables set forth, in each case for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our selected consolidated financial data and other operating data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and The selected data is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. The selected historical financial information presented in the tables below should be read in conjunction with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. The audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are included in this annual report. Year Ended December 31, Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss Data (US$ in thousands, except per share data) Revenue 846, , , , ,315 Gains on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets 13,302 13, ,067 22,153 Other operating income 7,426 11,411 11,520 10,478 5,773 Voyage expenses and commissions (71,237) (118,303) (79,584) (72,100) (46,884) Vessel operating expenses (153,718) (124,089) (105,911) (109,539) (123,078) Charter hire expenses (25,849) (35,664) (21,031) (28,920) (42,497) Losses on disposal of vessels (8,002) (215) (25,501) Impairment on non-current assets held for sale (7,416) (32,080) Depreciation tangible assets (210,156) (160,934) (136,882) (146,881) (142,358) Depreciation intangible assets (50) (20) (76) (181) (213) General and administrative expenses (46,251) (40,565) (27,165) (30,797) (28,655) Result from operating activities 351,972 11,527 (54,714) (79,117) (54,945) Finance income 3,312 2,617 1,993 5,349 5,663 Finance expenses (50,942) (95,970) (54,637) (55,507) (52,484) Net finance expense (47,630) (93,353) (52,644) (50,158) (46,821) Share of profit (loss) of equity accounted investees (net of income tax) 51,592 30,286 17,853 9,953 5,897 Profit (loss) before income tax 355,934 (51,540) (89,505) (119,322) (95,869) Income tax benefit/(expense) (5,633) 5,743 (178) 726 (118) Profit (loss) for the period 350,301 (45,797) (89,683) (118,596) (95,987) Attributable to: Owners of the Company 350,301 (45,797) (89,683) (118,596) (95,987) Basic earnings per share 2.25 (0.39) (1.79) (2.37) (1,92) Diluted earnings per share 2.22 (0.39) (1.79) (2.37) (1,92) 1

7 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data (at Period End) Year Ended December 31, (US$ in thousands, except for per share and fleet data) Cash and cash equivalents 131, ,086 74, , ,108 Vessels 2,288,036 2,258,334 1,434,800 1,592,837 1,616,178 Vessels under construction 93,890 89,619 Current and non-current bank loans 1,052,448 1,234, , , ,992 Equity attributable to Owners of the Company 1,905,749 1,472, , , ,988 Cash flow data Netcashinflow/(outflow) Operating activities 450,532 14,782 (8,917) 69,812 28,060 Investing activities (205,873) (1,023,007) 28,114 (86,986) 39,852 Financing activities (365,315) 1,189,021 (57,384) (33,117) (48,606) Fleet Data (Unaudited) VLCCs Average number of vessels(1) Calendar days(2) 9,860 7,450 4,085 4,940 5,264 Vessel operating days(3) 9,645 7,294 4,036 4,891 5,119 Available days(4) 9,780 7,391 4,044 4,910 5,198 Fleet utilization(5) 98.6% 98.7% 99.8% 99.6% 98.5 Daily TCE charter rates(6) $ 52,802 $ 27,189 $ 25,785 $ 23,510 $ 24,457 Daily vessel operating expenses(7) $ 9,935 $ 8,565 $ 8,178 $ 7,761 $ 7,440 Suezmaxes Average number of vessels(1) Calendar days(2) 6,885 6,937 6,848 6,588 6,578 Vessel operating days(3) 6,780 6,774 6,661 6,436 6,448 Available days(4) 6,806 6,895 6,664 6,489 6,456 Fleet utilization(5) 99.6% 98.2% 100% 99.2% 99.9% Daily TCE charter rates(6) $ 39,689 $ 24,491 $ 19,284 $ 21,052 $ 24,237 Daily vessel operating expenses(7) $ 8,288 $ 8,073 $ 7,753 $ 7,868 $ 8,442 Average daily general and administrative expenses per vessel owned tanker segment only(8) $ 2,790 $ 2,820 $ 2,485 $ 2,672 $ 2,420 Other data EBITDA (unaudited)(9) $ 613,770 $ 202,767 $ 100,096 $ 77,898 $ 93,523 Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)(10) $ 648,190 $ 239,176 $ 138,853 $ 120,719 $ 128,367 Time charter equivalents revenues $ 778,368 $ 364,211 $ 232,519 $ 250,476 $ 281,476 Basic weighted average shares outstanding 155,872, ,539,017 50,230,438 50,000,000 50,000,000 Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 157,529, ,539,017 50,230,438 50,000,000 50,000,000 (1) Average number of vessels is the number of vessels that constituted our fleet for the relevant period, as measured by the sum of the number of calendar days each vessel was part of our fleet during the period divided by the number of calendar days in that period. (2) Calendar days are the total days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period, including off-hire days associated with major repairs, drydockings or special or intermediate surveys. (3) Vessel operating days are the total days our vessels were in our possession for the relevant period net of all off-hire days (scheduled and unscheduled). 2

8 (4) Available days are the total days our vessels were in our possession for the relevant period net of scheduled off-hire days associated with major repairs, drydockings or special or intermediate surveys. (5) Fleet utilization is the percentage of time that our vessels were available for revenue generating voyage days and is determined by dividing Vessel operating days by available days for the relevant period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the number of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys or intermediate or vessel positioning. (6) Time Charter Equivalent, or TCE, (a non-ifrs measure) is a measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel on a per voyage basis. Our method of calculating the TCE rate is consistent with industry standards and is determined by dividing total voyage revenues less voyage expenses by vessel operating days for the relevant time period. The period over which voyage revenues are recognized commences at the time the vessel leaves the port at which she discharged her cargo related to her previous voyage (or as the case may be when a vessel is leaving a yard at which she went to drydock or in the case of a newbuilding or a newly acquired vessel as from the moment the vessel is available to take a cargo). The period ends at the time that discharge of cargo is completed. Net voyage revenues are voyage revenues minus voyage expenses. Voyage expenses primarily consist of port, canal and fuel costs that are unique to a particular voyage, which would otherwise be paid by the charterer under a time charter contract. We may incur voyage related expenses when positioning or repositioning vessels before or after the period of a time charter, during periods of commercial waiting time or while off-hire during dry-docking or due to other unforeseen circumstances. The TCE rate is not a measure of financial performance under IFRS (non-ifrs measure), and should not be considered as an alternative to voyage revenues, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with IFRS. However, TCE rate is standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a company's performance and assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance. Our calculation of TCE rates may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. The following table reflects the calculation of our TCE rates for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011: VLCC Net VLCC revenues for all employment types $ 509,277,925 $ 198,316,363 $ 104,068,875 Total VLCC operating days 9,645 7,294 4,036 Daily VLCC TCE Rate $ 52,802 $ 27,189 $ 25,785 SUEZMAX Net Suezmax revenues for all employment types $ 269,090,422 $ 165,894,436 $ 128,449,941 Total Suezmax operating days 6,780 6,774 6,661 Daily Suezmax rate $ 39,689 $ 24,491 $ 19,284 Tanker Fleet Net Tanker fleet revenues for all employment type $ 778,368,347 $ 364,210,799 $ 232,518,816 Total Fleet operating days 16,425 14,068 10,697 Daily Fleetwide TCE $ 47,390 $ 25,890 $ 21, VLCC Net VLCC revenues for all employment types $ 114,987,548 $ 125,195,000 Total VLCC operating days 4,891 5,119 Daily VLCC TCE Rate $ 23,510 $ 24,457 SUEZMAX Net Suezmax revenues for all employment types $ 135,488,742 $ 156,280,502 Total Suezmax operating days 6,436 6,448 Daily Suezmax rate $ 21,052 $ 24,237 Tanker Fleet Net Tanker fleet revenues for all employment type $ 250,476,290 $ 281,475,502 Total Fleet operating days 11,327 11,568 Daily Fleetwide TCE $ 22,113 $ 24,332 3

9 The following table reflects the calculation of our net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011: Year Ended December 31, (US$ in thousands) Voyage charter revenues $ 720,416 $ 341,867 $ 171,225 $ 175,947 $ 139,265 Time charter revenues $ 126,091 $ 132,118 $ 133,396 $ 144,889 $ 187,050 Subtotal revenue $ 846,507 $ 473,985 $ 304,622 $ 320,836 $ 326,315 Other income $ 7,426 $ 11,411 $ 11,520 $ 10,478 $ 5,773 Total operating revenues $ 853,933 $ 485,396 $ 316,142 $ 331,314 $ 332,088 Less: Other income * $ (4,328) $ (2,882) $ (4,039) $ (8,738) $ (3,729) Total revenues attributable to ships owned by Euronav $ 849,605 $ 482,514 $ 312,103 $ 322,576 $ 328,359 Tanker Fleet Net Tanker Fleet Revenues reconciliation Share of total Revenues attributable to ships owned by Euronav $ 849,605 $ 482,514 $ 312,103 $ 322,576 $ 328,359 less voyage expenses and commissions $ (71,237) $ (118,303) $ (79,584) $ (72,100) $ (46,884) Net Total tanker fleet $ 778,368 $ 364,211 $ 232,519 $ 250,476 $ 281,476 of which Net VLCC Revenues for all employment types $ 509,278 $ 198,316 $ 104,069 $ 114,988 $ 125,195 of which Net Suezmax Revenues for all employment types $ 269,090 $ 165,895 $ 128,450 $ 135,489 $ 156,281 * Some revenues are excluded because these do not relate directly to vessels, such as rental income and insurance rebates. (7) Daily vessel operating expenses, or DVOE, (a non-ifrs measure) is calculated by dividing direct vessel expenses, which includes crew costs, provisions, deck and engine stores, lubricating oil, insurance and maintenance and repairs, by calendar days for the relevant time period. (8) Average daily general and administrative expenses are calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by calendar days for our owned tanker segment and relevant time period. Average daily general and administrative expenses are lower when our jointly-owned vessels are included in this calculation. (9) EBITDA (a non-ifrs measure) represents operating earnings before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation expense attributable to us. EBITDA is presented to provide investors with meaningful additional information that management uses to monitor ongoing operating results and evaluate trends over comparative periods. We believe that EBITDA is useful to investors as the shipping industry is capital intensive which often brings significant cost of financing. EBITDA should not be considered a substitute for profit/(loss) attributable to us or cash flow from operating activities prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. The definition of EBITDA used here may not be comparable to that used by other companies. Year Ended December 31, EBITDA Reconciliation (unaudited) Profit (loss) for the period $ 350,301 $ (45,797) $ (89,683) $ (118,596) $ (95,987) plusnet finance expenses $ 47,630 $ 93,353 $ 52,644 $ 50,158 $ 46,821 plusdepreciation of tangible and intangible assets $ 210,206 $ 160,954 $ 136,957 $ 147,062 $ 142,571 plusincome tax expense/(benefit) $ 5,633 $ (5,743) $ 178 $ (726) $ 118 EBITDA (unaudited) $ 613,770 $ 202,767 $ 100,096 $ 77,898 $ 93,523 (10) Adjusted EBITDA (a non-ifrs measure) represents operating earnings including the share of EBITDA of equity accounted investees before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation expense attributable to us. Adjusted EBITDA provides investors with meaningful additional information that management uses to monitor ongoing operating results and evaluate trends over comparative periods as the shipping industry is a capital intensive industry which often brings significant cost of financing. We also believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and equity analysts as a measure of our operating performance that can be readily compared to other companies and we use Adjusted EBITDA in our internal evaluation of operating effectiveness and decisions regarding the allocation of resources. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a substitute for profit/(loss) attributable to us or cash flow from operating activities prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB or any other measure of operating performance. The definition of Adjusted EBITDA used here may not be comparable to that used by other companies. 4

10 Year Ended December 31, Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation (unaudited) Profit (loss) for the period $ 350,301 $ (45,797) $ (89,683) $ (118,596) $ (95,987) plusnet finance expenses $ 47,630 $ 93,353 $ 52,644 $ 50,158 $ 46,821 plusnet finance expenses JV $ 5,288 $ 7,351 $ 8,352 $ 12,370 $ 8,892 plusdepreciation of tangible and intangible assets $ 210,206 $ 160,954 $ 136,957 $ 147,062 $ 142,571 plusdepreciation of tangible and intangible assets JV $ 29,314 $ 29,058 $ 30,405 $ 30,451 $ 25,952 plusincome tax expense/(benefit) $ 5,633 $ (5,743) $ 178 $ (726) $ 118 plusincome tax expense/(benefit) JV $ (182) $ $ $ $ Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited) $ 648,190 $ 239,176 $ 138,853 $ 120,719 $ 128,367 B. Capitalization and Indebtedness Not applicable. C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds Not applicable. D. Risk Factors The following risks relate principally to us and our business and the industry in which we operate, the securities market and ownership of our securities, including our ordinary shares. The occurrence of any of the risk factors described below could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition or operating results, which may reduce our ability to pay dividends and lower the trading price of our ordinary shares. Risk Factors Relating to Our Industry The tanker industry is cyclical and volatile, which may lead to reductions and volatility in the charter rates we are able to obtain, in vessel values and in our earnings and available cash flow. The tanker industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. For example, during the six year period from 2010 through 2015, time charter equivalent, or TCE, spot rates for a VLCC trading between the Middle East Gulf and Japan ranged from rates below operating expenses to a high of $115,780 per day. This volatility continued in 2016, with average monthly rates on the same route fluctuating between $39,750 to $101,923 per day. A worsening of the current global economic conditions may adversely affect our ability to charter or recharter our vessels or to sell them on the expiration or termination of their charters, or any renewal or replacement charters that we enter into may not be sufficient to allow us to operate our vessels profitably. Fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values result from changes in the supply and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply and demand for oil and oil products. The factors affecting the supply and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable. The factors that influence demand for tanker capacity include: supply and demand for energy resources and oil and petroleum products; competition from, and supply and demand for, alternative sources of energy; regional availability of refining capacity and inventories; global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts, terrorist activities and strikes; 5

11 the distance over which the oil and the oil products are to be moved by sea; changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns; environmental and other legal and regulatory developments; weather and natural disasters; and international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars. The factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include: demand for alternative sources of energy; the number of newbuilding deliveries; the scrapping rate of older vessels; conversion of tankers to other uses; the number of vessels that are out of service; environmental concerns and regulations; and port or canal congestion. Declines in oil and natural gas prices for an extended period of time, or market expectations of potential decreases in these prices, could negatively affect our future growth in the tanker and offshore sector. Sustained periods of low oil and natural gas prices typically result in reduced exploration and extraction because oil and natural gas companies' capital expenditure budgets are subject to cash flow from such activities and are therefore sensitive to changes in energy prices. These changes in commodity prices can have a material effect on demand for our services, and periods of low demand can cause excess vessel supply and intensify the competition in the industry, which often results in vessels, particularly older and less technologically-advanced vessels, being idle for long periods of time. We cannot predict the future level of demand for our services or future conditions of the oil and natural gas industry. Any decrease in exploration, development or production expenditures by oil and natural gas companies could reduce our revenues and materially harm our business, results of operations and cash available for distribution. Any decrease in shipments of crude oil may adversely affect our financial performance. The demand for our vessels and services in transporting oil derives primarily from demand for Arabian Gulf, West African, North Sea and Caribbean crude oil, which, in turn, primarily depends on the economies of the world's industrial countries and competition from alternative energy sources. A wide range of economic, social and other factors can significantly affect the strength of the world's industrial economies and their demand for crude oil from the mentioned geographical areas. One such factor is the price of worldwide crude oil. The world's oil markets have experienced high levels of volatility in the last 25 years. In 2015, crude oil reached a high of $61.36 per barrel (WTI)/$66.33 per barrel (Brent) and a low of $34.55 per barrel (WTI)/$35.26 per barrel (Brent). As of March 24, 2016, crude oil was $39.46 per barrel (WTI)/40.44 per barrel (Brent). Any decrease in shipments of crude oil from the above-mentioned geographical areas could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. Among the factors which could lead to such a decrease are: increased crude oil production from other areas, including the exploitation of shale reserves in the United States and the growth in its domestic oil production and exportation; increased refining capacity in the Arabian Gulf or West Africa; 6

12 increased use of existing and future crude oil pipelines; a decision by Arabian Gulf or West African oil-producing nations to increase their crude oil prices or to further decrease or limit their crude oil production; armed conflict in the Arabian Gulf and West Africa and political or other factors; trade embargoes or other economic sanctions by the United States and other countries (including the economic sanctions against Russia as a result of increased political tension due to the situation in the Ukraine); and the development and the relative costs of nuclear power, natural gas, coal and other alternative sources of energy. In addition, conditions affecting the economy of the United States and the world economies such as China may result in reduced consumption of oil products and a decreased demand for our vessels and lower charter rates, which could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and our ability to pay dividends. An over-supply of tanker capacity may lead to a reduction in charter rates, vessel values, and profitability. The market supply of tankers is affected by a number of factors, such as supply and demand for energy resources, including oil and petroleum products, supply and demand for seaborne transportation of such energy resources, and the current and expected purchase orders for newbuildings. If the capacity of new tankers delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and converted to non-trading tankers, tanker capacity will increase. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and if the demand for tanker capacity decreases or does not increase correspondingly, charter rates could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and available cash and our ability to comply with the covenants in our loan agreements. Our growth in the offshore floating, storage and offloading (FSO) sector depends on the level of activity in the offshore oil and natural gas industry, which is significantly affected by, among other things, volatile oil and natural gas prices, and may be materially and adversely affected by a decline in the offshore oil and natural gas industry. The offshore production, storage and export industry is cyclical and volatile. Our growth strategy depends in part on expansion in the offshore FSO sector, which depends on the level of activity in oil and natural gas exploration, development and production in offshore areas worldwide. The availability of quality FSO prospects, exploration success, relative production costs, the stage of reservoir development and political and regulatory environments affect customers' FSO programs. Oil and natural gas prices and market expectations of potential changes in these prices also significantly affect this level of activity and demand for offshore units. Our results of operations are subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may adversely affect our financial condition. We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, charter rates. Peaks in tanker demand quite often precede seasonal oil consumption peaks, as refiners and suppliers anticipate consumer demand. Seasonal peaks in oil demand can broadly be classified into two main categories: (1) increased demand prior to Northern Hemisphere winters as heating oil consumption increases and (2) increased demand for gasoline prior to the summer driving season in the United States. Unpredictable weather patterns and variations in oil reserves disrupt tanker scheduling. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results, as many of our vessels trade in the spot market. Seasonal variations in tanker demand will affect any spot market related rates that we may receive. Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels could adversely affect our business. Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean, the Gulf of Guinea and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Over the past few years, the frequency of piracy incidents in the Gulf of Aden and in the Indian Ocean has decreased significantly, whereas there has been an increase in the South China Sea while the situation in the Gulf of Guinea has now more or less stabilized. If these piracy attacks occur in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized by insurers as "enhanced risk" zones, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, as well as costs which may be incurred to the extent we employ onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters. 7

13 The current state of the global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms and otherwise negatively impact our business. Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. In recent years, operating businesses in the global economy have faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, deteriorating international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. Since 2008, there has been a general decline in the willingness of banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry, due to the historically volatile asset values of vessels. As the shipping industry is highly dependent on the availability of credit to finance and expand operations, it has been negatively affected by this decline. As a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets may increase as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, additional financing may not be available if needed and to the extent required, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to expand or meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise. If economic conditions throughout the world continue to be volatile, it could impede our operations. Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy continues to face a number of new challenges, including the effects of lower oil prices, continuing turmoil and hostilities in the Middle East, North Africa, Russia and other geographic areas and countries, continuing economic weakness in the European Union, or the E.U., and softening growth in China. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including oil and gas. An extended period of deterioration in the outlook for the world economy could reduce the overall demand for oil and gas and for our services. Such changes could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. The economies of the United States, the E.U. and other parts of the world continue to experience relatively slow growth and exhibit weak economic trends. The credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, de-leveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal government and state governments and European authorities continue to implement a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets. Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, severely disrupted and volatile. Since 2008, lending by financial institutions worldwide remains at significantly lower levels than in the period preceding We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, these recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and may cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline. The instability of the Euro or the inability of countries to refinance their debts could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability and financial position. As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, in particular in Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility, or the EFSF, and the European Financial Stability Mechanism, or the EFSM, to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. In March 2011, the European Council agreed on the need for Eurozone countries to establish a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism, or the ESM, which was established on September 27, 2012 to assume the role of the EFSF and the EFSM in providing external financial assistance to Eurozone countries. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the Euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for oil and gas and for our services. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flow. Consolidation and governmental regulation of suppliers may increase the cost of obtaining supplies or restrict our ability to obtain needed supplies, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We rely on third-parties to provide supplies and services necessary for our operations, including equipment suppliers, caterers and machinery suppliers. Recent mergers have reduced the number of available suppliers, resulting in fewer alternatives for sourcing key supplies. With respect to certain items, we are generally dependent upon the original equipment manufacturer for repair and replacement of the item or its spare parts. Such consolidation may result in a shortage of supplies and services thereby increasing the cost of supplies and/or potentially inhibiting the ability of suppliers to deliver on time. These cost increases or delays could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and result in downtime, and delays in the repair and maintenance of our vessels and FSOs. Furthermore, many of our suppliers are U.S. companies or non-u.s. subsidiaries owned or controlled by U.S. companies, which means that in the event a U.S. supplier was debarred or otherwise restricted by the U.S. government from delivering products, our ability to supply and service our operations could be materially impacted. In addition, through regulation and permitting, certain foreign governments effectively restrict the number of suppliers and technicians available to supply and service our operations in those jurisdictions, which could materially impact our operations and financial condition. 8

14 Our international operations expose us to additional costs and legal and regulatory risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial conditions We operate worldwide, where appropriate, through agents or other intermediaries. Compliance with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations increases our cost of doing business. These numerous and sometimes conflicting laws and regulations include, among others, data privacy requirements (particularly with respect to the recent invalidation of the U.S.-European Union safe harbor by the European Court of Justice), labor relations laws, tax laws, anti-competition regulations, import and trade restrictions, export requirements, U.S. laws such as the FCPA and other U.S. federal laws and regulations established by the office of Foreign Asset Control, local laws such as the UK Bribery Act 2010 or other local laws which prohibit corrupt payments to governmental officials or certain payments or remunerations to customers. Given the high level of complexity of these laws, there is a risk that we may inadvertently breach some provisions. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers or our employees, requirements to obtain export licenses, cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries, implementation of compliance programs, and prohibitions on the conduct of our business. Violations of laws and regulations also could result in prohibitions on our ability to operate in one or more countries and could materially damage our reputation, our ability to attract and retain employees, or our business, results of operations and financial condition. We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations that can adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, and our available cash. Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act, the U.S. Clean Water Act, the U.S. Marine Transportation Security Act of 2002, E.U. regulations, regulations of the International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1975, the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution of 1973, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, and the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code. Compliance with such laws and regulations, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast waters, maintenance and inspection, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. Oil spills that occur from time to time may also result in additional legislative or regulatory initiatives that may affect our operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with such new laws or regulations. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third-party, an act of God or an act of war). An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, including punitive damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our tankers. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have arranged insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash. If we fail to comply with international safety regulations, we may be subject to increased liability, which may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO's International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code, promulgated by the IMO under the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, or SOLAS. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop and maintain an extensive "Safety Management System" that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. If we fail to comply with the ISM Code, we may be subject to increased liability, invalidation of our existing insurance or a reduction in available insurance coverage for our affected vessels. 9

15 Non-compliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard and E.U. authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and E.U. ports. Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets. Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the IMO have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. These regulatory measures may include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, decreases of fossil fuel subsidies, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. In addition, although the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping currently are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which required adopting countries to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, a new treaty may be adopted in the future that includes restrictions on shipping emissions. Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected. Adverse effects upon the oil and gas industry relating to climate change, including growing public concern about the environmental impact of climate change, may also adversely affect demand for our services. For example, increased regulation of greenhouse gases or other concerns relating to climate change may reduce the demand for oil and gas in the future or create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. In addition, the physical effects of climate change, including changes in weather patterns, rising sea levels, scarcity of water resources, may negatively impact our operations. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil and gas industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Declines in charter rates, vessel values and other market deterioration could cause us to incur impairment charges. We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine if events have occurred that would require an impairment of their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount of vessels is reviewed based on events and changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recovered. The review for potential impairment indicators and projection of future cash flows related to the vessels is complex and requires us to make various estimates relating to, among other things, vessel values, future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile. We evaluate the recoverable amount as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the vessel, the vessel is deemed impaired. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time because the new market prices of secondhand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we evaluated the recoverable amount of our vessels and we did not recognize an impairment loss. Any impairment charge incurred as a result of further declines in charter rates could negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or the trading price of our ordinary shares. We operate our vessels worldwide and as a result, our vessels are exposed to international risks and inherent operational risks of the tanker industry, which may adversely affect our business and financial condition. The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. Our vessels and their cargoes will be at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, and acts of God, business interruptions caused by mechanical failures, grounding, fire, explosions and collisions, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These events may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenues or property, the payment of ransoms, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, and market disruptions, delay or rerouting, which may also subject us to litigation. In addition, the operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil. An oil spill may cause significant environmental damage and the associated costs could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision, or other cause, due to the high flammability and high volume of the oil transported in tankers. If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs and maintenance are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. The loss of revenues while these vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, may adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located to our vessels' positions. The loss of earnings while these vessels are forced to wait for space or to travel to more distant drydocking facilities may adversely affect our business and financial condition. Further, the total loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator. If we are unable to adequately maintain or safeguard our vessels, we may be unable to prevent any such damage, costs, or loss which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash. 10

16 In addition, international shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of the cargo and/or our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us. It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Furthermore, changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash. We may be subject to risks inherent in the conversion of vessels into FSOs and the operation of FSO activities. Our FSO activities are subject to various risks, including delays, cost overruns, unavailability of supplies, employee negligence, defects in machinery, collisions, service damage to vessels, damage or loss to freight, piracy or strikes. In case of delays in delivering FSO under service contract to the end-user, contracts can be amended and/or cancelled. Moreover, the operation of FSO vessels is subject to the inherent possibility of maritime disasters, such as oil spills and other environmental accidents, and to the obligations arising from the ownership and management of vessels in international trade. We have established current insurance against possible accidents and environmental damage and pollution that complies with applicable law and standard practices in the sector. However, there is no guarantee that such insurance will remain available at rates which are regarded as reasonable by us or that such insurance will remain sufficient to cover all losses incurred or the cost of each compensation claim made against us, or that our insurance policies will cover the loss of income resulting from a vessel becoming non-operational. Should compensation claims be made against us, our vessels may be impounded or subject to other judicial procedures, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. If labor interruptions are not resolved in a timely manner, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends. We employ masters, officers and crews to man our vessels. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, industrial action or other labor unrest could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out as we expect and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends. Our labor costs and the operating restrictions that apply to us could increase as a result of collective bargaining negotiations and changes in labor laws and regulations, and disputes resulting in work stoppages, strikes, or disruptions could adversely affect our business. The majority of our employees (land-based and offshore) are represented by collective bargaining agreements in Belgium, Greece, France and the Philippines. For a limited number of vessels, the employment of onboard staff is based on internationally negotiated collective bargaining agreements. In addition, many of these represented individuals are working under agreements that are subject to salary negotiation. These negotiations could result in higher personnel costs, other increased costs or increased operating restrictions that could adversely affect our financial performance. In addition, as part of our legal obligations, we are required to contribute certain amounts to retirement funds and pension plans (with insurance companies or integrated in a national social security scheme) and are bound to legal restrictions in our ability to dismiss employees. Any disagreements concerning ordinary or extraordinary collective bargaining may damage our reputation and the relationship with our employees and lead to labor disputes, including work stoppages, strikes and/or work disruptions, which could hinder our operations from being carried out normally, and if not resolved in a timely cost-effective manner, could have a material effect on our business. World events could affect our results of operations and financial condition. We conduct most of our operations outside of the United States and Belgium. Our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash may be adversely affected by the effects of political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in North Korea, the Middle East, including Syria and Egypt, and North Africa, including Libya, and the presence of the United States and Belgium and other armed forces in Afghanistan may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further world economic instability and uncertainty in global financial markets. As a result of the above, insurers have increased premiums and reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility of the financial markets and negatively impact the U.S. and global economy. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political instability has also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash. 11

17 If our vessels call on ports located in countries that are subject to sanctions and embargos imposed by the U.S. or other governments that could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our ordinary shares. Although we believe that no vessels owned or operated by us have called on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Iran, Sudan and Syria, in the future, our vessels may call on ports in these countries from time to time on charterers' instructions. Sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or "CISADA," which expanded the scope of the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expands the application of the prohibitions on companies such as ours and introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in US dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran's petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person's vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years. On November 24, 2013, the P5+1 (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Russia and China) entered into an interim agreement with Iran entitled the "Joint Plan of Action," or JPOA. Under the JPOA it was agreed that, in exchange for Iran taking certain voluntary measures to ensure that its nuclear program is used only for peaceful purposes, the United States and E.U. would voluntarily suspend certain sanctions for a period of six months. On January 20, 2014, the United States and the E.U. indicated that they would begin implementing the temporary relief measures provided for under the JPOA. These measures include, among other things, the suspension of certain sanctions on the Iranian petrochemicals, precious metals and automotive industries from January 20, 2014 until July 20, The JPOA was subsequently extended twice. On July 14, 2015, the P5+1 and the E.U. announced that they reached a landmark agreement with Iran titled the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action Regarding the Islamic Republic of Iran's Nuclear Program, or the JCPOA, which is intended to significantly restrict Iran's ability to develop and produce nuclear weapons for 10 years while simultaneously easing sanctions directed toward non- U.S. persons for conduct involving Iran, but taking place outside of U.S. jurisdiction and does not involve U.S. persons. On January 16, 2016, or the Implementation Day, the United States joined the E.U. and the United Nations in lifting a significant number of their nuclear-related sanctions on Iran following an announcement by the International Atomic Energy Agency, or IAEA, that Iran had satisfied its respective obligations under the JCPOA. U.S. sanctions prohibiting certain conduct that is now permitted under the JCPOA have not actually been repealed or permanently terminated at this time. Rather, the U.S. government has implemented changes to the sanctions regime by: (1) issuing waivers of certain statutory sanctions provisions; (2) committing to refrain from exercising certain discretionary sanctions authorities; (3) removing certain individuals and entities from OFAC's sanctions lists; and (4) revoking certain Executive Orders and specified sections of Executive Orders. These sanctions will not be permanently "lifted" until the earlier of "Transition Day," set to occur on October 20, 2023, or upon a report from the IAEA stating that all nuclear material in Iran is being used for peaceful activities. In addition, charterers and other parties that we have previously entered into contracts with regarding our vessels may be affiliated with persons or entities that are now or may soon be the subject of sanctions imposed by the Obama administration and/or the E.U. or other international bodies. If we determine that such sanctions require us to terminate existing contracts or if we are found to be in violation of such sanctions, we may suffer reputational harm and our results of operations may be adversely affected. 12

18 Although we believe that we have been in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations, and with respect to the JCPOA, the U.S. retains the authority to revoke the aforementioned relief if Iran fails to meet its commitments under the JCPOA. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our ordinary shares may adversely affect the price at which our ordinary shares trades. Additionally, some investors may decide to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our company simply because we do business with companies that do business in sanctioned countries. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third-parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our ordinary shares may also be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries. The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us. We expect that our vessels will call in ports where smugglers attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which would have a negative effect on our cash flows. Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo, secured lenders, and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against the relevant vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our business or require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest lifted, which would have a negative effect on our cash flows. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the "sister ship" theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant's maritime lien and any "associated" vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert "sister ship" liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our ships. Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash. A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition our vessels for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash. Technological innovation could reduce our charterhire income and the value of our vessels. The charterhire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel's efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel's physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charterhire payments we receive for our vessels and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. 13

19 Risk Factors Relating to Our Company We are dependent on spot charters and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings. As of March 24, 2016, we employed 41 of our vessels in either the spot market or in a spot market-oriented tanker pool, including the Tankers International Pool, or the TI Pool, a spot marketoriented pool in which we were a founding member in 2000, exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. We will also enter into spot charters in the future. The spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon tanker and oil supply and demand. For example, over the past six years, VLCC spot market rates expressed as a time charter equivalent have ranged from negative values to a high of $115,780 per day, and in March 2016 are so far averaging $58,287 per day on the benchmark route between the Middle East Gulf and Japan. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the past, there have been periods when spot charter rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases. We may not be able to renew or obtain new and favorable charters for our vessels whose charters are expiring or are terminated, which could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Our ability to renew expiring contracts or obtain new charters will depend on the prevailing market conditions at the time. If we are not able to obtain new contracts in direct continuation with existing charters or for newly acquired vessels, or if new contracts are entered into at charter rates substantially below the existing charter rates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to existing contracts terms, our revenues and profitability could be adversely affected. As of March 24, 2016, we employed 11 vessels on time charters, 5 of which expire in 2017 and 6 of which expire in The markets in which we compete experience fluctuations in the demand. Upon the expiration or termination of their current charters, we may not be able to obtain charters for our vessels currently employed and there may be a gap in employment of the vessels between current charters and subsequent charters. In particular, if oil and natural gas prices are low, or if it is expected that such prices will decrease in the future, at a time when we are seeking to arrange charters for our vessels, we may not be able to obtain charters at attractive rates or at all. If the charters which we receive for the reemployment of our current vessels are less favorable, we will recognize less revenue from their operations. Our ability to meet our cash flow obligations will depend on our ability to consistently secure charters for our vessels at sufficiently high charter rates. We cannot predict the future level of demand for our services or future conditions in the oil and gas industry. If oil and gas companies do not continue to increase exploration, development and production expenditures, we may have difficulty securing charters or we may be forced to enter into charters at unattractive rates, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties, including our joint venture partners, on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows. We have entered into, and may enter in the future, various contracts, including credit facilities, charter agreements and other agreements associated with the operation of our vessels. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of our counterparties, including our joint venture partners, to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels and various expenses. For example, the combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in world trade, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing may result in a significant reduction in the ability of our charterers to make charter payments to us. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers and customers may no longer need a vessel that is currently under charter or contract or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers and customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 14

20 The failure of our charterers to meet their obligations under our charter agreements, on which we depend for our revenues, could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform their obligations under a time charter, spot voyage or other agreement with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. Charterers are sensitive to the commodity markets and may be impacted by market forces affecting commodities such as oil. In addition, in depressed market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charters. Our customers may fail to pay charterhire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates given currently decreased tanker charter rate levels. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, and compliance with covenants in our credit facilities. Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays, cost overruns or cancellation of our newbuilding contracts. We are currently party to a shipbuilding contract with Hyundai Heavy Industries Co. Ltd., or Hyundai, for the construction of one newbuilding vessel, for a purchase price of $96 million. This vessel is expected to be delivered to us in the second quarter of We may, in the future, enter into additional construction contracts or purchase vessels that are under construction. These construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. Significant cost overruns or delays could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel. I f for any reason we default under our newbuilding contracts, or otherwise fail to take delivery of our newbuilding vessels, we would be prevented from realizing potential revenues from these vessels, we could also lose all or a portion of our investment and we could be liable for penalties and damages under such contracts. In addition, in the event a shipyard does not perform under its contract, we may lose all or part of our investment, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If we do not identify suitable tankers for acquisition or successfully integrate any acquired tankers, we may not be able to grow or to effectively manage our growth. One of our strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations and adding to our fleet at attractive points in the cycle, including through strategic alliances or joint ventures. Our future growth will depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to: identify suitable tankers and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices, which may not be possible if asset prices rise too quickly; manage relationships with customers and suppliers; identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning tankers for acquisitions or joint ventures; integrate any acquired tankers or businesses successfully with our then-existing operations; 15

21 attract, hire, train, integrate and retain qualified, highly trained personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet; identify additional new markets; enhance our customer base; improve our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls; and obtain required financing for our existing and new operations. Our failure to effectively identify, purchase, develop and integrate any tankers or businesses, such as the Metrostar Acquisition Vessels (defined below), could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may incur unanticipated expenses as an operating company. Our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our fleet. Finally, additional acquisitions, such as the Metrostar Acquisition Vessels, may require additional equity issuances or debt issuances, both of which could reduce our cash flow. If we are unable to execute the points noted above, our financial condition may be adversely affected. Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. The expansion of our fleet may impose significant additional responsibilities on our management and staff, and the management and staff of our commercial and technical managers, and may necessitate that we, and they, increase the number of personnel. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expense and losses in connection with our future growth. An increase in operating costs would decrease earnings and available cash. Under time charters the charterer is responsible for voyage expenses and the owner is responsible for the vessel operating costs. Under our spot charters, we are responsible for vessel operating expenses. When our owned vessels are operated in the spot market, we are also responsible for voyage expenses and vessel costs. Our vessel operating expenses include the costs of crew, provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance and maintenance and repairs, which expenses depend on a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Voyage expenses include bunkers (fuel), port and canal charges. If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. Increases in any of these expenses would decrease earnings and dividends per share. Changes in fuel, or bunkers, prices may adversely affect our profits. Fuel, or bunkers, is typically the largest expense in our shipping operations for our vessels which operate on voyage charter and changes in the price of fuel may therefore adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce our profitability. We currently do not hedge our exposure to the fluctuating price of bunkers. If we are unable to operate our vessels profitably, we may be unsuccessful in competing in the highly competitive international tanker market, which would negatively affect our financial condition and our ability to expand our business. The operation of tanker vessels and transportation of crude and petroleum products is extremely competitive and reduced demand for transportation of oil and oil products could lead to increased competition. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of oil and oil products can be intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the tanker and its operators to the charterers. We compete with other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies. 16

22 Our market share may decrease in the future. If we expand our business or provide new services in new geographic regions, we may not be able to compete profitably. New markets may require different skills, knowledge or strategies than we use in our current markets, and the competitors in those new markets may have greater financial strength and capital resources than we do. A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from a limited number of customers and the loss of any of these customers could result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow. We currently derive a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of customers. For the year ended December 31, 2015, Valero Energy Corporation, or Valero, accounted for 11%, Total S.A., or Total, accounted for 5% and Chevron Marine Products LLC accounted for 2% of our total revenues in our tankers segment. In addition, our only FSO customer as of December 31, 2015 was Maersk Oil Qatar AS, or Maersk Oil. All of our charter agreements have fixed terms, but may be terminated early due to certain events, such as a charterer's failure to make charter payments to us because of financial inability, disagreements with us or otherwise. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a charter with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparty. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under an agreement with us, we may be unable to realize revenue under that charter and could sustain losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends, if any. In addition, a charterer may exercise its right to terminate the charter if, among other things: the vessel suffers a total loss or is damaged beyond repair; we default on our obligations under the charter, including prolonged periods of vessel off-hire; war or hostilities significantly disrupt the free trade of the vessel; the vessel is requisitioned by any governmental authority; or a prolonged force majeure event occurs, such as war or political unrest, which prevents the chartering of the vessel. In addition, the charter payments we receive may be reduced if the vessel does not perform according to certain contractual specifications. For example, charterhire may be reduced if the average vessel speed falls below the speed we have guaranteed or if the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel exceeds the guaranteed amount. Additionally, compensation under our FSO service contracts is based on daily performance and/or availability of each FSO in accordance with the requirements specified in the applicable FSO service contracts. The charter payments we receive under our FSO service contracts may be reduced if the vessel is idle, but available for operation, or if a force majeure event occurs, or we may not be entitled to receive charter payments if the FSO is taken out of service for maintenance for an extended period, or the charter may be terminated if these events continue for an extended period. If any of our charters or FSO service contracts are terminated, we may be unable to re-deploy the related vessel on terms as favorable to us as our current charters, or at all. If we are unable to redeploy a vessel for which the charter has been terminated, we will not receive any revenues from that vessel and we may be required to pay ongoing expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition. Any of these factors may decrease our revenue and cash flows. Further, the loss of any of our charterers, charters or vessels, or a decline in charterhire under any of our charters, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends, if any, to our shareholders. Our FSO service contracts may not permit us to fully recoup our cost increases in the event of a rise in expenses. Our FSO service contracts have dayrates that are fixed over the contract term. In order to mitigate the effects of inflation on revenues from these term contracts, our FSO service contracts include yearly escalation provisions. These provisions are designed to recompense us for certain cost increases, including wages, insurance and maintenance costs. However, actual cost increases may result from events or conditions that do not cause correlative changes to the applicable escalation provisions. In addition, the adjustments are normally performed on an annual basis. For these reasons, the timing and amount received as a result of the adjustments may differ from the timing and amount of expenditures associated with actual cost increases, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and ability to pay dividends, if any, to our shareholders. 17

23 Currently, we operate our FSOs only offshore Qatar, which has fields whose production lives deplete over time and as a result, overall activity may decline faster than anticipated. We currently operate our FSOs only offshore Qatar, which has fields whose production lives deplete over time, and as a result, the overall activity in such fields may decline faster than anticipated. There are increased costs associated with retiring old oil and gas installations, which may threaten to slow the development of the region's remaining resources. The purchase and operation of secondhand vessels expose us to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters. Our current business strategy includes additional growth through the acquisition of new and secondhand vessels. While we typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to purchase, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, we do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that we acquire. In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase with the age of the vessel. Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, since older vessels may be less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives. We will be required to make additional capital expenditures to expand the number of vessels in our fleet and to maintain all our vessels, which will be dependent on additional financing. Our business strategy is based in part upon the expansion of our fleet through the purchase of additional vessels at attractive points in the cycle. If we are unable to fulfill our obligations under any memorandum of agreement or newbuilding construction contract for future vessel acquisitions, the sellers of such vessels may be permitted to terminate such contracts and we may forfeit all or a portion of the down payments we already made under such contracts and we may be sued for any outstanding balance. In addition, we will incur significant maintenance costs for our existing and any newly-acquired vessels. A newbuilding vessel must be drydocked within five years of its delivery from a shipyard, with survey cycles of no more than 60 months for the first three surveys, and 30 months thereafter, not including any unexpected repairs. We estimate the cost to drydock a vessel to be between $750,000 and $2,000,000, depending on the size and condition of the vessel and the location of drydocking and the special surveys to be performed. We may be required to make significant investments in ballast water management which may have a material adverse effect on our future performance, results of operations, and financial position. The International Convention for the Control and Management of Vessels' Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, aims to prevent the spread of harmful aquatic organisms from one region to another, by establishing standards and procedures for the management and control of ships' ballast water and sediments. The BWM Convention calls for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. Investments in ballast water treatment may have a material adverse effect on our future performance, results of operations, cash flows and financial position. If we do not set aside funds and are unable to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement, at the end of a vessel's useful life our revenue will decline, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and available cash. If we do not set aside funds and are unable to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement, we will be unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their remaining useful lives. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues earned by the chartering of our vessels. If we are unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, our business, results of operations, financial condition and available cash per share would be adversely affected. Any funds set aside for vessel replacement will reduce available cash. 18

24 Our ability to obtain additional financing may be dependent on the performance and creditworthiness of our then existing charters. The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing at all or at a higher than anticipated cost may materially affect our results of operations and our ability to implement our business strategy. We depend on our executive officers and other key employees, and the loss of their services could, in the short term, have a material adverse effect on our business, results and financial condition. We depend on the efforts, knowledge, skill, reputations and business contacts of our executive officers and other key employees. Accordingly, our success will depend on the continued service of these individuals. We may experience departures of senior executive officers and other key employees, and we cannot predict the impact that any of their departures would have on our ability to achieve our financial objectives. The loss of the services of any of them could, in the short term, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Failure to obtain or retain highly skilled personnel could adversely affect our operations. We require highly skilled personnel to operate our business, and will be required to hire additional highly trained personnel in connection with the operation of newly acquired vessels. Competition for skilled and other labor required for our operations has increased in recent years as the number of ocean-going vessels in the worldwide fleet has increased. If this expansion continues and is coupled with improved demand for seaborne shipping services in general, shortages of qualified personnel could further create and intensify upward pressure on wages and make it more difficult for us to staff and service vessels. Such developments could adversely affect our financial results and cash flow. Furthermore, as a result of any increased competition for people and risk for higher turnover, we may experience a reduction in the experience level of our personnel, which could lead to higher downtime and more operating incidents. United States tax authorities could treat us as a "passive foreign investment company," which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders. A foreign corporation will be treated as a "passive foreign investment company," or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of "passive income" or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation's assets produce or are held for the production of those types of "passive income." For purposes of these tests, "passive income" includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute "passive income." United States shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous United States federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC. Based on our current and proposed method of operation, we do not believe that we will be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, our income from our time and voyage chartering activities should not constitute "passive income," and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income should not constitute assets that produce or are held for the production of "passive income." There is substantial legal authority supporting this position, consisting of case law and United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, it should be noted that there is also authority that characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations change. 19

25 If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our United States shareholders would face adverse United States federal income tax consequences and incur certain information reporting obligations. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make an election available under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders), such shareholders would be subject to United States federal income tax at the then prevailing rates on ordinary income plus interest, in respect of excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of their ordinary shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder's holding period of the ordinary shares. See "Item 10. Additional Information E. Taxation Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences" for a more comprehensive discussion of the United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC. We may have to pay tax on United States source shipping income, or taxes in other jurisdictions, which would reduce our earnings. Under the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a corporation that owns or charters vessels, as we and our subsidiaries do, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States may be subject to a 4% United States federal income tax without allowance for deductions, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the United States Department of the Treasury or an applicable U.S. income tax treaty. We and our subsidiaries intend to take the position that we qualify for either this statutory tax exemption or exemption under an income tax treaty for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby become subject to United States federal income tax on our United States source shipping income. For example, we may no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for a particular taxable year if shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in our ordinary shares, or "5% Shareholders," owned, in the aggregate, 50% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares for more than half the days during the taxable year, and there does not exist sufficient 5% Shareholders that are qualified shareholders for purposes of Section 883 of the Code to preclude non-qualified 5% Shareholders from owning 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half the number of days during such taxable year or we are unable to satisfy certain substantiation requirements with regard to our 5% Shareholders. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, there can be no assurances on the tax-exempt status of us or any of our subsidiaries. If we or our subsidiaries were not entitled to exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we or our subsidiaries could be subject for such year to an effective 2% United States federal income tax on the shipping income we or they derive during such year which is attributable to the transport of cargoes to or from the United States. The imposition of this taxation would have a negative effect on our business and would decrease our earnings available for distribution to our shareholders. We may also be subject to tax in other jurisdictions, which could reduce our earnings. Our shareholders residing in countries other than Belgium may be subject to double withholding taxation with respect to dividends or other distributions made by us. Any dividends or other distributions we make to shareholders will, in principle, be subject to withholding tax in Belgium at a rate of 27%, except for shareholders which qualify for an exemption of withholding tax such as, amongst others, qualifying pension funds or a company qualifying as a parent company in the sense of the Council Directive (90/435/EEC) of 23 July 1990 (the "Parent- Subsidiary Directive") or that qualify for a lower withholding tax rate or an exemption by virtue of a tax treaty. Various conditions may apply and shareholders residing in countries other than Belgium are advised to consult their advisers regarding the tax consequences of dividends or other distributions made by us. Our shareholders residing in countries other than Belgium may not be able to credit the amount of such withholding tax to any tax due on such dividends or other distributions in any other country than Belgium. As a result, such shareholders may be subject to double taxation in respect of such dividends or other distributions. Belgium and the United States have concluded a double tax treaty concerning the avoidance of double taxation, or the "U.S. Belgium Treaty". The U.S. Belgium Treaty reduces the applicability of Belgian withholding tax to 15%, 5% or 0% for U.S. taxpayers, provided that the U.S. taxpayer meets the limitation of benefits conditions imposed by the U.S. Belgium Treaty. The Belgian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15% under the U.S. Belgium Treaty. The 5% withholding tax applies in case where the U.S. shareholder is a company which holds at least 10% of the shares in the Company. A 0% Belgian withholding tax applies when the shareholder is a company which has held at least 10% of the shares in the Company for at least 12 months, or is, subject to certain conditions, a U.S. pension fund. The U.S. shareholders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they can invoke the benefits and meet the limitation of benefits conditions as imposed by the U.S. Belgium Treaty. 20

26 Changes to the tonnage tax or the corporate tax regimes applicable to us, or to the interpretation thereof, may impact our future operating results. The Belgian Ministry of Finance approved our application on October 23, 2013 for beneficial tax treatment of certain of our vessel operations income. Under this Belgian tax regime, our taxable basis is determined on a lump-sum basis (which is, on the basis of the tonnage of the vessels it operates), rather than on the basis of our accounting results, as adjusted, for Belgian corporate income tax purposes. This tonnage tax regime was initially granted for 10 years, and was renewed for an additional 10-year period in In addition, with respect to certain of our vessels operating under the Greek flag, we benefit from a similar tonnage tax regime in Greece. Certain of our subsidiaries that were formed in connection with our recent vessel acquisitions are subject to the ordinary Belgian corporate income tax regime, however, which benefit from a tax investment allowance due to the acquisition. However, we have decided to apply for the Belgian Tonnage Tax regime for those subsidiaries and obtained approval for Euronav Shipping NV and Euronav Tankers NV effective January 1, We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to take advantage of these tax benefits in the future. Changes to the tax regimes applicable to us, or the interpretation thereof, may impact our future operating results. Insurance may be difficult to obtain, or if obtained, may not be adequate to cover our losses that may result from our operations due to the inherent operational risks of the tanker industry. We carry insurance to protect us against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business, including marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which include pollution risks, crew insurance and war risk insurance. However, we may not be adequately insured to cover losses from our operational risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims and our insurance may be voidable by the insurers if we take, or fail to take, certain action, such as failing to maintain certification of our vessels with applicable maritime regulatory organizations. Any significant uninsured or under-insured loss or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates in the future during adverse insurance market conditions. In addition, changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may also make certain types of insurance more difficult for us to obtain due to increased premiums or reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally. Because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations, which result in significant expenses to us, we may be required to make additional premium payments. We may be subject to increased premium payments, or calls, in amounts based on our claim records, the claim records of our managers, as well as the claim records of other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability. In addition, our protection and indemnity associations may not have enough resources to cover claims made against them. Our payment of these calls could result in significant expense to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash. Servicing our current or future indebtedness limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels. We had $1,135.0 million and $1,623.7 million of indebtedness as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and expect to incur additional indebtedness as we take delivery of the remaining Metrostar Acquisition Vessels and further expand our fleet. Borrowing under our credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying interest on our indebtedness. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the tanker industry. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as: seeking to raise additional capital; refinancing or restructuring our debt; 21

27 selling tankers; or reducing or delaying capital investments. However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or if some other default occurs under our credit facilities, our lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt even though the majority of the proceeds used to purchase the collateral vessels did not come from our credit facilities. Adverse market conditions could cause us to breach covenants in our credit facilities and adversely affect our operating results. The market values of tankers have generally been depressed. The market prices for tankers declined significantly from historically high levels reached in early 2008 and remain at relatively low levels. You should expect the market value of our vessels to fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry and prevailing charterhire rates, competition from other tanker companies and other modes of transportation, types, sizes and ages of vessels, applicable governmental regulations and the cost of newbuildings. We believe that the current aggregate market value of our vessels will be in excess of loan to value amounts required under our credit facilities. Our credit facilities generally require that the fair market value of the vessels pledged as collateral never be less than between 100% and 125%, depending on the applicable credit facility, of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the loan. We were in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2015 and as of March 24, A decrease in vessel values or a failure to meet this ratio could cause us to breach certain covenants in our existing credit facilities and future financing agreements that we may enter into from time to time. If we breach such covenants and are unable to remedy the relevant breach or obtain a waiver, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on our owned vessels. Additionally, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale price may be less than the vessel's carrying value on our consolidated financial statements, resulting in a loss on sale or an impairment loss being recognized, ultimately leading to a reduction in earnings. We may be unable to comply with the restrictions and financial covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness or any future financial obligations, including the loan agreements that our 50%-owned joint ventures have entered into, that impose operating and financial restrictions on us. Our agreements governing our indebtedness, including the loan agreements that our 50%-owned joint ventures have entered into, impose certain operating and financial restrictions on us, mainly to ensure that the market value of the mortgaged vessel under the applicable credit facility does not fall below a certain percentage of the outstanding amount of the loan, which we refer to as the asset coverage ratio. In addition, certain of our credit facilities will require us to satisfy certain other financial covenants, which require us to, among other things, maintain: an amount of current assets, which may include undrawn amount of any committed revolving credit facilities and credit lines having a maturity of more than year, that, on a consolidated basis, exceeds our current liabilities; an aggregate amount of cash, cash equivalents and available aggregate undrawn amounts of any committed loan of at least $50.0 million or 5% of our total indebtedness (excluding guarantees), depending on the applicable loan facility, whichever is greater; an aggregate cash balance of at least $30.0 million; and a ratio of stockholders' equity to total assets of at least 30%. In general, the operating restrictions that are contained in our credit facilities may prohibit or otherwise limit our ability to, among other things: effect changes in management of our vessels; 22

28 transfer or sell or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial portion of our assets; declare and pay dividends if there is or will be, as a result of the dividend, an event of default or breach of a loan covenant; and incur additional indebtedness. A violation of any of our financial covenants or operating restrictions contained in our credit facilities, including the loan agreements of our 50%-owned joint ventures, may constitute an event of default under our credit facilities, which, unless cured within the grace period set forth under the applicable credit facility, if applicable, or waived or modified by our lenders, provides our lenders with the right to, among other things, require us to post additional collateral, enhance our equity and liquidity, increase our interest payments, pay down our indebtedness to a level where we are in compliance with our loan covenants, sell vessels in our fleet, reclassify our indebtedness as current liabilities and accelerate our indebtedness and foreclose their liens on our vessels and the other assets securing the credit facilities, which would impair our ability to continue to conduct our business. Furthermore, certain of our credit facilities contain a cross-default provision that may be triggered by a default under one of our other credit facilities, or those of our 50%-owned joint ventures. A cross-default provision means that a default on one loan would result in a default on certain other loans. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in certain of our credit facilities, the refusal of any one lender under our credit facilities to grant or extend a waiver could result in certain of our indebtedness being accelerated, even if our other lenders under our credit facilities have waived covenant defaults under the respective credit facilities. If our secured indebtedness is accelerated in full or in part, it would be very difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing and we could lose our vessels and other assets securing our credit facilities if our lenders foreclose their liens, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. Moreover, in connection with any waivers of or amendments to our credit facilities that we may obtain, our lenders may impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us or modify the terms of our existing credit facilities. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, make capital expenditures or incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees. In addition, our lenders may require the payment of additional fees, require prepayment of a portion of our indebtedness to them, accelerate the amortization schedule for our indebtedness and increase the interest rates they charge us on our outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with the financial covenants contained in our debt agreements. For more information, please read "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects." The contribution of our joint ventures to our profits and losses may fluctuate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We currently own an interest in seven of our vessels through 50%-owned joint ventures, together with other third-party vessel owners and operators in our industry. Our ownership in these joint ventures is accounted for using the equity method, which means that our allocation of profits and losses of the applicable joint venture is included in our consolidated financial statements. The contribution of our joint ventures to our profits and losses may fluctuate, including the dividends that we may receive from such entities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, we have provided, and may continue to provide in the future, unsecured loans to our joint ventures which we treat as additional investments in the joint ventures. Accordingly, in the event our joint ventures do not repay these loans as they become due and payable, the value of our investment in such entities may decline. Furthermore, we have provided, and may continue to provide in the future, guarantees to certain banks with respect to commercial bank indebtedness of our joint ventures. Failure on behalf of any of our joint ventures to service its debt requirements and comply with any provisions contained in its commercial loan agreements, including paying scheduled installments and complying with certain covenants, may lead to an event of default under its loan agreement. As a result, if our joint ventures are unable to obtain a waiver or do not have enough cash on hand to repay the outstanding borrowings, their lenders may foreclose their liens on the vessels securing the loans or seek repayment of the loan from us, or both, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. As of December 31, 2015, $251.6 million was outstanding under these joint venture loan agreements, of which we have guaranteed $125.8 million. 23

29 Risks related to our relationships with joint venture partners may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. We have a number of strategic relationships with joint venture partners through which we own certain of our vessels together with other third-party vessel owners and operators in our industry, and we may pursue additional joint venture relationships in the future. We currently own a 50% interest in seven of our vessels through joint ventures. Because we do not own a majority interest in these joint ventures, we may not be able to exercise control over such entities. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that such joint ventures will act in our best interests, meet our operational standards (including with respect to our policies on risk management), or distribute their earnings to us, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. In addition, while the duration of each joint venture relationship is governed by the applicable joint venture agreement, such relationship may be terminated early for, among other things, force majeure events or counterparty breach. Furthermore, due to transfer restrictions in our joint venture agreements, we may be prevented from selling or otherwise disposing of our interest in a respective joint venture. We are also subject to counterparty risk with respect to our joint venture partners, and the ability and willingness of each of our partners to perform their obligations to us under their respective joint venture agreements will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. Please also see " We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties, including our joint venture partners, on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows." We are exposed to volatility in the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), and we have and we intend to selectively enter into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income. The amounts outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities have been, and amounts under additional credit facilities that we may enter in the future will generally be, advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR, which has been stable, but was volatile in prior years, which can affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, and which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. In addition, in recent years, LIBOR has been at relatively low levels, and may rise in the future as the current low interest rate environment comes to an end. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected at any time that we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our exposure to the interest rates applicable to our credit facilities and any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future. Moreover, even if we have entered into interest rate swaps or other derivative instruments for purposes of managing our interest rate exposure, our hedging strategies may not be effective and we may incur substantial losses. We have previously entered into and may selectively in the future enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to interest rate risk exposure. Entering into swaps and derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we employ in the future may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional interest costs and recognize losses on such arrangements in our financial statements. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" for a description of our interest rate swap arrangements. Fluctuations in exchange rates and non-convertibility of currencies could result in losses to us. As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates due to parts of our operating costs being expressed in currencies other than U.S. dollars, primarily in Euro. Accordingly, we may experience currency exchange losses if we have not fully hedged our exposure to a foreign currency, which could lead to fluctuations in our results of operations. At the time of this annual report, we have an agreement with a third party financial advisor with the aim to manage the risk from adverse movements in EUR/USD exchange rates. The program uses a financial trading strategy called Currency Overlay Management strategy which manages the equivalent of 40 million exposures on a yearly basis. The currency overlay manager conducts foreignexchange hedging by selectively placing and removing hedges to achieve the objectives set by us. However, the manager may not achieve these objectives. 24

30 Our costs of operating as a public company are significant, and our management is required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations. We recently became subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the other rules and regulations of the SEC, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and as such, we have significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur previously. These reporting obligations impose various requirements on US registered public companies, including changes in corporate governance practices, and these requirements may continue to evolve. We and our management personnel, and other personnel, if any, devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we need to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, subject to the reduced disclosure requirements for emerging growth companies set forth below. Our compliance with Section 404 may require that we incur substantial accounting expenses and expend significant management efforts. We depend on directors who are associated with affiliated companies, which may create conflicts of interest. John Michael Radziwill, one of our directors, is the son of John Radziwill who owns Bretta Tanker Holdings Inc., or Bretta, a company that has a 50% interest in four of our joint ventures as further outlined in "Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions B. Related Party Transactions." John Michael Radziwill is not a shareholder or director of, nor is he employed by Bretta. Because these directors owe fiduciary duties to both us and other related parties, conflicts of interest may result in matters involving or affecting us and our customers. In addition, they may have conflicts of interest when faced with decisions that could have different implications for other related parties than they do for us. Any such conflicts of interest could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and the trading price of our ordinary shares. For further discussion of transactions with, or involving, our directors that may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, please see "Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions B. Related Party Transactions." A shift in consumer demand from oil towards other energy sources or changes to trade patterns for oil and oil products may have a material adverse effect on our business. A significant portion of our earnings are related to the oil industry. A shift in the consumer demand from oil towards other energy resources such as wind energy, solar energy, water energy, gas or nuclear energy will potentially affect the demand for our vessels. This could have a material adverse effect on our future performance, results of operations, cash flows and financial position. Seaborne trading and distribution patterns are primarily influenced by the relative advantage of the various sources of production, locations of consumption, pricing differentials and seasonality. Changes to the trade patterns of oil and oil products may have a significant negative or positive impact on the ton-miles and therefore the demand for our tankers. This could have a material adverse effect on our future performance, results of operations, cash flows and financial position. An inability to effectively time investments in and divestments of vessels could prevent the implementation of our business strategy and negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. Our strategy is to own and operate a fleet large enough to provide global coverage, but no larger than what the demand for our services can support over a longer period by both contracting newbuildings and through acquisitions and disposals in the secondhand market. Our business is greatly influenced by the timing of investments and/or divestments and contracting of newbuildings. If we are unable to identify the optimal timing of such investments, divestments or contracting of newbuildings in relation to the shipping value cycle due to capital restraints, this could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, future performance, results of operations, cash flows and financial position. 25

31 Risk Factors Relating to an Investment in Our Ordinary Shares We are an "emerging growth company" and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors. We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley for up to five years. Investors may find our ordinary shares and the price of our ordinary shares less attractive because we rely, or may rely, on these exemptions. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and the price of our ordinary shares may be more volatile. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We currently prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event we convert to U.S. GAAP while we are still an emerging growth company, we may be able to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, as a result, during such time that we delay the adoption of any new or revised accounting standards, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to other companies that comply with all public company accounting standards. We could remain an "emerging growth company" until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering in the United States, although a variety of circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies. Our share price may be highly volatile and future sales of our ordinary shares could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline. The market price of our ordinary shares has historically fluctuated over a wide range and may continue to fluctuate significantly in response to many factors, such as actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, economic and regulatory trends, general market conditions, rumors and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Since 2008, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. If the volatility in the market continues or worsens, it could have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and impact a potential sale price if holders of our ordinary shares decide to sell their shares. We cannot assure you that we will declare or pay any dividends. The tanker industry is volatile and we cannot predict with certainty the amount of cash, if any, that will be available for distribution as dividends in any period. Our Board of Directors may from time to time, declare and pay cash dividends in accordance with our Articles of Association and applicable Belgian law. The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will always be subject to the approval of either our Board of Directors (in the case of "interim dividends") or of the shareholders (in the case of "regular dividends" or "intermediary dividends"). On April 1, 2015, we announced the adoption of our new "return to shareholders" policy, pursuant to which we intend to distribute to our shareholders 80% of our annual net consolidated profit (excluding exceptional items such as gains on the disposal of vessels), subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, the terms of our loan agreements, and provisions of Belgian law, discussed below. Notwithstanding the adoption of this policy, our Board of Directors' primary obligation remains to act in the best interest of the Company and in doing so our Board of Directors will always consider alternatives for use of cash that might otherwise be distributed as dividends. This may include the purchase by us of our own shares, the accelerated amortisation of debt or the acquisition of vessels which we consider at that time to be accretive to shareholders' value. Dividends, if any, will be paid in two instalments: first as an interim dividend, then as a balance payment corresponding to the final dividend. The interim dividend payout ratio may typically be more conservative than the yearly payout of at least 80% of net consolidated profit. At our annual shareholders' meeting held on May 13, 2015, our shareholders approved the distribution of a gross dividend in the amount of $0.25 per share to all shareholders, which was paid in May In addition, on the occasion of the announcement of our half year results in August 2015, our Board of Directors declared an interim dividend in the amount of $0.62 per share, which was paid in September

32 Pursuant to the dividend policy set out above, our Board of Directors will continue to assess the declaration and payment of dividends upon consideration of our financial results and earnings, restrictions in our debt agreements, market prospects, current capital expenditures, commitments, investment opportunities, and the provisions of Belgian law affecting the payment of dividends to shareholders and other factors. We may stop paying dividends at any time and cannot assure you that we will pay any dividends in the future or of the amount of such dividends. For instance, we did not declare or pay any dividends from 2010 until In general, under the terms of our debt agreements, we are not permitted to pay dividends if there is or will be as a result of the dividend a default or a breach of a loan covenant. Please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" for more information relating to restrictions on our ability to pay dividends under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness. Belgian law generally prohibits the payment of dividends unless net assets on the closing date of the last financial year do not fall beneath the amount of the registered capital and, before the dividend is paid out, 5% of the net profit is allocated to the legal reserve until this legal reserve amounts to 10% of the share capital. No distributions may occur if, as a result of such distribution, our net assets would fall below the sum of (i) the amount of our registered capital, (ii) the amount of such aforementioned legal reserves, and (iii) other reserves which may be required by our Articles of Association or by law, such as the reserves not available for distribution in the event we hold treasury shares. We may not have sufficient surplus in the future to pay dividends and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds or surplus to make distributions to us. We can give no assurance that dividends will be paid at all. In addition, the corporate law of jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries are organized may impose restrictions on the payment or source of dividends under certain circumstances. Future issuances and sales of our ordinary shares could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline. As of December 31, 2015, our issued (and fully paid up) share capital was $173,046, which was represented by 159,208,949 ordinary shares, and our Board of Directors is authorized to increase share capital in one or several times by a total maximum of $150,000,000 for a period of five years as from June 19, Issuances and sales of a substantial number of ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these issuances or sales could occur, may depress the market price for our ordinary shares. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future. We intend to issue additional ordinary shares in the future. Our shareholders may incur dilution from any future equity offering. We are incorporated in Belgium, which provides for different and in some cases more limited shareholder rights than the laws of jurisdictions in the United States. We are a Belgian company and our corporate affairs are governed by Belgian corporate law. Principles of law relating to such matters as the validity of corporate procedures, the fiduciary duties of management, the dividend payment dates and the rights of shareholders may differ from those that would apply if we were incorporated in a jurisdiction within the United States. For example, there are no statutory dissenters' rights under Belgian law with respect to share exchanges, mergers and other similar transactions, and the rights of shareholders of a Belgian company to sue derivatively, on the company's behalf, are more limited than in the United States. Civil liabilities based upon the securities and other laws of the United States may not be enforceable in original actions instituted in Belgium or in actions instituted in Belgium to enforce judgments of U.S. courts. Civil liabilities based upon the securities and other laws of the United States may not be enforceable in original actions instituted in Belgium or in actions instituted in Belgium to enforce judgments of U.S. courts. Actions for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts might be successful only if the Belgian court confirms the substantive correctness of the judgment of the U.S. court and is satisfied that: the effect of the enforcement judgment is not manifestly incompatible with Belgian public policy; the judgment did not violate the rights of the defendant; the judgment was not rendered in a matter where the parties transferred rights subject to transfer restrictions with the sole purpose of avoiding the application of the law applicable according to Belgian international private law; the judgment is not subject to further recourse under U.S. law; 27

33 the judgment is not incompatible with a judgment rendered in Belgium or with a subsequent judgment rendered abroad that might be enforced in Belgium; a claim was not filed outside Belgium after the same claim was filed in Belgium, while the claim filed in Belgium is still pending; the Belgian courts did not have exclusive jurisdiction to rule on the matter; the U.S. court did not accept its jurisdiction solely on the basis of either the nationality of the plaintiff or the location of the disputed goods; and the judgment submitted to the Belgian court is authentic. ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY A. History and Development of the Company Euronav NV was incorporated under the laws of Belgium on June 26, 2003 for an indefinite term, and we grew out of the combination of certain tanker businesses carried out by three companies that had a strong presence in the shipping industry: Compagnie Maritime Belge NV, or CMB, formed in 1895, Compagnie Nationale de Navigation SA, or CNN, formed in 1938, and Ceres Hellenic Shipping Enterprises Ltd., or Ceres Hellenic, formed in Our predecessor started doing business under the name "Euronav" in Our Company has the legal form of a public limited liability company ( naamlozevennootschap/ sociétéanonyme). Our principal shareholder is Marc Saverys, individually or through Saverco NV, or Saverco, an entity controlled by him. The Saverys family has had a continuous presence in the shipping industry since the early nineteenth century. The Saverys family owned a shipyard which was founded in 1829, owned and operated various shipowning companies since the 1960s, and acquired CMB in Our ordinary shares have traded on Euronext Brussels since December In January 2015, we completed our underwritten initial public offering in the United States of 18,699,000 ordinary shares at $12.25 per share, and our ordinary shares commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. In March 2015, we completed our offer to exchange unregistered ordinary shares that were previously issued in Belgium (other than ordinary shares owned by our affiliates) for ordinary shares that were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the U.S. Exchange Offer, in which an aggregate of 42,919,647 ordinary shares were validly tendered and exchanged. Our ordinary shares currently trade on the NYSE and Euronext Brussels under the symbol "EURN." For information about the development of our fleet, please see Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Fleet Development." B. Business Overview We are a fully-integrated provider of international maritime shipping and offshore services engaged primarily in the transportation and storage of crude oil. As of March 24, 2016, we owned and operated a modern fleet of 55 vessels (including two chartered-in vessels and one newbuilding to be delivered in 2016) with an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 13.1 million deadweight tons, or dwt, consisting of 30 very large crude carriers (including one newbuilding to be delivered in 2016), or VLCCs, one ultra large crude carrier, or ULCC, 22 Suezmax vessels, and two floating, storage and offloading vessels, or FSOs. The weighted average age of our fleet as of March 24, 2016 was approximately 7.7 years, as compared to an industry average age as of December 31, 2015 of approximately 8.5 years for the VLCC fleet and 8.9 years for the Suezmax fleet. In July 2014, we agreed to acquire four additional modern VLCCs, which we refer to as the VLCC Acquisition Vessels, from Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd., or Maersk Tankers, for an aggregate purchase price of $342.0 million. The purchase price of the VLCC Acquisition Vessels was financed using the net proceeds of $121.1 million that we received in an underwritten private offering of 10,556,808 of our ordinary shares in Belgium in July 2014, available cash on hand, and borrowings under our $340.0 million Senior Secured Credit Facility. During the period from December 2014 through April 2015, we took delivery of all of the VLCC Acquisition Vessels. In addition, in June 2015, we agreed to acquire from an unrelated third-party contracts for the construction of four VLCCs with Hyundai, which we refer to as the Metrostar Acquisition Vessels, for an aggregate purchase price of $384.0 million. We financed this acquisition with borrowings under our then existing credit facilities and our new $750.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility. The first Metrostar Acquisition Vessel was delivered to us during the third quarter of 2015, two Metrostar Acquisition Vessels were delivered to us during the first quarter of 2016, and the remaining Metrostar Acquisition Vessel is expected to be delivered to us during the second quarter of The seller of the Metrostar Acquisition Vessels also agreed to sell us its option, for an option fee of $8.0 million, to acquire up to an additional four VLCCs, which are sister-vessels of the Metrostar Acquisition Vessels, at a purchase price of $98.0 million each. In October 2015, we decided not to exercise this option. We currently charter our vessels, non-exclusively, to leading international energy companies, such as Maersk Oil, Total and Valero, although there is no guarantee that these companies will continue their relationships with us. We pursue a chartering strategy that seeks an optimal mix of employment of our vessels depending on the fluctuations of freight rates in the market and our own judgment as to the direction of those rates in the future. Our vessels are therefore routinely employed on a combination of spot market voyages, fixed-rate contracts and long-term time charters, which typically include a profit sharing component. We principally employ our VLCCs through the TI Pool, a spot market-oriented pool in which we were a founding member in As of March 24, 2016, 18 of our vessels were employed directly in the spot market, 23 of our vessels were employed in the TI Pool, 11 of our vessels were employed on long-term charters, of which the average remaining duration is 22.4 months, including nine with profit sharing components, and our two FSOs were employed on long-term service contracts. While we believe that our chartering strategy allows us to capitalize on opportunities in an environment of increasing rates by maximizing our exposure to the spot market, our vessels operating in the spot market may be subject to market downturns to the extent spot market rates decline. At times when the freight market may become more challenging, we will try to timely shift our exposure to more time charter contracts and potentially dispose of some of our assets which should provide us with incremental stable cash flows and stronger utilization rates supporting our business during periods of market weakness. We believe that our chartering strategy and our fleet size management, combined with the leadership of our experienced management team should enable us to capture value during cyclical upswings and to withstand the challenging operating environment such as the one seen in the years 2010 to

34 Our Fleet Vessel Name Set forth below is certain information regarding our fleet as of March 24, Type Deadweight Tons (dwt) Year Built Shipyard (1) Charterer Employment Owned Vessels TI Europe ULCC 441, Daewoo Spot N/A Sandra VLCC 323, STX Total Time Charter (3) January 2017 Sara VLCC 323, STX Total Time Charter (3) October 2017 Alsace VLCC 320, Samsung TI Pool N/A TI Topaz VLCC 319, Hyundai TI Pool N/A TI Hellas VLCC 319, Hyundai Petrobras Time Charter November 2018 Ilma VLCC 314, Hyundai TI Pool N/A Simone VLCC 313, STX TI Pool N/A Sonia VLCC 314, STX TI Pool N/A Ingrid VLCC 314, Hyundai TI Pool N/A Iris VLCC 314, Hyundai TI Pool N/A Nucleus VLCC 307, Dalian TI Pool N/A Nautilus VLCC 307, Dalian TI Pool N/A Navarin VLCC 307, Dalian TI Pool N/A Nautic VLCC 307, Dalian TI Pool N/A Newton VLCC 307, Dalian TI Pool N/A Nectar VLCC 307, Dalian TI Pool N/A Neptun VLCC 307, Dalian TI Pool N/A Noble VLCC 307, Dalian TI Pool N/A Flandre VLCC 305, Daewoo Petrobras Time Charter August 2018 V.K. Eddie (4) VLCC 305, Daewoo TI Pool N/A Hojo VLCC 302, JMU TI Pool N/A Hakone VLCC 302, Universal TI Pool N/A Hirado VLCC 302, Universal TI Pool N/A Hakata VLCC 302, Universal Total Time Charter (3) September 2017 Artois VLCC 298, Hitachi TI Pool N/A Antigone VLCC 299, Hyundai TI Pool N/A Alice VLCC 299, Hyundai Spot N/A Alex VLCC 229, Hyundai TI Pool N/A Anne (6) VLCC 300, Hyundai N/A N/A Cap Diamant Suezmax 160, Hyundai Spot N/A Cap Pierre Suezmax 159, Samsung Valero Time Charter (3) June 2018 Cap Leon Suezmax 159, Samsung Valero Time Charter (3) April 2018 Cap Philippe Suezmax 158, Samsung Spot N/A Cap Guillaume Suezmax 158, Samsung Spot N/A Cap Charles Suezmax 158, Samsung Spot N/A Cap Victor Suezmax 158, Samsung Spot N/A Cap Lara Suezmax 158, Samsung Spot N/A Cap Theodora Suezmax 158, Samsung Spot N/A Cap Felix Suezmax 158, Samsung Spot N/A Fraternity Suezmax 157, Samsung Repsol Time Charter (3) November 2017 Eugenie (4) Suezmax 157, Samsung Spot N/A Felicity Suezmax 157, Samsung Spot N/A Capt. Michael (4) Suezmax 157, Samsung Spot N/A Devon (4) Suezmax 157, Samsung Spot N/A Maria (4) Suezmax 157, Samsung Spot N/A Finesse Suezmax 149, Universal Spot N/A Filikon Suezmax 149, Universal Spot N/A Cap Georges Suezmax 146, Samsung Valero Time Charter (3) May 2017 Cap Romuald Suezmax 146, Samsung Valero Time Charter (3) May 2018 Cap Jean Suezmax 146, Samsung Valero Time Charter (3) March 2018 Total DWT Owned Vessels (5) 12,201,743 Charter Expiry Date (2) Chartered-In Expiry Date Chartered-In Vessels KHK Vision VLCC 305, Daewoo TI Pool October 2016 Suez Hans Suezmax 158, Hyundai Spot December 2016 Total DWT Chartered-In Vessels 464,323 Service Contract Expiry Date FSO Vessels FSO Africa (4) FSO 442, Daewoo Maersk Oil Service Contract September 2017 FSO Asia (4) FSO 442, Daewoo Maersk Oil Service Contract July 2017 Total DWT 442,000 FSO Vessels (5) (1) As used in this report, "Samsung" refers to Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd, "Hyundai" refers to Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., "Universal" refers to Universal Shipbuilding Corporation, "Hitachi refers to Hitachi Zosen Corporation, "Daewoo" refers to Daewoo Shipbuilding and Marine Engineering S.A., "JMU" refers to Japan Marine United Corp., Ariake Shipyard, Japan, "Dalian" refers to Dalian Shipbuilding Industry Co. Ltd., and "STX" refers to STX Offshore and Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. (2) Assumes no exercise by the charterer of any option to extend (if applicable). (3) Profit sharing component under time charter contracts. (4) Vessels in which we hold a 50% ownership interest. (5) Vessels in which we hold a 50% ownership interest are only accounted for the share of DWT corresponding to our ownership interest. (6) Vessel expected to be delivered to us in the course of the second quarter of

35 Employment of Our Fleet Our tanker fleet is employed worldwide through a combination of primarily spot market voyage fixtures, including through the TI Pool, fixed-rate contracts and time charters. We deploy our two FSOs as floating storage units under fixed-rate service contracts in the offshore services sector. For the year 2016, our fleet is currently expected to have approximately 18,367 available days for hire, of which, as of March 24, 2016, 76% are expected to be available to be employed on the spot market, either directly or through the TI Pool, 18% are expected to be available to be employed on fixed time charters with a profit sharing element and 6% are expected to be available to be employed on fixed time charters without a profit sharing element. SpotMarket A spot market voyage charter is a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under spot market voyage charters, we pay voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates have historically been volatile and fluctuate due to seasonal changes, as well as general supply and demand dynamics in the crude oil marine transportation sector. Although the revenue we generate in the spot market is less predictable, we believe our exposure to this market provides us with the opportunity to capture better profit margins during periods when vessel demand exceeds supply leading to improvements in tanker charter rates. As of March 24, 2016, we employed 18 of our vessels directly in the spot market. A majority of our Suezmaxes operating in the spot market participate in an internal Revenue Sharing Agreement, or RSA, together with the four Suezmaxes that we jointly own with Bretta as well as Suezmaxes owned by third-parties. Under the RSA, each vessel owner is responsible for its own costs, including voyage-related expenses, but will share in the net revenues, after the deduction of voyage-related expenses, retroactively on a semi-annual basis. Calculation of allocations and contributions under the RSA are based on a pool points system and are paid after the deduction of the pool fee to Euronav, as pool manager, from the gross pool income. We believe this arrangement results in an increased market presence and allows us to benefit from additional market information which in turn is beneficial to our performance in the spot market. TankersInternationalPool We principally employ and commercially manage our VLCCs through the TI Pool, a leading spot market-oriented VLCC pool in which other shipowners with vessels of similar size and quality participate along with us. We participated in the formation of the TI Pool in 2000 to allow us and other TI Pool participants, consisting of third-party owners and operators of similarly sized vessels, to gain economies of scale, obtain increased cargo flow of information, logistical efficiency and greater vessel utilization. As of March 24, 2016, the TI Pool was comprised of 38 vessels, including 23 of our VLCCs. By pooling our VLCCs with those of other shipowners, we are able to derive synergies, including (i) the potential for increased vessel utilization by securing backhaul voyages for our vessels, and (ii) the performance of the Contracts of Affreightment, or COAs. Backhaul voyages involve the transportation of cargo on part of the return leg of a voyage. COAs, which can involve backhauls, may generate higher effective time charter equivalent, or TCE, revenues than otherwise might be obtainable directly in the spot market. Additionally, by operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, the TI Pool offers customers greater flexibility and an additional level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. The TI Pool is an owner-focused pool that does not charge commissions to its members, a practice that differs from that of other commercial pools; rather, the TI Pool aggregates gross charter revenues it receives and deducts voyage expenses and administrative costs before distributing net revenues to the pool members in accordance with their allocated pool points, which are based on each vessel's speed, fuel consumption and cargo-carrying capacity. We believe this results in lower TI Pool membership costs, compared to other similarly sized pools. In 2015, TI Pool membership costs were approximately $770 per vessel per day (with each vessel receiving its proportional share of pool membership expenses). Tankers International LLC, or Tankers International, of which we own 40% of the outstanding interests, is the manager of the pool and is also responsible for the commercial management of the pool participants, including negotiating and entering into vessel employment agreements on behalf of the pool participants. Technical management of the pooled vessels is performed by each shipowner, who bears the operating costs for its vessels. Tankers International and Frontline Management (Bermuda) Ltd., or Frontline, a company not affiliated with us, together formed VLCC Chartering Ltd., a chartering joint venture that has access to the combined fleets of Frontline and the TI Pool, including our vessels that are operating in the TI Pool. VLCC Chartering Ltd. commenced operations on October 6, Tankers International and Frontline each own 50% of VLCC Chartering Ltd. We believe that VLCC Chartering Ltd. increases our fleet earnings potential while creating greater options for cargo end-users. 30

36 TimeCharters Time charters provide us with a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters may help us mitigate, in part, our exposure to the spot market, which tends to be volatile in nature, being seasonal and generally weaker in the second and third quarters of the year due to refinery shutdowns and related maintenance during the warmer summer months. In the future, we may when the cycle matures or otherwise opportunistically employ more of our vessels under time charter contracts as the available rates for time charters improve. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing arrangements, which we believe will enable us to benefit if the spot market increases above a base charter rate as calculated either by sharing sub charter profits of the charterer or by reference to a market index and in accordance with a formula provided in the applicable charter contract. As of March 24, 2016, we employed 11 of our vessels on fixed-rate time charters with an average remaining duration of 22.4 months, including nine with profit sharing components based on a percentage of the excess between the prevailing applicable market rate and the base charter rate. FSOsandOffshoreServiceContracts We currently deploy our two FSOs as floating storage units under service contracts with Maersk Oil, in the offshore services sector. As our tanker vessels age, we may seek to extend their useful lives by employing such vessels on long-term offshore projects at rates higher than may otherwise be achieved in the time charter market, or sell such vessels to third-party owners in the offshore conversion market at a premium. Technical and Commercial Management of our Vessels Our vessels are technically managed in-house through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Euronav Ship Management SAS, Euronav SAS and Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd. Our in-house technical management services include providing technical expertise necessary for all vessel operations, supervising the maintenance, upkeep and general efficiency of vessels, arranging and supervising newbuilding construction, drydocking, repairs and alterations, and developing, implementing, certifying and maintaining a safety management system. Our VLCCs are commercially managed by Tankers International while operating in the TI Pool. All of the participants in the TI Pool collectively pay a pool management fee equivalent to the costs of running the pool business, after deducting voyage expenses, interest adjustments and administration costs, including legal, banking and other professional fees. The net charge is the pool administration cost, which is apportioned to each vessel by calendar days. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid an aggregate of $6.5 million for the commercial management of our vessels operating in the TI Pool. Our Suezmax vessels trading in the spot market are commercially managed by Euronav (UK) Agencies Ltd., our London commercial department. Commercial management services include securing employment for our vessels. Our time chartered vessels, both VLCCs and Suezmax vessels, are managed by our operations department based in Antwerp. Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include: the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the registration statement for our initial public offering; and exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of management's assessment of the effectiveness of the emerging growth company's internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in "total annual gross revenues" during our most recently completed fiscal year, if we become a "large accelerated filer" with a public float of more than $700 million, or as of any date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt over the three year period prior to such date. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced reporting requirements. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies. 31

37 In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We currently prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event we convert to U.S. GAAP while we are still an emerging growth company, we may be able to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, as a result, during such time that we delay the adoption of any new or revised accounting standards, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to other companies that comply with all public company accounting standards. Principal Executive Offices Our principal executive headquarters are located at De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerpen, Belgium. Our telephone number at that address is We also have offices located in the United Kingdom, France, Greece, Hong Kong and Singapore. Our website is Competition The operation of tanker vessels and transportation of crude and petroleum products is extremely competitive. We compete with other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on our reputation as an operator. Competition is also affected by the availability of other size vessels to compete in the trades in which we engage. We currently operate our all of our vessels in the spot market, either directly or through the TI Pool, or on time charter. For our vessels that operate in the TI Pool, Tankers International, the pool manager, is responsible for their commercial management, including marketing, chartering, operating and purchasing bunker (fuel oil) for the vessels. From time to time, we may also arrange our time charters and voyage charters in the spot market through the use of brokers, who negotiate the terms of the charters based on market conditions. Seasonality We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, charter rates. Peaks in tanker demand quite often precede seasonal oil consumption peaks, as refiners and suppliers anticipate consumer demand. Seasonal peaks in oil demand can broadly be classified into two main categories: (1) increased demand prior to Northern Hemisphere winters as heating oil consumption increases and (2) increased demand for gasoline prior to the summer driving season in the United States. Unpredictable weather patterns and variations in oil reserves disrupt tanker scheduling. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results, as many of our vessels trade in the spot market. Seasonal variations in tanker demand will affect any spot market related rates that we may receive. Industry and Market Conditions TheInternationalOilTankerShippingIndustry Alloftheinformationanddatapresentedinthissection,includingtheanalysisoftheinternationaloiltankershippingindustryhasbeenprovidedbyDrewry.Drewryhasadvisedusthatthe statisticalandgraphicalinformationcontainedhereinisdrawnfromitsdatabaseandothersources.inconnectiontherewith,drewryhasadvisedthat:(a)certaininformationindrewry'sdatabaseis derivedfromestimatesorsubjectivejudgments;(b)theinformationinthedatabasesofothermaritimedatacollectionagenciesmaydifferfromtheinformationindrewry'sdatabase;(c)whiledrewryhas takenreasonablecareinthecompilationofthestatisticalandgraphicalinformationandbelievesittobeaccurateandcorrect,datacompilationissubjecttolimitedauditandvalidationprocedures.the Companybelievesandactsasthoughtheindustryandmarketdatapresentedinthissectionisreliable. Overview The maritime shipping industry is fundamental to international trade, as it is the only practicable and cost effective means of transporting large volumes of many essential commodities and finished goods around the world. In turn, the oil tanker shipping industry represents a vital link in the global energy supply chain, in which larger vessels such as VLCCs and Suezmax tankers play an important role, given their availability to carry large quantities of crude oil. 32

38 The oil tanker shipping industry is primarily divided between crude tankers that carry either crude oil or residual fuel oil and product tankers that carry refined petroleum products. The following review specifically focuses on the crude sector. Revenue in the oil tanker shipping market is primarily driven by daily freight rates. Freight is paid for the movement of cargo between a load port and a discharge port. The cost of moving the ship from a discharge port to the next load port is not directly compensated by the charterers in the freight payment but is an expense of the owners if not on time charter. Oil tanker freight rates have increased recently due to a number of factors, including: (i) (ii) (iii) Increased global demand for oil driven by emerging markets and low oil prices, Longer voyage distances as a result of changing oil trading patterns, Increased stockpiling activities by major Asian economies and, (iv) Moderate growth in vessel supply as a result of a declining tanker orderbook and increased scrapping activity from In broad terms, demand for oil traded by sea is primarily affected by global and regional economic growth and, to a lesser extent, other factors such as changes in regional oil prices. One immediate impact of the recent fall in oil prices is that it makes the purchase of oil more attractive and it leads to greater stockpiling activity and increased demand for tankers. Overall, there is a close relationship between changes in the level of economic activity and changes in the volume of oil moved by sea (see the chart below). With continued strong GDP growth in Asia, seaborne oil trade to emerging Asian markets has been growing significantly. Chinese oil consumption grew from 6.6 million barrels per day in 2005 to 11.2 million barrels per day in Conversely, during the same period, oil consumption in OECD countries declined from 49.6 to 46.2 million barrels per day. However, in 2015 oil demand in the United States (U.S.) and some European countries increased for the first time in a decade, as result of low oil prices and rising demand for gasoline. In 2015, total seaborne trade in crude oil was equivalent to 2.1 billion tons. Given that most forecasts now point to rising global economic growth in 2016 and 2017, there is an expectation that movements of oil by sea will also grow. 33

39 World GDP and Crude Oil Seaborne Trade 2000 to 2015 (Percent change year on year) * Provisional estimates for GDP/Trade Source:Drewry Changes in regional oil consumption, as well as a shift in global refinery capacity from the developed to the developing world, is also translating into growing seaborne oil trade distances. For example a VLCC's voyage from West Africa to the US Gulf takes 35 days, but a trip from West Africa to China (a trade which is expanding) takes 61 days. The increase in oil trade distances, coupled with increases in world oil demand have had positive impact on tanker demand with ton miles (crude and products) growing from 10.1 to 12.2 billion ton miles in the period 2005 to Supply in the tanker sector, as measured by its deadweight (dwt) cargo carrying capacity, is primarily influenced by the rate of deliveries of newbuilds from the shipyards in line with their orderbook, as well as the rate of removals from the fleet via vessel scrapping or conversion. After a period of rapid expansion, supply growth in the tanker sector moderated in and the overall tanker fleet grew by just 0.6% in However the global fleet of tankers grew at modest 2.7% in 2015, mainly on account of negligible demolitions, as the ship-owners chose to defer scrapping of older vessels while the freight market was firm. New tanker orders in the period 2010 to 2014 were limited due to lack of available bank financing and a challenged rate environment, which contributed to the total crude tanker orderbook declining to 13.9% of the existing global tanker fleet capacity as of December 2014, compared with nearly 50% of the existing fleet at its recent peak in However, new ordering picked up in the VLCC and Suezmax sectors in late 2014 and 2015 because of the continued strength in the tanker freight market and the exemption from compliance to tier III NOx emission norms for vessels ordered before January 1, In February 2016 the crude tanker orderbook was equivalent to 19.2% of the existing fleet and supply growth in the tanker sector as a whole is likely to gather momentum in the remainder of 2016 and into In the closing months of 2015, VLCC and Suezmax time charter equivalent (TCE) spot rates increased significantly due to a tight balance between vessel supply and demand. Despite volatility in the opening months of 2016, positive market sentiment has had a beneficial impact on secondhand vessel values. In February 2016, five-year-old VLCC and Suezmax tankers were valued at $75 and $57 million respectively. World Oil Demand and Production In 2015, oil accounted for approximately one third of global energy consumption. World oil consumption has increased steadily over the past 15 years, with the exception of 2008 and 2009, as a result of increasing global economic activity and industrial production. In recent years, growth in oil demand has been largely driven by developing countries in Asia and growing Chinese consumption, but in 2015 countries in the OECD area also witnessed increases in demand. In 2015, world oil demand increased to 94.5 million barrels per day (bpd), which represents a 3.4% increase from 2013 and is 10.5% higher than the recent low recorded in

40 World Oil Consumption: 2005 to 2015 (Million Barrels Per Day) Source:Drewry Seasonal trends also affect world oil consumption and, consequently, oil tanker demand. While trends in consumption vary with the specific season each year, peaks in tanker demand often precede seasonal consumption peaks, as refiners and suppliers anticipate consumer demand. Seasonal peaks in oil demand can be classified broadly into two main categories: increased demand prior to Northern Hemisphere winters as heating oil consumption increases and increased demand for gasoline prior to the summer driving season in the U.S. Global trends in oil production have naturally followed the growth in oil consumption, allowing for the fact that changes in the level of oil inventories also play an integral role in determining production levels and tie in with the seasonal peaks in demand. World crude oil production by region in the period 2005 to 2015 is shown in the table below. World Oil Production: 2005 to 2015 (Million Barrels Per Day) * Former Soviet Union Source:Drewry At the beginning of 2015, proven global oil reserves totaled 1,656 billion barrels, approximately 47 times current rates of production. These reserves tend to be located in regions far from the major consuming countries separated by large expanses of water, and this geographical barrier creates the demand for crude tanker shipping. However, one important opposite of this situation in recent years, has been the development of light tight oil (LTO) or shale oil reserves in the U.S., which has had a negative impact on the volume of U.S. crude oil imports. New technologies such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing have triggered a shale oil revolution in the U.S., and in 2013, for the first time in the previous two decades the U.S. produced more oil than it imported. In view of the rising surplus in oil production, in 2015 the U.S. Congress lifted a 40 year-old ban on crude oil exports that was put in place after the Arab oil embargo in Thereby, allowing U.S. oil producers access to international markets. The first shipments of the U.S. crude have already arrived in Europe, and exports to Asia could be the next destination for the U.S. crude producers. However, since the U.S. is still a net importer of crude oil, any increase in crude oil exports should lead to an equal increase in crude oil imports. 35

41 In the meantime much of the oil from West Africa and the Caribbean that was historically imported by the U.S. is now shipped to China, which has a positive impact on tanker demand due to increased ton miles given the longer distances the oil needs to travel. Production and exports from the Middle East (largely from OPEC suppliers) and West Africa have historically had a significant impact on the demand for tanker capacity, and, consequently, on tanker charter hire rates due to the long distances between these supply sources and demand centers. Oil exports from short-haul regions, such as the North Sea, are significantly closer to ports used by the primary consumers of such exports, which results in shorter average voyages. Overall, the volume of crude oil moved by sea each year reflects the underlying changes in world oil consumption and production. Driven by increased world oil demand and production, especially in developing countries, seaborne trade in crude oil in 2015 is provisionally estimated at 2.1 billion tons, or 72% of all seaborne oil trade (crude oil and refined petroleum products). The chart below illustrates changes in global seaborne movements of crude oil between 1980 and Seaborne Crude Oil Trade Development: 1980 to 2015 (Million Tons) Source:Drewry World seaborne oil trade is the result of geographical imbalances between areas of oil consumption and production. Historically, certain developed economies have acted as the primary drivers of these seaborne oil trade patterns. The regional growth rates in oil consumption shown in the chart below indicate that the developing world is driving recent trends in oil demand and trade. In Asia, the Middle East, Africa and Latin America, oil consumption during the period from 2005 to 2015 grew at annual rates in excess of 3%, and, at annual growth rate of 5.4% in the case of China. Strong demand for oil in these regions is driving both increased volume of seaborne oil trades and increased voyage distances, as more oil is being transported on long haul routes. Regional Oil Consumption Growth Rates: 2005 to 2015 (CAGR Percent) Source:Drewry 36

42 Furthermore, consumption on a per capita basis remains low in many parts of the developing world, and as many of these regions have insufficient domestic supplies, rising demand for oil will have to be satisfied by increased imports. Oil Consumption Per Capita: 2015 (Tons per Capita) Source:Drewry In the case of China and India, seaborne crude oil imports have risen significantly in the last decade to meet an increasing demand for energy (see chart below). During the period from 2005 to 2015, Chinese crude oil imports increased from to million tons and Indian imports increased from 96.3 to million tons. Conversely, Japanese imports declined from to million tons over the same period. U.S. imports have also declined as a result of growing domestic oil supplies. Asian Countries Crude Oil Imports: 2005 to 2015 (Million Tons) * Provisional estimates for 2015 Source:Drewry A further factor which is affecting both the volume and pattern of world oil trades is the shift in global refinery capacity from the developed to the developing world, which is increasing the distances from oil production sources to refineries. The distribution of refinery throughput by region in the period 2005 to 2015 is shown in the following table. Oil Refinery Throughput by Region: 2005 to 2015 ('000 Barrels Per Day) * Provisional estimates for 2015 Source:Drewry 37

43 Changes in refinery throughput are largely driven by changes in the location of capacity. Capacity increases are taking place mostly in the developing world, especially in Asia. In response to growing domestic demand, Indian refinery throughput has grown at a faster rate than that of any other global region in the last decade, with refinery throughput in China, the Middle East and other emerging economies following a similar pattern. The shift in refinery capacity is likely to continue as refinery development plans are heavily focused on areas such as Asia and the Middle East and few new refineries are planned for North America and Europe. Oil Refinery Throughput by Region: Growth Rates 2005 to 2015 (CAGR Percent) Source:Drewry As a result of changes in trade patterns, as well as shifts in refinery locations, average voyage distances in the crude sector have increased. In the period from 2005 to 2015 ton mile demand in the crude tanker sector grew from 8.5 to 9.3 billion ton miles. The table below shows changes in tanker demand expressed in ton miles, which is measured as the product of the volume of oil carried (measured in metric tons) multiplied by the distance over which it is carried (measured in miles). Crude Oil Tanker Demand: 2005 to 2015 Source:Drewry Another aspect which has impacted the crude tanker demand in recent months has been the use of tankers for floating storage. In the closing weeks of 2014 and the opening weeks of 2015 commodity traders hired VLCCs in the expectation that profits could be made by storing oil at sea as oil prices curves have moved into a contango, that is, where the current or spot price for the oil was below the price of oil for delivery in the futures market. As a result several fixtures for long term storage were reported by oil majors and commodity traders for periods up to 12 months in late 2014 and first half of Floating crude oil storage peaked in May 2015 and thereafter it declined because of narrowing of the contango and shrinking arbitrage in crude oil futures. But the use of larger tankers for offshore storage has rebounded in the opening weeks of 2016 on account of logistical considerations and marketing issues. As of March 10, 2016 approximately million barrels of oil were reportedly stored on crude tankers and the use of vessels for floating storage has further tightened the supply demand dynamics in tanker market. Floating Storage of Crude Oil (Million Barrels) Source: Drewry 38

44 Crude Tanker Fleet Overview The world crude tanker fleet is generally divided into three major types of vessel classifications, based on carrying capacity. The main crude tanker vessel types are: VLCCs, with an oil cargo carrying capacity in excess of 200,000 dwt (typically 300,000 to 320,000 dwt or approximately two million barrels). VLCCs generally trade on long-haul routes from the Middle East and West Africa to Asia, Europe and the U.S. Gulf or the Caribbean. Tankers in excess of 320,000 dwt are known as Ultra Large Crude Carriers (ULCCs), although for the purposes of this report they are included within the VLCC category. Suezmax tankers, with an oil cargo carrying capacity of approximately 120,000 to 200,000 dwt (typically 150,000 to 160,000 dwt or approximately one million barrels). Suezmax tankers are engaged in a range of crude oil trades across a number of major loading zones. Within the Suezmax sector, there are a number of product and shuttle tankers (shuttle tankers are specialized ships built to transport crude oil and condensates from offshore oil field installations to onshore terminals and refineries and are often referred to as "floating pipelines"), which do not participate in the crude oil trades. Aframax tankers, with an oil cargo carrying capacity of approximately 80,000 to 120,000 dwt (or approximately 500,000 barrels). Aframax tankers are employed in shorter regional trades, mainly in North West Europe, the Caribbean, the Mediterranean and Asia. There are also a relatively small number of ships below 80,000 dwt which operate in crude oil trades, but many operate in cabotage type trades and therefore do not form part of the open market. For this reason the following analysis of supply concentrates on the VLCC, Suezmax and Aframax tonnage. As of February 29, 2016 the crude tanker fleet consisted of 1,821 vessels with a combined capacity of million dwt. Crude Oil Tanker Fleet February 29,2016 Source:Drewry The table below shows principal routes for crude oil tankers and where these vessels are deployed. Crude Oil Tankers Typical Deployment by Size Category Source:Drewry VLCCs are built to carry cargo parcels of two million barrels, and Suezmax tankers are built to carry cargo parcels of one million barrels, which are the most commonly traded parcel sizes in the crude oil trading markets. Their carrying capacities make VLCCs and Suezmax tankers the most appropriate asset class globally for long and medium haul trades. While traditional VLCC and Suezmax trading routes have typically originated in the Middle East and the Atlantic Basin, increased Asian demand for crude oil has opened up new trading routes for both classes of vessel. The map below shows the main VLCC and Suezmax tanker seaborne trade routes. 39

45 Principal VLCC and Suezmax Seaborne Crude Oil Trades Source:Drewry VLCC/Suezmax Fleet Development In 2015, the world crude tanker fleet grew by 2.7% compared to the marginal growth of 0.6% in A total of 10.6 million dwt (0.6 million dwt lower than 2014) of newbuild deliveries were added to the crude fleet in 2015, while there was a sharp decline in scrapping activity from 9.4 million dwt in 2014 to 1.5 million dwt in VLCC & Suezmax Fleet Development: 2003 to 2015 (YearonYearpercentageGrowth:MillionDwt) Source:Drewry The chart below indicates the volume of new orders placed in the VLCC and Suezmax sectors in the period from 2005 to Very few new vessel orders were placed in both sectors during 2011, 2012 and 2013, although the pace of new ordering in the VLCC sector increased in the closing months of 2013 and newbuild orders for VLCCs as well as Suezmax tankers were considerably higher in 2014 and Tight supply-demand dynamics in tanker market, firm freight rates and exemption from compliance to tier III NOx emission norms for vessels ordered before January 1, 2016 were the reasons for high new ordering activity in 2015 and a total of 62 VLCCs and 51 Suezmaxes contracts were placed during the year. VLCC/Suezmax New Orders 2005 to 2015 ('000 Dwt) Source:Drewry In the last few years, delays in new vessel deliveries often referred to as "slippage," have become a regular feature of the market. Slippage is the result of a combination of several factors, including cancellations of orders, problems in obtaining vessel financing, owners seeking to defer delivery during weak markets, shipyards quoting over-optimistic delivery times, and, in some cases, shipyards experiencing financial difficulty. A number of Chinese yards, including yards at which crude tankers are currently on order are experiencing financial problems which have led to both

46 cancellations and delays in deliveries. New order cancellations have been a feature of most shipping markets during the market downturn. For obvious reasons, shipyards are reluctant to openly report such events, making the tracking of the true size of the orderbook at any given point in time difficult. The difference between actual and scheduled deliveries reflects the fact that orderbooks are often overstated. Slippage has affected both the VLCC and Suezmax sectors. The table below indicates the relationship between scheduled and actual deliveries for both asset classes in the period 2010 to Since slippage has occurred in recent years, it is not unreasonable to expect that some of the VLCC and Suezmax tankers currently on order will not be delivered on time. 40

47 VLCC/Suezmax Tankers: Scheduled versus Actual Deliveries (MillionDwt) Source:Drewry In 2015, VLCC and Suezmax deliveries amounted to 5.7 and 1.7 million dwt, respectively, compared with 7.6 and 1.3 million dwt, respectively in As a result of these changes, the VLCC and Suezmax fleets grew by 4% and 1% respectively in VLCC/Suezmax Tanker Deliveries: 2005 to 2015 ('000 Dwt) Source:Drewry At its peak in 2008, the VLCC and Suezmax tanker orderbooks were each equivalent to 50% of the existing fleets, which led to high levels of new deliveries in both sectors between 2009 and The orderbook as a percentage of the existing fleet declined in the period , due to low levels of new ordering. However, with the upturn in new ordering activity in 2014 and 2015 the VLCC and Suezmax orderbooks were equivalent to 19.9% and 21.8% of the existing fleets respectively, as of February 29, VLCC & Suezmax Orderbook (Percent Existing Fleet) * As on February 2016 Source:Drewry 41

48 As of February 29, 2016, the total crude tanker orderbook comprised 348 vessels of 67.1 million dwt, equivalent to 19.1% of the existing crude tanker fleet. The orderbook for Suezmax tankers was 105 vessels representing 16.5 million dwt (excluding shuttle tankers), and for VLCCs the orderbook was 130 vessels representing 40.3 million dwt. Crude Oil Tanker (1) Orderbook February 29, 2016 (1)ExcludesproducttankersandinthecaseofSuezmaxshuttletankers Source:Drewry Tanker supply is also affected by vessel scrapping or demolition. As an oil tanker ages, vessel owners often conclude that it is more economical to scrap a vessel that has exhausted its useful life than to upgrade the vessel to maintain its "in-class" status. Often, particularly when tankers reach approximately 25 years of age, the costs of conducting the class survey and performing required repairs become economically inefficient. In recent years, most oil tankers that have been scrapped were between 25 and 30 years of age. In addition to vessel age, scrapping activity is influenced by freight markets. During periods of high freight rates, scrapping activity will decline and the opposite will occur when freight rates are low. The chart below indicates that vessel scrapping was much higher from 2010 to 2014 than in the preceding five years. Crude Oil Tanker Scrapping: 2005 to 2016 ('000 Dwt) * Through to February 2016 Source:Drewry Within the context of the wider market, increased vessel scrapping is a positive development, as it helps to counterbalance new ship deliveries and to moderate fleet growth. The Crude Oil Tanker Freight Market Types of Charter Oil tankers are employed in the market through a number of different chartering options, described below. A bareboat charter involves the use of a vessel usually over longer periods of up to several years. All voyage related costs, including vessel fuel, or bunkers, and port dues as well as all vessel operating expenses, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance, transfer to the charterer's account. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel. 42

49 Tanker Freight Rates A time charter involves the use of the vessel, either for a number of months or years or for a trip between specific delivery and redelivery positions, known as a trip charter. The charterer pays all voyage related costs. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a per day basis and is responsible for the payment of all vessel operating expenses and capital costs of the vessel. A single or spot voyage charter involves the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo on a load port to discharge port basis, subject to various cargo handling terms. Most of these charters are of a single or spot voyage nature. The cost of repositioning the ship to load the next cargo falls outside the charter and is at the cost and discretion of the owner. The owner of the vessel receives one payment derived by multiplying the tons of cargo loaded on board by the agreed upon freight rate expressed on a per cargo ton basis. The owner is responsible for the payment of all expenses including voyage, operating and capital costs of the vessel. A contract of affreightment, or COA, relates to the carriage of multiple cargoes over the same route and enables the COA holder to nominate different ships to perform individual voyages. This arrangement constitutes a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during the term of the COA, which usually spans a number of years. All of the ship's operating, voyage and capital costs are borne by the ship-owner. The freight rate is normally agreed on a per cargo ton basis. Worldscale is the tanker industry's standard reference for calculating freight rates. Worldscale is used because it provides the flexibility required for the oil trade. Oil is a fairly homogenous commodity as it does not vary significantly in quality and it is relatively easy to transport by a variety of methods. These attributes, combined with the volatility of the world oil markets, means that an oil cargo may be bought and sold many times while at sea and therefore, the cargo owner requires great flexibility in its choice of discharge options. If tanker fixtures were priced in the same way as dry cargo fixtures, this would involve the ship-owner calculating separate individual freights for a wide variety of discharge points. Worldscale provides a set of nominal rates designed to provide roughly the same daily income irrespective of discharge point. Time charter equivalent (TCE) is the measurement that describes the earnings potential of any spot market voyage based on the quoted Worldscale rate. As described above, the Worldscale rate is set and can then be converted into dollars per cargo ton. A voyage calculation is then performed which removes all expenses (port costs, bunkers and commission) from the gross revenue, resulting in a net revenue which is then divided by the total voyage days, which includes the days from discharge of the prior cargo until discharge of the cargo for which the freight is paid (at sea and in port), to give a daily TCE rate. The supply and demand for tanker capacity influences tanker charter hire rates and vessel values. In general, time charter rates are less volatile than spot rates as they reflect the fact that the vessel is fixed for a longer period of time. In the spot market, rates will reflect the immediate underlying conditions in vessel supply and demand and are thus more prone to volatility. Small changes in tanker utilization have historically led to relatively large fluctuations in tanker charter rates for VLCCs, with more moderate price volatility in the Suezmax, Aframax and Panamax markets and less volatility in the Handy market, as compared to the tanker market as a whole. The chart below illustrates monthly changes in TCE rates for VLCC and Suezmax tankers during the period from January 2005 to February

50 VLCC/Suezmax Tanker Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) Rates: 2005 to 2016* (US$/Day) * Through to February2016 Source:Drewry Tanker freight rates started rising again from 2014, aided by the fall in oil prices and oil-importing countries such as India and China started building Strategic Petroleum Reserves (SPRs). In the last quarter of 2015, VLCC spot rates surged benefiting from the seasonal demand and no significant increase in fleet size. Source: Drewry 44

51 VLCC/Suezmax 1 Year Time Charter Rates: 2005 to 2016* (US$/Day Period Averages) * Through to February2016 Source:Drewry In the tanker market, independent ship owners have two principal employment options either the spot or time charter markets, or a combination of both. How tankers are deployed varies from operator to operator, and also influenced by the market conditions. In a buoyant market, the companies that prefer to deploy vessels on the sport market will gain more as they will benefit from the rise in freight rates. Broadly speaking, a ship owner with an operating strategy, which is focused on the time charter market will experience a more stable income stream and they will be relatively insulated against the volatility in spot rates. Newbuilding Prices Global shipbuilding is concentrated in South Korea, China and Japan. This concentration is the result of economies of scale, construction techniques and the prohibitive costs of building ships in other parts of the world. Collectively, these three countries account for approximately 90% of global shipbuilding output. Vessels constructed at shipyards are of varying size and technical sophistication. Drybulk carriers generally require less technical know-how to construct, while oil tankers, container vessels and LNG carriers require technically advanced manufacturing processes. The actual construction of a vessel can take place in 9 to 12 months and can be partitioned into five stages: contract signing, steel cutting, keel laying, launching and delivery. The amount of time between signing a newbuilding contract and the date of delivery is usually at least months, but in times of high shipbuilding demand, it can extend to two to three years. Newbuilding prices for tankers of all sizes rose steadily between 2004 and mid This was due to a number of factors, including high levels of new ordering, a shortage in newbuilding capacity during a period of high charter rates, and increased shipbuilders' costs as a result of strengthening steel prices and the weakening U.S. dollar. Prices weakened in 2009, however, as a result of a downturn in new ordering and remained weak until the second half of 2013, when they slowly started to rise. Newbuild prices increased by an average of 10% across vessel class in 2014, but they declined marginally in 2015 because of weaker steel prices and spare capacity at shipyards on account of negligible activity in other sectors of maritime industry. Average new building prices for VLCCs in 2015 dropped by 2.4% year on year, while for Suezmax tankers, prices were flat between 2014 and

52 VLCC/Suezmax Tanker Newbuilding Prices: 2005 to 2016* (US$ Million) * Through to February 2016 Source:Drewry Secondhand Prices Secondhand prices are generally influenced by potential vessel earnings, which in turn are influenced by trends in the supply of and demand for shipping capacity. The secondhand vessel prices follow the prevailing freight rates and they provide a better assessment of the existing supply and demand situation in the market. Vessel values are also dependent on other factors including the age of the vessel. Prices for young vessels, those approximately five years old or under are also influenced by newbuilding prices. Prices for old vessels, those that are in excess of 25 years old and near the end of their useful economic lives, are swayed by the value of scrap steel. In addition, values for younger vessels tend to fluctuate less on a percentage basis than values for older vessels. This is attributed to the finite useful economic life of older vessels that makes the price of younger vessels less sensitive to freight rates in the short term. Vessel values are determined on a daily basis in the sale and purchase (S&P) market, where vessels are sold and bought through specialized sale and purchase brokers who regularly report these transactions to participants in the seaborne transportation industry. The S&P market for oil tankers is transparent and quite liquid with a large number of vessels changing hands on a regular basis. The chart below illustrates the movements of prices (in US$ million) for secondhand (5 year old) oil tankers between 2005 and After remaining range bound between 2010 and 2013, secondhand vessel prices started recovering in 2014, but are still clearly below the peak witnessed in

53 VLCC/Suezmax Tanker Secondhand Prices 5 Year Old Vessels: 2005 to 2016* (US$ Million) * Through to February 2016 Source:Drewry OverviewoftheOffshoreOilandGasIndustry AlltheinformationanddatainthisprospectusabouttheoffshoreoilindustryhasbeenprovidedbyEnergyMaritimeAssociates(EMA),anindependentstrategicplanningandconsultingfirm focusedonthemarineandoffshoresectors.emahasadvisedthatthestatisticalandgraphicalinformationcontainedhereinisdrawnfromitsdatabaseandothersources.inconnectiontherewith,ema hasadvisedthat:(a)certaininformationinema'sdatabaseisderivedfromestimatesorsubjectivejudgments;(b)theinformationinthedatabasesofothermaritimedatacollectionagenciesmaydiffer from the information in EMA's database; (c) while EMA has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilationissubjecttolimitedauditandvalidationprocedures.thecompanybelievesandactsasthoughtheindustryandmarketdatapresentedinthissectionisreliable. Brief History of the Offshore Industry Over the past 20 years global oil demand has grown at an average annual rate of 1.4%. With the exception of two years during the global financial crisis in 2008 and 2009, oil demand has increased year after year during this period. The Energy Information Administration forecasts world oil production will grow to 121 million barrels per day (b/d) by Increasingly, oil is being produced offshore. According to the International Energy Agency, despite the rapid pace of growth in onshore oil production in North America, offshore oil production is expected to account for 30% of the growth in global oil production capacity of 9.3 million b/d between 2011 and The offshore oil and gas industry can generally be defined as the extraction and production of oil and gas offshore. From a more nuanced perspective, it is a highly technical industry with significant risks but whose rewards are high. Unlike on-shore developments, where drilling and processing equipment can be constructed onsite, often with access to existing infrastructure, offshore developments have additional engineering and logistical requirements in designing, transporting, installing and operating facilities in remote offshore environments. Because of this, each production unit is unique and designed for the specific field's geological and environmental characteristics, including hydrocarbon specifications, reservoir requirements (water/gas/chemical injection), well/subsea configuration, water depth and weather conditions (above and below the water). 47

54 The water depth of offshore developments has increased dramatically since its start from piers extended from shore in just a few meters of water. In 1947, Kerr-McGee drilled the first well beyond the sight of land. This well was in only 5.5 meters of water, but was 17 kilometers off the Louisiana coast. Offshore developments have continued to move further from land and into increasingly deeper waters using fixed platforms that extended from the seabed to the surface. Floating Production and Storage (or FPS) and Floating, Production, Storage and Offloading (or FPSO) units emerged in the 1970s. Since that time, FPS units have been installed in increasing water depths, with the deepest units on order now designed for 2,900 meters of water. Water depths are currently defined as shallow (shallower than 1,000 meters), deepwater (between 1,000 meters and 1,500 meters) and ultra-deepwater (deeper than 1,500 meters). Units installed before 2000 were almost all shallow water. In the decade that followed, 40% of units were installed in deepwater. For units installed since 2010, over 50% are in deepwater, including 30% in ultra-deepwater. Other types of FPS units include Spar, Tension-Leg Platform (TLP), and Semi-submersible (Semi), which are well suited to deepwater. For liquefying gas and then converting it back to gas, Floating Liquefied Natural Gas and Floating Storage Regas Unit (FSRU) can be used. Mobile Offshore Production Units (MOPU), and Floating Storage Offloading Units (FSO) are popular for shallow water developments. The geographical range of the FPS industry has also changed over the years. For the first few decades of industry activity, projects were concentrated in the Gulf of Mexico and the North Sea. However, with discoveries of new hydrocarbon basins, the location of offshore developments expanded to include most parts of the world, with Brazil, West Africa and Southeast Asia now leading the way. Source:EnergyMaritimeAssociates,January2016 Along with increasing water depth, the size and complexity of these offshore developments have also grown, which in turn has increased the size and complexity of the FPS units. Project development cycles have increased in time, complexity, and cost. In particular, the time between initial discovery and starting production is now five to seven years and increasing. This lengthening of project time is due to a combination of factors, including the complexity of the field itself, as well as increased front-end engineering and design, expanded internal company review processes and compliance with local regulations. This additional planning and scrutiny is largely a response to past projects that did not meet the planned budget, schedule and/or operational expectations. 48

55 Contract Awards and Orderbook Production from floating production systems has been increasing over the past 19 years, but not in a consistent manner. Approval of these projects depends largely on the oil price expectation at the time and the related production potential associated with the specific project. As a result, the orders for FPS units generally follow the price of oil. After the price of Brent crude dropped to $34 per barrel in 2008, only 10 FPS units were awarded in As the price of Brent crude recovered to over $120 per barrel in 2012, 30 or more FPS units were awarded each year from 2010 to units were ordered in 2013, increasing to 28 units in With the decline in oil prices throughout 2015, only 15 units were awarded last year, similar to the level in Currently Installed Units Source:EnergyMaritimeAssociates,January2016 As of January 2016, there are 277 FPS systems in service worldwide, comprised of FPSOs (60%) of the current total, Production Semis (14%), TLPs (9%), Production Spars (8%), FSRU (6%) and Production Barges (3%). This does not include 22 production units and three floating storage/offloading units that are available for re-use. Another 96 floating storage/offloading units (without production capability) are in service. Source:EnergyMaritimeAssociates,January

56 Global Distribution of Installed Units by Type: Source:EnergyMaritimeAssociates,January2016 Source:EnergyMaritimeAssociates,January

57 Markets The top five regions for floating production systems are Southeast Asia (SEA) (21%), Brazil (17%), Africa (16%), Gulf of Mexico (GOM) (15%) and Northern Europe (NE) (13%). The pattern of floating production system use varies widely from region to region: FSOs are the dominant type in Southeast Asia due to the relatively shallow water depths and lack of infrastructure. The current order backlog consists of 63 production floaters, nine FSOs and seven MOPUs. Within the backlog, 36 units are utilizing purpose-built hulls and 27 units are based on converted hulls. Of the production floaters being built, 33 are owned by field operators, 30 by leasing contractors. Since 1996, the production floater order backlog has ranged from a low of 17 units in 1999 to a peak of 71 units in the first half of Within this period, there have been three cycles: a downturn in 1998 and 1999 followed by an upturn from 2000 to 2002 of 17 to 39 units followed by relative stability in 2003 and 2004; an upturn from 2005 to 2007 from 35 to 67 units followed by a downturn from 2008 to 2009 down to 32 units; and an upturn between 2010 and 2013 to 71 units. The leading destinations for the FSOs currently on order are Northern Europe and Southeast Asia. Most Attractive Growth Regions Source:EnergyMaritimeAssociates,January2016 Between 2020 and 2025, Brazil and West Africa are expected to continue to be the most attractive areas for offshore projects and present ample investment opportunities according to respondents of EMA's 2016 industry sentiment survey. As of January 2016, these two regions account for 37% (89 out of 241) potential floating production projects in the planning process. Other industry participants believe that Southeast Asia and GOM-Mexico present the next largest growth opportunities globally. New shallow and deep water projects requiring FPSOs and FSOs are expected to increase dramatically following reforms in Mexico to allow foreign investment. East Africa may also be a growth region, following large gas discoveries in Mozambique and Tanzania. Source:EnergyMaritimeAssociates,January

58 The FSO Market FSOs provide field storage and offloading in a variety of situations. FSOs are primarily used in conjunction with fixed platforms, MOPUs and production floaters (Semis, TLPs, Spars) to provide offshore field storage of oil and condensate. They are also used as offshore storage/export facilities for onshore production fields and as storage/blending/transhipment terminals for crude oil or refined products. Most FSOs store oil, although there are a few FSOs that store liquefied natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas. FSOs range from simple tankers with few modifications to purpose-built and extensively modified tankers with significant additional equipment at a total cost ranging between $250 and $300 million. Oil storage capacity on FSOs varies from 60,000 barrels to 3 million barrels. The FSO Asiaand the FSO Africa, which are co-owned by Euronav, are among the largest and most complex FSOs in operation. Water depth ranges from 15 meters to 380 meters with the exception of an FSO located in Brazil's Marlim Sul field (1,180 meters). There is no inherent limitation on water depth for FSOs. Most FSOs currently in operation are older, single-hull tankers modified for storage/offloading use. Approximately 25% of the FSOs now operating are 15 years or older. Around 40% of the FSOs in service are Aframax or Suezmax size (600,000 to 1 million barrels). Around another 30% are VLCC- or ULCC-size units (up to 3 million barrels). The remaining 30% of FSOs is comprised of smaller units. Around 45% of FSOs in service are positioned in Southeast Asia. Approximately 20% are in West Africa. The others are spread over the Middle East, India, Northern Europe, Mediterranean, Brazil and elsewhere. Large storage capacity and ability to be moored in almost any water depth makes FSOs ideal for areas without pipeline infrastructure and where the production platform has no storage capabilities (fixed platforms, MOPU, Spar, TLP, Semi). FSOs have no or limited process topsides, which make them relatively simple to convert from old tankers, as compared to an FPSO. FSOs can be relocated to other fields and some have also later been converted to FPSOs. The Key Components of an FSO Unlike other FPS systems, the hull is the primary component of an FSO. Topsides are normally simple and feature primarily accommodation, helicopter landing facilities, crude metering equipment and sometimes power generation. However some FSOs, including the FSO Asiaand the FSO Africa, which are co-owned by Euronav, have more sophisticated topsides (described below). Mooring systems are the same as for an FPSO: spread-mooring or turret-moored (internal and external). In addition, some simple storage units are moored by their own anchor or alongside a jetty. In benign environments, an FSO can be moored to a Catenary Anchor Leg Mooring buoy (soft mooring), where the buoy is fixed to the seabed and attached to the FSO by mooring ropes. Some FSOs, such as FSO Asiaand FSO Africa, include a small part of the production process, particularly water separation/treatment and chemical injection. For example, after initial processing on the platform, the FSO Asiaand FSO Africamay provide additional processing of the platform fluids and separate the water from the crude oil. The oil and water are usually heated, accelerating the separation of the two organic compounds. Once separated, oil is transferred to separate storage cargo tanks and then offloaded to export vessels. Water is treated, purified and returned to the underwater source reservoir or directly to the sea. Trends in FSO orders Approximately 35 orders for FSOs have been placed over the past five years, with an average of 7.0 annually. While the majority of FSOs were converted from oil tankers, approximately 20% of these units were purpose-built as FSOs. This is in line with the currently installed fleet profile. Forecast Summary EMA is tracking 32 potential projects in the planning stage that may require an FSO. The number of FSO projects has increased over the past five years. In 2008, there were 22 FSO projects. In 2011 there were 24 projects. FSO projects can typically be developed more quickly than other FPS developments and therefore there are a number of projects to be awarded in the next five years that are not yet visible. 52

59 Between 2016 and 2020, orders for 25 to 35 FSOs are expected with a total capital cost between $3.2 and $4.4 billion, with the base case being 30 units. Around 75 percent will be based on converted tanker hulls. The remainder will be purpose-built units. The prospects for the FSO sector remain good, despite the low oil price environment. There remains a large number of visible offshore energy development projects in the planning stage, as well as activity in the drilling market. Since January 2015, the average drilling rates for jack-up rigs have decreased by over 30% in Southeast Asia and Northern Europe. In these areas the most popular development option is an FSO, in conjunction with a fixed platform or MOPU. The vast majority of FSO orders will continue to go to Southeast Asian countries including Thailand, Vietnam and Malaysia, but there has been increased activity in the North Sea and Mediterranean as well. Mexico is also a large potential market for FSO solutions, which would be ideal for many shallow water developments. Over the next five years, converted oil tankers will remain the dominant choice for FSOs. Newbuilt units will be used for some development projects in the North Sea as well as for condensate FSOs on gas fields. Between 2016 and 2020, 18 to 26 conversions and seven to nine newbuilding orders are expected. In the past, the majority of vessels chosen for conversion were between 20 and 25 years old. However, this trend is changing as companies increasingly scrutinize the quality and hull fatigue of the units earmarked as conversion candidates. Some recent FPSO conversion projects have selected newbuilt or units as young as five years old. Increasingly, FSO conversion work is being carried out in Chinese yards, but some of the more complex FSO projects will be continue to be performed in Singapore and Malaysia. Newbuilt units will be constructed by the Chinese and Korean yards, with higher specification FSOs going to Korea and the rest to China. However, Jurong shipyard in Singapore was awarded a contract in 2015 for a high spec unit destined for the Culzean field in the UK. Competition Competition in the FSO market includes tanker owners, specialized FSO/FPSO contractors and engineering/construction companies in the floating production sector. Tanker owners tend to compete for projects that require less modification and investment. Companies such as Teekay Offshore Partners L.P., Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and Omni Offshore Terminals Pte Ltd target more complex FSO projects with higher specifications and client requirements. FPSO contractors such as MODEC Inc, SBM Offshore N.V., SBM and BW Offshore Limited had competed in the FSO market in the past but are now primarily focused on large FPSO projects. Most clients conduct a detailed pre-qualification screening before accepting proposals. Pre-qualification requirements include: FSO conversion and operation experience, health, safety, environment systems and procedures, access to tanker for conversion and financial resources. Contract Structure As part of the overall offshore field development, most FSOs are leased on long-term (five to 15 years), fixed rate service contracts (normally structured as either a time charter or a bareboat contract). The FSO is essential to the field production as oil is exported via the FSO. Typically, the FSO contract has a fixed period as well as additional extension periods (at the charterer's option) depending on the projected life of the development project. The FSO is designed to remain offshore for the duration of the contact, as opposed to conventional tankers, which have scheduled drydocking repairs every two to three years. Depending on tax treatment and local regulations, some oil companies elect to purchase the FSO rather than lease it, particularly when the unit is expected to remain on site for over 20 years. However, there have been FSO lease contracts for 20 or even 25 years. Environmental and Other Regulations Government laws and regulations significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. We are subject to various international conventions, laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expenses, including vessel modification and implementation costs. A variety of governmental, quasi-governmental and private organizations subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These organizations include the local port authorities, national authorities, harbor masters or equivalent entities, classification societies, relevant flag state (country of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators and oil companies. Some of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and approvals for the operation of our vessels. Our failure to maintain necessary permits, licenses, certificates or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of the vessels in our fleet, or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage. 53

60 We believe that the heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for tankers that conform to stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with applicable local, national and international environmental laws and regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations; however, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly strict requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 DeepwaterHorizonoil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability. International Maritime Organization The International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, is a specialized agency of the United Nations responsible for setting global standards for the safety, security and environmental performance of vessels engaged in international shipping. The IMO primary objective is to create a regulatory framework for the shipping industry that is fair and effective, and universally adopted and implemented. The IMO has adopted several international conventions that regulate the international shipping industry, including but not limited to the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, generally referred to as CLC, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage of 2001, and the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, or the MARPOL Convention. The MARPOL Convention is broken into six Annexes, each of which establishes environmental standards relating to different sources of pollution: Annex I relates to the prevention of pollution by oil; Annexes II and III relate to the prevention of pollution by noxious liquid substances carried in bulk and harmful substances carried by sea in packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, adopted by the IMO in September of 1997, relates to air pollution by ship emissions, including greenhouse gases. AirEmissions In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from ships whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, It also prohibits "deliberate emissions" of "ozone depleting substances," defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. "Deliberate emissions" are not limited to times when the ship is at sea; they can for example include discharges occurring in the course of the ship's repair and maintenance. Emissions of "volatile organic compounds" from certain tankers and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls) are also prohibited and the emission of Volatile Organic Compounds is controlled. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil (see below). The amended Annex VI will reduce air pollution from vessels by, among other things, (i) implementing a reduction of sulfur oxide emissions from ships by reducing the global sulfur fuel cap to 3.50%, which became effective on January 1, 2012, and will be progressively reduced to 0.50%, which will become effective globally as of January 1, 2020, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018; and (ii) establishing new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The United States ratified the Annex VI amendments in October 2008, and the United States Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, promulgated equivalent emissions standards in late Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain Emission Control Areas, or ECAs. As of January 1, 2015, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.10%. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs, and the Baltic Sea, the North Sea, certain coastal areas of North America, and the United States Caribbean Sea are all within designated ECAs where the 0.10% fuel sulfur content applies. Ocean-going vessels in these areas will be subject to stringent emissions controls and may cause us to incur additional losses. Effective September 1, 2015, amendments to Annex VI imposed stricter nitrogen oxide standards on marine diesel engines installed on ships built on or after January 1, 2016 which operate in North American and U.S. Caribbean ECAs. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late As a result of these designations or similar future designations, we may be required to incur additional operating or other costs. 54

61 If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the EPA or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations. As of the date of this annual report, we are in compliance with applicable requirements under Annex VI, as amended. SafetyManagementSystemRequirements The IMO also adopted SOLAS, and the International Convention on Load Lines, or LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of ships. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL standards. May 2012 amendments to SOLAS that relate to the safe manning of vessels entered into force on January 1, The Convention on Limitation for Maritime Claims was recently amended and the amendments went into effect on June 8, The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life, personal injury, and property claims against shipowners. Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements contained in the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code, promulgated by the IMO under Chapter IX of SOLAS to provide an international standard for the safe management and operation of ships and for pollution prevention. The ISM Code requires the owner of a vessel, or any person who has taken responsibility for operation of a vessel, to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that has been developed for our vessels for compliance with the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel's management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the ISM Code. These documents of compliance and safety management certificates are renewed as required. Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard, or the USCG, and E.U. authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and E.U. ports. PollutionControlandLiabilityRequirements IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory nations to such conventions. For example, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended by different Protocols in 1976, 1984, and 1992, and amended in 2000, or the CLC. Under the CLC and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel's registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. The 1992 Protocol changed certain limits on liability, expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the shipowner's actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the shipowner's intentional or reckless act or omission where the shipowner knew pollution damage would probably result. The CLC also covers bunker oil pollution by tankers but only when loaded or when cargo residues remain on board. The CLC requires ships covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum equivalent to the vessel's limitation fund for a single incident. Our protection and indemnity insurance covers the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO subject to the rules and conditions of entry. The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention of 2001, to impose strict liability on shipowners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to tankers, this Convention is only applicable to vessels without cargo or residues thereof on board. 55

62 With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as cargo or fuel in ships' bunker tanks typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur. Our protection and indemnity insurance covers the liability for pollution as established by a competent court, subject to the rules and conditions of entry. In addition, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, in February The BWM Convention's implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping. As of March 2016, 48 states had adopted the BWM Convention, approaching the 35% threshold. The BWM Convention has not yet been ratified but proposals regarding implementation have recently been submitted to the IMO but we cannot predict the ultimate timing for ratification. Many of the implementation dates in the BWM Convention have already passed, so that once the BWM Convention enters into force, the period of installation of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements would be extremely short, with several thousand ships a year needing to install ballast water management systems, or BWMS. For this reason, on December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of the BWM Convention so that they are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention. This, in effect, makes all vessels constructed before the entry into force date "existing vessels" and allows for the installation of a BWMS on such vessels at the first renewal survey following entry into force of the convention. Furthermore, in October 2014 the MEPC met and adopted additional resolutions concerning the BWM Convention's implementation. Once mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and the costs of ballast water treatments may be material. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The United States, for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements. Although we do not believe that the costs of such compliance would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such requirements on our operations. The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations. U.S. Regulations The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all "owners and operators" whose vessels trade in the U.S., its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S. territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The U.S. has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances (including certain forms of oil) whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define "owner and operator" in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. Accordingly, both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations. Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are "responsible parties" and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third-party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include: injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs; injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property; net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources; loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost; 56

63 lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources. OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective December 21, 2015, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,200 per gross ton or $18,796,800 for any double-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation), and our fleet is entirely composed of vessels of this size class. These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsibility party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act. OPA permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters, however, in some cases, states which have enacted this type of legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining tanker owners' responsibilities under these laws. The 2010 Deepwater Horizonoil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including the raising of liability caps under OPA. For example, effective October 22, 2012, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environment Enforcement, or the BSEE, implemented a final drilling safety rule for offshore oil and gas operations that strengthens the requirements for safety equipment, well control systems, and blowout prevention practices. In December 2015, the BSEE announced a new pilot inspection program for offshore facilities. On February 24, 2014, the U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, or the BOEM, proposed a rule increasing the limits of liability of damages for offshore facilities under the OPA based on inflation. Furthermore, in April 2015, it was announced that new regulations are expected to be imposed in the U.S. regarding offshore oil and gas drilling. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes. CERCLA, which applies to owners and operators of vessels, contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third-party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refuses to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA. OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law. OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We have provided such evidence and received certificates of financial responsibility from the USCG's for each of our vessels as required to have one. Through our P&I Club membership with Gard, West of England and Brittania, we expect to maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 57

64 The U.S. Clean Water Act, or the CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. Furthermore, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law. The EPA and the USCG have enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged, or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, or which may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters. The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast and bilge water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit, or VGP, authorizing ballast and bilge water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. For a new vessel delivered to an owner or operator after September 19, 2009 to be covered by the VGP, the owner must submit a Notice of Intent at least 30 days before the vessel operates in U.S. waters. The VGP imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, record-keeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. On March 28, 2013, the EPA re-issued the VGP for another five years, effective from December 19, The new VGP focuses on authorizing discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels, and contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters, more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers, and the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants. In addition, under Section 401 of the CWA, the VGP must be certified by the state where the discharge is to take place. Certain states have enacted additional discharge standards as conditions to their certification of the VGP. These local standards bring the VGP into compliance with more stringent state requirements, such as those further restricting ballast water discharges and preventing the introduction of non-indigenous species considered to be invasive. The VGP and its state-specific regulations and any similar restrictions enacted in the future will increase the costs of operating in the relevant waters. The USCG, regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters which require the installation of equipment to treat ballast water before it is discharged in U.S. waters or, in the alternative, the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures. Vessels not complying with these regulations are restricted from entering U.S. waters. The USCG must approve any technology before it is placed on a vessel, but has not yet approved the technology necessary for vessels to meet these standards. Compliance with these regulations could have an adverse impact on the commercial operation of the vessels. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of January 1, 2014, vessels are technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards. As a result, the USCG has provided waivers to vessels which cannot install the as-yet unapproved technology. The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers. It should also be noted that in October 2015, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that directed the EPA to redraft the sections of the 2013 VGP that address ballast water. However, the Second Circuit stated that 2013 VGP will remain in effect until the EPA issues a new VGP. It presently remains unclear how the ballast water requirements set forth by the EPA, the USCG, and IMO BWM Convention, some of which are in effect and some which are pending, will co-exist. The U.S. Clean Air Act, or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. The CAA also requires states to draft State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in each state. SIPs may include regulations concerning emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. 58

65 European Union Regulations In October 2009, the E.U. amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member States were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. The E.U. has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained. The E.U. also adopted and then extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the E.U. with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply. Greenhouse Gas Regulation Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Convention on Climate Change Conference in Paris did not result in an agreement that directly limited greenhouse gas emissions for ships. On January 1, 2013, two new sets of mandatory requirements to address greenhouse gas emissions from ships adopted by the Marine Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, entered into force. Currently operating ships are now required to develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans and the new ships to be designed in compliance with minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile as defined by the Energy Efficiency Design Index. These requirements could cause us to incur additional compliance costs. The IMO is planning to implement market-based mechanisms to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships at an upcoming MEPC session. The E.U. has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of the existing E.U. emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from marine vessels, and in January 2012 the E.U. launched a public consultation on possible measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. In April 2015 a regulation was adopted requiring that large ships (over 5,000 gross tons) calling at E.U. ports from January 2018 collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information. In the U.S., the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety and has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain large stationary sources. The EPA enforces both the CAA and the international standards found in Annex VI of the MARPOL concerning marine diesel engines, their emissions and the sulfur content in marine fuel. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, E.U., the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases from marine vessels could require us to make significant financial expenditures, including capital expenditures to upgrade our vessels, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation and regulations, our business may be materially affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or more intense weather events. International Labour Organization The International Labour Organization, or the ILO is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006, or the MLC A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 entered into force one year after 30 countries with a minimum of 33% of the world's tonnage have ratified it. On August 20, 2012, the required number of countries was met and MLC 2006 entered into force on August 20, Following the ratification of MLC 2006 we have developed certain new procedures to ensure full compliance with its requirements. Vessel Security Regulations Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA. 59

66 Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter V became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. Amendments to SOLAS Chapter VII, made mandatory in 2004, apply to vessels transporting dangerous goods and require those vessels be in compliance with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code IMDG Code). To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel's flag state. Among the various requirements are: onboard installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship's identity, position, course, speed and navigational status; onboard installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore; the development of vessel security plans; ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel's hull; a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history, including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship's identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and compliance with flag state security certification requirements. Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port. The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt from MTSA vessel security measures non-u.s. vessels provided that such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel's compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We have implemented the various security measures addressed by MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and our fleet is in compliance with applicable security requirements. Inspection by Classification Societies Every seagoing vessel must be "classed" by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is "in class,'' signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned and will certify that such vessel complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel's country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned. For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows: AnnualSurveys.For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable for special equipment classed, within three months before or after each anniversary date of the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate. IntermediateSurveys.Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and are to be carried out either at or between the second and third Annual Surveys after Special Periodical Survey No. 1 and subsequent Special Periodical Surveys. Those items which are additional to the requirements of the Annual Surveys may be surveyed either at or between the second and third Annual Surveys. After the completion of the No.3 Special Periodical Survey the following Intermediate Surveys are of the same scope as the previous Special Periodical Survey. 60

67 SpecialPeriodicalSurveys(orClassRenewalSurveys).Class renewal surveys, also known as Special Periodical Surveys, are carried out for the ship's hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, and should be completed within five years after the date of build or after the crediting date of the previous Special Periodical Survey. At the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including ultrasonic-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than the minimum class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. A Special Periodical Survey may be commenced at the fourth Annual Survey and be continued with completion by the fifth anniversary date. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. As mentioned above for vessels that are more than 15 years old, the Intermediate Survey may also have a considerable financial impact. At an owner's application, the surveys required for class renewal (for tankers only the ones in relation to machinery and automation) may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire five year period. This process is referred to as continuous survey system. All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Most vessels are subject also to a minimum of two examinations of the outside of a vessel's bottom and related items during each five-year special survey period. Examinations of the outside of a vessel's bottom and related items is normally to be carried out with the vessel in drydock but an alternative examination while the vessel is afloat by an approved underwater inspection may be considered. One such examination is to be carried out in conjunction with the Special Periodical Survey and in this case the vessel must be in drydock. For vessels older than 15 years (after the third Special Periodical Survey) the bottom survey must always be in the drydock. In all cases, the interval between any two such examinations is not to exceed 36 months. In general during the above surveys if any defects are found, the classification surveyor will require immediate repairs or issue a ''recommendation'' which must be rectified by the shipowner within prescribed time limits. Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as "in-class" by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, or the IACS. All our vessels are certified as being "in-class" by American Bureau of Shipping, Lloyds Register or Bureau Veritas who are all members of IACS. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the scheduled date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel. In addition to the classification inspections, many of our customers regularly inspect our vessels as a precondition to chartering them for voyages. We believe that our well-maintained, highquality vessels provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality. Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance General The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which in certain circumstances imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of any vessel trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market. While we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured against, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates. MarineandWarRisksInsurance We have in force marine and war risks insurance for all of our vessels. Our marine hull and machinery insurance covers risks of particular and general average and actual or constructive total loss from collision, fire, grounding, engine breakdown and other insured named perils up to an agreed amount per vessel. Our war risks insurance covers the risks of particular and general average and actual or constructive total loss from acts of war and civil war, terrorism, piracy, confiscation, seizure, capture, vandalism, sabotage, and other war-related named perils. We have also arranged coverage for increased value for each vessel. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover amounts in excess of those recoverable under the hull and machinery policy in order to compensate for additional costs associated with replacement of the loss of the vessel. Each vessel is covered up to at least its fair market value at the time of the insurance attachment and subject to a fixed deductible per each single accident or occurrence, but excluding actual or constructive total loss. As of the date of this annual report, nil deductible applies under the war risks insurance. 61

68 ProtectionandIndemnityInsurance Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, and covers our contractual and third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities in accordance with the Rules of the P&I Association. This covers third-party liability and other related expenses including but not limited to those resulting from injury or death of crew, passengers and other third-parties, loss of or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and mandatory wreck removal (not including towage costs, which is covered by marine or war risk insurance). Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or "clubs." As a member of a P&I Club that is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs, or the International Group, we carry protection and indemnity insurance coverage capped at $1 billion for oil pollution claims and at $3.0 billion for other claims per vessel per incident. The P&I Clubs that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world's commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association's liabilities in excess of their own retention (presently $9.0 million). Although the P&I Clubs compete with each other for business, they have found it beneficial to pool their larger risks under the auspices of the International Group. This pooling is regulated by a contractual agreement which defines the risks that are to be pooled and exactly how these risks are to be shared by the participating P&I Clubs. We are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Clubs comprising the International Group. Permits and Authorizations We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel's crew and the age of the vessel. We have been able to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business. C. Organizational Structure We were incorporated under the laws of Belgium on June 26, We own our vessels either directly at the parent level, indirectly through our wholly-owned vessel owning subsidiaries, or jointly through our 50%-owned subsidiaries. We conduct our vessel operations through our wholly-owned subsidiaries Euronav Ship Management SAS, Euronav SAS and Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd., and also through the TI Pool. Our subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of Belgium, France, United Kingdom, Liberia, Luxembourg, Cyprus, Hong Kong, Singapore and the Marshall Islands. Our vessels are flagged in Belgium, the Marshall Islands, France, Panama and Greece. Please see Exhibit 8.1 to this annual report for a list of our subsidiaries. D. Property, Plants and Equipment For a description of our fleet, please see "Item 4. Information on the Company B. Business Overview Our Fleet." We own no properties other than our vessels. We lease office space in various jurisdictions, and have the following material leases in place for such use as of January 1, 2016: Belgium, located at Belgica Building, De Gerlachekaai 20, Antwerp, Belgium, for a yearly rent of $172,562. Greece, located at 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, Greece , for a yearly rent of $219,128. France, located at Quai Ernest Renaud 15, CS20421, Nantes Cedex 1, France, for a total yearly rent of $29,424. United Kingdom, London, located at Moreau House, 3rd Floor, 116 Brompton Road, London SW3 1JJ for a yearly rent of $333,986 (our former London office) through January 2018, which we partly sublease to a third party for the remaining term and received a total yearly rent of $151,

69 United Kingdom, London, located at Kings Road, Chelsea, London SW3 4PA, 1-3 floor, for a yearly rent of $1,068,651. We sublease part of this office space to certain unrelated parties and certain related parties, and received a total yearly rent of $796,331 (our new London office). Singapore, located at 10 Hoe Chiang Road # 10-04, Keppel Tower, Singapore , for a yearly rent of $53,642. Please see "Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions B. Related Party Transactions" for further information on leases we have entered into with related parties. ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS The following management's discussion and analysis of the results of our operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this annual report. This discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, such as those set forth in "Item 3. Key Information D. Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this report. Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations The principal factors which have affected our results of operations and are expected to affect our future results of operations and financial position include: The spot rate and time charter market for VLCC and Suezmax tankers; The number of vessels in our fleet; Utilization rates on our vessels, including actual revenue days versus non-revenue ballast days; Our ability to maintain and grow our customer relationships; Economic regulatory, political and government conditions that affect the tanker shipping industry; The earnings on our vessels; Gains and losses from the sale of assets and amortization of deferred gains; Vessel operating expenses, including in some cases, the fluctuating price of fuel expenses when our vessels operate in the spot or voyage market; Impairment losses on vessels; Administrative expenses; Acts of piracy or terrorism; Depreciation; Drydocking and special survey days, both expected and unexpected; Our overall debt level and the interest expense and principal amortization; and Equity gains (losses) of unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies. 63

70 LackofHistoricalOperatingDataforVesselsBeforeTheirAcquisition Consistent with shipping industry practice, other than inspection of the physical condition of the vessels and examinations of classification society records, there is no historical financial and/or operational due diligence process when we acquire vessels. Accordingly, we do not obtain the historical operating data for the vessels from the sellers because that information is not material to our decision to make acquisitions, nor do we believe it would be helpful to potential investors in assessing our business or profitability. Most vessels are sold under a standardized agreement, which, among other things, provides the buyer with the right to inspect the vessel and the vessel's classification society records. The standard agreement does not give the buyer the right to inspect, or receive copies of, the historical operating data of the vessel. Prior to the delivery of a purchased vessel, the seller typically removes from the vessel all records, including past financial records and accounts related to the vessel. In addition, the technical management agreement between the seller's technical manager and the seller is automatically terminated and the vessel's trading certificates are revoked by its flag state following a change in ownership. Consistent with shipping industry practice, we treat the acquisition of a vessel (whether acquired with or without charter) as the acquisition of an asset rather than a business. Although the vessels we acquire generally do not have a charter attached, we have agreed to acquire (and may in the future acquire) some vessels with time charters attached. Where a vessel has been under a voyage charter, the vessel is delivered to the buyer free of charter. It is rare in the shipping industry for the last charterer of the vessel in the hands of the seller to continue as the first charterer of the vessel in the hands of the buyer. In most cases, when a vessel is under time charter and the buyer wishes to assume that charter, the vessel cannot be acquired without the charterer's consent and the buyer's entering into a separate direct agreement with the charterer to assume the charter. The purchase of a vessel itself does not transfer the charter, because it is a separate service agreement between the vessel owner and the charterer. For example, we acquired 15 modern VLCCs from Maersk Tankers in January 2014, or the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels, charter-free under industry standard agreements. When we acquire a vessel and assume a related time charter, we take the following steps before the vessel will be ready to commence operations: obtain the charterer's consent to us as the new owner; obtain the charterer's consent to a new technical manager; in some cases, obtain the charterer's consent to a new flag for the vessel; arrange for a new crew for the vessel; replace most if not all hired equipment on board, such as computers and communication equipment; negotiate and enter into new insurance contracts for the vessel through our own insurance brokers; register the vessel under a flag state and perform the related inspections in order to obtain new trading certificates from the flag state; implement a new planned maintenance program for the vessel; and ensure that the new technical manager obtains new certificates for compliance with the safety and vessel security regulations of the flag state. Critical Accounting Policies Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which requires us to make estimates in the application of accounting policies based on the best assumptions, judgments and opinions of management. The following is a discussion of our accounting policies that involve a higher degree of judgment and the methods of their application. For a description of all of our material accounting policies, please see Note 1 General Information and Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements included herein. 64

71 RevenueRecognition We generate a large part of our revenue from voyage charters, including vessels in pools that predominantly perform voyage charters. Within the shipping industry, there are two methods used to account for voyage charter revenue: (1) ratably over the estimated length of each voyage and (2) completed voyage. The recognition of voyage revenues ratably over the estimated length of each voyage is the most prevalent method of accounting for voyage revenues in the shipping industry and the method we use. Under each method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-todischarge basis. In applying its revenue recognition method, management believes that the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately estimates voyage results than the load-toload basis. Since, at the time of discharge, management generally knows the next load port and expected discharge port, the discharge-to-discharge calculation of voyage revenues can be estimated with a greater degree of accuracy. We do not begin recognizing voyage revenue until a charter has been agreed to by both us and the customer, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage, because it is only at this time the charter rate is determinable for the specified load and discharge ports and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenues from time charters are accounted for as operating leases and are thus recognized ratably over the rental periods of such charters, as service is performed. The board will, however, analyze each contract before deciding on its accounting treatment between operating lease and finance lease. We do not recognize time charter revenues during periods that vessels are off-hire. For our vessels operating in the TI Pool, revenues and voyage expenses are pooled and allocated to the pool's participants on a TCE basis in accordance with an agreed-upon formula. The formulas in the pool agreements for allocating gross shipping revenues net of voyage expenses are based on points allocated to participants' vessels based on cargo carrying capacity and other technical characteristics, such as speed and fuel consumption. The selection of charterers, negotiation of rates and collection of related receivables and the payment of voyage expenses are the responsibility of the pool. The pool may enter into contracts that earn either voyage charter revenue or time charter revenue. The pool follows the same revenue recognition principles, as applied by us, in determining shipping revenues and voyage expenses, including recognizing revenue only after a charter has been agreed to by both the pool and the customer, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage. The following table presents our average TCE rates (in U.S. dollars) and vessel operating days, which are the total days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period, net of scheduled off-hire days associated with major repairs, drydockings or special or intermediate surveys for the periods indicated: Year ended December 31, 2015 Year ended December 31, 2014 Year ended December 31, 2013 REVENUE REVENUE REVENUE Fixed Spot Pool Fixed Spot Pool Fixed Spot Pool TANKER SEGMENT* VLCC Average rate $ 41,981 $ 30,734 $ 55,055 $ 38,538 $ 14,120 $ 27,625 $ 42,813 $ 21,583 $ 20,437 Vessel Operating days , , ,710 SUEZMAX Average rate $ 35,790 $ 41,686 - $ 25,929 $ 23,382 - $ 21,305 $ 16,575 - Vessel Operating days 2,297 4,483 2,949 3,825-3,814 2,847 - FSOSEGMENT** FSO Average rate $ 178, $ 175, $ 175, FSO Operating days * The figures for the tanker segment do not include our economic interest in joint ventures. **The figures for the FSO segment are included and presented at our economic interest, 50%. 65

72 Through pooling mechanisms, we receive a weighted, average allocation, based on the total spot results earned by the total of pooled vessels, (reflected under "Pool" in the table above), whereas results from direct spot employment are earned and allocated on a one-on-one basis to the individual vessel and thus owner of the according vessel (reflected under "Spot" in the table above). VesselUsefulLivesandResidualValues The useful economic life of a vessel is variable. Elements considered in the determination of the useful lives of the assets are the uncertainty over the future market and future technological changes. The carrying value of each of our vessels represents its initial cost at the time it was delivered or purchased less depreciation calculated using an estimated useful life of 20 years, except for FSO service vessels for which estimated useful lives of 25 years are used. Newbuildings are depreciated from delivery from the construction yard. Purchased vessels and FSOs converted later into an FSO are depreciated over their respective remaining useful lives as from the delivery of the construction yard to its first owner. On December 31, 2015, all of our owned vessels were of double hull construction. If the estimated economic lives assigned to our vessels prove to be too long because of new regulations, the continuation of weak markets, the broad imposition of age restrictions by our customers or other future events, this could result in higher depreciation expenses and impairment losses in future periods related to a reduction in the useful lives of any affected vessels. We estimate that our vessels will not have any residual value at the end of their useful lives. Even though the scrap value of a vessel could be worth something, it is difficult to estimate taking into consideration the cyclicality of the nature of future demand for scrap steel and is likely to remain volatile and unpredictable. The costs of scrapping and disposing of a vessel with due respect for the environment and the safety of the workers in such specialized yards is equally challenging to forecast as regulations and good industry practice leading to self-regulation can dramatically change over time. For example, certain organizations have suggested that the industry adopt The Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, or the Convention. While this Convention has not been accepted yet by the flag states of the flags we use, we believe that this Convention or a similar convention may be adopted in the future. In the event that more stringent requirements are imposed upon tanker owners, including those seeking to sell their vessels to a party that intends to recycle the vessels after they have been purchased, or a Recycling Purchaser, such requirements could negatively impact the sales prices obtainable from the Recycling Purchasers or require companies, including us, to incur additional costs in order to sell their vessels to recycling purchasers or to other foreign buyers intending to use such vessels for further trading. Therefore, we take the view that by the time our assets reach the end of their useful lives, their scrap values are likely to be the same as their disposal costs. VesselImpairment The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market values at any point in time since the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of constructing new vessels. The carrying amounts of our vessels are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. We define our cash generating unit as a single vessel, unless such vessel is operated in a pool, in which case such vessel, together with the other vessels in the pool, are collectively treated as a cash generating unit. An impairment loss is recognized whenever the carrying amount of an asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in the income statement. Impairment of vessels owned through our subsidiaries and joint ventures is treated in the same way. FSOImpairment Due to the fact that FSO vessels are often purposely built for specific circumstances, and due the absence of an efficient market for transactions of FSO vessels, the carrying values of our FSO's may not represent their fair values at any point in time since. The carrying amounts of our FSO's are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. We define our cash generating unit as a single FSO. An impairment loss is recognized whenever the carrying amount of an asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in the income statement. Calculationofrecoverableamount The recoverable amount of an asset or cash generating unit is the greater of its fair value less its cost to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows, which are based on current market conditions, historical trends as well as future expectations, are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or cash generating unit. 66

73 The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market values or the amount that could be obtained by selling the vessels at any point in time since the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. Historically, both charter rates and vessel values tend to be cyclical. In developing estimates of future cash flows, we must make assumptions about future performance, with significant assumptions being related to charter rates, ship operating expenses, utilization, drydocking requirements, residual value and the estimated remaining useful lives of the vessels. These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Specifically, in estimating future charter rates, management takes into consideration estimated daily TCE rates for each vessel type over the estimated remaining lives. The estimated daily TCE rates are based on the trailing 10-year historical average rates, based on quarterly average rates published by an independent third-party maritime research service. Recognizing that the transportation of crude oil and petroleum products is cyclical and subject to significant volatility based on factors beyond our control, management believes the use of estimates based on the 10-year historical average rates calculated as of the reporting date to be reasonable as historically it is the most appropriate reflection of a typical shipping cycle. When using 5-year historical charter rates in this impairment analysis, the impairment analysis indicates a total impairment amount of $123.3 million for the tanker fleet, and when using 1-year historical charter rates in this impairment analysis, the impairment analysis indicates that no impairment is required for the tanker fleet. The value in use calculation for FSOs is based on the remaining useful life of the vessels as of the reporting date, and is based on fixed daily rates as well as management's best estimate of daily rates for future periods. Estimated outflows for operating expenses and drydocking requirements are based on historical and budgeted costs and are adjusted for assumed inflation. Finally, utilization is based on historical levels achieved and estimates of a residual value are consistent with our depreciation policy. The more significant factors that could impact management's assumptions regarding time charter equivalent rates include (i) loss or reduction in business from significant customers, (ii) unanticipated changes in demand for transportation of crude oil and petroleum products, (iii) changes in production of or demand for oil and petroleum products, generally or in particular regions, (iv) greater than anticipated levels of tanker newbuilding orders or lower than anticipated levels of tanker scrappings, and (v) changes in rules and regulations applicable to the tanker industry, including legislation adopted by international organizations such as IMO and the EU or by individual countries. Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate at the time they were made, such assumptions are highly subjective and likely to change, possibly materially, in the future. There can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their current levels.. OurFleet VesselCarryingValues During the past few years, the market values of vessels have experienced particular volatility, with substantial declines in many vessel classes. As a result, the charter-free market value, or basic market value, of certain of our vessels may have declined below the carrying amounts of those vessels. After undergoing the impairment analysis discussed above, we have concluded that for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, no impairment was required. The following table presents information with respect to the carrying amount of our vessels by type and indicates whether their estimated market values are below their carrying values as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, The carrying value of each of our vessels does not necessarily represent its fair market value or the amount that could be obtained if the vessel were sold. Our estimates of market values for its vessels assume that the vessels are all in good and seaworthy condition without need for repair and, if inspected, would be certified as being in class without notations of any kind. Our estimates are based on the estimated market values for vessels received from independent ship brokers and are inherently uncertain. In addition, because vessel values are highly volatile, these estimates may not be indicative of either the current or future prices that we could achieve if we were to sell any of the vessels. We would not record a loss for any of the vessels for which the fair market value is below its carrying value unless and until we either determine to sell the vessel for a loss or determine that the vessel is impaired as discussed above in "Critical Accounting Policies Vessel Impairment." We believe that the future discounted cash flows expected to be earned over the estimated remaining useful lives for those vessels that have experienced declines in market values below their carrying values would exceed such vessels' carrying values. For each of the vessels that we designated as held for sale at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we either used the agreed upon selling price of each vessel if an agreement has been reached for such sale or an estimate of basic market value if an agreement for sale has not been reached as of the date of this annual report. Number of Vessels at December 31, 2015 Number of Vessels at December 31, 2014 Vessel Type Carrying Value at Carrying Value at December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 VLCC (includes ULCC)(1) $ 1,645,853 $ 1,531,707 Suezmax(2) $ 642,183 $ 726,627 Vessels held for sale 1 1 $ 24,195 $ 89,000 Total $ 2,312,231 $ 2,347,334 (1) As of December 31, 2015, eight of our VLCC owned vessels had carrying values which exceeded their aggregate market values. These vessels had an aggregate carrying value of $668.4 million, which exceeded their aggregate market value by approximately $94.7 million. (2) As of December 31, 2015, ten of our Suezmax owned vessels had carrying values which exceeded their aggregate market values. These vessels had an aggregate carrying value of $474.6 million, which exceeded their aggregate market value by approximately $36.7 million. 67

74 The table above only takes into account the fleet that is 100% owned by us and therefore does not take into account the vessels that are owned through joint ventures or the FSOs as they are accounted for using the equity method. Vesselsheldforsale Vessels whose carrying values are expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use are classified as held for sale. This is the case when the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such vessels and its sale is highly probable, i.e., when it is significantly more likely than merely probable. Immediately before classification as held for sale, the vessels are remeasured in accordance with our accounting policies. Thereafter the vessels are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell. Impairment losses on initial classification as held for sale and subsequent gains and losses on remeasurement are recognized in profit or loss. Gains are not recognized in excess of any cumulative impairment loss. Vesselsclassifiedasheldforsalearenolongerdepreciated. As of December 31, 2015, we had one VLCC ( Famenne) as a non-current asset held for sale. As of December 31, 2014, we had one VLCC ( Antarctica) as a non-current asset held for sale. Drydocking-Componentapproach Within the shipping industry, there are two methods that are used to account for drydockings: (1) capitalize drydocking costs as incurred (deferral method) and amortize such costs over the period to the next scheduled drydocking (typically over 5 years), and (2) expense drydocking costs as incurred. Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major components having different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment. Costs associated with routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred including routine maintenance performed whilst the vessel is in drydock. After each drydock, all the components installed (as replacements or as additional components) during the drydock are classified in two categories (according to their estimated lifetime and their respective cost). When the useful life is higher than 1 year, the component is amortized if their cost is higher than the established threshold. The components will then be amortized over their estimated lifetime (3-5 years). The thresholds are reviewed by the board on an annual basis. Fleet Development The following table summarizes the development of our fleet as of the dates presented below*: Year Ended December 31, 2015 Year Ended December 31, 2014 Year Ended December 31, 2013 VLCCs At start of period Acquisitions Dispositions Chartered-in At end of period Newbuildings on order Suezmax At start of period Acquisitions Dispositions Chartered-in At end of period Newbuildings on order FSO At start of period Acquisitions Dispositions Chartered-in At end of period Newbuildings on order Total fleet At start of period Acquisitions Dispositions Chartered-in At end of period Newbuildings on order * This table includes vessels we own through joint venture entities, which we recognize in our income statement using the equity method, at our respective share of economic interest. This table does not include vessels acquired, but not yet delivered. 68

75 VesselAcquisitionsandCharter-inAgreements On February 5, 2014, we agreed to charter-in the VLCC MaerskHojofrom Maersk Tankers A/S for a period of 12 months, with the option to extend the charter for an additional 12 months. The time charter commenced on March 24, 2014 upon delivery of the vessel to us. On February 5, 2014, we agreed to charter-in the VLCC MaerskHiradofrom Maersk Tankers A/S for a period of 12 months, with the option to extend the charter for an additional 12 months. On September 15, 2014, the Suezmax SuezHanswas delivered to us under a 12 month time charter-in contract with a 12 month extension option which was exercised in On October 1, 2014, the time charter (time charter-in) relating to the VLCC KHKVisionwas extended for 24 months, until October 2016, in direct continuation of the existing contract. In January 2014, we agreed to acquire the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels from Maersk Tankers for a total purchase price of $980.0 million payable as the vessels were delivered to us charter-free. This acquisition was fully financed through a combination of new equity and debt issuances and borrowings under our $500.0 million Senior Secured Credit Facility. During the period from February 2014 through October 2014, we took delivery of all of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels from Maersk Tankers, Nautilus, Nucleus, Navarin, Newton, Sara, Ilma,Nautic, Ingrid,Noble,Nectar,Simone, Neptun,Sonia,Irisand Sandra. On July 7, 2014, we agreed to acquire an additional four modern VLCCs, or the VLCC Acquisition Vessels, charter-free, from Maersk Tankers for an aggregate purchase price of $342.0 million. Two of the vessels, the Hojoand Hakone, were delivered to us during December The third vessel, Hirado, was delivered to us on February 26, 2015 and the fourth and last vessel, Hakata, was delivered to us on April 9, On June 15, 2015, we entered into an agreement with an unrelated third-party to acquire contracts for the construction of the Metrostar Acquisition Vessels, which at the time of our purchase were being construction at Hyundai, for an aggregate purchase price of $384.0 million, or $96.0 million per vessel. The first vessel, the Antigone, was delivered to us on September 25, The second vessel, the Alice, was delivered to us on January 26, The third vessel, the Alex, was delivered to us on March 24, We expect the remaining vessel, the Anne, to be delivered to us in May The remaining capex for this last vessel is $65.3 million. VesselSalesandRedeliveries On April 6, 2014, we redelivered the VLCC IslandSplendor, in which we had a 20% economic interest, which was co-chartered-in with Tankers International, to its owner at the end of the time charter-in period. In March 2013, we sold the newbuilding Suezmax CapIsabellato Belle Shipholdings Ltd., or Belle Shipholdings, a related party, pursuant to a sale and leaseback agreement for a net selling price of $52.9 million, which was used to pay the final shipyard installment due at delivery of $55.2 million. The stock of Belle Shipholdings is held for the benefit of immediate family members of Peter Livanos, the representative of our former corporate directors, TankLog Holdings Limited, or TankLog, and Ceres Investments (Cyprus) Limited, or Ceres Investments (Cyprus), and the former Chairman of our Board of Directors. In November 2013, we sold the VLCC ArdenneVenture, which we owned through one of our 50% owned joint ventures, for $41.7 million, resulting in a capital gain of $2.2 million. The vessel was delivered to the new owner on January 2, On January 7, 2014, we sold the VLCC Luxembourg, for $28.0 million to an unrelated third-party, resulting in a capital gain of $6.4 million, which was recognized upon delivery of the vessel on May 28, In April 2014, our counterparty exercised a purchase option to buy the Olympia and the Antarcticafrom us for an aggregate purchase price of $178.0 million, of which $20.0 million had been received in January 2011 as an option fee deductible from the purchase price. The sale resulted in a combined loss of $7.4 million which was recorded in the second quarter of The Olympiawas delivered to its new owner on September 8, 2014 and the Antarcticawas delivered to its new owner on January 15, 2015, earlier than expected, resulting in an increased sale price and a corresponding gain on disposal of assets of $2.2 million, which was recorded in the first quarter of

76 On July 31, 2014, Belle Shipholdings, a related party, sold the CapIsabella. Our bareboat charter was subsequently terminated on October 8, 2014 upon delivery of the vessel to its new owner. We are entitled to receive a share of the profit resulting from the sale of this vessel by Belle Shipholdings of $4.3 million, which was recorded in the fourth quarter of On November 11, 2015, we sold the Suezmax CapLaurentfor a net price of $22.3 million to an unrelated third-party, resulting in a capital gain of $11.1 million in the fourth quarter of We delivered the vessel to its new owner on November 26, On January 15, 2016, we sold the VLCC Famenne,for a net price of $38.0 million to an unrelated third-party, resulting in a capital gain of $13.8 million, which is expected to be recorded in the first quarter of We delivered the vessel to its new owner on March 9, A. Operating Results Year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 Total shipping revenues and voyage expenses and commissions. The following table sets forth our total shipping revenues and voyage expenses and commissions for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: (US$ inthousands) $ Change % Change Voyage charter and pool revenues 720, , , % Time charter revenues 126, ,118 (6,027 ) (5 )% Other income 7,426 11,411 (3,985 ) (35 )% Total shipping revenues 853, , , % Voyage expenses and commissions (71,237 ) (118,303 ) 47,066 (40 )% VoyageCharterandPoolRevenues. Voyage charter and pool revenues increased by 111%, or $378.5 million, to $720.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $341.9 million for the same period in This increase was due to (i) an increase in the average TCE rates for VLCCs and Suezmax tankers from $27,189 and $24,491, respectively in 2014 to $52,802 and $39,689, respectively in 2015, and (ii) an increase of the total number of vessel operating days. In addition, the total number of fleet operating days in 2015 increased by 15%, compared to the same period in 2014, mainly due to the expansion of the VLCC fleet. TimeCharterRevenues. Time charter revenues decreased by 5%, or $6.0 million, to $126.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $132.1 million for the same period in This decrease was partly due to several time charter contracts expiring in 2014 and early 2015, resulting in a decrease in fixed operating days. The decrease in fixed operating days was partially offset with a higher rate received during 2015 due to renewal of charters and by the market-related profit share earned on certain of our time charter-out vessels due to more favorable market conditions. OtherIncome. Other income decreased by 35%, or $4.0 million, to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $11.4 million for the same period in Other income includes revenues related to the daily standard business operation of the fleet and that are not directly attributable to an individual voyage, such as insurance rebates received based on changes in our vessels' trading patterns. VoyageExpensesandCommissions. Voyage expenses and commissions decreased by 40%, or $47.1 million, to $71.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $118.3 million for the same period in This decrease was primarily due to a decrease of oil prices which reduced bunker expenses, the largest component of voyage expenses. Net gain (loss) on lease terminations and net gain (loss) on the sale of assets. The following table sets forth our gain (loss) on lease terminations and gain (loss) on the sale of assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Net gain (loss) on lease terminations % Net gain (loss) on sale of assets (including impairment on non-current assets held for sale) 5,300 5,706 (406) (7)% 70

77 Netgain(loss)onleaseterminations. We did not terminate any leases during the years ended December 31, 2015 and Netgain(loss)onsaleofassets(includingimpairmentonnon-currentassetsheldforsale).Net gain decreased by 7%, or $0.4 million, to a gain of $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to a gain of $5.7 million for the same period in The net gain on sale of assets of $5.3 million in 2015 represents the difference between a capital gain of $11.1 on the sale of the Suezmax CapLaurent, an additional capital gain of $2.2 on the sale of the VLCC Antarctica, and a write-off of the option fee of $8.0 million related to the option to purchase four VLCCs from the seller of the Metrostar Acquisition Vessels which our Board of Directors decided not to exercise in the third quarter of The net gain on sale of assets of $5.7 million in 2014 represents the difference between a capital gain of $6.4 million recorded on the sale of the VLCC Luxembourg, a net loss of $0.2 million on the sale of the VLCC Olympia, an impairment loss of $4.9 million on the sale of the VLCC Antarctica, and a net gain of $4.3 million, relating to the profit share on the sale of the Suezmax CapIsabella. Vessel Operating Expenses. The following table sets forth our vessel operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Total VLCC operating expenses 99,682 65,630 34,052 52% Total Suezmax operating expenses 54,036 58,459 (4,423) (8)% Total vessel operating expenses 153, ,089 29,629 24% Total vessel operating expenses increased by 24%, or $29.6 million, to $153.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $124.1 million for the same period in This increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of vessels operated by us following the delivery of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels and the VLCC Acquisition Vessels, which, together, we refer to as the 2014 Acquisition Fleet. VLCC operating expenses increased by 52%, or $34.1 million, during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period The increase was primarily attributable to additional vessels acquired and delivered in 2015 and in the course of Suezmax operating expenses decreased by 8%, or $4.4 million, during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period The decrease was mainly due to the operation of the CapIsabellawhich was on bareboat charter in 2014, but was redelivered to its owners on October 9, 2014 and due to a positive impact of the Euro/USD rate of exchange on the crewing expense. Time charter-in expenses and bareboat charter-hire expenses. The following table sets forth our chartered-in vessel expenses and bareboat charter-hire expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Time charter-in expenses 25,849 32,080 (6,231) (19)% Bareboat charter-hire expenses 0 3,584 (3,584) (100)% Timecharter-inexpenses.Time charter-in expenses decreased by 19%, or $6.2 million, to $25.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $32.1 million for the same period in The decrease was primarily attributable to the expiration of three time charter parties. At the end of 2014, and beginning 2015, we acquired three time chartered-in VLCCs, the MaerskHojo, the MaerskHirado, and the MaerskHakoneand redelivered one time chartered-in VLCC, the IslandSplendor, to its owners on May 18, 2014, resulting in a total decrease of $20.3 million in charter-in expenses. Bareboatcharter-hireexpenses.Bareboat charter-hire expenses decreased by 100%, or $3.6 million, to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $3.6 million for the same period in The decrease was entirely attributable to the bareboat contract for the Suezmax CapIsabella, which ended on October 9,

78 General and administrative expenses. The following table sets forth our general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change General and administrative expenses 46,251 40,565 5,686 14% General and administrative expenses which include also, among others, directors' fees, office rental, consulting fees, audit fees and tonnage tax, increased by 14%, or $5.7 million, to $46.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $40.6 million for the same period in This increase was due to, among other factors, an increase in wages and salaries and other staff costs of $2.2 million, as a result of additional staff hired and additional rent paid of $1.0 million for new offices or the rent of additional spaces. This increase was partially offset with a decrease of $2.4 million relating to equity-settled share based payments. Tonnage tax recorded in the year ended December 31, 2015, increased by $1.9 million, compared to the same period in 2014, following the deliveries of vessels in the course of 2014 and Administrative expenses relating to TI Pool increased by $2.0 million, primarily due to the increased number of our VLCCs operated in the TI Pool as a result of the acquisition of the additional VLCC's in the course of 2014 and The remaining general corporate overhead expenses, including professional fees, travel, and information technology expenses, increased by $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in Depreciation and amortization expenses.the following table sets forth our depreciation and amortization expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Depreciation and amortization expenses 210, ,953 49,253 31% Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by 31%, or $49.3 million, to $210.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $161.0 million for the same period in Depreciations increased primarily due to (i) the acquisition and delivery of the 2014 Acquisition Fleet (as defined above) during the course of 2014 and 2015, resulting in an aggregate increase of $48.2 million, and (ii) an increase in depreciation of drydock of $5.9 million. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in depreciations due to (i) the sale and delivery of the VLCCs Olympiaand Antarcticato their new owners on September 8, 2014 and January 15, 2015, respectively, and (ii) the sale and delivery of the Suezmax CapLaurentto its new owner on November 26, 2015, resulting in a combined decrease of $4.1 million. Finance Expenses.The following table sets forth our finance expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 38,246 57,948 (19,702) (34)% Fair value adjustment on interest rate swaps % Other financial charges 8,482 35,707 (27,225) (76)% Foreign exchange losses 4,214 2,315 1,899 82% Finance expenses 50,942 95,970 (45,028) (47)% Finance expenses decreased by 47%, or $45.0 million, to $50.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $96.0 million for the same period in

79 Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost decreased by 34%, or $19.7 million, during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the same period in This decrease was primarily attributable to (i) the redemption of the Convertible Notes due 2015 (ii) the early repayment of the $235.5 million 7-year bond and (iii) the conversion of the remaining 30 perpetual convertible preferred equity securities, which all took place in the first quarter of 2015, and resulted in a decrease of $20.2 million. This decrease was partially offset with an increase in the interest expenses related to bank loans of $1.8 million. Other financial charges have decreased by 76%, or $27.2 million, to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $35.7 million for the same period in This decrease was primarily due to repayment of the $235.5 million bond, issued to partly finance the acquisition of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels. As the bond was issued below par and in accordance with IFRS, we amortized $31.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 and an additional $4.1 million was amortized in the first quarter of Foreign exchange losses increased by 82%, or $1.9 million, due to change in exchange rates between the EUR and the USD. Share of results of equity accounted investees, net of income tax.the following table sets forth our share of results of equity accounted investees (net of income tax) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Share of results of equity accounted investees 51,592 30,286 21,306 70% Our share of results of equity accounted investees, which consist of two joint ventures, one of which owns one VLCC and one of which delivered its VLCC at the beginning of 2014 to its new buyers following a sale agreement entered into in 2013, four joint ventures which own one Suezmax each, and two joint ventures which own one FSO each, increased by 70%, or $21.3 million, to $51.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $30.3 million for the same period in This increase was primarily due to our participation in our 50%-owned joint ventures, which own four of our Suezmaxes and one VLCC. The result of our participation in our 50%-owned joint ventures has increased by an aggregate amount of $20.5 million due to improved market conditions and better freight rates achieved The result of our participation in the 50%-owned joint venture, Great Hope Enterprises Ltd., the former owner of the ArdenneVenture, decreased by $2.3 million due to the sale of the vessel in The result of our participations in the 50%-owned joint ventures, TI Asia Ltd. and TI Africa Ltd., the owners of FSOAsiaand FSOAfrica, respectively, have increased by an aggregate of $3.5 million, mostly due to lower daily operating expenses. Income tax benefit/(expense).the following table sets forth our income tax benefit/(expense) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: (US$ in thousands) $ Change % Change Income tax benefit/(expense) (5,633) 5,743 (11,376) (198)% Income tax benefit/(expense) increased by 198%, or $11.4 million, to $(5.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $5.7 million for the same period in This increase was mainly attributable to the utilization of a deferred tax asset of $5.5 million, which was recognized in Year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 Total shipping revenues and voyage expenses and commissions. The following table sets forth our total shipping revenues and voyage expenses and commissions for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Voyage charter and pool revenues 341, , , % Time charter revenues 132, ,396 (1,278) (1)% Other income 11,411 11,520 (109) (1)% Total shipping revenues 485, , ,254 54% Voyage expenses and commissions (118,303) (79,584) (38,719) 49% 73

80 VoyageCharterandPoolRevenues. Voyage charter revenues increased by 100%, or $170.6 million, to $341.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $171.2 million for the same period in This increase was due to (i) an increase in the average TCE rates for VLCCs and Suezmax tankers from $25,785 and $19,284 in 2013, respectively, to $27,189 and $24,491 in 2014, respectively, and (ii) a significant increase of the total number of vessel operating days. The total number of fleet operating days in 2014 increased by 32%, compared to the same period in 2013, mainly due to the expansion of the fleet following the acquisition and delivery of the 2014 Acquisition Fleet. The total contribution of the 2014 Acquisition Fleet accounts for 26.4%, or $90.2 million, of the total voyage charter and pool revenues during the year ended December 31, TimeCharterRevenues. Time charter revenues decreased by 1%, or $1.3 million, to $132.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $133.4 million for the same period in This decrease was partly due to the sale of certain time charter-out vessels and partly due to change in employment type of certain of our vessels which have been contracted on time charter-out during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to spot employment for the same period in This decrease was partly offset by the market related profit share earned on certain of our time charter-out vessels due to more favorable market conditions. OtherIncome. Other income decreased by 1%, or $0.1 million, to $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $11.5 million for the same period in Other income includes revenues related to the daily standard business operation of the fleet and that are not directly attributable to an individual voyage, such as. insurance rebates received based on changes in our vessels' trading patterns. VoyageExpensesandCommissions. Voyage expenses and commissions increased by 49%, or $38.7 million, to $118.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $79.6 million for the same period in This increase was primarily due to additional port and bunker expenses, due to changes in our fleet trading pattern and an increase in the number of vessels operating in the spot market or through the TI Pool. The total contribution of the 2014 Acquisition Fleet accounts for 12.4%, or $14.6 million, of the total voyage expenses and commissions during the year ended December 31, Net gain (loss) on lease terminations and net gain (loss) on the sale of assets. The following table sets forth our gain (loss) on lease terminations and gain (loss) on the sale of assets for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Net gain (loss) on lease terminations % Net gain (loss) on sale of assets (including impairment on non-current assets held for sale) 5,706 (207) 5,913 (2,857)% Netgain(loss)onleaseterminations. We did not terminate any leases during the years ended December 31, 2014 and Netgain(loss)onsaleofassets(includingimpairmentonnon-currentassetsheldforsale).Net (loss) increased by 2,857%, or $5.9 million, to a gain of $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to a (loss) of $(0.2) million for the same period in The net gain on sale of assets of $5.7 million in 2014 represents the difference between a capital gain of $6.4 million recorded on the sale of the VLCC Luxembourg, a net loss of $0.2 million on the sale of the VLCC Olympia, an impairment loss of $4.9 million on the sale of the VLCC Antarcticaand a net gain of $4.3 million, relating to the profit share on the sale of the Suezmax CapIsabella. During the year 2013, we recorded a loss of $0.2 million on the sale of the CapIsabellain Vessel Operating Expenses. The following table sets forth our vessel operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Total VLCC operating expenses 65,630 38,591 27,039 70% Total Suezmax operating expenses 58,459 67,320 (8,861) (13)% Total vessel operating expenses 124, ,911 18,178 17% 74

81 Total vessel operating expenses increased by 17%, or $18.2 million, to $124.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $105.9 million for the same period in This increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of vessels operated by us following the delivery of the 2014 Acquisition Fleet. VLCC operating expenses increased by 70%, or $27.0 million, during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period The increase is virtually entirely attributable to the additional vessels acquired under the Maersk transactions and the sale of two VLCC vessels during the year The contribution of the 2014 Acquisition Fleet in the total VLCC operating expenses amounts to $33.4 million. Suezmax operating expenses decreased by 13%, or $8.9 million, during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period The decrease is mainly due to the fact that three of our Suezmax vessels underwent a periodical technical inspection in drydock, compared to six Suezmax vessels in Time charter-in expenses and bareboat charter-hire expenses. The following table sets forth our chartered-in vessel expenses and bareboat charter-hire expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Time charter-in expenses 32,080 18,029 14,051 78% Bareboat charter-hire expenses 3,584 3, % Timecharter-inexpenses.Time charter-in expenses increased by 78%, or $14.1 million, to $32.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $18.0 million for the same period in The increase was primarily attributable to the net increase of the number of vessels on time-charter to us. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we took delivery of 3 time chartered-in VLCCs, the MaerskHojoon March 24, 2014, the MaerskHiradoon May 3, 2014, and the MaerskHakoneon May 5, 2014 and one time charter-in Suezmax, the SuezHans on September 15, 2014, which resulted in a combined increase of time charter-in expense for the period of $18.5 million. This increase was offset by the redelivery of the VLCC IslandSplendorto her owners on May 18, 2014, resulting in a total decrease of $1.8 million for the full year 2014, compared to the same period in On October 1, 2014, the time chartered-in VLCC KHKVisionwas extended for a further 24 months at a reduced hire rate per day, resulting in a decrease of $0.9 million. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded an amount of $1.7 million relating to its contractual Suezmax vessel sharing agreement, compared to $0 for the same period in Bareboatcharter-hireexpenses.Bareboat charter-hire expenses increased by 19%, or $0.6 million, to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $3.0 million for the same period in The increase was entirely attributable to the bareboat contract for the Suezmax CapIsabella, which ended on October 9, General and administrative expenses. The following table sets forth our general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change General and administrative expenses 40,565 27,166 13,399 49% General and administrative expenses, which include also, amongst others, directors' fees, office rental, consulting fees, audit fees and tonnage tax, increased by 49%, or $13.4 million, to $40.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $27.2 million for the same period in This increase was primarily due to an increase in staff costs of $6.6 million, of which $3.8 million relating to equity-settled share based payments, and $2.8 million relating to an increase in wages and salaries, as a result of additional staff hired. 75

82 Tonnage Tax recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014, increased by $0.8 million, compared to the same period in Fleet. Administrative expenses relating to TI Pool increased by $2.7 million due to the increased number of our VLCCs operated in the TI Pool as a result of the acquisition of the 2014 Acquisition The remaining general corporate overhead expenses, including professional fees, rent, travel, and information technology expenses, increased by $3.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in Depreciation and amortization expenses. The following table sets forth our depreciation and amortization expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Depreciation and amortization expenses 160, ,957 23,997 18% Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by 18%, or $24.0 million, to $161.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $137.0 million for the same period in This increase was partly attributable to (i) the sale of the VLCC Luxembourgon January 15, 2014, which was delivered to her new owners on May 28, 2014, resulting in a decrease of $4.3 million, and (ii) the sale of the VLCCs Olympiaand Antarcticaon April 15, 2014, resulting in a combined decrease of $8.9 million. The Olympiawas delivered to its new owner on September 8, 2014 and the Antarcticawas delivered to its new owner on January 15, These decreases were more than offset by (i) the acquisition and delivery of 17 VLCCs in the 2014 Acquisition Fleet in the course of 2014, resulting in an aggregate increase of $33.3 million, and (ii) an increase in depreciation of drydock of $3.9 million. Finance Expenses. The following table sets forth our finance expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 57,948 49,240 8,708 18% Fair value adjustment on interest rate swaps 0 (154) 154 (100)% Other financial charges 35,707 2,809 32,898 1,171% Foreign exchange losses 2,315 2,742 (427) (16)% Finance expenses 95,970 54,637 41,333 76% Finance expenses increased by 76%, or $41.3 million, to $96.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $54.6 million for the same period in InterestExpense. Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost increased by 18%, or $8.7 million, during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the same period in This increase was primarily the result of an additional interest expense of $11.6 million related to our perpetual convertible preferred equity securities in 2014 and $1.4 million on bank loans. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in interest rate swaps expenses related to our $300 million Senior Secured Credit Facility which matured at the beginning of April 2014, resulting in a decrease of $4.3 million for the period. OtherfinancialCharges.Other financial charges have increased by 1,171%, or $32.9 million, to $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $2.8 million for the same period in We issued the $235.5 million bond to partly finance the acquisition of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels. As the bond was issued below par and in accordance with IFRS, we amortized $31.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 and a further $4.1 million was amortized in the first quarter of

83 ForeignExchangeLosses. Foreign exchange losses decreased by 16%, or $0.4 million, due to favorable exchange rates between the EUR and the USD. Share of results of equity accounted investees, net of income tax. The following table sets forth our share of results of equity accounted investees (net of income tax) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: (US$inthousands) $ Change % Change Share of results of equity accounted investees 30,286 17,853 12,433 70% Our share of results of equity accounted investees, which consist of two joint ventures, one of which owns one VLCC and one of which delivered its VLCC at the beginning of 2014 to its new buyers following a sale agreement dated in 2013, four joint ventures which own one Suezmax each, and two joint ventures which own one FSO each, increased by 70%, or $12.4 million, to $30.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $17.9 million for the same period in This increase was primarily due to our participation in our 50%-owned joint ventures, which own four of our Suezmaxes and one VLCC. The result of our participation in our 50%-owned joint ventures has been positively affected by an aggregate of $8.2 million, due to improved market conditions and better freight rates achieved. The result of our participation in the 50%-owned joint venture, Great Hope Enterprises Ltd., the former owner of the ArdenneVenture, was positively affected by $2.8 million, mainly due to a capital gain on the sale of the vessel. The result of our participations in the 50%-owned joint ventures, TI Asia Ltd. and TI Africa Ltd., the owners of FSOAsiaand FSOAfrica, respectively, have been positively affected by an aggregate of $1.2 million, mostly due to lower daily operating expenses. Income tax benefit/(expense). The following table sets forth our income tax benefit/(expense) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: (US$ in thousands) $ Change % Change Income tax benefit/(expense) 5, 743 (178) 5,921 (3,326)% Income tax benefit/(expense) increased by 3,326%, or $5.9 million, to $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $(0.2) million for the same period in This increase mainly related to the recognition of $5.5 million of deferred taxes on unused tax losses and credits carried forward in B. Liquidity and Capital Resources We operate in a capital intensive industry and have historically financed our purchase of tankers and other capital expenditures through a combination of cash generated from operations, equity capital, borrowings from commercial banks and the occasional issuance of convertible notes. Our ability to generate adequate cash flows on a short- and medium-term basis depends substantially on the trading performance of our vessels. Historically, market rates for charters of our vessels have been volatile. Periodic adjustments to the supply of and demand for oil tankers cause the industry to be cyclical in nature. We expect continued volatility in market rates for our vessels in the foreseeable future with a consequent effect on our short- and medium-term liquidity. Our funding and treasury activities are conducted within corporate policies to maximize investment returns while maintaining appropriate liquidity for our requirements. Cash and cash equivalents are held primarily in U.S. dollars with some balances held in British Pounds, Euros, and other currencies we may hold for limited amounts. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $131.7 million and $254.1 million in cash and cash equivalents, respectively. 77

84 Our short-term liquidity requirements relate to payment of operating costs (including certain repairs performed in drydock), lease payments for our chartered-in fleet, funding working capital requirements, maintaining cash reserves against fluctuations in operating cash flows as well as maintaining some cash balances on accounts pledges under borrowings from commercial banks. Sources of short-term liquidity include cash balances, restricted cash balances, syndicated credit lines, short-term investments and receipts from our customers. Revenues from time charters and bareboat charters are generally received monthly in advance. Revenues from FSO service contracts are received monthly in arrears while revenues from voyage charters are received upon completion of the voyage. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $60.0 million and 10.0 million in available syndicated credit lines, respectively. Our medium- and long-term liquidity requirements include funding the equity portion of investments in new or replacement vessels and funding all the payments we are required to make under our loan agreements with commercial banks. Sources of funding for our medium- and long-term liquidity requirements include new loans, refinancing of existing arrangements, drawdown under committed secured revolving credit facilities, issuance of new notes or refinancing of existing ones via public and private debt offerings, equity issues, vessel sales and sale and leaseback arrangements. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $231.1 million and $0.0 million in available committed secured revolving credit facilities, respectively. Net cash from (used in) operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $450.5 million, compared to $14.8 million during the year ended December 31, Our partial reliance on the spot market contributes to fluctuations in cash flows from operating activities as a result of its exposure to highly cyclical tanker rates. Any increase or decrease in the average TCE rates earned by our vessels in periods subsequent to December 31, 2015, will have a positive or negative comparative impact, respectively, on the amount of cash provided by operating activities. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our total indebtedness was $1,135.0 million and $1,623.7 million, respectively. We expect to finance our funding requirements with cash on hand, operating cash flow and bank debt or other types of debt financing. In the event that our cash flow from operations does not enable us to satisfy our short-term or medium- to long-term liquidity requirements, we will also have to consider alternatives, such as raising equity, or new convertible notes, which could dilute shareholders, or selling assets (including investments), which could negatively impact our financial results, depending on market conditions at the time, establish new loans or refinancing of existing arrangements. Equity Issuances During the period from November 12, 2013 through April 22, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 20,969,473 existing ordinary shares upon conversion at the holders' option of $124,900,000 in aggregate principal amount of 1,249 Convertible Notes due On April 9, 2014, we exercised our right to redeem all such Convertible Notes due 2018 outstanding as of April 2, On January 10, 2014, we received gross proceeds of $50.0 million upon the issuance of 5,473,571 of our ordinary shares in an equity offering at 6.70 per share (based on the USD/EUR exchange rate applied by the European Central Bank of EUR 1.00 per $ in effect on January 6, 2014). The proceeds of the offering were used to partially finance the purchase price of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels. On February 24, 2014, we received gross proceeds of $300.0 million upon the issuance of 32,841,528 of our ordinary shares in an equity offering at 6.70 per share (based on the USD/EUR exchange rate applied by the European Central Bank of EUR 1.00 per $ in effect on January 6, 2014). The proceeds of the offering were used to partially finance the purchase price of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels. On July 14, 2014, we received gross proceeds of $125.0 million upon the issuance of 10,556,808 of our ordinary shares in an underwritten private offering in Belgium mainly to a group of qualified investors at 8.70 per share (or $11.84 per share based on the USD/EUR exchange rate of EUR 1.00 per $1.3610). The proceeds of the offering were used to partially finance the purchase price of the four VLCC Acquisition Vessels. In January 2015, we completed our underwritten initial public offering in the United States of 18,699,000 ordinary shares at $12.25 per share, for gross proceeds of $229.1 million. 78

85 EquityIssuancesrelatedtoourPerpetualConvertiblePreferredEquitySecurities On January 13, 2014, we issued 60 perpetual convertible preferred equity securities for net proceeds of $150.0 million, which were convertible into ordinary shares of us, at the holders' option. The perpetual convertible preferred equity securities bore interest at 6%, which was payable annually in arrears in cash or in shares at our option. On February 6, 2014, we issued 9,459,286 ordinary shares upon the conversion of 30 perpetual convertible preferred equity securities, representing a face value of $75.0 million, and on February 6, 2015, we issued 9,459,283 ordinary shares upon our exercise of our right to force the conversion of the remaining 30 perpetual convertible preferred equity securities, representing a face value of $75.0 million. As of December 31, 2015, there were no Perpetual Convertible Preferred Equity Securities outstanding. Our Borrowing Activities Amounts Outstanding as of (U.S.$ in thousands) December 31, December 31, Euronav NV Credit Facilities $750.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility (2011) $ $ 483,409 $65.0 Million Secured Loan Facility $ $ 54,250 $500.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility $ 428,000 $ 476,000 $340.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility $ 175,476 $ 235,217 $750.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility (2015) $ 467,500 $ Credit Line Facilities Credit lines $ $ Bonds $150.0 Million Convertible Notes due 2015 $ $ 25,000 $125.0 Million Convertible Notes due 2018 $ $ $235.5 Million Notes due 2021 $ $ 235,500 Total interest bearing debt $ 1,070,976 $ 1,509,376 Joint Venture Credit Facilities (at 50% economic interest) $43.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Great Hope Enterprises) $ $ $52.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Seven Seas) $ $ 5,417 $135.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Fontveille and Monghetti) $ 41,110 $ 45,110 $76.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Fiorano) $ 16,031 $ 18,156 $67.5 Million Secured Loan Facility (Larvotto) $ 16,556 $ 18,541 $500.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (TI Asia and TI Africa) $ 52,100 $ 72,698 Total interest bearing debt joint ventures $ 125,797 $ 159,922 Euronav NV Credit Facilities $750.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility (2011) On June 22, 2011, we entered into a $750.0 million secured loan facility with a syndicate of banks and Nordea Bank Norge SA, as Agent and Security Trustee. This facility was comprised of a $500.0 million term loan facility and a $250.0 million revolving credit facility, and had a term of six years. We used the proceeds of this facility to refinance all remaining indebtedness under our $1,600 million loan agreement and for general corporate and working capital purposes. This facility was secured by 22 of our wholly-owned vessels. The term loan was repayable in 11 installments of consecutive 6-month intervals, with the final repayment due at maturity in Each revolving advance was repayable in full on the last day of its applicable interest period. This facility, as amended, bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% perannumplus applicable mandatory costs. Following the sale of the Algarvein October 2012, we prepaid $18.6 million of the term loan, and the revolving loan facility was reduced by $10.2 million. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance on this facility was $483.4 million. On September 1, 2015, we repaid this facility in full using a portion of the borrowings under our new $750.0 Senior Secured Credit Facility (2015). $65.0 Million Secured Loan Facility On December 23, 2011, we entered into a $65.0 million secured term loan facility with DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) to finance the acquisition of Alsace, which was mortgaged under the loan. This facility was repayable over a term of seven years in ten installments at successive six month intervals, each in the amount of $2.15 million together with a balloon installment of $43.5 million payable with (and forming part of) the tenth and final repayment installment on February 23, 2017, assuming the full amount was drawn. The interest rate was LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum plus applicable mandatory costs. As of December 31, 2014 the outstanding balance on this facility was $54.3 million. On September 1, 2015, we repaid this facility in full using a portion of the borrowings under our new $750.0 Senior Secured Credit Facility (2015). 79

86 $500.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility On March 25, 2014, we entered into a $500.0 million senior secured credit facility with DNB Bank ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ). This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum and is repayable over a term of six years with maturity in 2020 and is secured by the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels. The proceeds of the facility were drawn and used to partially finance the purchase price of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this facility was $428.0 million and $476.0 million, respectively. $340.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility On October 13, 2014, we entered into a $340.0 million senior secured credit facility with a syndicate of banks and ING Bank N.V., as Agent and Security Trustee. Borrowings under this facility have been, or are expected to be, used to partially finance our acquisition of the VLCC Acquisition Vessels and to repay $153.1 million of outstanding debt and retire our $300.0 million Secured Loan Facility dated April 3, This facility is comprised of (i) a $148.0 million non-amortizing revolving credit facility and (ii) a $192.0 million term loan facility. This facility has a term of 7 years and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum. This credit facility is, or will be, secured by eight of our wholly-owned vessels, the Fraternity, Felicity, CapFelix, CapTheodoraand, upon their respective deliveries, the VLCC Acquisition Vessels. As of December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014 the outstanding balances on this facility was $175.5 million and $235.2 million, respectively. $750.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility (2015) On August 19, 2015, we entered into a $750.0 million secured loan facility with a syndicate of banks and Nordea Bank Norge SA, as Agent and Security Agent. This facility is comprised of a $500.0 million revolving credit facility, a $250.0 million revolving acquisition facility, and an uncommitted $250.0 million upsize facility. We used the proceeds of this facility to refinance all remaining indebtedness under our $750.0 million senior secured credit facility (2011) and our $65.0 million secured credit facility and for the acquisition of the Metrostar Acquisition Vessels in June This facility is, or will be, secured by 25 of our wholly-owned vessels, including one newbuilding VLCC under construction. The revolving credit facility is reduced in 13 installments of consecutive six-month interval. The revolving acquisition facility is reduced in 13 installments of consecutive six-month interval and a final repayment is due at maturity in This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.95% perannumplus applicable mandatory costs. Following the sale of the CapLaurentin November 2015, the total revolving credit facility was reduced by $11.5 million. Following the sale of the Famennein January 2016, the total revolving credit facility was reduced by $21.3 million. As of December 31, 2015 the outstanding balance on this facility was $467.5 million. Joint Venture Credit Facilities (at 50% economic interest) $52.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Seven Seas) On May 6, 2005, one of our 50%-owned joint ventures, Seven Seas Shipping Limited, entered into a $52.0 million loan facility with Chiao Tung Bank to partially finance the construction of the V.K.Eddie. This loan has a term of 12 years with a maturity of May 2017 and no balloon and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.80% per annum. As of December 31, 2014 the outstanding balance on this facility was $10.8 million, of which we had a 50% economic interest of $5.4 million. On November 6, 2015, we repaid this facility in full. $135.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Fontvielle and Moneghetti) On April 23, 2008, two of our 50%-owned joint ventures, Fontvielle Shipholding Limited and Moneghetti Shipholding Limited, entered into a $135.0 million secured term loan facility with BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA and Alpha Bank A.E. to finance our acquisition of Eugenieand Devon. This facility, as amended, is comprised of two tranches; the Fontvielle Tranche of up to $55.5 million and the Moneghetti Tranche in the amount of $67.5 million. This facility is repayable in quarterly installments over a term of 10 years with a balloon of $43.2 million. This loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this facility were $82.2 million and $90.2 million, respectively, of which we had a 50% economic interest of $41.1 million and $45.1 million, respectively. $76.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Fiorano) On October 23, 2008, one of our 50%-owned joint ventures, Fiorano Shipholding Limited, entered into a $76.0 million loan facility with Scotiabank Ireland Ltd. to partially finance the acquisition of the Capt.Michael. This loan has a term of eight years with a balloon of $14.0 million due at maturity. This loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.225% per annum. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this facility were $32.0 million and $36.3 million, respectively, of which we had a 50% economic interest of $16.0 million and $18.2 million, respectively. 80

87 $67.5 Million Secured Loan Facility (Larvotto) On August 29, 2008, one of our 50%-owned joint ventures, Larvotto Shipholding Limited, entered into a $67.5 million loan facility, as supplemented by a supplemental letter dated November 28, 2011, with Fortis Bank S.A./N.V. to partially finance the acquisition of the Maria. This loan has a term of eight years with a balloon payment of $16.2 million due at maturity. This loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.5% per annum. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this facility were $33.1 million and $37.1 million, respectively, of which we had a 50% economic interest of $16.5 million and $18.5 million, respectively. $500.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (TI Asia and TI Africa) On October 3, 2008, two of our 50%-owned joint ventures, TI Asia Ltd. and TI Africa Ltd., entered into a $500.0 million senior secured credit facility with a group of commercial lenders with ING Bank N.V. as Agent and Security Trustee. We used the proceeds of this facility to finance the acquisition of two ULCC vessels, TIAsiaand TIAfrica, and to convert these vessels to FSOs, which serve as collateral under this facility. This facility consists of two tranches; the FSOAsiatranche matures in 2017 and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.15% per annum, and the FSOAfrica tranche, following the restructuring of this tranche, matured in 2015 and bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this facility were $104.2 million and $145.4 million, respectively, of which we had a 50% economic interest of $52.1 million and $72.7 million, respectively. All of the joint venture loans described above are secured by a mortgage of the specific vessel and guaranteed by the respective shareholders of each joint venture on a several basis. Bond Issuances Convertible Notes due 2015 and 2018 On September 24, 2009, we issued $150 million of fixed-rate senior unsecured convertible notes due January 31, 2015, which we refer to as the "Convertible Notes due 2015." These notes were issued at 100% of their principal amount and bore interest at a rate of 6.50% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears, and were convertible between November 4, 2009 and January 24, 2015 into our ordinary shares at the conversion price applicable at such conversion date and in accordance with the conditions set out in a related trust deed. The initial conversion price was EUR (or $ at EUR/US$ exchange rate of ) per share and was set at a premium of 25% to the volume weighted average price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on September 3, Unless previously redeemed, converted or purchased and cancelled, the Convertible Notes due 2015 were redeemed in cash on January 31, 2015 at 100% of their principal amount. The Notes were added to the official list of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and were traded on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange's Euro MTF Market. During the first quarter of 2012, we repurchased 68 Convertible Notes due 2015, which we subsequently exchanged for Convertible Notes due 2018 (as defined below). The face value of each note was $100,000 and we paid an average of $78,441. Further, in the second quarter of 2013, we repurchased an additional 5 Convertible Notes due 2015 for an average price of $92,000. In February 2014, we repurchased an additional $1.3 million of the Convertible Notes due 2015, taking the total number of notes held by us to 18. On January 31, 2015, the 250 remaining Convertible Notes due 2015 with a face value of $100,000 each, were fully redeemed at par. As a result, after January 31, 2015, no Convertible Notes due 2015 were outstanding. On February 20, 2013, we completed our offer to exchange all of the Convertible Notes due 2015 for $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.50% convertible notes due 2018, which we refer to as the Convertible Notes due The Convertible Notes due 2018 had an extended maturity profile and an initial conversion price of EUR The Convertible Notes due 2018 also had a feature to compensate the noteholders for the forgiven interest in the event they are converted to ordinary shares during the first four years. The exchange offer resulted in $125.0 million of notes (face value) being exchanged for new notes, including the 68 notes acquired by us in 2012, which we subsequently resold in the third quarter in During the period from November 12, 2013 through April 22, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 20,969,473 existing ordinary shares upon conversion of $124,900,000 in aggregate principal amount of 1,249 Convertible Notes due 2018 at the holders' option. On February 20, 2014, we exercised our right to redeem all of the remaining Convertible Notes due in 2018 and on April 9, 2014, redeemed the last convertible note due 2018 outstanding as of April 2, 2014 for an aggregate of $101, At that time, $4.9 million, or less than 10%, in principal amount of the Convertible Notes due 2018 originally issued remained outstanding. Each outstanding note was redeemed on April 9, 2014 at $101,227.78, which is the principal amount of a note ($100,000) plus accrued but unpaid interest from January 31, 2014 to (but excluding) April 9, As a result, after April 9, 2014, no Convertible Notes due in 2018 were outstanding. 81

88 $235.5 Million Unsecured Bond On February 4, 2014, we issued $235.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 7-year redeemable unsecured bonds. The bonds were issued at 85% of their principal amount (original issue discount) and bore interest at a rate of 5.95% per annum for the first year, payable semi-annually in arrears, which would increase to 8.50% per annum for the second and third years and would further increase to 10.20% per annum from year four until maturity in We may redeem the bonds at any time at par. The proceeds of the bonds were used to partially finance the purchase price of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels. On February 19, 2015, we repaid the aggregate amount outstanding under the bonds. Security Our secured indebtedness is generally secured by: a first priority mortgage in all collateral vessels; a parent guarantee; and a general pledge of earnings generated by the vessels under mortgage for the specific facility. Loan Covenants Our debt agreements discussed above generally contain financial covenants, which require us to maintain, among other things: an amount of current assets that, on a consolidated basis, exceeds our current liabilities. Current assets may include undrawn amount of any committed revolving credit facilities and credit lines having a maturity of more than one year; an aggregate amount of cash, cash equivalents and available aggregate undrawn amounts of any committed loan of at least $50.0 million or 5% of our total indebtedness (excluding guarantees), depending on the applicable loan facility, whichever is greater; an aggregate cash balance of at least $30.0 million; and a ratio of stockholders' equity to total assets of at least 30%. Our credit facilities discussed above also contain restrictions and undertakings which may limit our and our subsidiaries' ability to, among other things: effect changes in management of our vessels; transfer or sell or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial portion of our assets; declare and pay dividends, (with respect to each of our joint ventures, other than Seven Seas Shipping Limited, no dividend may be distributed before its loan agreement, as applicable, is repaid in full); and incur additional indebtedness. A violation of any of our financial covenants or operating restrictions contained in our credit facilities may constitute an event of default under our credit facilities, which, unless cured within the grace period set forth under the applicable credit facility, if applicable, or waived or modified by our lenders, provides our lenders with the right to, among other things, require us to post additional collateral, enhance our equity and liquidity, increase our interest payments, pay down our indebtedness to a level where we are in compliance with our loan covenants, sell vessels in our fleet, reclassify our indebtedness as current liabilities and accelerate our indebtedness and foreclose their liens on our vessels and the other assets securing the credit facilities, which would impair our ability to continue to conduct our business. Furthermore, certain of our credit facilities contain a cross-default provision that may be triggered by a default under one of our other credit facilities. A cross-default provision means that a default on one loan would result in a default on certain other loans. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in certain of our credit facilities, the refusal of any one lender under our credit facilities to grant or extend a waiver could result in certain of our indebtedness being accelerated, even if our other lenders under our credit facilities have waived covenant defaults under the respective credit facilities. If our secured indebtedness is accelerated in full or in part, it would be very difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing and we could lose our vessels and other assets securing our credit facilities if our lenders foreclose their liens, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. 82

89 Moreover, in connection with any waivers of or amendments to our credit facilities that we may obtain, our lenders may impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us or modify the terms of our existing credit facilities. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, make capital expenditures or incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees. In addition, our lenders may require the payment of additional fees, require prepayment of a portion of our indebtedness to them, accelerate the amortization schedule for our indebtedness and increase the interest rates they charge us on our outstanding indebtedness. In addition, we have provided, and may continue to provide in the future, unsecured loans to our joint ventures which we treat as additional investments in the joint ventures. Accordingly, in the event our joint ventures do not repay these loans as they become due and payable, the value of our investment in such entities may decline. Furthermore, we have provided, and may continue to provide in the future, guarantees to certain banks with respect to commercial bank indebtedness of our joint ventures. Failure on behalf of any of our joint ventures to service its debt requirements and comply with any provisions contained in its commercial loan agreements, including paying scheduled installments and complying with certain covenants, may lead to an event of default under its loan agreement. As a result, if our joint ventures are unable to obtain a waiver or do not have enough cash on hand to repay the outstanding borrowings, their lenders may foreclose their liens on the vessels securing the loans or seek repayment of the loan from us, or both, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $251.6 million and $319.8 million, respectively, was outstanding under these joint venture loan agreements, of which we have guaranteed $125.8 million and $159.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all of the covenants contained in our debt agreements. Guarantees We have provided guarantees to financial institutions that have provided credit facilities to six of our joint ventures, in the aggregate amount of $125.8 million and $159.9 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The total of the related outstanding bank loans as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was $251.6 million and $319.8 million, respectively. In addition, on July 24, 2009, two of our 50%-owned joint ventures, TI Asia Ltd. and TI Africa Ltd., which own the FSOAsiaand FSOAfrica, two FSO vessels, respectively, entered into a $50.0 million guarantee facility agreement with Nordea Bank Finland plc in order to issue two guarantees of up to $25.0 million each in favor of Maersk Oil in connection with its use of the FSOAsiaand FSO Africaafter such vessels have been converted to FSO. In August 2010, the amount available under this guarantee facility was reduced to $31.5 million. This guarantee terminates upon the earlier of (i) eight years after the Guarantee Issue Date for the second Guarantee and (ii) March 31, As of December 31, 2015, the guarantee has not been called upon. C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc. Not applicable. D. Trend information. Our revenues are highly sensitive to supply and demand patterns for vessels of the size and design configurations which we own and operate, and the trades in which our vessels operate. Rates for the transportation of crude oil from which we earn a substantial part of our revenues are determined by market forces such as the supply and demand for oil, the distance over which cargoes must be transported, and the number of vessels expected to be available at the time such cargoes need to be transported. The demand for oil shipments is significantly affected by the state of the global economy, global GDP growth and in particular China GDP growth. The number of vessels is affected by newbuilding deliveries and by the removal of existing vessels from service, principally because of storage, scrappings or conversions. Our revenues are also affected by the mix of charters between spot market voyages and medium- to long-term time charters. Because shipping revenues and voyage expenses are significantly affected by the mix between voyage charters and time charters, we manage our vessels to maximize TCE revenues, which represents operating revenues less voyage expenses, as a measure to compare revenue generated from a voyage charter, under which we are responsible for voyage related expenses, to revenue generated from a time charter, under which we are not responsible for voyage related expenses. Our management makes economic decisions based on anticipated TCE rates and evaluates financial performance based on TCE rates achieved on our vessels. age. In general, the supply of tankers is influenced by the current orderbook for newbuilding vessels and the rate of removal of vessels from the worldwide fleet for scrapping or conversion as vessels 83

90 We believe we are well positioned to benefit from the solid tanker market industry fundamentals which are in place. Demand for crude oil continues to be robust with the International Energy Agency, or IEA, forecasting global demand growth for crude oil of 1.2 million barrels per day for Should the price for oil remain low by historical standards then further stimulation of demand from these levels can be anticipated. We believe that the tanker fleet order book remains moderate, with new orders comprising 18% of the VLCC fleet and 19% of the Suezmax fleet. While the scrapping of vessels is expected to be extremely modest during a strong freight rate background, the average 20 year life for a crude tanker implies a natural level of attrition (5% per annum) in the global fleet. Two key strategic developments, the re-introduction of Iran to global crude oil markets and trading along with the repealing of the ban on U.S. crude oil exports, should underpin further, if modest, expansion of the ton-miles crude cargoes that will be transported. We expect that the supply of oil in the short to medium term may continue to be at elevated levels of production as key participants in the U.S., OPEC and Russia will continue to focus on market share strategies. policy. We have no funding requirements going forward all other things being equal and we are supported by a proven management team, strict capital discipline and an established dividend distribution Please see also "Item 4. Information on the Company A. History and Development of the Company Industry and Market Conditions." E. Off-balance sheet arrangements. We are committed to make rental payments under operating leases for vessels and for office premises. The future minimum rental payments under our non-cancellable operating leases are disclosed below under "Contractual Obligations." F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations. Contractual Obligations As of December 31, 2015, we had the following contractual obligations and commitments which are based on contractual payment dates: 84

91 (US$ in thousands) Total Thereafter Long-term bank loan facilities 1,070,976 79, , , , , ,324 Long-term debt obligations Bank credit line facilities Seller's credit facility Operational leases (vessels) 15,012 15,012 Operational leases (non-vessel) 11,939 2,448 2,382 1,676 1,423 1,345 2,665 Capital Expenditure commitments 195, ,910 Total contractual obligations due by period 1,293, , , , , , ,989 Not included in the table above are options that have been granted to us but not yet exercised under our time charter-in agreements to extend their respective durations. As of December 31, 2015, the following equity accounted investees (of which we have a 50% ownership interest) have the following contractual obligations and commitments which are based on contractual payment dates (figures are shown at our economic interest): Total Thereafter Joint Venture Long-term bank loan facilities 125,797 22,539 45,781 8,110 8,110 27,382 13,875 Seven Seas Shipping Ltd. $52.0 Million secured bank loan facility Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd. $55.5 Million secured bank loan facility 17,235 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 9,235 Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd. $67.5 Million secured bank loan facility 23,875 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 13,875 Larvotto Shipholding Ltd. $48.0 Million secured bank loan facility 16,556 1,985 1,985 1,985 1,985 8,616 Fiorano Shipholding Ltd. $48.0 Million secured bank loan facility 16,031 2,125 2,125 2,125 2,125 7,532 TI Africa Ltd $113.7 Million secured bank loan facility TI Asia Ltd $250.0 Million secured bank loan facility 52,100 14,429 37,671 Total contractual obligations due by period 125,797 22,539 45,781 8,110 8,110 27,382 13,875 G. Safe harbor Forward-looking information discussed in this Item 5 includes assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events. These statements are intended as "forwardlooking statements." We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events may and often do vary from actual results and the differences can be material. Please see the section entitled "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" in this annual report. 85

92 ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENTAND EMPLOYEES A. Directors and Senior management Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our Directors and executive officers as on March 24, Our Board of Directors is elected annually on a staggered basis, and each director holds office for a term of maximum four years, until his or her term expires or until his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. All Directors whose term expires are eligible for re-election. Officers are appointed from time to time by our Board of Directors and hold office until a successor is appointed or their employment is terminated. The business address of each of our Directors and executive officers listed below is Euronav NV, Belgica House, De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerp, Belgium. Name Age Position Date of Expiry of Current Term (for Directors) Carl Steen 65 Chairman of the Board of Directors To be confirmed by the Annual General Meeting 2016 Daniel R. Bradshaw 69 Director Annual General Meeting 2017 Ludwig Criel 64 Director Annual General Meeting 2016 Alice Wingfield Digby 41 Director Annual General Meeting 2016 Alexandros Drouliscos 57 Director Annual General Meeting 2017 Anne-Hélène Monsellato 48 Director Annual General Meeting 2018 John Michael Radziwill 36 Director Annual General Meeting 2017 Ludovic Saverys 32 Director Annual General Meeting 2018 William Thomson 68 Director Annual General Meeting 2018 Patrick Rodgers 56 Chief Executive Officer and Director Annual General Meeting 2016 Hugo De Stoop 43 Chief Financial Officer Alex Staring 50 Chief Operating Officer Egied Verbeeck 41 General Counsel An Goris 38 Secretary General Biographical information concerning the Directors and executive officers listed above is set forth below. Carl Steen, our Chairman, was co-opted as director and appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors effective immediately after the meeting of the Board of Directors of 3 December Mr. Steen graduated from the Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule in Zurich, Switzerland in 1975 with a M.Sc. in Industrial and Management Engineering. After working as a consultant in a logistical research and consultancy company, he joined a Norwegian shipping company in 1978 with primary focus on business development. Five years later in 1983 he joined Christiania Bank and moved to Luxembourg. He was there responsible for Germany and later the Corporate division. In 1987 Mr. Steen became Senior Vice president within the Shipping Division in Oslo and in 1992 he took charge of the Shipping/Offshore and Transport Division. When Christiania Bank merged with Nordea in 2001 he was made Executive Vice President within the newly formed organization while adding the International Division to his responsibilities. Mr. Steen remained Head of Shipping, Offshore and Oil services and the International Division until Since leaving Nordea, Mr. Steen has become a nonexecutive director for the following listed companies in the finance, shipping and logistics sectors: Golar LNG and Golar MLP, both part of the same group and where he also sits on the audit committee, Wilh Wilhelmsen and Belships. Daniel R. Bradshaw, one of our directors, has served on our Board of Directors since 2004, and is a member of our Audit and Risk Committee and the chairman of our Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee. Since 2014, Mr. Bradshaw has served as an independent director of GasLog Partners LP (NYSE: GLOP), a Marshall Islands limited partnership. Since 2013, Mr. Bradshaw has been a Director of Greenship Offshore Manager Pte Ltd. and since 2010, he has served as an independent non-executive Director of IRC Limited, a company listed in Hong Kong, which operates iron mines in far eastern Russia, and is affiliate of Petropavlovsk PLC, a London-listed mining and exploration company. Since 2006, Mr. Bradshaw has been a Director and since 2016, an Independent Nonexecutive Director, of Pacific Basin Shipping Company Limited, a company listed in Hong Kong and operating in the Handysize bulk carrier sector. Since 1978, Mr. Bradshaw has worked at Johnson Stokes & Master, now Mayer Brown JSM, in Hong Kong, from 1983 to 2003 as a partner and since 2003 as a senior consultant. From 2003 until 2008, Mr. Bradshaw was a member of the Hong Kong Maritime Industry Council. From 1993 to 2001, he served as Vice-Chairman of the Hong Kong Shipowners' Association and was a member of the Hong Kong Port and Maritime Board until Mr. Bradshaw began his career with the New Zealand law firm Bell Gully and in 1974, joined the international law firm Sinclair Roche & Temperley in London. Mr. Bradshaw obtained a Bachelor of Laws and a Master of Laws degree at the Victoria University of Wellington (New Zealand). 86

93 Ludwig Criel, one of our directors, has served on our Board of Directors since our incorporation in 2003, and is a member of our Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee. Mr. Criel has been the Chairman of De Persgroep since Mr. Criel has served as a Director of CMB and of Exmar NV since Since 1983, he has held various management functions within the Almabo/Exmar group and was made Chief Financial Officer of CMB in In 1999, Mr. Criel was appointed Managing Director of the Wah Kwong group in Hong Kong. Mr. Criel joined Boelwerf as a project manager in He is Vice-Chairman of the West of England P&I Club. In 1974, Mr. Criel graduated in applied economic sciences from the University of Ghent. He also holds a degree in management from the Vlerick School of Management. Alice Wingfield Digby, one of our directors, has served on our Board of Directors since May 2012, and is the Chairman of our Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Committee, and a member of our Audit and Risk Committee. Mrs. Wingfield Digby currently works at Pritchard-Gordon Tankers Ltd., where she started as Chartering Manager in Since 1995, she has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Giles W. Pritchard-Gordon & Co., Pritchard-Gordon Tankers Ltd. and Giles W. Pritchard-Gordon (Shipowning) Ltd., and since 2005 as a member of the board of Giles W. Pritchard-Gordon (Farming) Ltd. and Giles W. Pritchard-Gordon (Australia) Pty Ltd. Mrs. Wingfield Digby has been a member of the Baltic Exchange since In the late nineties, Mrs. Wingfield Digby joined the chartering department of Mobil before the merger with Exxon in From 1995 to 1996, she trained with Campbell Maritime Limited, a ship management company in South Shields, and subsequently at British Marine Mutual P & I Club, SBJ Insurance Brokers and J. Hadjipateras in London after returning from working at sea as a deckhand on board a tanker trading around the Eastern Caribbean. In 1996, Mrs. Wingfield Digby was awarded the Shell International Trading and Shipping Award in tanker chartering from the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers. Alexandros Drouliscos, one of our directors, has served on our Board of Directors since May 2013, and is a member of our Remuneration Committee. Since 1999, he has held the position of Managing Director at a family-owned European bank, Union Bancaire Privée. From 1986 to 1992, Mr. Drouliscos held the position of Vice President at Chase Manhattan Bank NA, working as a credit officer and then as an investment officer, and subsequently, from 1992 to 1997, as a Senior Vice President at Merrill Lynch. He graduated from the American University in Athens with a Bachelor's degree in Business Administration in 1982 and then continued his postgraduate studies at Heriott Watt University in Edinburgh, with a M.Sc. in International Banking. Anne-Hélène Monsellato, one of our directors, has served on the Board of Directors since May 2015, and is the Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee and a member of the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee. Anne-Hélène Monsellato is a member of the French National Association of Directors and of the Selection Committee of Femmes Business Angels since In addition, she serves as the Treasurer of the Mona Bismarck American Center for Art and Culture, a U.S. foundation based in New York. From 2005 till 2013 Mrs. Monsellato served as a partner of Ernst & Young (now EY), Paris, after having served as Auditor/Senior, Manager and Senior Manager for the firm starting in During her time at EY, she gained extensive experience in cross border listing transactions, in particular with the U.S. She is a Certified Public Accountant in France since 2008, and graduated from EM Lyon in 1990 with a degree in Business Management. John Michael Radziwill, one of our directors, has served on our Board of Directors since 2013, and is a member of our Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Committee. Mr. John Michael Radziwill is also the Chief Executive Officer of C Transport Maritime S.A.M. in Monaco (since 2010), prior to which he served in its commercial department as a Capesize freight trader from 2005 to 2006 and as the head of the sale and purchase division from 2006 through From 2004 to 2005, Mr. John Michael Radziwill worked at H. Clarkson & Co. Ltd and Seascope Insurance Services Ltd. both in London, England. In 2003, he joined Ceres Hellenic's Insurance and Claims Department in Piraeus, Greece. Mr. John Michael Radziwill also serves as an advisor of SCP Clover Maritime, a company that manages assets and investments for Mr. John Radziwill, his father, and specifically for JM Maritime Investments Inc. and Bretta Tanker Holdings, Inc., Mr. John Michael Radziwill is the first cousin of Mr. Livanos, the representative of our former corporate directors, TankLog and Ceres Investments (Cyprus), and former Chairman of our Board of Directors. In addition, he is a member of the American Bureau of Shipping and the Baltic Exchange. Mr. Radziwill graduated from Brown University in 2002 with a BA in Economics, after which he served as Administrative Officer at Ceres Hellenic Enterprise's New Building Site Office in Koje, South Korea. Ludovic Saverys, one of our directors, has served on the Board of Directors since 13 May 2015 and is member of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Committee. Ludovic Saverys currently serves as Chief Financial Officer of CMB NV and as General Manager of Saverco NV. During the time he lived in New York, Mr. Saverys served as Chief Financial Officer of MiNeeds Inc. from 2011 till 2013 and as Chief Executive Officer of SURFACExchange LLC from 2009 till He started his career as Managing Director of European Petroleum Exchange (EPX) in From 2001 till 2007 he followed several educational programs at universities in Leuven, Barcelona and London from which he graduated with M. Sc. degrees in International Business and Finance. 87

94 William Thomson, one of our directors, has served on our Board of Directors since 2011, and is the Chairman of our Remuneration Committee and a member of our Audit and Risk Committee. Currently and since 2005, Mr. Thomson holds a directors' mandate in Latsco, established to operate under the British Tonnage Tax Regime, operating Very Large Gas Carriers (VLGC), long-range and medium-range vessels. From 1980 to 2008, Mr. Thomson has been Chairman in several maritime and other companies including Forth Ports Plc, British Ports Federation and Relayfast, and the North of England P&I club. Mr. Thomson previously served as a Director of Trinity Lighthouse Service, Tibbett and Britten and Caledonian McBrayne. From 1970 to 1986, he was a Director with Ben Line, for which he worked in, amongst others, Japan, Indonesia, Taiwan and Edinburgh. In 1985, he established Edinburgh Tankers and five years later, Forth and Celtic Tankers. After serving with the army for three years, Mr. Thomson began his professional career with Killick Martin Shipbrokers in London. Patrick Rodgers serves and has served on our Board of Directors since June 2003 and has been a member of our Executive Committee since Mr. Rodgers was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the predecessor of the Company in 1998 and has been Chief Executive Officer since Since 2005, Mr. Rodgers has served as a Director of Euronav Luxembourg SA and Seven Seas Shipping Ltd. Mr. Rodgers currently serves as a Director of International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation Fund, since 2011, Great Hope Enterprises Ltd., since 2003, and Euronav (UK) Agencies, since From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Rodgers worked at CMB group as an in-house lawyer, and subsequently, as Shipping Executive. Mr. Rodgers began his career in 1982 as a trainee lawyer with Keene Marsland & Co. In 1984, he joined Bentley, Stokes & Lowless as a qualified lawyer and in 1986 he joined Johnson, Stokes & Master in Hong Kong as a solicitor. Mr. Rodgers graduated in law from University College London in 1981 and from the College of Law, Guildford in Hugo De Stoop serves and has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2008, after serving as our Deputy Chief Financial Officer and Head of Investor Relations beginning in Mr. De Stoop has been a member of our Executive Committee since In 2000, he joined Davos Financial Corp., an investment manager for UBS, specializing in Asset Management and Private Equity, where he became an Associate and later a Vice President in In 1999, Mr. De Stoop founded First Tuesday in America, the world's largest meeting place for high tech entrepreneurs, venture capitalists and companies and helped develop the network in the United States and in Latin America and, in 2001, was appointed member of the Board of Directors of First Tuesday International. Mr. De Stoop started his career in 1998 with Mustad International Group, an industrial group with over 30 companies located in five continents where he worked as a project manager on various assignments in the United States, Europe and Latin America, in order to integrate recently acquired subsidiaries. Mr. De Stoop studied in Oxford, Madrid and Brussels and graduated from école polytechnique (ULB) with a Master of Science in engineering. He also holds a MBA from INSEAD. Alex Staring serves and has served as our Chief Offshore Officer since 2010 and has served as a member of our Executive Committee since From 2005 to 2010, Captain Staring held the position of Chief Operating Officer of the Company. Captain Staring has been a Director of Euronav Hong Kong Ltd. since 2007, a Director of Euronav SAS and Euronav Ship Management since 2002 and a Director of Euronav Luxembourg SA since In 2000, international shipping companies, AP Moller, Euronav, Frontline, OSG, Osprey Maritime and Reederei'Nord' Klaus E Oldendorff consolidated the commercial management of their VLCCs by operating them in a pool, Tankers International, of which Captain Staring became Director of Operations. In 1988, Captain Staring gained his master's and chief engineer's license and spent the majority of his time at sea on Shell Tankers and CMB tankers, the last 3 years of which he attained the title of Master. From 1997 to 1998, Captain Staring headed the SGS S.A. training and gas centre. In 1998, Captain Staring rejoined CMB and moved to London to head the operations team at their subsidiary, Euronav UK. Captain Staring graduated with a degree in Maritime Sciences from the Maritime Institute in Flushing, The Netherlands and started his career at sea in Egied Verbeeck serves and has served as General Counsel of the Company since 2009 and became member of the Executive Committee of the Company in January From 2006 until June 2014, Mr. Verbeeck served as Secretary General of the Company. Prior to joining Euronav he was a managing associate at Linklaters De Bandt from Mr. Verbeeck has been a Director of Euronav Ship Management SAS since 2012, a Director of Euronav Hong Kong Ltd. since 2007 and a Director of Euronav Luxembourg S.A. since Mr. Verbeeck graduated in law from the Catholic University of Louvain in 1998 and holds a Master Degree in international business law from Kyushu University (Japan) as well as a postgraduate degree in corporate finance from the Catholic University of Louvain. An Goris serves and has served as Secretary General of the Company since June 2014, and in this capacity, Ms. Goris is responsible for the general corporate affairs of the Company. From 2011 to 2014, Ms. Goris served as legal counsel to the Company. In 2001, Ms. Goris became a member of the Antwerp Bar and joined Linklaters De Bandt, where she gained extensive experience in corporate law, mergers and acquisitions and finance. In 2008, Ms. Goris joined Euroclear as a legal manager where she worked for both the local central securities depository, Euroclear Belgium, as well as the international central securities depository, Euroclear Bank. Ms. Goris graduated with a law degree from the University of Antwerp in She also holds a Master's Degree in law from Oxford University, a degree in international business law from University René Descartes in Paris, France and a degree in corporate law from the Catholic University of Louvain and Brussels. Ms. Goris is a native Dutch speaker and is also fluent in English and French. Ms. Goris is a sworn legal translator of English and French into Dutch. 88

95 B. Compensation The compensation of our Board of Directors is determined on the basis of four regular meetings of the full board per year. The actual amount of remuneration is determined by the annual general meeting and is benchmarked periodically with Belgian listed companies and international peer companies. The aggregate annual compensation paid to our executive officers, excluding our Chief Executive Officer, for the year ended December 31, 2015 was EUR 2,935,526, comprised of EUR 1,083,097 of fixed compensation, EUR 1,760,000 of variable compensation (of which EUR 1,382,000 in cash and EUR 378,000 in share related compensation), pension and benefits valued at EUR 35,025 and EUR 57,404 in other compensation. The annual aggregate compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer was GBP 1,072,507, comprised of GBP 393,728 of fixed compensation, GBP 668,000 of variable compensation (of which GBP 530,000 in cash and GBP 138,000 in share related compensation) and GBP 10,779 in other compensation. We also paid an aggregate of $911,250 to our non-executive directors during the year ended December 31, 2015, with an additional aggregate meeting attendance fee of $680,000. Our Chairman of the Board is entitled to receive a gross fixed amount of EUR 160,000 per year, and each member of the board is entitled to receive a gross fixed amount of EUR 60,000 per year. In addition, our Chairman and each director are entitled to receive an attendance fee of EUR 10,000 per board meeting attended, not to exceed EUR 40,000 per year. The Chairman of our audit and risk committee is entitled to receive a gross fixed amount of EUR 40,000, and each member of the audit and risk committee is entitled to receive a gross fixed amount of EUR 20,000 per year. In addition, the Chairman of our audit and risk committee and members of the audit and risk committee are entitled to receive an attendance fee of EUR 5,000 per audit and risk committee meeting attended, not to exceed EUR 20,000 per year. Our Chairmen of all of our other committees are entitled to receive a gross fixed amount of EUR 7,500 per year, and the members of all of our other committees are entitled to receive a gross fixed amount of EUR 5,000. In addition, our Chairmen and members of these other committees will also be entitled to receive an attendance fee of EUR 5,000 for each committee meeting attended, with a maximum of EUR 20,000 per year for each committee served. Our Chief Executive Officer, who is also a director, has waived his director's fees. C. Board Practices Our Board of Directors currently consists of ten members, six of which are considered "independent" under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and under the rules of the NYSE: Mr. Steen, Mrs. Monsellato, Mrs. Wingfield Digby, Mr. Bradshaw, Mr. Thomson and Mr. Drouliscos. Our Board of Directors has established the following committees, and may, in the future, establish such other committees as it determines from time to time: AuditandRiskCommittee Our Audit and Risk Committee consists of four independent Directors: Mrs. Monsellato, as Chairman, Mr. Thomson, Mr. Bradshaw and Mrs. Wingfield Digby. Our Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for ensuring that we have an independent and effective internal and external audit system. Additionally, the Audit and Risk Committee advises the Board of Directors in order to achieve its supervisory oversight and monitoring responsibilities with respect to financial reporting, internal controls and risk management. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mrs. Monsellato qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" for purposes of SEC rules and regulations. CorporateGovernanceandNominationCommittee Our Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee consists of three members: Mr. Bradshaw, as Chairman, Mrs. Monsellato and Mr. Criel. Our Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee is responsible for evaluating and making recommendations regarding the size, composition and independence of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee, including the recommendation of new Director-nominees. RemunerationCommittee Our Remuneration Committee consists of three members: Mr. Thomson, as Chairman, Mr. Drouliscos, and Mr. Saverys. Our remuneration committee is responsible for assisting and advising the Board of Directors on determining compensation for our directors, executive officers and other employees and administering our compensation programs. 89

96 Health,Safety,SecurityandEnvironmentalCommittee. Our Health, Safety, Security and Environmental, or HSSE, Committee consists of three members: Mrs. Wingfield Digby, as Chairman, Mr. Saverys, and Mr. Radziwill. Our HSSE Committee is responsible for overseeing our policies related to the health, safety, security and environmental procedures with respect to our operations, and to assess our internal systems for ensuring compliance with related laws, regulations and policies. D. Employees As of December 31, 2015, we employed approximately 2,850 people, including approximately 150 onshore employees based in our offices in Greece, Belgium, United Kingdom, France and Singapore and approximately 2,700 seagoing officers and crew. Some of our employees are represented by collective bargaining agreements. As part of the legal obligations in some of these agreements, we are required to contribute certain amounts to retirement funds and pension plans and have restricted ability to dismiss employees. In addition, many of these represented individuals are working under agreements that are subject to salary negotiation. These negotiations could result in higher personnel costs, other increased costs or increased operating restrictions that could adversely affect our financial performance. We consider our relationships with the various unions as satisfactory. As of the date of this annual report, there are no ongoing negotiations or outstanding issues. E. Share ownership The ordinary shares beneficially owned by our directors and senior managers are disclosed in "Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions A. Major Shareholders." Equity Incentive Plans StockOptionPlan Our Board of Directors has adopted a stock option plan, pursuant to which directors, officers, and certain employees of us and our subsidiaries were eligible to receive options to purchase ordinary shares of us at a predetermined price. On December 16, 2013, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,750,000 ordinary shares to members of our Executive Committee at an exercise price of per share. The following table provides a summary of the number of options that were granted pursuant to this plan, together with the amount of options that have vested and have been exercised. Options Granted Options Vested Options Exercised CEO 525, , ,000 CFO 525, , ,000 COO 350, , ,000 General Counsel 350, , , Long-TermIncentivePlan In 2015, our Board of Directors adopted a long-term incentive plan, pursuant to which key management personnel are eligible to receive options to purchase ordinary shares of us at a predetermined price and restricted stock units (RSUs) that represent the right to receive ordinary shares or payment of cash in lieu thereof, in accordance with the terms of the plan. On February 12, 2015, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 236,590 ordinary shares at per share, subject to customary vesting provisions, and 65,433 RSUs which are scheduled to vest automatically on the third anniversary of the grant. The following tables provide a summary of the number of options and RSUs that were granted pursuant to this plan, together with the amount of options that have vested and have been exercised. Options Granted Options Vested Options Exercised CEO 80,518 26,839 - CFO 58,716 19,572 - COO 54,614 18,205 - General Counsel 42,742 14,247 - RSUs granted CEO 22,268 CFO 16,239 COO 15,105 General Counsel 11,821 90

97 2016Long-TermIncentivePlan In December 2015, our Board of Directors adopted a long-term incentive plan, or the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan, pursuant to which members of the Executive Committee are eligible to receive phantom stock unit grants. In the future, other senior employees may receive grants under the 2016 Long-Term Incentive plan by the Board of Directors upon the recommendation of our Remuneration Committee. Upon the vesting of each phantom stock unit and subject to the terms of the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan, each phantom stock unit grants the holder a conditional right to receive an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of one share of the Company on the settlement date. On February 2, 2016, we granted 54,616 phantom stock units to certain of our executive officers. The phantom stock units will mature one-third each year on the second, third, fourth anniversary of the award. All of the beneficiaries have accepted the phantom stock units granted to them. The number of phantom stock units granted was calculated on the basis of a share price of which equals the weighted average of the share price of the three days preceding the grant date. The following tables provide a summary of the number of phantom stock units that were granted pursuant to this plan and the amount that has vested. Phantom Stock Units Granted Phantom Stock Units Vested CEO 17,116 - CFO 20,728 - COO 8,009 - General Counsel 8,762 - ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS. A. Major shareholders. The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares for (i) owners of more than five percent of our ordinary shares and (ii) our directors and officers as a group, of which we are aware as of March 24, Number Percentage(1) Marc Saverys (2) 17,026, % Victrix NV (3) 9,245, % Directors and Executive Officers as a Group * - - * Individually each owning less than 1.0% of our outstanding ordinary shares. (1) Calculated based on 159,208,949 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 24, (2) Including shares held directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of Mr. Marc Saverys. The business address of Mr. Marc Saverys is De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerpen, Belgium. The information is derived from Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 11, (3) Including shares held directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of Ms. Virginie Saverys, who has voting or dispositive power over the shares held by Victrix NV. The business address of Victrix NV is Le Grellelei 20, 2000 Antwerpen, Belgium. The information is derived from Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 9, On March 24, 2016, our issued share capital amounted to $173,046, divided into 159,208,949 ordinary shares with no par value. On the same date, 52,971,172 of our shares, representing approximately 33.3% of our share capital, were reflected on the U.S. Register, in the names of two shareholders, which includes 50,451,472 shares held by CEDE & CO., as nominee holder for The Depository Trust Company. In accordance with a May 2, 2007 Belgian law relating to disclosure of major holdings in issuers whose shares are admitted to trading on a regulated market and containing miscellaneous provisions requiring investors in certain publicly-traded corporations whose investments reach certain thresholds to notify the Company and the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority, or the FSMA, of such change as soon as possible and in any event within four trading days. The minimum disclosure threshold is 5% of the Company's issued voting share capital. Further details in this respect can be found on the website of the FSMA: 91

98 As a result of certain prepaid forward sale transactions involving an aggregate of 6,000,000 of our ordinary shares entered into in August 2015 as well as a sales transaction involving an aggregate of 9,000,000 of our ordinary shares entered into in November 2015, and subject to the terms and conditions of the prepaid forward sale transactions as summarized in the transparency notification received by us on August 5, 2015, at the date of this annual report the voting rights in the Company held directly or indirectly by Mr. Peter Livanos, the representative of our former corporate directors, TankLog and Ceres Investments (Cyprus), and former Chairman of our Board of Directors, no longer exceed five percent. To our knowledge, we are neither directly nor indirectly owned nor controlled by any other corporation, by any government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly. Pursuant to Belgian law and our organizational documents, to the extent that we may have major shareholders at any time, we may not give them different voting rights from any of our other shareholders. We are aware of no arrangements which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of our company. B. Related party transactions. Services Agreement with CMB We received legal services from CMB pursuant to a Services Agreement, dated January 1, 2006, which we believe was on arms' length terms. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid CMB $61,895 in consideration for its services, as compared to $265,000 for the same period in This agreement was terminated at the end of During the year ended December 31, 2015, Euronav paid CMB a total of $0 (2014: $17,745) for stationery provided by CMB. Mr. Marc Saverys, the former Vice Chairman of our Board of Directors, currently controls Saverco, a company that is currently CMB's majority shareholder, and may be deemed to beneficially own 10.7% of our outstanding ordinary shares. Mr. Marc Saverys is the father of one of our directors, Mr. Ludovic Saverys. From time to time, Saverco renders travel services to us on a transactional basis. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, we paid Saverco $0, $15,828, and $25,533, respectively, for these services. Registration Rights Agreement On January 28, 2015, we entered into a registration rights agreement with companies affiliated with our former Chairman, Peter Livanos, or the Ceres Shareholders, and companies affiliated with our former Vice Chairman and current major shareholder, Marc Saverys, or the Saverco Shareholders. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, each of the Ceres Shareholders as a group and the Saverco Shareholders as a group will be able to piggyback on the others' demand registration. The Ceres Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders are only treated as having made their request if the registration statement for such shareholder group's shares is declared effective. Once we are eligible to do so, commencing 12 calendar months after the ordinary shares have been registered under the Exchange Act, the Ceres Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders may require us to file shelf registration statements permitting sales by them of ordinary shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. The Ceres Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders can also exercise piggyback registration rights to participate in certain registrations of ordinary shares by us. All expenses relating to the registrations, including the participation of our executive management team in two marketed roadshows and a reasonable number of marketing calls in connection with one-day or overnight transactions, will be borne by us. The registration rights agreement also contains provisions relating to indemnification and contribution. There are no specified financial remedies for non-compliance with the registration rights agreement. Chartering with Joint Venture Entities CapIsabella On March 15, 2013, we sold the newbuilding Suezmax CapIsabellato Belle Shipholdings Ltd., a related party, pursuant to a sale and leaseback agreement for a net selling price of $52.9 million, which was used to pay the final shipyard installment due at delivery of $55.2 million. The stock of Belle Shipholdings Ltd. is held for the benefit of immediate family members of Peter Livanos, who at the time of this transaction was the representative of our former corporate director, TankLog. Mr. Livanos notified our Board of Directors which met on March 14, 2013, that pursuant to the provisions of the Belgian Code of Companies relating to the existence of conflicts of interest, he had a direct or indirect patrimonial interest that conflicts with the interests of the Company in respect of this sale and therefore, did not participate in the deliberation or the vote that authorized us to sell the CapIsabellaon the basis of current market values. The bareboat charter was terminated on October 8, 2014 upon delivery of the vessel to its new owner. 92

99 The CapIsabellawas a newbuilding from Samsung Heavy Industries. We chartered the ship back on bareboat for a fixed period of two years with three options in our favor to extend for a further year. On July 31, 2014, Belle Shipholdings sold the CapIsabellato a third-party. Pursuant to the sale and leaseback agreement, we are entitled to receive a share of the profit resulting from the sale of the vessel by Belle Shipholdings of approximately $4.3 million, which was recorded in the fourth quarter of Eugenie,Devon,Capt.Michael,Maria The Eugenie,Devon,Capt.Michael,Mariaare owned, respectively, by Fiorano Shipholding Ltd., Larvotto Shipholding Ltd., Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd. and Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd., our 50%-owned joint ventures which we own with Bretta. John Michael Radziwill, one of our directors, is the son of John Radziwill who owns Bretta. John Michael Radziwill is not a shareholder or director of Bretta nor is he employed by Bretta. John Michael Radziwill, one of our directors, serves as an advisor of SCP Clover Maritime, a company that manages assets and investments of Mr. John Radziwill, his father, and specifically for Bretta Tanker Holdings, Inc., the joint venture partner of Euronav in the four joint ventures formed for the purpose of ordering and owning four Suezmax tankers through the following holding companies: Fiorano Shipholding Limited, Fontveille Shipholding Limited, Larvotto Shipholding Limited and Moneghetti Shipholding Limited. A majority of our Suezmaxes operating in the spot market participate in an internal Revenue Sharing Agreement, or RSA, together with the above four Suezmaxes owned in joint venture. Under the RSA, each vessel owner is responsible for its own costs, including voyage-related expenses, but will share in the net revenues, after the deduction of voyage-related expenses, retroactively on a semiannual basis. Calculation of allocations and contributions under the RSA are based on a pool points system and are paid after the deduction of the pool fee to Euronav NV, as pool manager, from the gross pool income. If this RSA had not been in place, our profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 would have been impacted with $(0.9) million (2014: $1.2 million). Loans to Our Joint Venture Entities FontvieilleShareholderLoan On April 24, 2008, we provided a shareholder loan to Euronav Hong Kong Limited in relation to Fontvieille Shipholding Limited, one of our 50%-owned joint ventures that we own with Bretta Tanker Holdings Ltd., or Bretta Tanker Holdings. The proceeds of this loan were used to partially finance the acquisition of Eugenieand working capital purposes. This loan does not bear interest, and will become due upon demand. The largest amounts outstanding during 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were $29.0 million, $29.0 million, $26.2 million and $23.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this loan were $23.5 million and $27.8 million, respectively. MoneghettiShareholderLoan On April 24, 2008, we provided a shareholder loan to Euronav Hong Kong Limited in relation to Moneghetti Shipholding Limited, one of our 50%-owned joint ventures that we own with Bretta Tanker Holdings. The proceeds of this loan were used to partially finance the acquisition of Devonand working capital purposes. This loan does not bear interest, and will become due upon demand. The largest amounts outstanding during 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $20.1 million, $21.6 million, $20.2 million and $19.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this loan were $17.9 million and $19.6 million, respectively. LarvottoShareholderLoan On May 16, 2008, we provided a shareholder loan to Euronav Hong Kong Limited in relation to Larvotto Shipholding Limited, one of our 50%-owned joint ventures that we own with Bretta. The proceeds of this loan were used to partially finance the acquisition of Mariaand working capital purposes. This loan does not bear interest, and will become due upon demand. The largest amounts outstanding during 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $30.2 million, $26.0 million, $23.5 million and $22.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this loan were $26.1 million and $24.2 million, respectively. FioranoShareholderLoan On August 28, 2008, we provided a shareholder loan to Euronav Hong Kong Limited in relation to Fiorano Shipholding Limited, one of our 50%-owned joint ventures that we own with Bretta. The proceeds of this loan were used to partially finance the acquisition of Capt.Michaeland working capital purposes. This loan does not bear interest, and will become due upon demand. The largest amounts outstanding during 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $31.4 million, $27.5 million, $26.0 million and $24.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this loan were $28.1 million and $26.4 million, respectively. 93

100 Loan Agreements of Our Joint Ventures For a description of our Joint Venture Loan Agreements, please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects B. Liquidity and Capital Resources Joint Venture Credit Facilities (at 50% economic interest)." Guarantees Properties For a description of our guarantees, please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects B. Liquidity and Capital Resources Guarantees." We lease office space in Belgium pursuant to a lease agreement with Reslea N.V., an entity controlled by Saverco, one of our majority shareholders, which we believe is on arms' length terms. Under this lease, we paid an annual rent of $207,738 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and an annual rent of $178,104 for the year ended December 31, This lease expires on August 31, We lease office space, through our subsidiary Euronav Ship Management Hellas, in Piraeus, Greece, pursuant to a lease agreement with Nea Dimitra Ktimatiki Kai Emporiki S.A., an entity controlled by Ceres Shipping, which we believe is on arms'-length terms. Mr. Livanos, the representative of our former corporate directors, TankLog and Ceres Investments (Cyprus), and the former Chairman of our Board of Directors, is the Chairman and sole shareholder of Ceres Shipping. Under this lease, we paid an annual rent of $198,822 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and an annual rent of $184,791 for the year ended December 31, This lease expires on December 31, We sublease office space in our new London, United Kingdom office, through our subsidiary Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited, pursuant to sublease agreements, dated September 25, 2014, with GasLog Services UK Limited and Unisea Maritime Limited, both parties related to Peter Livanos, the representative of our former corporate directors, TankLog and Ceres Investments (Cyprus), and the former Chairman of our Board of Directors, which we believe is on arms'-length terms. In 2014, under these subleases, we received rent of $169,052 and in 2015, under these subleases, we received $ These subleases expire on April 27, We also sublease office space in our new London, United Kingdom office, through our subsidiary Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited, pursuant to a sublease agreement, dated September 25, 2014, with Tankers (UK) Agencies Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tankers International LLC, of which we own 40% of the outstanding interests, which we believe is on arms'-length terms. In 2014, under this sublease, we received rent of $88,738, and in $260,108. This sublease expires on April 27, C. Interests of experts and counsel. Not applicable. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information See "Item 18. Financial Statements." Legal Proceedings We are not involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our business, financial position and results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. Any such claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of managerial resources and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Dividend Policy Our Board of Directors may from time to time, declare and pay cash dividends in accordance with our Articles of Association and applicable Belgian law. The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will always be subject to the approval of either our Board of Directors (in the case of "interim dividends") or of the shareholders (in the case of "regular dividends" or "intermediary dividends"). On April 1, 2015, we announced the adoption of our new "return to shareholders" policy, pursuant to which we intend to distribute to our shareholders 80% of our annual net consolidated profit (excluding exceptional items such as gains on the disposal of vessels), subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, the terms of our loan agreements, and provisions of Belgian law, discussed below. Notwithstanding the adoption of this policy, our Board of Directors' primary obligation remains to act in the best interest of the Company and in doing so our Board of Directors will always consider alternatives for use of cash that might otherwise be distributed as dividends. This may include the purchase by us of our own shares, the accelerated amortisation of debt or the acquisition of vessels which we consider at that time to be accretive to shareholders' value. Dividends, if any, will be paid in two instalments: first as an interim dividend, then as a balance payment corresponding to the final dividend. The interim dividend payout ratio may typically be more conservative than the yearly payout of at least 80% of net consolidated profit. At our annual shareholders' meeting held on May 13, 2015, our shareholders approved the distribution of a gross dividend in the amount of $0.25 per share to all shareholders, which was paid in May In addition, on the occasion of the announcement of our half year results in August 2015, our Board of Directors declared an interim dividend in the amount of $0.62 per share, which was paid in September

101 Pursuant to the dividend policy set out above, our Board of Directors will continue to assess the declaration and payment of dividends upon consideration of our financial results and earnings, restrictions in our debt agreements, market prospects, current capital expenditures, commitments, investment opportunities, and the provisions of Belgian law affecting the payment of dividends to shareholders and other factors. We may stop paying dividends at any time and cannot assure you that we will pay any dividends in the future or of the amount of such dividends. For instance, we did not declare or pay any dividends from 2010 until In general, under the terms of our debt agreements, we are not permitted to pay dividends if there is or will be as a result of the dividend a default or a breach of a loan covenant. Please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" for more information relating to restrictions on our ability to pay dividends under the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness. Belgian law generally prohibits the payment of dividends unless net assets on the closing date of the last financial year do not fall beneath the amount of the registered capital and, before the dividend is paid out, 5% of the net profit is allocated to the legal reserve until this legal reserve amounts to 10% of the share capital. No distributions may occur if, as a result of such distribution, our net assets would fall below the sum of (i) the amount of our registered capital, (ii) the amount of such aforementioned legal reserves, and (iii) other reserves which may be required by our Articles of Association or by law, such as the reserves not available for distribution in the event we hold treasury shares. We may not have sufficient surplus in the future to pay dividends and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds or surplus to make distributions to us. We can give no assurance that dividends will be paid at all. In addition, the corporate law of jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries are organized may impose restrictions on the payment or source of dividends under certain circumstances. For a discussion of the material tax consequences regarding the receipt of dividends we may declare, please see "Item 10. Additional Information E. Taxation." B. Significant Changes. Please see Note 28 - Subsequent Events to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein. ITEM 9. OFFER AND THE LISTING A. Offer and Listing Details. Our share capital consists of ordinary shares issued without par value. Under Belgian law, shares without par value are deemed to have a "nominal" value equal to the total amount of share capital divided by the number of shares. As of March 24, 2016, our issued (and fully paid up) share capital was $173,046,122.14, which is represented by 159,208,949 ordinary shares with no par value. The nominal value of our ordinary shares is $ per share. Our ordinary shares have traded on Euronext Brussels, since December 1, 2004 and on the NYSE since January 23, 2015, under the symbol "EURN." We maintain the Belgian Register and, for the purposes of trading our shares on the NYSE, the U.S. Register. All shares on Euronext Brussels trade in euros, and all shares on the NYSE trade in U.S. dollars. The following tables set forth the high and low closing prices for our ordinary shares for the periods indicated, as reported by the NYSE and Euronext Brussels, respectively. NYSE Euronext Brussels High (US$) (US$) Low High (EUR) For the Fiscal Year Ended : December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31, * 10.95* NYSE Euronext Brussels High (US$) (US$) Low High (EUR) For the Quarter Year Ended : March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31, March 31, * 10.95* June 30, September 30, December 31, Low (EUR) Low (EUR) NYSE Euronext Brussels High (US$) (US$) Low High (EUR) For the Month : September October November December January February March 2016 (through and including March 24, 2016) * Period for the NYSE begins on January 23, Low (EUR)

102 B. Plan of Distribution Not applicable C. Markets. Our ordinary shares trade on the NYSE and Euronext Brussels under the symbol "EURN." For a discussion of our ordinary shares which are listed and eligible for trading on the NYSE and Euronext Brussels, please See "Item 10. Additional Information B. Memorandum and Articles of Association Share Register." D. Selling Shareholders Not applicable. E. Dilution Not applicable. F. Expenses of the Issue Not applicable. ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. Share capital. Not applicable. B. Memorandum and Articles of Association. The following is a description of the material terms of our Articles of Association currently in effect. Because the following is a summary, it does not contain all information that you may find useful. For more complete information, you should read our Articles of Association which have been filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this annual report. Purpose Our objectives are set forth in Section I, Article 2 of our Articles of Association. Our purpose, as stated therein, is to engage in operations related to maritime transport and shipowning, particularly the chartering in and out, the acquisition and sale of ships, and the opening and operation of regular shipping lines, but is not restricted to these activities. Issued and Authorized Capitalization As of March 24, 2016, our issued (and fully paid up) share capital was $173,046, which is represented by 159,208,949 ordinary shares with no par value. The shareholders' meeting of May 13, 2015 has authorized the Board of Directors to increase the share capital one or several times by a total maximum amount of $150,000,000 for a period of five years as of June 19, Taking into account the fractional value of $ per share, the authorized capital of $150,000,000 allows the Board to issue additionally up to 138,005,652 ordinary shares without future shareholder approval. As of March 24, 2016 and taking into account that no ordinary shares have been issued since the shareholders' meeting of May 13, 2015, our Board of Directors is authorized to issue up to an additional 138,005,652 ordinary shares without future shareholder approval. Share History On January 10, 2014, we received gross proceeds of $50.0 million upon the issuance of 5,473,571 of our existing ordinary shares in an equity offering at 6.70 per share (based on the USD/EUR exchange rate applied by the European Central Bank of EUR 1.00 per $ in effect on January 6, 2014). The proceeds of the offering were used to partially finance the purchase price of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels. 96

103 On January 13, 2014, we issued 60 perpetual convertible preferred equity securities, each with a denomination of $2.5 million, which are convertible into our existing ordinary shares at the holders' option. The proceeds of the issuance are being used to strengthen our balance sheet liquidity, to diversify funding sources, and for general corporate and working capital purposes. On February 6, 2014, we issued 9,459,286 ordinary shares upon the conversion of 30 out of the 60 issued and outstanding perpetual convertible preferred equity securities. On February 24, 2014, we received gross proceeds of $300.0 million upon the issuance of 32,841,528 of our existing ordinary shares in an equity offering at 6.70 per share (based on the USD/EUR exchange rate applied by the European Central Bank of EUR 1.00 per $ in effect on January 6, 2014). The proceeds of the offering were used to partially finance the purchase price of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels. During the period from November 12, 2013 through April 22, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 20,969,473 existing ordinary shares upon conversion of $124,900,000 in aggregate principal amount of 1,249 Convertible Notes due 2018 at the holders' option. On February 20, 2014, we issued an optional redemption notice and on April 9, 2014, redeemed the last convertible note due 2018 outstanding as of April 2, 2014 for an aggregate of $101, As a result, no more convertible notes due 2018 are outstanding since that date. On July 14, 2014, we received gross proceeds of $125.0 million upon the issuance of 10,556,808 of our ordinary shares in an underwritten private offering in Belgium mainly to a group of qualified investors at 8.70 per share (or $11.84 per share based on the USD/EUR exchange rate of EUR 1.00 per $1.3610). The proceeds of the offering were used to partially finance the purchase price of the four VLCC Acquisition Vessels. In January 2015, we completed our underwritten initial public offering in the United States of 18,699,000 ordinary shares at $12.25 per share, for gross proceeds of $229.1 million. In January 2015, we redeemed the remaining 250 outstanding convertible notes due 2015, with a face value of $100,000, at par. We held 18 of these notes. As a result, no more convertible notes due 2015 are outstanding. On February 6, 2015, we issued 9,459,283 ordinary shares upon the conversion of the remaining 30 outstanding perpetual convertible preferred equity securities. As a result, no more perpetual convertible preferred equity securities are outstanding. In March 2015, we completed our offer to exchange unregistered ordinary shares that were previously issued in Belgium (other than ordinary shares owned by our affiliates) for ordinary shares that were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the U.S. Exchange Offer, in which an aggregate of 42,919,647 ordinary shares were validly tendered and exchanged. Ordinary Shares Each outstanding ordinary share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Each share represents an identical fraction of the share capital and is either in registered or dematerialized form. Share Register We maintain a share register in Belgium, the Belgian Register, maintained by Euroclear Belgium, on which our Belgian Shares are reflected. Our U.S. Shares are reflected in our U.S. Register that is maintained by Computershare. The U.S. Shares have CUSIP B Only these shares, which are reflected in the U.S. Register, may be traded on the NYSE. The Belgian Shares have ISIN BE Only these shares, which are reflected in the Belgian Register, may be traded on Euronext Brussels. For Belgian Shares, including shares that were either acquired on Euronext Brussels or prior to our initial public offering, to be traded on the NYSE and for U.S. Shares to be traded on Euronext Brussels, shareholders must reposition their shares to the appropriate component of our share register (the U.S. Register for listing and trading on the NYSE and the Belgian Register for listing and trading on Euronext Belgium). As part of the repositioning procedure, the shares to be repositioned would be debited from the Belgian Register or the U.S. Register, as applicable, and cancelled from the holder's securities account, and simultaneously credited to the relevant register (the Belgian Register for shares to be eligible for listing and trading on Euronext Brussels and the U.S. Register for shares to be eligible for listing and trading on the NYSE) and deposited in the holder's securities account. The repositioning procedure is normally completed within three trading days, but may take longer and the Company cannot guarantee the timing. The Company may suspend the repositioning of shares for periods of time, which we refer to as "freeze periods" for certain corporate events, including the payment of dividends or shareholder meetings. In such cases, the Company plans to inform its shareholders about such freeze periods on its website. 97

104 Please see the Company's website for instructions on how to reposition your shares to be eligible for trading on either the NYSE or Euronext Brussels. Dividend Rights For a summary of our dividend policy and legal basis for dividends under Belgian law, see "Item 8: Financial Information Dividend Policy." Perpetual Convertible Preferred Equity Issues On January 13, 2014, we issued 60 perpetual convertible preferred equity securities for net proceeds of $150.0 million, which are convertible into ordinary shares of us, at the holders' option. The perpetual convertible preferred equity securities bear interest at 6% during the first 5 years, which is payable annually in arrears in cash or in shares at our option. On February 6, 2014, we issued 9,459,286 ordinary shares upon the conversion of 30 perpetual convertible preferred equity securities, representing a face value of $75.0 million, and on February 6, 2015, we issued 9,459,283 ordinary shares upon our exercise of our right to force the conversion of the remaining 30 perpetual convertible preferred equity securities, representing a face value of $75.0 million. As a result, no more perpetual convertible preferred equity securities are outstanding. Directors Our Articles of Association provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of at least five members. Our Board of Directors currently consists of ten members. The Articles of Association provide that the members of the Board of Directors remain in office for a period not exceeding four years and are eligible for re-election. The term of a director comes to an end immediately after the annual shareholders' meeting of the last year of his term. Directors can be dismissed at any time by the vote of a majority of our shareholders. The Board of Directors is our ultimate decision-making body, with the exception of the matters reserved for the general shareholders' meeting as provided by the Belgian Companies Code or by our Articles of Association. Shareholder Meetings The annual general shareholders' meeting is held annually on the second Thursday of May at 11 a.m. (Central European Time). If this day is a legal holiday, the meeting is held on the preceding business day. The Board of Directors or the statutory auditor (or, as the case may be, the liquidators) can convene a special or extraordinary general shareholders' meeting at any time if the interests of the Company so require. Such general meetings must also be convened whenever requested by the shareholders who together represent a fifth of our share capital within three weeks of their request, provided that the reason of convening a special or extraordinary general shareholders' meeting is given. In general, there is no quorum requirement for the general shareholders' meeting and decisions are taken with a simple majority of the votes, except as provided by law on certain matters. Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Association Our Articles of Association contain provisions which may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board of Directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors. For example, a shareholder's voting rights can be suspended with respect to ordinary shares that give such shareholder the right to voting rights above 5% (or a multiple of 5%) of the total number of voting rights attached to our ordinary shares on the date of the relevant general shareholder's meeting, unless we and the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority have been informed at least 20 days prior to the date of the relevant general shareholder's meeting in which the holder wishes to vote. In addition, our board of directors is authorized in our Articles of Association to (i) increase the Company's capital within the framework of the authorized capital with a maximum amount of $150,000,000 and (ii) buy back and sell the Company's own shares. These authorizations may be used by the board of directors in the event of a hostile takeover bid. 98

105 Transfer agent The registrar and transfer agent for our ordinary shares in the United States is Computershare Trust Company N.A. Our Belgian Register is maintained by Euroclear Belgium. C. Material contracts. We refer you to "Item 4. Information on the Company B. Business Overview," "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects B. Liquidity and Capital Resources Credit Facilities," Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees E. Share Ownership Equity Incentive Plan," and "Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions B. Related Party Transactions" for a discussion of our material agreements that we have entered into outside the ordinary course of our business during the two-year period immediately preceding the date of this annual report. Other than as set forth above, there were no material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we were a party during the two year period immediately preceding the date of this annual report. D. Exchange controls. There are no Belgian exchange control regulations that would affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by the company's group or the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to nonresident holders of the Company's securities. See "Item 10. Additional information E. Taxation" for a discussion of the tax treatment of dividends. E. Taxation. United States Federal Income Tax Considerations In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, our United States counsel, the following are the material United States federal income tax consequences to us and our U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, each as defined below, of our activities and the ownership of our ordinary shares. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning ordinary shares to all categories of investors, some of which, such as banks, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, grantor trusts, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elect the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, investors whose functional currency is not the United States dollar, investors that are or own our ordinary shares through partnerships or other pass-through entitles, investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our ordinary shares, persons that will hold the ordinary shares as part of a hedging transaction, "straddle" or "conversion transaction," persons who are deemed to sell the ordinary shares under constructive sale rules and persons who are liable for the alternative minimum tax may be subject to special rules. The following discussion of United States federal income tax matters is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the United States Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Regulations, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion deals only with holders who purchase ordinary and hold the ordinary shares as a capital asset. The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of our business as described herein and assumes that we conduct our business as described herein. Unless otherwise noted, references in the following discussion to the "Company," "we" and "us" are to Euronav NV and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. United States Federal Income Taxation of the Company TaxationofOperatingIncome:InGeneral Unless exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under the rules discussed below, a foreign corporation is subject to U.S. federal income taxation in respect of any income that is derived from the use of vessels, from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time, voyage or bareboat charter basis, from the participation in a pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement, code sharing arrangements or other joint venture it directly or indirectly owns or participates in that generates such income, or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, which we refer to as "shipping income," to the extent that the shipping income is derived from sources within the United States. For these purposes, 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States constitutes income from sources within the United States, which we refer to as "U.S.-source shipping income." 99

106 Shipping income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is considered to be 100% from sources within the United States. We are not permitted by law to engage in transportation that produces income which is considered to be 100% from sources within the United States. Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-u.s. ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax. In the absence of exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code or an applicable U.S. income tax treaty, our gross U.S.-source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed without allowance for deductions as described below. ExemptionofOperatingIncomefromU.S.FederalIncomeTaxation Under the U.S.-Belgium income tax treaty (the "Belgian Treaty"), we will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on our U.S.-source shipping income if (1) we are resident in Belgium for Belgian income tax purposes and (2) we satisfy one of the tests under the Limitation on Benefits Provision of the Belgian Treaty. We believe that we satisfy the requirements for exemption under the Belgian Treaty for our 2015 year and possibly for our future taxable years. Alternatively, beginning with our 2015 taxable year, we may qualify for exemption under Section 883, as discussed below. Under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations there under, we will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on our U.S.-source shipping income if: (1) we are organized in a foreign country, or our country of organization, that grants an "equivalent exemption" to corporations organized in the United States; and (2) either (A) more than 50% of the value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are "residents" of our country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an "equivalent exemption" to corporations organized in the United States, which we refer to as the "50% Ownership Test," or (B) our stock is "primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market" in our country of organization, in another country that grants an "equivalent exemption" to United States corporations, or in the United States, which we refer to as the "Publicly-Traded Test". Each of the jurisdictions where our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated grant an "equivalent exemption" to U.S. corporations. Therefore, we will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax with respect to our U.S.-source shipping income if either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test is met. We do not currently anticipate circumstances under which we would be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test given the widely held nature of our ordinary shares. Our ability to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test is discussed below. Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be "primarily traded" on an established securities market if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. After the initial public offering, our ordinary shares, which constitute our sole class of issued and outstanding stock, will continue to be "primarily traded" on the NYSE. Under the Treasury Regulations, our ordinary shares will be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market if one or more classes of our stock representing more than 50% of our outstanding shares, by total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, is listed on the market which we refer to as the listing threshold. Our ordinary shares, our sole class of stock, are listed on the NYSE and therefore we satisfy the listing requirement. It is further required that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold, (i) such class of stock be traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year, which we refer to as the "trading frequency test"; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year, which we refer to as the "trading volume test". We believe we will satisfy the trading frequency and trading volume tests beginning with our 2015 taxable year. Even if this were not the case, the Treasury Regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied if, as is the case with our ordinary shares, such class of stock is traded on an established securities market in the United States and such stock is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such stock. 100

107 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of our stock will not be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market for any taxable year if 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class of stock are owned, actually or constructively under specified stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class of stock, which we refer to as the "5 Percent Override Rule." For purposes of being able to determine the persons who own 5% or more of our stock, or "5% Shareholders," the Treasury Regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the SEC, as having a 5% or more beneficial interest in our ordinary shares. The Treasury Regulations further provide that an investment company identified on a SEC Schedule 13G or Schedule 13D filing which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% shareholder for such purposes. In the event the 5 Percent Override Rule is triggered, the Treasury Regulations provide that the 5 Percent Override Rule will not apply if we can establish that among the closely-held group of 5% Shareholders, there are sufficient 5% Shareholders that are considered to be qualified shareholders for purposes of Section 883 of the Code to preclude non-qualified 5% Shareholders in the closely-held group from owning 50% or more of each class of our stock for more than half the number of days during such year. We believe that we and each of our subsidiaries qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for our 2015 taxable year. We also expect that we and each of our subsidiaries will qualify for this exemption for our subsequent taxable years. However, there can be no assurance in this regard. For example, if our 5% Stockholders own 50% or more of our ordinary shares, we would be subject to the 5% Override Rule unless we can establish that among the closely-held group of 5% Stockholders, there are sufficient 5% Stockholders that are qualified stockholders for purposes of Section 883 of the Code to preclude non-qualified 5% Stockholders in the closely-held group from owning 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year. In order to establish this, sufficient 5% Stockholders that are qualified stockholders would have to comply with certain documentation and certification requirements designed to substantiate their identity as qualified stockholders. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we will be able to satisfy them. TaxationintheAbsenceofExemptionunderSection883oftheCode To the extent the benefits of Section 883 of the Code are unavailable, our U.S.-source shipping income, to the extent not considered to be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, which we refer to as the "4% gross basis tax regime". Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being derived from U.S. sources, the maximum effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime. To the extent the benefits of the exemption under Section 883 of the Code are unavailable and our U.S.-source shipping income is considered to be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, any such "effectively connected" U.S.-source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to the U.S. federal corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we may be subject to the 30% "branch profits" tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of such U.S. trade or business. Our U.S.-source shipping income would be considered "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if: we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of shipping income; and substantially all of our U.S.-source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States. 101

108 We do not currently have, nor intend to have or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel operating to the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, we believe that none of our U.S.-source shipping income will be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. U.S.TaxationofGainonSaleofVessels Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States. United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders As used herein, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is a United States citizen or resident, United States corporation or other United States entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for United States federal income tax purposes. If a partnership holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our ordinary shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor. Distributions Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by us with respect to our ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or "qualified dividend income" as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder's tax basis in the holder's ordinary shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a United States corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares will generally be treated as "passive category income" or, in the case of certain types of U.S. Holders, "general category income" for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for United States foreign tax credit purposes. Dividends paid on our ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (a "U.S. Non-Corporate Holder") will generally be treated as "qualified dividend income" that is taxable to such U.S. Non-Corporate Holders at preferential tax rates provided that (1) either we qualify for the benefits of the Belgian Treaty (which we expect to be the case) or the ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE, on which our ordinary shares are listed); (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (as discussed below); (3) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder has owned the ordinary shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the ordinary shares become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such ordinary share); and (4) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder is not under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar related property. There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our ordinary shares will be eligible for these preferential tax rates in the hands of a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder. As discussed below, our dividends may be subject to Belgian withholding taxes. A U.S. Holder may elect to either deduct his share of any foreign taxes paid with respect to our dividends in computing his Federal taxable income or treat such foreign taxes as a credit against U.S. federal income taxes, subject to certain limitations. No deduction for foreign taxes may be claimed by an individual who does not itemize deductions. Dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares will generally be treated as "passive category income" or, in the case of certain types of U.S. Holders, "general category income" for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for United States foreign tax credit purposes. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of these rules in a U.S. Holder's specific situation. 102

109 Special rules may apply to any "extraordinary dividend" generally, a dividend paid by us in an amount which is equal to or in excess of ten percent of a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder's adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in a share of ordinary shares paid by us. If we pay an "extraordinary dividend" on our ordinary shares that is treated as "qualified dividend income," then any loss derived by a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend. Sale,ExchangeorotherDispositionofOrdinaryshares Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder's tax basis in such shares. The U.S. Holder's initial tax basis in its shares generally will be the U.S. Holder's purchase price for the shares and that tax basis will be reduced (but no below zero) by the amount of any distributions on the shares that are treated as non-taxable returns of capital (as discussed above under " United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders Distributions"). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder's holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as United States source income or loss, as applicable, for United States foreign tax credit purposes. A U.S. Holder's ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations. PassiveForeignInvestmentCompany Special United States federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes. In general, a foreign corporation will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a United States shareholder in such foreign corporation, if, for any taxable year in which such shareholder holds stock in such foreign corporation, either: at least 75 percent of the corporation's gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or at least 50 percent of the average value of the assets held by the corporation during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For purposes of determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC, it will be treated as earning and owning its proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of its subsidiary corporations in which it owns at least 25 percent of the value of the subsidiary's stock. Income earned by a foreign corporation in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute "passive income" unless the foreign corporation is treated under specific rules as deriving its rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business or receiving the rental income from a related party. Based on our current operations and future projections, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to become, PFIC with respect to any taxable year. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, our belief is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from the time chartering and voyage chartering activities of our wholly-owned subsidiaries should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we or our wholly-owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. We believe there is substantial legal authority supporting our position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, on this matter. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we can avoid PFIC status in the future. 103

110 As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a "Qualified Electing Fund," which election we refer to as a "QEF election." As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a "mark-to-market" election with respect to our ordinary shares, as discussed below. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be required to file an annual report with the IRS for that year with respect to such U.S. Holder's ordinary shares. TaxationofU.S.HoldersMakingaTimelyQEFElection If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election, which U.S. Holder we refer to as an "Electing Holder," the Electing Holder must report each year for United States federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and our net capital gain, if any, for our taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether or not distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. The Electing Holder's adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder would make a QEF election with respect to any year that our company is a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with his United States federal income tax return. If we were aware that we or any of our subsidiaries were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we would, if possible, provide each U.S. Holder with all necessary information in order to make the QEF election described above. If we were to be treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be treated as owning his proportionate share of stock in each of our subsidiaries which is treated as a PFIC and such U.S. Holder would need to make a separate QEF election for any such subsidiaries. It should be noted that we may not be able to provide such information if we did not become aware of our status as a PFIC in a timely manner. TaxationofU.S.HoldersMakinga"Mark-to-Market"Election Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our shares are treated as "marketable stock," a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a "mark-tomarket" election with respect to our ordinary shares, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. The "markto-market" election will not be available for any of our subsidiaries. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year over such holder's adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder's tax basis in his ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. It should be noted that the mark-to-market election would likely not be available for any of our subsidiaries which are treated as PFICs. TaxationofU.S.HoldersNotMakingaTimelyQEForMark-to-MarketElection Finally, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a "mark-to-market" election for that year, whom we refer to as a "Non- Electing Holder," would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our ordinary shares in a taxable year in excess of 125 percent of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder's holding period before the taxable year for the ordinary shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares. Under these special rules: the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holders' aggregate holding period for the ordinary shares; 104

111 the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income; and the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year. These rules would not apply to a pension or profit sharing trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow funds or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our ordinary shares. If a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our ordinary shares, such holder's successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such shares. United States Federal Income Taxation of "Non-U.S. Holders" A beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that is not a U.S. Holder or an entity treated as a partnership is referred to herein as a "Non-U.S. Holder." If a partnership holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our ordinary shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor. DividendsonOrdinaryshares Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our ordinary shares, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income may be taxable only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States. Sale,ExchangeorOtherDispositionofOrdinaryshares unless: Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares, the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain may be taxable only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes, the income from the ordinary shares, including dividends and the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares that are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to regular United States federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30 percent, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable United States income tax treaty. Backup Withholding and Information Reporting In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, made within the United States to you will be subject to information reporting requirements. Such payments will also be subject to backup withholding tax if paid to a non-corporate U.S. Holder who: fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number; 105

112 is notified by the IRS that he has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on his federal income tax returns; or in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements. Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on an appropriate IRS Form W-8. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells his ordinary shares to or through a United States office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both United States backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies that he is a non-u.s. person, under penalties of perjury, or otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells his ordinary shares through a non- United States office of a non-united States broker and the sales proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, United States information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made to a Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, if the Non-U.S. Holder sells ordinary shares through a non-united States office of a broker that is a United States person or has some other contacts with the United States. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a taxpayer generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed the taxpayer's income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS. Individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, certain individuals who are Non-U.S. Holders and certain United States entities) who hold "specified foreign financial assets" (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our ordinary shares, unless the shares are held through an account maintained with a United States financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, an individual Non-U.S. Holder or a United States entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of United States federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including United States entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations under this legislation. Belgian Tax Considerations In the opinion of Argo Law, the following are the material Belgian federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of shares by an investor, but does not address all tax consequences of the ownership and disposal of shares, and does not take into account the specific circumstances of particular investors, some of which may be subject to special rules, or the tax laws of any country other than Belgium. The following does not describe the tax treatment of investors that are subject to special rules, such as banks, insurance companies, collective investment undertakings, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold, or will hold, shares as a position in a straddle, share-repurchase transaction, conversion transactions, synthetic security or other integrated financial transactions. A Belgian resident is (i) an individual subject to Belgian personal income tax (i.e. an individual who has his domicile in Belgium or has the seat of his estate in Belgium, or a person assimilated to a Belgian resident), (ii) a company subject to Belgian corporate income tax (i.e. a company that has its registered office, its main establishment or its place of management in Belgium), (iii) an Organization for Financing Pensions, or an OFP, subject to Belgian corporate income tax (i.e., a Belgian pension fund incorporated under the form of an OFP), or (iv) a legal entity subject to the Belgian tax on legal entities (i.e. a legal entity other than a company subject to the corporate income tax that has its registered office, its main establishment or its place of management in Belgium). A Belgian non-resident is a person that is not a Belgian resident. Investors are encouraged to consult their own advisers as to the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of the shares. Dividends For Belgian income tax purposes, the gross amount of all distributions made by the company to its shareholders is generally taxed as dividend, except for the repayment of statutory capital carried out in accordance with the Belgian Companies Code to the extent that the statutory capital qualifies as "fiscal" capital. The fiscal capital includes, in principle, the paid-up statutory capital and, subject to certain conditions, the paid issue premiums and the amounts subscribed to at the time of the issue of profit sharing certificates. 106

113 In general, a Belgian withholding tax of (currently) 27% is levied on dividends. In the case of a redemption of shares, the redemption price (after deduction of the part of the paid-up fiscal capital represented by the shares redeemed) will be treated as dividend that is subject to a Belgian withholding tax of 27% unless this redemption is carried out on a stock exchange and meets certain conditions. In the event of liquidation of the Company, a withholding tax of 27% will be levied on any distributed amount exceeding the paid-up fiscal capital. Belgian tax law provides for certain exemptions from Belgian withholding tax on Belgian source dividends. If there is no exemption applicable under Belgian domestic tax law, the Belgian withholding tax can potentially be reduced for investors who are non-residents pursuant to the treaties regarding the avoidance of double taxation concluded between the Kingdom of Belgium and the state of residence of the non-resident shareholder (see below). Belgian resident individuals who hold ordinary shares offered in the initial public offering as a private investment do not have to declare the dividend income in their personal income tax return since 27% Belgian withholding tax has been withheld which is the final tax due. If the dividend income would be declared in the personal income tax return, it will be taxed at 27% or, if lower, at the progressive personal income tax rates applicable to the taxpayer's overall declared income. If the dividends are declared in the personal income tax return, the Belgian withholding tax paid can be credited against the final personal income tax liability of the investor and may also be refunded if it exceeds the final income tax liability with at least EUR 2.50, provided that the dividend distribution does not result in a reduction in value of, or capital loss on, the shares. This condition is not applicable if the Belgian individual can demonstrate that he has had full ownership of the shares during an uninterrupted period of 12 months prior to the attribution of the dividends. Belgian resident individuals who acquire and hold the shares for professional purposes must always declare the dividend income in their personal income tax return and will be taxable at the individual's personal income tax rate increased with local surcharges. Withholding tax withheld at source may be credited against the personal income tax due and is reimbursable if it exceeds the income tax due with at least EUR 2.50, subject to two conditions: (i) the taxpayer must own the shares in full legal ownership at the time the dividends are paid or attributed, and (ii) the dividend distribution may not result in a reduction in value of or a capital loss on the shares. The latter condition is not applicable if the individual can demonstrate that he has held the full legal ownership of the shares for an uninterrupted period of 12 months prior to the payment or attribution of the dividends. For Belgian resident companies, the gross dividend income, including the Belgian withholding tax and excluding the foreign withholding tax, if any, must be added to their taxable income, which is, in principle, taxed at the ordinary corporate income tax rate of 33.99%. In certain circumstances lower tax rates may apply. Belgian resident companies can generally deduct up to 95% of the gross dividend received from the taxable income ("dividend received deduction"), provided that at the time of a dividend payment or attribution: (1) the Belgian resident company holds shares representing at least 10% of the share capital of the company or a participation in the company with an acquisition value of at least EUR 2,500,000; (2) the shares have been held or will be held in full legal ownership for an uninterrupted period of at least one year; and (3) the conditions relating to the taxation of the underlying distributed income, as described in article 203 of the Belgian Income Tax Code ("ITC") are met (together the "Conditions for the application of the dividend received deduction regime"). For qualifying investment companies and for financial institutions and insurance companies, certain of the aforementioned conditions with respect to the dividend received deduction do not apply. The Conditions for the application of the dividend received deduction regime depend on a factual analysis and for this reason the availability of this regime should be verified upon each dividend distribution. The Belgian withholding tax may, in principle, be credited against the corporate income tax and is reimbursable if it exceeds the corporate income tax payable with at least EUR 2.50, subject to the two following conditions: (i) the taxpayer must own the shares in full legal ownership at the time of payment or attribution of the dividends and (ii) the dividend distribution may not give rise to a reduction in the value of, or a capital loss on, the shares. The latter condition is not applicable if the company proves that it held the shares in full legal ownership during an uninterrupted period of 12 months prior to the attribution of the dividends or if, during that period, the shares never belonged to a taxpayer who was not a resident company or who was not a non-resident company that held the shares through a permanent establishment in Belgium. 107

114 No Belgian withholding tax will be due on dividends paid by the Company to a resident company provided the resident company owns, at the time of the distribution of the dividend, at least 10% of the share capital of the Company for an uninterrupted period of at least one year and, provided further, that the resident company provides the Company or its paying agent with a certificate as to its status as a resident company and as to the fact that it has owned a 10% shareholding for an uninterrupted period of one year. For those companies owning a share participation of at least 10% in the share capital of the Company for less than one year, the Company will levy the withholding tax but, provided the company certifies its resident status and the date on which it acquired the shareholding, will not transfer it to the Belgian Treasury. As soon as the investor owns the share participation of at least 10% in the capital of the Company for one year, it will receive the amount of this temporarily levied withholding tax. For Belgian pension funds incorporated under the form of an Organization for Financing Pensions, the dividend income is generally tax-exempt. Subject to certain limitations, any Belgian dividend withholding tax levied at source may be credited against the corporate income tax due and is reimbursable to the extent that it exceeds the corporate income tax due. The Belgian legal entities will be subject to the Belgian withholding tax on the dividends distributed by the Company. Under the current Belgian tax rules, Belgian withholding tax will represent the final tax liability and the dividends should, therefore, not be included in the tax returns of the legal entities. For non-resident individuals and companies, the dividend withholding tax will be the only tax on dividends in Belgium, unless the non-resident holds the shares in connection with a business conducted in Belgium through a fixed base in Belgium or a Belgian permanent establishment. If the shares are acquired by a non-resident in connection with a business in Belgium, the investor must report any dividends received, which will be taxable at the applicable non-resident individual or corporate income tax rate, as appropriate. Belgian withholding tax levied at source may be credited against non-resident individual or corporate income tax and is reimbursable if it exceeds the income tax due with at least EUR 2.50 and subject to two conditions: (1) the taxpayer must own the shares in full legal ownership at the time the dividends are paid or attributed and (2) the dividend distribution may not result in a reduction in value of or a capital loss on the shares. The latter condition is not applicable if (a) the non-resident individual or the non-resident company can demonstrate that the shares were held in full legal ownership for an uninterrupted period of 12 months prior to the payment or attribution of the dividends or (b) with regard to non-resident companies only, if, during the relevant period, the shares have not belonged to a taxpayer other than a resident company or a non-resident company which has, in an uninterrupted manner, invested the shares in a Belgian establishment. For non-resident companies whose shares are invested in a fixed base in Belgium or Belgian establishment the dividend received deduction will apply on the same conditions as for Belgian resident companies. Belgian tax law provides for certain exemptions from withholding tax on Belgian source dividends distributed to non-resident investors. No Belgian withholding tax is due on dividends paid by the Company to a non-resident organization that is not engaged in any business or other profit making activity and is exempt from income taxes in its country of residence, provided that it is not contractually obligated to redistribute the dividends to any beneficial owner of such dividends for whom it would manage the shares. The exemption will only apply if the organization signs a certificate confirming that it is the full legal owner or usufruct holder of shares, that it is a non-resident that is not engaged in any business or other profit making activity and is exempt from income taxes in its country of residence and that it has no contractual redistribution obligation. The organization must then forward that certificate to the Company or the paying agent. If there is no exemption applicable under Belgian domestic tax law, the Belgian dividend withholding tax can potentially be reduced for investors who are non-residents pursuant to the treaties regarding the avoidance of double taxation concluded between the Kingdom of Belgium and the state of residence of the non-resident shareholder. Belgium has concluded tax treaties with more than 95 countries, reducing the dividend withholding tax rate to 15%, 10%, 5% or 0% for residents of those countries, depending on conditions related to the size of the shareholding and certain identification formalities. Belgium and the United States have concluded a double tax treaty concerning the avoidance of double taxation (the "U.S. Belgium Treaty"). The U.S. Belgium Treaty reduces the applicability of Belgian withholding tax to 15%, 5% or 0% for U.S. taxpayers, provided that the U.S. taxpayer meets the limitation of benefits conditions imposed by the U.S. Belgium Treaty. The Belgian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15% under the U.S. Belgium Treaty. The 5% withholding tax applies in case where the U.S. shareholder is a company which holds at least 10% of the shares in the Company. A 0% Belgian withholding tax applies when the shareholder is a company which has held at least 10% of the shares in the Company during at least 12 months, or is, subject to certain conditions, a U.S. pension fund. The U.S. shareholders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they can invoke the benefits and meet the limitation of benefits conditions as imposed by the U.S. Belgium Treaty. 108

115 Additionally, dividends distributed to non-resident companies that (i) are either established in a Member State of the EU or in a country with which Belgium has concluded a double tax treaty, where that treaty or any other treaty concluded between Belgium and that jurisdiction includes a qualifying exchange of information clause; and (ii) qualify as a parent company, will be exempt from Belgian withholding tax provided that the shares held by the non-resident company, upon payment or attribution of the dividends, amount to at least 10 per cent. of the Company's share capital and are held or will be held during an uninterrupted period of at least one year. A company qualifies as a parent company if: (i) for companies established in a Member State of the EU, it has a legal form as listed in the annex to the EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive of 23 July 1990 (90/435/EC), as amended, or, for companies established in a country with which Belgium has concluded a double tax treaty and where that treaty or any other treaty concluded between Belgium and that country includes a qualifying exchange of information clause, it has a legal form similar to the ones listed in such annex, (ii) it is considered to be a tax resident according to the tax laws of the country where it is established and the double tax treaties concluded between such country and third countries and (iii) it is subject to corporate income tax or a similar tax without benefiting from a tax regime that derogates from the ordinary tax regime. In order to benefit from this exemption, the investor must provide the Company or its paying agent with a certificate confirming its qualifying status and the fact that it satisfies the required conditions. If the investor holds the shares for less than one year, at the time the dividends are paid on or attributed to the shares, the Company must deduct the withholding tax but does not need to transfer it to the Belgian Treasury provided that the investor certifies its qualifying status, the date from which the investor has held the shares, and the investor's commitment to hold the shares for an uninterrupted period of at least one year. The investor must also inform the Company or its paying agent when the one-year period has expired or if its shareholding drops below 10 per cent. of the Company's share capital before the end of the one-year holding period. Upon satisfying the one-year shareholding requirement, the deducted dividend withholding tax will be paid to the investor. Dividends paid or attributable to non-resident companies will under certain conditions be subject to a reduced % withholding tax (5% of 33.99%), provided that the non-resident companies (i) are either established in a Member State of the EEA or in a country with which Belgium has concluded a double tax treaty, where that treaty, or any other treaty concluded between Belgium and that jurisdiction, includes a qualifying exchange of information clause; and (ii) have a legal form as listed in Annex I, Part A to Council Directive 2011/96/EU of 30 November 2011 on the common system of taxation applicable in the case of parent companies and subsidiaries of different Member States, as amended by the Council Directive of 8 July 2014 (2014/86/EU), or a legal form similar to the legal forms listed in the aforementioned annex and which is governed by the laws of another Member State of the EEA or a similar legal form in a country with which Belgium has concluded a double tax treaty; and (iii) hold a share participation in the Belgian dividend distributing company, upon payment or attribution of the dividends, of less than 10% of the Company's share capital but with an acquisition value of at least EUR 2,500,000; and (iv) have held this share participation in full legal ownership during an uninterrupted period of at least one year. The reduced % withholding tax is only applied to the extent that the Belgian withholding tax cannot be credited nor reimbursed at the level of the qualifying, dividend receiving company. The non-resident company must provide the Company or its paying agent with a certificate confirming its qualifying status and the fact that it meets the required conditions. The reduced % withholding tax is applicable on dividends paid or made attributable to non-resident companies after 28 December Prospective holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they qualify for an exemption or a reduction of the withholding tax rate upon payment of dividends and, if so, the procedural requirements for obtaining such an exemption or a reduction upon the payment of dividends or making claims for reimbursement. Capitalgainsandlosses Belgian resident individuals acquiring the shares as a private investment should in general not be subject to Belgian capital gains tax on the disposal of the shares and capital losses are not tax deductible. However, as of 1 January 2016, a new tax on capital gains entered into effect, referred to as the Speculation Tax. The Speculation Tax introduces a withholding tax of 33% on the capital gains realized by Belgian resident individuals on listed shares acquired for consideration after 1 January 2016 and disposed within 6 months following the acquisition, outside the exercise of a professional activity. The Speculation Tax also applies on short sales as defined under article 2, 1st ind., b of EU Regulation n 236/2012 dd. 14 March The speculation tax also applies on the capital gains on shares acquired by way of (direct or indirect) gift and disposed of for consideration within 6 months after the date of the acquisition/gift of the shares. 109

116 The Speculation Tax is applicable on shares (as well as other qualifying financial instruments) listed on a Belgian or foreign-regulated market (pursuant Art. 2, 1st ind., 3 of the Law of 2 August 2002), or a multilateral trading facility (pursuant Art. 2, 1st ind., 4 of the Law of 2 August 2002) (provided there is at least one daily transaction and a central order book), or a trading platform situated in a third country fulfilling a similar function. The Speculation Tax could therefore apply to capital gains on shares in the Company. Certain capital gains are however excluded from the Speculation Tax such as the capital gains realized on shares where the acquisition has triggered a taxable professional income in the hands of the beneficiary, according to the Belgian ITC or similar foreign law provisions. Capital gains realized following the transfer of listed shares where the transfer took place solely on the issuer's initiative and where no choice was presented to the taxpayer (mandatory corporate actions such as mergers, demergers and squeeze outs) are also excluded from the Speculation Tax. The taxable base of the speculation tax is equal to the difference between (i) the price received when disposing of the Shares (in whatever form), reduced with the levied Belgian tax on stock exchange transactions (see "Belgian Tax on Stock Exchange Transactions" below) borne by the taxpayer on the transfer, and (ii) the acquisition price paid by the taxpayer (or the donor in case of a gift) increased with the Belgian tax on stock exchange transactions borne by the taxpayer (or donor) upon the acquisition of the shares. If the acquisition price is unknown, the withholding tax is applied on the full price received for the shares (reduced with the Belgian tax on stock exchange transactions) and any excess Speculation Tax may be reclaimed through the personal income tax return. If multiple acquisitions occur of shares with the same ISIN-code, by the same person, within 6 months before the disposal of these shares, the shares are to be regarded as acquired at the same time. The total selling price, reduced by the total acquisition price of said shares will then be subject to the Speculation Tax. The result of this reduction may however not be lower than 0. For the calculation of the six month period the "Last In, First Out" method is used. This method implies that the last share that was acquired by the shareholder is also deemed to be the first share that is sold. The six month period is calculated per share with an identical ISIN-code. In case of short-selling the six month period is calculated by looking at the time elapsed between the date of the short sale and the date of the acquisition of the concerned shares. The Speculation Tax is levied by the intermediary if that intermediary is based in Belgium and intervenes "in whatever way" in the disposal of the shares. The Speculation Tax is final. This entails that, if the Speculation Tax has been levied, the capital gains no longer have to be declared in the personal income tax return of the shareholder/taxpayer. Resident individuals who have a foreign custody account and who realize the capital gains without the intervention of a Belgian based intermediary have to declare the realized capital gains in their personal income tax return. Capital losses incurred when disposing shares within 6 months after the date of acquisition are generally not tax deductible even if the capital gains on these shares would have been subject to the Speculation Tax. Capital gains realized by a private individual are taxable at 33% (plus local surcharges) if the capital gain is deemed to be realized outside the scope of the normal management of the individual's private estate. Capital losses incurred in such transactions are generally not tax deductible. Capital gains realized by Belgian resident individuals on the disposal of the shares for consideration, outside the exercise of a professional activity, to a non-resident company (or a body constituted in a similar legal form), to a foreign state (or one of its political subdivisions or local authorities) or to a non-resident legal entity, are in principle taxable at a rate of 16.5% (plus local surcharges) if, at any time during the five years preceding the sale, the Belgian resident individual has owned directly or indirectly, alone or with his/her spouse or with certain relatives, a substantial shareholding in the Company (i.e., a shareholding of more than 25% in the Company). This capital gains tax does, in principal, not apply if the shares are transferred to the above-mentioned persons provided that they are established in the European Economic Area (EEA). Belgian resident individuals who hold shares for professional purposes are taxed at the ordinary progressive income tax rates increased by the applicable local surcharges on any capital gains realized upon the disposal of the shares. If the shares were held for at least five years prior to such disposal, the capital gains tax would, however, be levied at a reduced rate of 16.5% (plus local surcharges). Losses on shares incurred by such an investor are tax deductible. 110

117 Belgian resident companies are normally not subject to Belgian capital gains taxation on gains realized upon the disposal of the shares provided that (i) the conditions relating to the taxation of the underlying distributed income in the framework of the dividend received deduction, as described in article 203 of the Belgian ITC, are satisfied, and (ii) that the shares have been held in full legal ownership for an uninterrupted period of at least one year, except for companies which do not qualify as a small-and-medium sized company as any realized capital gain will be taxed at 0.412%. If the holding condition mentioned under (ii) is not met (but the condition relating to the taxation of the underlying distributed income mentioned under (i) is met) then the capital gain will be taxable at a separate corporate income tax rate of 25.75%. If the condition mentioned under (i) would not be met, the capital gains realized will be taxable at the ordinary corporate income tax rate of principally 33.99%. Capital losses on shares are, in principle, not tax deductible. However, shares held in the trading portfolios of qualifying credit institutions, investment enterprises and management companies of collective investment undertakings are subject to a different regime. In general, the capital gains on such shares are taxable at the corporate income tax rate of 33.99% and capital losses on such shares are tax deductible. Internal transfers to and from the trading portfolio are assimilated to a realization. Belgian pension funds incorporated under the form of an OFP are, in principle, not subject to Belgian capital gains taxation on the disposal of the shares, and capital losses are not tax deductible. Belgian resident legal entities subject to the legal entities income tax are, in principle, not subject to Belgian capital gains taxation on the disposal of the shares, except in the case of the transfer of a substantial shareholding to an entity established outside the EEA (see the sub-section regarding Belgian resident individuals above). Capital losses on shares incurred by Belgian resident legal entities are not tax deductible. Capital gains realized on the shares by a Belgian non-resident individual that has not acquired the shares in connection with a business conducted in Belgium through a fixed base in Belgium or a Belgian permanent establishment are generally not subject to taxation, unless in case the gain would be subject to the above described Speculation tax or unless the gain is deemed to be realized outside the scope of the normal management of the individual's private estate and the capital gain is obtained or received in Belgium. However, Belgium has concluded tax treaties with more than 95 countries which generally provide for a full exemption from Belgian capital gain taxation on capital gains realized by residents of those countries. Capital losses are principally not tax deductible. Capital gains will be taxable at the ordinary progressive income tax rates and capital losses will be tax deductible, if those gains or losses are realized on shares by a non-resident individual that holds shares in connection with a business conducted in Belgium through a fixed base in Belgium. Capital gains realized by non-resident individuals on the transfer of a substantial shareholding to an entity established outside the EEA are generally subject to the same regime as Belgian resident individuals. However, Belgium has concluded tax treaties with more than 95 countries which generally provide for a full exemption from Belgian capital gain taxation on such gains realized by residents of those countries. Capital losses are generally not tax deductible. Capital gains realized on the shares by non-resident companies or non-resident entities that have not acquired the shares in connection with a business conducted in Belgium through a Belgian permanent establishment are generally not subject to taxation and losses are not tax deductible. Capital gains realized by non-resident companies or other non-resident entities that hold the shares in connection with a business conducted in Belgium through a Belgian permanent establishment are generally subject to the same regime as Belgian resident companies. BelgianTaxonStockExchangeTransactions A stock market tax is normally levied on the purchase and the sale and on any other acquisition and transfer for consideration in Belgium of existing shares through a professional intermediary established in Belgium on the secondary market, or "secondary market transactions." The tax is due by both the transferor and the transferee separately. The applicable rate amounts to 0.27% of the consideration paid but with a cap of 800 euros per transaction and per party. 111

118 Belgian non-residents who purchase or otherwise acquire or transfer, for consideration, shares in Belgium for their own account through a professional intermediary may be exempt from the stock market tax if they deliver a sworn affidavit to the intermediary in Belgium confirming their non-resident status. In addition to the above, no stock market tax is payable by: (i) professional intermediaries described in Article 2, 9 and 10 of the Law of August 2, 2002 acting for their own account, (ii) insurance companies described in Article 2, 1 of the Law of July 9, 1975 acting for their own account, (iii) professional retirement institutions referred to in Article 2, 1 of the Law of October 27, 2006 relating to the control professional retirement institutions acting for their own account, (iv) collective investment institutions acting for their own account, (v) non-residents acting for their own account (upon delivery of a certificate of non-residency in Belgium) or (vi) regulated real estate companies acting for their own account. ApplicationofthetonnagetaxregimetotheCompany The Belgian Ministry of Finance approved our application on October 23, 2013 for beneficial tax treatment of certain of our vessel operations income. Under this Belgian tax regime, our taxable basis is determined on a lump-sum basis (which is, on the basis of the tonnage of the vessels it operates), rather than on the basis of our accounting results, as adjusted, for Belgian corporate income tax purposes. This tonnage tax regime was initially granted for 10 years and was renewed for an additional 10-year period in Certain of our subsidiaries that were formed in connection with our acquisition of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels are subject to the ordinary Belgian corporate income tax regime, however, which benefit from a tax investment allowance due to the acquisition. However, we have decided to apply for the Belgian tonnage tax regime for those subsidiaries and obtained approval for Euronav Shipping NV and Euronav Tankers NV effective January 1, We cannot assure the Company will be able to continue to take advantage of these tax benefits in the future or that the Belgian Ministry of Finance will approve the Company's applications. Changes to the tax regimes applicable to the Company, or the interpretation thereof, may impact the future operating results of the Company. OtherIncomeTaxConsiderations In addition to the income tax consequences discussed above, we may be subject to tax in one or more other jurisdictions where we conduct activities. The amount of any such tax imposed upon our operations may be material. PotentialApplicationofArticle228, 3BelgianITC Under a strict reading of Article 228, 3 of the Belgian ITC, capital gains realized on shares by non-residents could be subject to Belgian taxation, levied in the form of a professional withholding tax, if the following three conditions are cumulatively met: (i) the capital gain would have been taxable if the non-resident were a Belgian tax resident, (ii) the income is "borne by" a Belgian resident or by a Belgian establishment of a foreign entity (which would, in such a context, mean that the capital gain is realized upon a transfer of shares to a Belgian resident or to a Belgian establishment of a foreign entity, together a "Belgian Purchaser"), and (iii) Belgium has the right to tax such capital gain pursuant to the applicable double tax treaty, or, if no such tax treaty applies, the non-resident does not demonstrate that the capital gain is effectively taxed in its state of residence. However, it is unclear whether a capital gain included in the purchase price of an asset can be considered to be "borne by" the purchaser of the asset within the meaning of the second condition mentioned above. Furthermore, applying this withholding tax would require that the Belgian Purchaser is aware of (i) the identity of the non-resident (to assess the third condition mentioned above), and (ii) the amount of the capital gain realized by the non-resident (since such amount determines the amount of professional withholding tax to be levied by the Belgian Purchaser). Consequently, the application of this professional withholding tax on transactions with respect to the shares occurring on the stock exchange would give rise to practical difficulties as the seller and purchaser typically do not know each other. In addition to these uncertainties, the parliamentary documents of the law that introduced Article 228, 3 of the Belgian ITC support the view that the legislator did not intend for Article 228, 3 of the Belgian ITC to apply to a capital gain included in the purchase price of an asset, but only to payments for services. 112

119 On July 23, 2014, formal guidance on the interpretation of article 228, 3 of the Belgian ITC has been issued by the Belgian tax authorities (published in the Belgian Official Gazette on July 23, 2014). The Belgian tax authorities state therein that article 228, 3 of the Belgian ITC only covers payments for services, as a result of which no professional withholding tax should apply to capital gains realized by non-residents in the situations described above. It should, however, be noted that a formal guidance issued by the tax authorities does not supersede and cannot amend the law if the latter is found to be sufficiently clear in itself. F. Dividends and paying agents. Not applicable. G. Statement by experts. Not applicable. H. Documents on display. We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report and the accompanying exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C The SEC maintains a website ( that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information that we and other registrants have filed electronically with the SEC. Our filings are also available on our website at This web address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this annual report. Shareholders may also request a copy of our filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address: I. Subsidiary Information Euronav NV De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerpen Belgium Telephone: Not applicable. ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates related to the variable rate of the borrowings under our secured credit facilities. Amounts borrowed under the credit facilities bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin. Increasing interest rates could affect our future profitability. In certain situations, we may enter into financial instruments to reduce the risk associated with fluctuations in interest rates. A one percentage point increase in LIBOR would have increased our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 by approximately $11.3 million ($8.5 million in 2014). We are exposed to currency risk related to our operating expenses expressed in euros. In 2015, about 17% of the total operating expenses were incurred in euros (2014: 13.5%). Revenue and the financial instruments are expressed in U.S. dollars only. A 10 percent strengthening of the Euro against the dollar at December 31, 2015 would have decreased our profit or loss by $9.6 million (2014: $9.1 million). A 10 percent weakening of the euro against the dollar at December 31, 2015 would have had the equal but opposite effect. We are exposed to credit risk from our operating activities (primarily for trade receivables) and from our financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions. We seek to diversify the credit risk on our cash deposits by spreading the risk among various financial institutions. The cash and cash equivalents are held with bank and financial institution counterparties, which are rated A- to AA+, based on the rating agency, Standard & Poor's Financial Services LLC. Historically, the tanker markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and factors that can affect the price, supply and demand for tanker capacity. Changes in demand for transportation of oil over longer distances and supply of tankers to carry that oil may materially affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows. A significant part of our vessels are currently exposed to the spot market. Every increase (decrease) of $1,000 on a spot tanker freight market (VLCC and Suezmax) per day would have increased (decreased) profit or loss by $13.0 million in 2015 (2014: $9.9 million) 113

120 ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES Not applicable. PART II ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES None. ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS None. ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES (a) Disclosure of controls and procedures. We evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, Based on that evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. (b) Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting. In accordance with Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act, the management of the Company is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of adequate internal controls over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company's system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Management has performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 based on the provisions of Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO, in Based on our assessment, management determined that the Company's internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2015 based on the criteria in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by COSO (2013). (c) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm. As an "emerging growth company," we are exempt from having our independent auditors assess our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. (d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting. There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 114

121 ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT In accordance with the rules of the NYSE, the exchange on which our ordinary shares are listed, we have appointed an audit committee, referred to as Audit and Risk Committee, whose members as of December 31, 2015 are Mrs. Monsellato, as Chairman, Mrs. Wingfield Digby, Mr. Thomson and Mr. Bradshaw, and Mrs. Monsellato has been determined to be a financial expert by our board of directors and independent, as that term is defined in the listing standards of the NYSE. ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. A copy of our code of ethics has been filed as an exhibit to our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and is also available on our website at We will also provide a hard copy of our code of ethics free of charge upon written request of a shareholder. Shareholders may also request a copy of our code of ethics at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address: Euronav NV De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerpen Belgium Telephone: ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES Our principal accountants for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were KPMG Bedrijfsrevisoren Réviseurs d' Entreprises Burg. CVBA (KPMG). The following table sets forth the fees related to audit and other services provided by KPMG. (in U.S. dollars) December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Audit fees 653, ,496 Audit-related fees 150,607 1,509,927 Taxation fees 2,063 71,807 All other fees - - Total 806,154 2,074,230 Audit Fees Audit fees are fees billed for services that provide assurance on the fair presentation of financial statements and encompass the following specific elements: An audit opinion on our consolidated financial statements; An audit opinion on the statutory financial statements of individual companies within the Euronav Group, where legally required; A review opinion on interim financial statements; In general, any opinion assigned to the statutory auditor by local legislation or regulations. Audit-Related Fees Audit-related fees are fees for assurance or other work traditionally provided to us by external audit firms in their role as statutory auditors. These services usually result in a certification or specific opinion on an investigation or specific procedures applied, and include opinion/audit reports on information provided by us at the request of a third party (for example, prospectuses, comfort letters). Tax Fees Audit related fees for 2014 mainly related to services performed in connection with our initial public offering in the United States. Tax fees in 2015 and 2014 were related to other services. 115

122 ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES None. ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES None. ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT None. ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Pursuant to an exception for foreign private issuers, we, as a Belgian company, are not required to comply with the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards. Set forth below is a list of those differences. IndependenceofDirectors. The NYSE requires that a U.S. listed company maintain a majority of independent directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of ten directors, six of which are considered "independent" according to NYSE's standards for independence. However, as permitted under Belgian law, our Board of Directors may in the future not consist of a majority of independent directors. CompensationCommitteeandNominating/CorporateGovernanceCommittee. The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a compensation committee and a nominating/corporate governance committee of independent directors. As permitted under Belgian law, our Remuneration Committee and Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee does not currently, and may not in the future, consist entirely of independent directors. Nevertheless, in accordance with Belgian corporate law, our Remuneration Committee must at all times maintain a majority of independent directors (in accordance with Belgian independence standards). AuditCommittee. The NYSE requires, among other things, that a listed U.S. company have an audit committee comprised of three entirely independent directors. Under Belgian law, our Audit and Risk Committee need not be comprised of three entirely independent directors, but it must at all times have at least one independent director (in accordance with Belgian independence standards). Although we are not required to do so under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, our Audit and Risk Committee is currently comprised of four independent directors. CorporateGovernanceGuidelines. The NYSE requires U.S. companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Belgian law, but we have adopted a corporate governance charter in compliance with Belgian law requirements. Information about our corporate governance practices may also be found on our website, in the section "Investors" under "Legal & Corporate", item "Governance." ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE Not applicable. PART III ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS See "Item 18. Financial Statements." ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS report. The financial statements, together with the report of KPMG Bedrijfsrevisoren Réviseurs d' Entreprises Burg. CVBA (KPMG) thereon, are set forth on page F-2 and are filed as a part of this 116

123 ITEM 19. EXHIBITS Exhibit Number Description 1.1 Coordinated Articles of Association 2.1 Form of Ordinary Share Certificate (1) 4.1 Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 28, 2015(2) 4.2 Euronav NV Stock Option Plan, dated December 16, 2013 (1) 4.3 $750.0 Million Secured Loan Facility, dated June 22, 2011 (1) 4.4 $300.0 Million Secured Loan Facility, dated April 3, 2009 (1) 4.5 $65.0 Million Secured Loan Facility, dated December 23, 2011 (1) 4.6 $500.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, dated March 25, 2014 (1) 4.7 $50.0 Million FSO Guarantee Facility, dated July 24, 2009 (1) 4.8 Supplemental Letter to $50.0 Million FSO Guarantee Facility, dated September 23, 2010 (1) 4.9 $500.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (TI Africa and TI Asia), dated October 3, 2008 (1) 4.10 $135.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Fontveille and Moneghetti), dated April 23, 2008 (1) 4.11 First Supplemental Agreement Relating to the $135.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Fontveille and Moneghetti), dated June 29, 2012 (1) 4.12 Second Supplemental Agreement Relating to the $135.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Fontveille and Moneghetti), dated June 5, 2013 (1) 4.13 $76.0 Million Secured Loan Facility (Fiorano), dated October 23, 2008 (1) 4.14 $67.5 Million Secured Loan Facility (Larvotto), dated August 29, 2008 (1) 4.15 Framework Agreement in relation to the purchase of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels, dated January 3, 2014, by and among Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte. Ltd. and Euronav NV (1) 4.16 Addendum No. 1, to Framework Agreement in Relation to the purchase of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels, dated May 23, 2014, by and among Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte. Ltd, as sellers, and Euronav NV, as buyers (1) 4.17 Form of Memorandum of Agreement by and among Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte. Ltd., as seller, and Euronav NV, as buyer, in relation to the purchase of the 2014 Fleet Acquisition Vessels (1) 4.18 Framework Agreement in relation to the purchase of the VLCC Acquisition Vessels, dated July 7, 2014, by and among Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte. Ltd., and Euronav NV (1) 4.19 Form of Memorandum of Agreement by and among Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte. Ltd., as seller, and Euronav NV, as buyer, in relation so the purchase of the VLCC Acquisition Vessels (1) 4.20 $340.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, dated October 13, 2014 (1) 4.21 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated February 12, 2015 (2) 4.22 $750.0 Senior Secured Credit Facility, dated August 19, Long Term Incentive Plan 8.1 List of Subsidiaries 11.1 Code of Conduct (2) 12.1 Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer 12.2 Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer 13.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section Consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd Consent of Energy Maritime Associates (1) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement on Form F-1, Registration No and incorporated by reference herein. (2) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein. 117

124 SIGNATURES The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf. EURONAV NV Date: April 5, 2016 By: /s/ Hugo De Stoop Name: Hugo De Stoop Title: Chief Financial Officer 118

125 EURONAV NV INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 F-3 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 F-4 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 F-5 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 F-6 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 F-7 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-8 Page F-1

126 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Euronav NV: We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Euronav NV and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Euronav NV and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. KPMG Bedrijfsrevisoren - Réviseurs d'entreprises Burg. CVBA /s/ Götwin Jackers Bedrijfsrevisor/Réviseurd'Entreprises Kontich, BELGIUM April 1, 2016 F-2

127 EURONAV NV CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (inthousandsofusdexceptpershareamounts) December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 ASSETS Current assets Trade and other receivables (Note 11) 219, ,733 Current tax assets Cash and cash equivalents (Note 12) 131, ,086 Non-current assets held for sale (Note 3) 24,195 89,000 Total current assets 375, ,855 Non-current assets Vessels (Note 8) 2,288,036 2,258,334 Assets under construction (Note 8) 93,890 - Other tangible assets (Note 8) 1,048 1,226 Prepayments (Note 8) 2 16,601 Intangible assets Receivables (Note 10) 259, ,447 Investments in equity-accounted investees (Note 25) 21,637 17,332 Deferred tax assets (Note 9) 935 6,536 Total non-current assets 2,665,694 2,558,505 TOTAL ASSETS 3,040,746 3,096,360 EQUITY and LIABILITIES Current liabilities Trade and other payables (Note 18) 79, ,555 Tax liabilities 1 1 Bank loans (Note 15) 100, ,303 Convertible and other Notes (Note 15) - 23,124 Provisions Total current liabilities 179, ,395 Non-current liabilities Bank loans (Note 15) 952,426 1,088,026 Convertible and other Notes (Note 15) - 231,373 Other payables (Note 16) Deferred tax liabilities (Note 9) - - Employee benefits (Note 17) 2,038 2,108 Amounts due to equity-accounted joint ventures (Note 25) - 5,880 Provisions Total non-current liabilities 955,490 1,328,257 Equity Share capital 173, ,441 Share premium 1,215, ,770 Translation reserve (50) 379 Hedging reserve (Note 19) - - Treasury shares (Note 13) (12,283) (46,062) Other equity interest (Note 13) - 75,000 Retained earnings 529, ,180 Equity attributable to owners of the Company 1,905,749 1,472,708 TOTAL EQUITY and LIABILITIES 3,040,746 3,096,360 TheaccompanyingnotesonpageF-8toF-77areanintegralpartofthese consolidatedfinancialstatements. F-3

128 EURONAV NV CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (inthousandsofusdexceptpershareamounts) Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2014 Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2015 Jan.1 - Dec 31, 2013 Shipping revenue Revenue (Note 4) 846, , ,622 Gains on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets (Note 8) 13,302 13,122 8 Other operating income 7,426 11,411 11,520 Total shipping revenue 867, , ,150 Operating expenses Voyage expenses and commissions (Note 5) (71,237) (118,303) (79,584) Vessel operating expenses (Note 5) (153,718) (124,089) (105,911) Charter hire expenses (Note 5) (25,849) (35,664) (21,031) Losses on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets (Note 8) (8,002) - (215) Impairment on non-current assets held for sale (Note 3) - (7,416) - Depreciation tangible assets (Note 8) (210,156) (160,934) (136,882) Depreciation intangible assets (50) (20) (76) General and administrative expenses (Note 5) (46,251) (40,565) (27,165) Total operating expenses (515,263) (486,991) (370,864) RESULT FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 351,972 11,527 (54,714) Finance income (Note 6) 3,312 2,617 1,993 Finance expenses (Note 6) (50,942) (95,970) (54,637) Net finance expenses (47,630) (93,353) (52,644) Share of profit (loss) of equity accounted investees (net of income tax) (Note 25) 51,592 30,286 17,853 PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX 355,934 (51,540) (89,505) Income tax benefit (expense) (Note 7) (5,633) 5,743 (178) PROFIT (LOSS) FOR THE PERIOD 350,301 (45,797) (89,683) Attributable to: Owners of the company 350,301 (45,797) (89,683) Basic earnings per share (Note 14) 2.25 (0.39) (1.79) Diluted earnings per share (Note 14) 2.22 (0.39) (1.79) Weighted average number of shares (basic) (Note 14) 155,872, ,539,018 50,230,438 Weighted average number of shares (diluted) (Note 14) 157,529, ,539,018 50,230,438 TheaccompanyingnotesonpageF-8toF-77areanintegralpartofthese consolidatedfinancialstatements. F-4

129 EURONAV NV CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (inthousandsofusdexceptpershareamounts) Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2014 Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2015 Jan.1 - Dec 31, 2013 Profit/(loss) for the period 350,301 (45,797) (89,683) Other comprehensive income, net of tax Itemsthatwillneverbereclassifiedtoprofitorloss: Remeasurements of the defined benefit liability (asset) (Note 17) (44) (393) 263 Itemsthatareormaybereclassifiedtoprofitorloss: Foreign currency translation differences (Note 6) (429) (567) 216 Cash flow hedges - effective portion of changes in fair value (Note 19) - 1,291 5,430 Equity-accounted investees - share of other comprehensive income (Note 25) 1,610 2,106 3,077 Other comprehensive income, net of tax 1,136 2,437 8,986 Total comprehensive income for the period 351,437 (43,360) (80,697) Attributable to: Owners of the company 351,437 (43,360) (80,697) TheaccompanyingnotesonpageF-8toF-77areanintegralpartofthese consolidatedfinancialstatements. F-5

130 Share capital EURONAV NV CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (inthousandsofusdexceptpershareamounts) Share premium Translation reserve Balance at January 1, , , (6,721) (46,062) 509, , ,970 Profit (loss) for the period (89,683) (89,683) - (89,683) Total other comprehensive income ,430-3,340 8,986-8,986 Total comprehensive income ,430 - (86,343) (80,697) - (80,697) Transactions with owners of the company Issue of ordinary shares and issue and conversion convertible Notes (Note 13) 2,689 12, (666) 14,534-14,534 Equity-settled share-based payment (Note 23) Total transactions with owners 2,689 12, (483) 14,717-14,717 Hedging reserve Treasury shares Retained earnings Capital and reserves Other equity interest Total equity Balance at December 31, , , (1,291) (46,062) 422, , ,990 Balance at January 1, , , (1,291) (46,062) 422, , ,990 Profit (loss) for the period (45,797) (45,797) - (45,797) Total other comprehensive income - - (567) 1,291-1,713 2,437-2,437 Total comprehensive income - - (567) 1,291 - (44,084) (43,360) - (43,360) Transactions with owners of the company Issue of ordinary shares (Note 13) 53, , (12,694) 462, ,306 Issue and conversion convertible Notes (Note 13) 20,103 89, (7,422) 102, ,278 Issue and conversion perpetual convertible preferred equity (Note 13) 10,282 64, (3,500) 71,500 75, ,500 Equity-settled share-based payment (Note 23) ,994 3,994-3,994 Total transactions with owners 83, , (19,622) 640,078 75, ,078 Balance at December 31, , , (46,062) 359,180 1,397,708 75,000 1,472,708 Share capital Share premium Translation reserve Balance at January 1, , , (46,062) 359,180 1,397,708 75,000 1,472,708 Profit (loss) for the period , , ,301 Total other comprehensive income - - (429) - - 1,565 1,136-1,136 Total comprehensive income - - (429) , , ,437 Transactions with owners of the company Issue of ordinary shares (Note 13) 20, , (19,357) 209, ,705 Conversion perpetual convertible preferred equity (Note 13) 10,281 64, ,000 (75,000) - Dividends to equity holders (138,001) (138,001) - (138,001) Treasury shares (Note 13) ,779 (25,516) 8,263-8,263 Equity-settled share-based payment (Note 23) ,637 1,637-1,637 Total transactions with owners 30, , ,779 (181,237) 156,604 (75,000) 81,604 Hedging reserve Treasury shares Retained earnings Capital and reserves Other equity interest Total equity Balance at December 31, ,046 1,215,227 (50) - (12,283) 529,809 1,905,749-1,905,749 TheaccompanyingnotesonpageF-8toF-77areanintegralpartofthese consolidatedfinancialstatements. F-6

131 EURONAV NV CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (inthousandsofusdexceptpershareamounts) Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2014 Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2015 Jan.1 - Dec 31, 2013 Cash flows from operating activities Profit (loss) for the period 350,301 (45,797) (89,683) Adjustments for: 208, , ,095 Depreciationoftangibleassets(Note )8 210, , ,882 Depreciationofintangibleassets Impairmentonnon-currentassetsheldforsale(Note 3) - 7,416 - Provisions Tax(benefits)/expenses(Note 7) 5,633 (5,743) 178 Shareofprofitofequity-accountedinvestees,netoftax(Note 25) (51,592) (30,286) (17,853) Netfinanceexpense(Note 6) 47,630 93,353 52,644 (Gain)/lossondisposalofassets(Note 8) (5,300) (13,118) (15) Equity-settledshare-basedpaymenttransactions(Note 5) 1,637 3, Changes in working capital requirements (57,692) (112,280) (43,442) Changeincashguarantees 1 (658) (1) Changeintradereceivables(Note 11) 12,330 (23,755) (79) Changeinaccruedincome(Note 11) (13,175) (8,577) (1,706) Changeindeferredcharges(Note 11) 11,090 (2,124) (8,664) Changeinotherreceivables(Notes 10-11) (34,654) (64,299) (4,036) Changeintradepayables(Note 18) 1,190 (10,512) 19,899 Changeinaccruedpayroll(Note 18) (28) Changeinaccruedexpenses(Note 18) (1,649) 9,581 8,342 Changeindeferredincome(Note 18) 6,612 (2,016) (1,065) Changeinotherpayables(Note 18) (39,800) (10,171) (56,018) Changeinprovisionsforemployeebenefits(Note 17) (86) Income taxes paid during the period (109) 67 (82) Interest paid (Notes 6-18) (50,810) (54,449) (47,895) Interest received (Notes 6-11) Dividends received from equity-accounted investees (Note 25) 275 9,410 - Net cash from (used in) operating activities 450,532 14,782 (8,917) Acquisition of vessels (Note 8) (351,596) (1,053,939) - Proceeds from the sale of vessels (Note 8) 112, ,609 52,920 Acquisition of other tangible assets (Note 8) (8,289) (123,188) (10,325) Acquisition of intangible assets (258) (19) (30) Proceeds from the sale of other (in)tangible assets Loans from (to) related parties (Note 25) 39,785 29,508 (11,475) Proceeds from capital decreases in joint ventures (Note 25) 1,500 1,000 - Purchase of joint ventures, net of cash acquired (Note 25) - - (3,000) Net cash from (used in) investing activities (205,873) (1,023,007) 28,114 Proceeds from issue of share capital (Note 13) 229, ,000 - Transaction costs related to issue of share capital (Note 13) (19,357) (12,694) - Proceeds from issue of perpetual convertible preferred equity (Note 13) - 150,000 - Transaction costs related to issue perpetual convertible preferred equity (Note 13) - (3,500) - Proceeds from sale of treasury shares (Note 13) 8, Proceeds from new long-term borrowings (Note 15) 931,270 1,395,392 61,390 Repayment of long-term borrowings (Note 15) (1,367,871) (799,891) (118,770) Transaction costs related to issue of loans and borrowings (Note 15) (8,680) (15,284) - Dividends paid (138,003) (2) (4) Net cash from (used in) financing activities (365,315) 1,189,021 (57,384) Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (120,656) 180,796 (38,187) Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period (Note 12) 254,086 74, ,051 Effect of changes in exchange rates (1,767) (1,019) (555) Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period (Note 12) 131, ,086 74,309 TheaccompanyingnotesonpageF-8toF-77areanintegralpartofthese consolidatedfinancialstatements. F-7

132 Note 1- General information and significant accounting policies EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Reporting Entity Euronav N.V. (the "Company") is a company domiciled in Belgium. The address of the Company's registered office is De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerpen, Belgium. The consolidated financial statements of the Company comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the "Group") and the Group's interest in associates and joint ventures. Euronav NV is a fully-integrated provider of international maritime shipping and offshore services engaged in the transportation and storage of crude oil. The Company was incorporated under the laws of Belgium on June 26, 2003, and grew out of three companies that had a strong presence in the shipping industry; Compagnie Maritime Belge NV, or CMB, formed in 1895, Compagnie Nationale de Navigation SA, or CNN, formed in 1938, and Ceres Hellenic formed in The Company started doing business under the name "Euronav" in 1989 when it was initially formed as the international tanker subsidiary of CNN. Euronav NV charters its vessels to leading international energy companies. The Company pursues a balanced chartering strategy by employing its vessels on a combination of spot market voyages, fixed-rate contracts and long-term time charters, which typically include a profit sharing component. 2. Basis of preparation (a) Statement of compliance These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"), collectively "IFRS". All accounting policies have been consistently applied for all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements, unless disclosed otherwise. The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on April 1, (b) (c) (d) Basis of measurement The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the statement of financial position: Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value Functional and presentation currency The consolidated financial statements are presented in USD, which is the Company's functional and presentation currency. All financial information presented in USD has been rounded to the nearest thousand except when otherwise indicated. Use of estimates and judgements The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which are the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. F-8

133 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Information about critical judgements in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statement is included in the following note: Note 7 Impairment Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk on resulting in a material adjustment within the next financial year are included in the following note: Note 7 Impairment test: key assumptions underlying the recoverable amount Measurement of fair values A number of the Group's accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. The Group has an established control framework with respect to the measurement of fair values. This includes a valuation team that has overall responsibility for overseeing all significant fair value measurements, including Level 3 fair values, and reports directly to the CFO. The valuation team regularly reviews significant unobservable inputs and valuations adjustments. If third party information, such as broker quotes or pricing services, is used to measure fair values, then the valuation team assesses the evidence obtained from the third parties to support the conclusion that such valuations meet the requirements of IFRS, including the level in the fair value hierarchy in which such valuations should be classified. Significant valuation issues are reported to the Group Audit Committee. When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses market observable data as far as possible. Fair values are categorised into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows. Level1:quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level2:inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). Level3:inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability might be categorised in different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorised in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement. The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred. (e) Changes in accounting policies Except for the changes below, the accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 are consistent with those applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, The Group has adopted the following new standards, interpretations and amendments to standards, including any consequential amendments to other standards, with a date of initial application of January 1, 2015: Amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits Defined benefit plans: Employee Contributions Annual improvements to IFRS cycle and cycle IFRIC 21 Levies The adoption of these standards, interpretations and amendments to standards did not have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements. F-9

134 (f) (i) EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Basis of Consolidation Business Combinations Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred to the Group. Control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, the Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that currently are exercisable. For acquisitions on or after January 1, 2010, the Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as: the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised immediately in profit or loss. The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts generally are recognised in profit or loss. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the Group incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. Any contingent consideration payable is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss. (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) Acquisitions of non-controlling interests Acquisitions of non-controlling interests are accounted for as transactions with owners in their capacity as owners and therefore no goodwill is recognised as a result. Adjustments to noncontrolling interests arising from transactions that do not involve the loss of control are based on a proportionate amount of the net assets of the subsidiary. Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which the control commences until the date on which control ceases. Loss of control On the loss of control, the Group derecognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, any non-controlling interests and the other components of equity related to the subsidiary. Any surplus or deficit arising on the loss of control is recognised in profit or loss. If the Group retains any interest in the former subsidiary, then such interest is measured at fair value at the date that control is lost. Subsequently it is accounted for as an equity-accounted investee or as an available-for-sale financial asset depending on the level of influence retained. Interests in equity-accounted investees The Group's interests in equity-accounted investees comprise interest in associates and joint ventures. Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. A joint venture is an arrangement in which the Group has joint control, whereby the Group has rights to the net assets of the arrangement. F-10

135 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Interest in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. They are recognised initially at cost, which includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the Group's share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of equity-accounted investees, until the date on which significant influence or joint control ceases. Interests in associates and joint ventures include any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group's investment in those associates or joint ventures and include unsecured shareholder loans for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future, which, therefore, are an extension of the Group's investment in those associates and joint ventures. The Group's share of losses that exceeds its investment is applied to the carrying amount of those loans. After the Group's interest is reduced to zero, a liability is recognized to the extent that the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to fund the associates' or joint ventures' operations or has made payments on their behalf. (vi) (g) (i) (ii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation Intragroup balances and transactions, and any unrealised gains arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group's interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. Foreign currency Foreign currency transactions Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to USD at the foreign exchange rate applicable at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated to USD at the foreign exchange rate applicable at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in profit or loss. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign operations The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated to USD at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to USD at rates approximating the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency differences are recognised directly in equity (Translation reserve). When a foreign operation is disposed of, in part or in full, the relevant amount in the translation reserve is transferred to profit or loss. (h) (i) Financial Instruments Non-derivative financial assets The group initially recognises loans and receivables on the date that they are originated. All other financial assets (including assets designated as at fair value through profit and loss) are recognised initially on the trade date, which is the date that the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in such transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset or liability. Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active (and for unlisted securities), the Group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm's length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing models refined to reflect the issuer's specific circumstances. F-11

136 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 The Group classifies non-derivative financial assets into the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity financial assets and available-for-sale financial assets. The Company determines the classification of its investments at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at every reporting date. Financialassetsatfairvaluethroughprofitorloss A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial assets are designated as at fair value through profit or loss if the Group manages such investments and makes purchase and sale decisions based on their fair value in accordance with the Group's documented risk management or investment strategy. Attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value and changes therein, which takes into account any dividend income, are recognised in profit or loss. Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss comprise equity securities that otherwise would have been classified as available for sale. Assets in this category are classified as current assets if they are expected to be realised within 12 months of the balance sheet date. Loansandreceivables Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such assets are recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date. These are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are included in trade and other receivables in the statement of financial position. Cashandcashequivalents Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits with maturities of three months or less from the acquisition date that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in their fair value, and are used by the Group in the management of its short-term commitments. Held-to-maturityfinancialassets If the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold debt securities to maturity, then such financial assets are classified as held-to-maturity. Held-to-maturity financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, held-to-maturity financial assets are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Held-to-maturity financial assets comprise debentures. Available-for-salefinancialassets Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. Available-for-sale financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. F-12

137 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency differences on available-for-sale debt instruments, are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the fair value reserve in equity. When an investment is derecognised, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss. Available-for-sale financial assets comprise equity securities and debt securities. They are included in non-current assets unless the Company intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date. (ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities The Group initially recognises debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities on the date that they are originated. All other financial liabilities (including liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss) are recognised initially on the trade date, which is the date that the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire. Non-derivative financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Non-derivative financial liabilities comprise loans and borrowings, bank overdrafts, and trade and other payables. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group's cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows. (iii) Share capital Ordinarysharecapital Ordinary share capital is classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects. Repurchaseofsharecapital When share capital recognised as equity is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, net of any tax effects, is recognised as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as treasury shares and presented in the reserve for own shares. When treasury shares are sold or reissued subsequently, the amount received is recognised as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is presented in share premium. (iv) Derivative financial instruments The Group from time to time may enter into derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to market fluctuations, foreign exchange and interest rate risks arising from operational, financing and investment activities. On initial designation of the derivative as hedging instrument, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Group makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected to be "highly effective" in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the period for which the hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of percent. For a cash flow hedge of a forecast transaction, the transaction should be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income. F-13

138 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value; attributable transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, all derivatives are remeasured to fair value, and changes therein are accounted for as follows: Cashflowhedges When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognised in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the statement of comprehensive income as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount accumulated in equity is included in the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognised. In other cases, the amount accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss. If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in equity is reclassified to profit or loss. Othernon-tradingderivatives When a derivative financial instrument is not held for trading, and is not designated in a qualifying hedge relationship, all changes in its fair value are recognised immediately in profit or loss. (v) Compound financial instruments Compound financial instruments issued by the Group comprise Notes denominated in USD that can be converted to ordinary shares at the option of the holder, when the number of shares is fixed and does not vary with changes in fair value. The liability component of compound financial instruments is initially recognised at the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an equity conversion option. The equity component is initially recognised at the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity component in proportion to their initial carrying amounts. Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of a compound financial instrument is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The equity component of a compound financial instrument is not remeasured. Interest related to the financial liability is recognised in profit and loss. On conversion, the financial liability is reclassified to equity and no gain or loss is recognised. F-14

139 (i) (i) (ii) EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Intangible assets Goodwill Goodwill that arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries is presented as an intangible asset. For the measurement of goodwill at initial recognition, see accounting policy (f). After initial recognition goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses (refer to accounting policy (k)). In respect of equity accounted investees, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment, and any impairment loss is allocated to the carrying amount of the equity accounted investee as a whole. Other intangible assets Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses (see accounting policy k). The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a separate acquisition is the cash paid or the fair value of any other consideration given. The cost of an internally generated intangible asset includes the directly attributable expenditure of preparing the asset for its intended use. (iii) (iv) (j) (i) Subsequent expenditure Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates and its cost can be measured reliably. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred. Amortisation Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets from the date they are available for use. The estimated useful lives are as follows: Software: 3-5 years Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. Vessels, property, plant and equipment Owned assets Vessels and items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses (refer to accounting policy (k)). Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the following: The cost of materials and direct labour; Any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use; When the Group has an obligation to remove the asset or restore the site, an estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located; and Capitalised borrowing costs. Property that is being constructed or developed for future use as investment property is classified as property, plant and equipment and stated at cost until construction or development is complete, at which time it is reclassified as investment property. Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major components having different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment (refer to accounting policy (j) viii). F-15

140 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Gains and losses on disposal of a vessel or of another item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the net proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of the vessel or the item of property, plant and equipment and are recognised in profit or loss. For the sale of vessels or other items of property, plant and equipment, transfer of risk and rewards usually occurs upon delivery of the vessel to the new owner. (ii) Leased assets Leases in terms of which the Group assumes substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Plant and equipment acquired by way of finance lease is stated at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception of the lease, less accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses (refer accounting policy (k)). Lease payments are accounted for as described in accounting policy (q). Other leases are operating leases and are not recognised in the Group's statement of financial position. (iii) Investment property Investment property is property held either to earn rental income or for capital appreciation or for both, but not for sale in the ordinary course of business, use in the production or supply of goods or services or for administrative purposes. Investment property is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses (refer to accounting policy (k)). As such, the accounting policies as described in note (j) Vessels, property, plant and equipment apply. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the investment property. The cost of self-constructed investment property includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the investment property to a working condition for their intended use and capitalised borrowing costs. Any gain or loss on disposal of an investment property (calculated as the difference between the net proceeds from disposal and the carrying amount of the item) is recognised in profit or loss. (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) Assets under construction Assets under construction, especially newbuilding vessels, are accounted for in accordance with the stage of completion of the newbuilding contract. Typical stages of completion are the milestones that are usually part of a newbuilding contract: signing or receipt of refund guarantee, steel cutting, keel laying, launching and delivery. All stages of completion are guaranteed by a refund guarantee provided by the shipyard. Subsequent expenditure Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the item of property, plant and equipment and its cost can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All other expenditure is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss as an expense as incurred. Borrowing costs Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised as part of the cost of that asset. Depreciation Depreciation is charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of vessels and items of property, plant and equipment. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated. F-16

141 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Vessels and items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated from the date that they are available for use, in respect of internally constructed assets, from the date that the asset is completed and ready for use. The estimated useful lives of significant items of property, plant and equipment are as follows: tankers 20 years FSO/FpSO/FPSO 25 years buildings 33 years plant and equipment 5-20 years fixtures and fittings 5-10 years other tangible assets 3-20 years dry-docking 3-5 years Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. (viii) Dry-docking component approach Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major components having different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment. Costs associated with routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred including routine maintenance performed whilst the vessel is in dry-dock. After each dry-dock, all the components installed (as replacements or as additional components) during the dry-dock are classified in two categories (according to their estimated lifetime and their respective cost). When the useful life is higher than 1 year, the component is capitalized and then amortized over its estimated useful life (3-5 years). (k) (i) Impairment Non-derivative financial assets A financial asset not classified as at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that loss event(s) had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably. Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired includes default or delinquency by a debtor, restructuring of an amount due to the Group on terms that the Group would not consider otherwise, indications that a debtor or issuer will enter bankruptcy, adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers or issuers, economic conditions that correlate with defaults or the disappearance of an active market for a security. In addition, for an investment in an equity security a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is objective evidence of impairment. Financialassetsmeasuredatamortisedcost The Group considers evidence of impairment for financial assets measured at amortised cost (loans and receivables and held-to-maturity financial assets) at both a specific asset and collective level. All individually significant assets are assessed for specific impairment. Those found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. Assets that are not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together assets with similar risk characteristics. F-17

142 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 In assessing collective impairment, the Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, the timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management's judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends. An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortised cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset's original effective interest rate. Losses are recognised in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against loans and receivables or held-to maturity financial assets. Interest on the impaired asset continues to be recognised. When an event occurring after the impairment was recognised causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss. Available-for-salefinancialassets Impairment losses on available-for-sale financial assets are recognised by reclassifying the losses accumulated in the fair value reserve in equity to profit or loss. The cumulative loss that is reclassified from equity to profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost, net of any principal repayment and amortisation, and the current fair value, less any impairment loss recognised previously in profit or loss. Changes in cumulative impairment losses attributable to the application of the effective interest method are reflected as a component of interest income. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an impaired available-for-sale debt security increases and the increase can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, then the impairment loss is reversed, with the amount of the reversal recognised in profit or loss. However, any subsequent recovery in the fair value of an impaired available-for-sale equity security is recognised in other comprehensive income. Equity-accountedinvestees An impairment loss in respect of an equity-accounted investee is measured by comparing the recoverable amount of the investment with its carrying amount. An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss, and is reversed if there has been a favourable change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. (ii) Non-financial assets The carrying amounts of the Group's non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets (refer to accounting policy (s)), are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset's recoverable amount is estimated. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually for impairment. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit (CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its fair value less cost to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU. Future cash flows are based on current market conditions, historical trends as well as future expectations. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or CGU's. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of CGU's that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGU's are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU (group of CGU's), and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU (group of CGU's) on a pro rata basis. F-18

143 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 An impairment loss recognised for goodwill shall not be reversed. For other assets, an impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised. (l) Assets held for sale Non-current assets, or disposal groups comprising assets and liabilities, that are expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use are classified as held for sale. Immediately before classification as held for sale, the assets, or components of a disposal group, are remeasured in accordance with the Group's accounting policies. Thereafter generally the assets or disposal group are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell. Any impairment loss on a disposal group is allocated first to goodwill, and then to the remaining assets and liabilities on pro rata basis, except that no loss is allocated to inventories, financial assets, deferred tax assets, employee benefit assets or investment property, which continue to be measured in accordance with the Group's accounting policies. Impairment losses on initial classification as held for sale and subsequent gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss. Gains are not recognised in excess of any cumulative impairment loss. Once classified as held for sale, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are no longer amortised or depreciated, and any equity-accounted investee is no longer equity accounted. (m) (i) (ii) Employee benefits Defined contribution plans A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution plans are recognised as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which related services are rendered by employees. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available. Contributions to a defined contribution plan that are due more than 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the services are discounted to their present value. Defined benefit plans The Group's net obligation in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in the current and prior periods, discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan assets. The calculation of defined benefit obligations is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a potential asset for the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the present value of economic benefits available in the form of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. To calculate the present value of economic benefits, consideration is given to any applicable minimum funding requirements. Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, the return of plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognised immediately in OCI. The Group determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Net interest expense and other expenses related to defined benefit plans are recognised in profit and loss. F-19

144 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognised immediately in profit or loss. The Group recognises gains and losses on the settlement of a defined plan when the settlement occurs. (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (n) Other long term employee benefits The Group's net obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits, other than pension plans, is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. The obligation is calculated using the projected unit credit method and is discounted to its present value and the fair value of any related assets is deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on AA credit rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group's obligations and that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. Remeasurements are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. Termination benefits Termination benefits are recognised as an expense when the Group is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility or withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognised as an expense if the Group has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. If benefits are payable more than 12 months after the reporting date, then they are discounted to their present value. Short-term employee benefit Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably. Share-based payment transactions The grant-date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment awards granted to employees is generally recognised as an expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the vesting period of the awards. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-market performance conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised is based on the number of awards that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. Provisions A provision is recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, as result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. The provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognised as finance cost. Restructuring A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring has either commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating costs are not provided for. Onerouscontracts A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a provision is established, the Group recognises any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract. F-20

145 (o) (i) (ii) EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Revenue Pool Revenues Aggregated revenue recognized on a daily basis from vessels operating on voyage charters in the spot market and on contract of affreightment ("COA") within the pool is converted into an aggregated net revenue amount by subtracting aggregated voyage expenses (such as fuel and port charges) from gross voyage revenue. These aggregated net revenues are combined with aggregated time charter revenues to determine aggregated pool Time Charter Equivalent revenue ("TCE"). Aggregated pool TCE revenue is then allocated to pool partners in accordance with the allocated pool points earned for each vessel that recognises each vessel's earnings capacity based on its cargo, capacity, speed and fuel consumption performance and actual on hire days. The TCE revenue earned by our vessels operated in the pools is equal to the pool point rating of the vessels multiplied by time on hire, as reported by the pool manager. Time - and Bareboat charters Revenues from time charters and bareboat charters are accounted for as operating leases and are recognized on a straight line basis over the periods of such charters, as service is performed. The Group does not recognize time charter revenues during periods that vessels are offhire. (iii) Spot voyages Within the shipping industry, there are two methods used to account for voyage revenues: rateably over the estimated length of each voyage and completed voyage. The recognition of voyage revenues rateably on a daily basis over the estimated length of each voyage is the most prevalent method of accounting for voyage revenues and the method used by the Group and the pools in which we participate. Under each method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to-discharge basis. In applying its revenue recognition method, management believes that the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately estimates voyage results than the load-to-load basis. Since, at the time of discharge, management generally knows the next load port and expected discharge port, the discharge-to-discharge calculation of voyage revenues can be estimated with a greater degree of accuracy. Euronav does not begin recognizing voyage revenue until a charter has been agreed to by both the Group and the customer, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage because it is only at this time the charter rate is determinable for the specified load and discharge ports and collectability is reasonably assured. No revenue is recognised if there are significant uncertainties regarding recovery of the consideration due and associated costs. (p) (q) Gain and losses on disposal of vessels In view of their importance the Group reports capital gains and losses on the sale of vessels as a separate line item in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. For the sale of vessels, transfer of risks and awards usually occurs upon delivery of the vessel to the new owner. Leases Leasepayments Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are recognised as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease. F-21

146 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant period rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. (r) Finance income and finance cost Net financing costs comprise interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest rate method, dividends on redeemable preference shares, interest receivable on funds invested, dividend income, foreign exchange gains and losses, and gains and losses on hedging instruments that are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss (refer to accounting policy (h)). Interest income is recognised in the income statement as it accrues, taking into account the effective yield on the asset. Dividend income is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss on the date that the dividend is declared. The interest expense component of finance lease payments is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss using the effective interest rate method. (s) Income tax Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet method, in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for: the initial recognition of goodwill, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax recognised, is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. In application of an IFRIC agenda decision on IAS 12 Incometaxes, tonnage tax is not accounted for as income taxes in accordance with IAS 12 and is not presented as part of income tax expense in the income statement but is shown as an administrative expense under the heading Other operating expenses. (t) Segment reporting An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group's other components. The Group distinguishes two segments: the operation of crude oil tankers on the international markets and the floating storage and offloading operations (FSO/FpSO). The Group's internal organisational and management structure does not distinguish any geographical segments. F-22

147 (u) (v) EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Discontinued operations A discontinued operation is a component of the Group's business that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations that has been disposed of or is held for sale, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. Classification as a discontinued operation occurs upon disposal or when the operation meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, if earlier. When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation, the comparative statement of profit or loss is represented as if the operation had been discontinued from the start of the comparative period. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are not yet effective for the year ended 31 December 2015, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements: IFRS 9 Financial Instruments published in July 2014 replaces the existing guidance in IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 includes revised guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments, including a new expected credit loss model for calculating impairment on financial assets, and the new general hedge accounting requirements, which align hedge accounting more closely with risk management. It also carries forward the guidance on recognition and derecognition of financial instruments from IAS 39. IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Group does not plan to early adopt this standard and the extent of the impact has not yet been determined. IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, establishes a comprehensive framework for determining whether, how much and when revenue is recognized. It replaces existing revenue recognition guidance, including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes. IFRS 15 is effective for the annual reports beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Group is assessing the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements resulting from the application of IFRS 15. IFRS 16 Leases, provides a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial statements of both lessees and lessors. It supersedes IAS 17 Leases and its associated interpretative guidance. IFRS 16 is effective for the annual reports beginning on or after 1 January 2019 with early adoption permitted for entities that apply IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers at or before the date if initial application of this standard. The Group is assessing the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements resulting from the application of IFRS 16. Annual Improvements to IFRS cycle is a collection of minor improvements to 4 existing standards. This collection, which becomes mandatory for the Group's 2016 consolidated financial statements, is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations (Amendments to IFRS 11) determines that when an entity acquires an interest in a joint operation that is a business, as defined in IFRS 3, it shall apply all of the principles on business combinations accounting in IFRS 3, and other IFRSs, that do not conflict with the guidance in this IFRS. The amendments which become mandatory for the Group's 2016 consolidated financial statements, are not expected to have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements. Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation (Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38) emphasizes that a depreciation method that is based on revenue that is generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset is not appropriate for property, plant and equipment. For intangible assets, only in limited circumstances revenue-based amortization can be permitted. The amendments which become mandatory for the Group's 2016 consolidated financial statements, are not expected to have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements. F-23

148 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture (Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28) provides guidance on the recognition of the gain or loss when accounting for the sale or contribution of a subsidiary to an associate or joint venture. The amendments which become mandatory for the Group's 2016 consolidated financial statements, are not expected to have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements. The disclosure initiative (Amendments to IAS 1) are designed to further encourage companies to apply professional judgement in determining what information to disclose in their financial statements. The narrow-focus amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements clarify, rather than significantly change, existing IAS 1 requirements. The amendments relate to the following: materiality; order of the notes; subtotals; accounting policies; and disaggregation. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016, with earlier adoption permitted. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements. Note 2 Segment Reporting The Group distinguishes two operating segments: the operation of crude oil tankers on the international markets (Tankers) and the floating production, storage and offloading operations (FSO/FpSO). These two divisions operate in completely different markets, where in the latter the assets are tailor made or converted for specific long term projects. The tanker market requires a different marketing strategy as this is considered a very volatile market, contract duration is often less than two years and the assets are to a big extent standardized. The segment profit or loss figures and key assets as set out below are presented to the Executive Committee on at least a quarterly basis to help the key decision makers in evaluating the respective segments. It was decided by the Chief Operating Decision Makers (CODM) to present the figures per segment based on proportionate consolidation for the joint ventures and not by applying equity accounting. The reconciliation between the figures of all segments combined on the one hand and with the consolidated statements of financial position and profit or loss on the other hand is presented in a separate column Equity-accounted investees. The Group has one client in the Tankers segment that represented 11% of the Tankers segment total revenue in 2015 (2014: one client which represented 11% and 2013: two clients which represented respectively 14% and 11%). All the other clients represent less than 10% of total revenues of the Tankers segment. The Group's internal organizational and management structure does not distinguish any geographical segments. F-24

149 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Consolidated statement of financial position (inthousandsofusdexceptpershareamounts) December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 ASSETS Tankers FSO Less: Equityaccounted investees Total Tankers FSO Less: Equityaccounted investees Total Total current assets 389,368 26,944 (41,260) 375, ,258 37,510 (50,913) 537,855 Vessels 2,448, ,241 (364,397) 2,288,036 2,428, ,312 (392,100) 2,258,334 Assets under construction 93, , Other tangible assets 1, ,048 1, ,226 Prepayments , ,601 Intangible assets Receivables 222,692 7,371 29, , ,071 5,602 (13,226) 258,447 Investments in equity accounted investees 1,211-20,426 21,637 1,027-16,305 17,332 Deferred tax assets (182) 935 6, ,536 Total non-current assets 2,768, ,794 (314,308) 2,665,694 2,719, ,914 (389,021) 2,558,505 TOTAL ASSETS 3,157, ,738 (355,568) 3,040,746 3,270, ,424 (439,934) 3,096,360 EQUITY and LIABILITIES Total equity 1,946,288 (40,540) 1 1,905,749 1,553,695 (80,987) - 1,472,708 Total current liabilities 190,211 15,994 (26,698) 179, ,849 22,128 (44,582) 295,395 Bank and other loans 1,018, ,684 (325,271) 952,426 1,164, ,451 (394,400) 1,088,026 Convertible and other Notes , ,373 Other payables 590 3,600 (3,600) ,832 (6,832) 489 Deferred tax liabilities Employee benefits 2, ,038 2, ,108 Amounts due to equity-accounted joint ventures ,880 5,880 Provisions Total non-current liabilities 1,021, ,284 (328,871) 955,490 1,399, ,283 (395,352) 1,328,257 TOTAL EQUITY and LIABILITIES 3,157, ,738 (355,568) 3,040,746 3,270, ,424 (439,934) 3,096,360 F-25

150 Note 2 - Segment reporting (continued) EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Consolidated statement of profit or loss (inthousandsofusdexceptpershareamounts) Tankers FSO Less: Equityaccounted investees Total Tankers FSO Less: Equityaccounted investees Total Tankers FSO Less: Equityaccounted investees Shipping revenue Revenue 898,495 64,504 (116,492) 846, ,973 64,178 (101,166) 473, ,383 63,698 (96,459) 304,622 Gains on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets 13, ,302 15,315 (2,193) 13, Other operating income 6, (180) 7,426 11, (597) 11,411 11, (569) 11,520 Total shipping revenue 918,595 65,312 (116,672) 867, ,973 64,501 (103,956) 498, ,147 64,031 (97,028) 316,150 Operating expenses Voyage expenses and commissions (83,896) (473) 13,132 (71,237) (136,135) (471) 18,303 (118,303) (98,014) (500) 18,930 (79,584) Vessel operating expenses (160,894) (10,074) 17,250 (153,718) (131,676) (11,636) 19,223 (124,089) (115,209) (11,815) 21,113 (105,911) Charter hire expenses (25,849) - - (25,849) (35,664) - - (35,664) (21,027) (4) (21,031) Losses on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets (8,002) - (8,002) (215) - - (215) Impairment on non-current assets held for sale (7,416) - - (7,416) Depreciation tangible assets (221,399) (18,071) 29,314 (210,156) (171,920) (18,071) 29,057 (160,934) (149,215) (18,071) 30,404 (136,882) Depreciation intangible assets (50) - - (50) (20) - - (20) (76) - - (76) General and administrative expenses (46,433) (283) 465 (46,251) (40,735) (184) 354 (40,565) (27,364) (590) 789 (27,165) Total operating expenses (546,523) (28,901) 60,161 (515,263) (523,566) (30,362) 66,937 (486,991) (411,120) (30,976) 71,232 (370,864) Total RESULT FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 372,072 36,411 (56,511) 351,972 14,407 34,139 (37,019) 11,527 (61,973) 33,055 (25,796) (54,714) Finance income 3, (23) 3,312 2, (36) 2,617 1, (38) 1,993 Finance expenses (52,590) (3,663) 5,311 (50,942) (98,642) (4,714) 7,386 (95,970) (58,123) (4,904) 8,390 (54,637) Net finance expenses (49,277) (3,641) 5,288 (47,630) (96,017) (4,686) 7,350 (93,353) (56,125) (4,871) 8,352 (52,644) Share of profit (loss) of equity accounted investees (net of income tax) ,407 51, ,669 30, ,444 17,853 Profit (loss) before income tax 322,980 32, ,934 (80,993) 29,453 - (51,540) (117,689) 28,184 - (89,505) Income tax expense (5,633) 184 (184) (5,633) 5, ,743 (178) - - (178) Profit (loss) for the period 317,347 32, ,301 (75,250) 29,453 - (45,797) (117,867) 28,184 - (89,683) Attributable to: Owners of the company 317,347 32, ,301 (75,250) 29,453 - (45,797) (117,867) 28,184 - (89,683) F-26

151 Consolidated statement of cash flows (inthousandsofusdexceptpershareamounts) Tankers FSO Less: Equityaccounted investees Total Tankers FSO Less: Equityaccounted investees Total Tankers FSO Less: Equityaccounted investees Net cash from operating activities 505,821 58,747 (114,036) 450,532 19,978 40,013 (45,209) 14,782 41,491 38,497 (88,905) (8,917) Net cash from (used in) investing activities (248,770) - 42,897 (205,873) (1,007,928) - (15,079) (1,023,007) (11,606) - 39,720 28,114 Net cash from (used in) financing activities (350,429) (20,557) 5,671 (365,315) 1,168,516 (55,552) 76,057 1,189,021 (67,897) (25,015) 35,528 (57,384) Capital expenditure (361,754) 1,611 (360,143) (1,178,051) (1,177,146) (55,630) - - (55,630) Impairment losses Impairment losses reversed Total F-27

152 Note 3 - Assets and liabilities held for sale and discontinued operations Assets held for sale The assets held for sale can be detailed as follows: EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 inthousandsofusd Vessels 24,195 89,000 21,510 OfwhichinTankerssegment 24,195 89,000 21,510 OfwhichinFSOsegment (Estimated) Sale price Book Value Asset Held For Sale Expected Gain Expected Loss At January 1, , Assets transferred to assets held for sale Luxembourg 28,000 21,510 21,510 6,490 - Assets sold from assets held for sale Cap Isabella 52,920 52,920 (52,920) - - At December 31, ,920 74,430 21,510 6,490 - At January 1, , Assets transferred to Assets Held for sale Olympia 89,000 91,560 89,000 - (2,560) Antarctica 89,000 93,856 89,000 - (4,856) Assets sold from assets held for sale Luxembourg 27,900 21,510 (21,510) 6,390 - Olympia 91,380 89,000 (89,000) 2,380 - At December 31, ,000 8,770 (7,416) At January 1, , Assets transferred to Assets Held for sale Famenne 38,016 24,195 24,195 13,821 - Assets sold from assets held for sale Antarctica 91,065 89,000 (89,000) 2,065 - At December 31, ,195 15,886 - F-28

153 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 The Antarctica ( ,981 dwt) was delivered to its new owner on January 15, 2015, earlier than expected, resulting in an increased sale price and a corresponding gain on disposal of assets of USD 2.1 million which has been recorded in the first quarter of The Famenne ( ,412 dwt) was sold on January 15, 2016 for a net selling price of USD 38.0 million. The capital gain on that sale of USD 13.8 million will be recorded at delivery. The vessel is expected to be delivered to its new owner in the course of the first quarter of Discontinued operations As per December 31, 2015, per December 31, 2014 and per December 31, 2013 the Group had no operations that meet the criteria of a discontinued operation. Note 4 - Revenue inthousandsofusd Pool Revenue 455, ,624 49,792 Spot Voyages 264, , ,434 Time Charters (Note 20) 126, , ,396 Total revenue 846, , ,622 For the accounting treatment of revenue, we refer to the accounting policies (o) - Revenue. The increase in revenue is mainly related to the increase in the fleet size and improvement of the shipping market in general. F-29

154 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 Note 5 - Expenses for shipping activities and other expenses from operating activities Voyage expenses and commissions (inthousandsofusd) Voyage related expense (62,787) (111,238) (73,412) Commissions paid (8,450) (7,065) (6,172) Total voyage expenses and commissions (71,237) (118,303) (79,584) The majority of voyage expenses are port costs, bunkers and agent fees paid to operate the vessels on the spot market. These expenses decreased in 2015 compared to 2014 mainly due to lower bunker prices. Vessel operating expenses (inthousandsofusd) Operating expenses (142,035) (112,834) (97,333) Insurance (11,683) (11,255) (8,578) Total vessel operating expenses (153,718) (124,089) (105,911) The operating expenses relate mainly to the crewing, technical and other costs to operate tankers. In 2015 these expenses increased compared to 2014, which is mainly related to a higher number of vessels operated by the Group following the delivery of the vessels acquired in Charter hire expenses (inthousandsofusd) Charter hire (Note 20) (25,849) (32,080) (18,029) Bare boat hire (Note 20) - (3,584) (3,002) Total charter hire expenses (25,849) (35,664) (21,031) The decrease in charter hire is mainly due to the three time chartered-in VLCCs, the Maersk Hojo, the Maersk Hirado, and the Maersk Hakone which the Group acquired in 2014 and the redelivery of one time charter-in VLCC, the Island Splendor, to its owners on May 18, The decrease in bareboat charter-hire expenses is entirely attributable to the bareboat contract for the Suezmax Cap Isabella, which ended on October 9, F-30

155 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 General and administrative expenses (inthousandsofusd) Wages and salaries (12,554) (10,840) (9,498) Social security costs (2,379) (2,495) (2,149) Provision for employee benefits (Note 17) (108) (85) 86 Equity-settled share-based payments (Note 23) (1,637) (3,994) (183) Other employee benefits (3,715) (3,075) (2,137) Employee benefits (20,392) (20,489) (13,881) Administrative expenses (25,749) (19,228) (13,284) Claims (19) (8) - Provisions (91) (840) - Total general and administrative expenses (46,251) (40,565) (27,165) Average number of full time equivalents The administrative expenses include amongst other director fees, office rental, consulting- and audit fees and Tonnage Tax. Due to the increase in the number of owned vessels in 2015, administrative expenses relating to the Tankers International Pool and Tonnage Tax increased. Because of additional FTE's in 2015, wages and salaries increased accordingly in 2015 compared to Note 6 - Net finance expense Recognized in profit or loss inthousandsofusd Interest income Foreign exchange gains 3,103 2,131 1,895 Finance income 3,312 2,617 1,993 Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost (38,246) (57,948) (49,240) Fair value adjustment on interest rate swaps Amortization other Notes (4,127) (31,878) - Other financial charges (4,355) (3,829) (2,809) Foreign exchange losses (4,214) (2,315) (2,742) Finance expense (50,942) (95,970) (54,637) Net finance expense recognized in profit or loss (47,630) (93,353) (52,644) F-31

156 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost decreased in 2015, compared to 2014 which is primarily attributable to (i) the redemption of the unsecured convertible notes, (ii) the early repayment of the USD million 7-year bond and (iii) the conversion of the remaining 30 perpetual convertible preferred equity securities, which all took place in the first quarter of 2015 and resulted in a decrease of USD 20.2 million. This decrease was partially offset with an increase in the interest expenses related to bank loans of USD 1.8 million. Amortization other Notes decreased in 2015, compared to 2014 which is primarily due to the repayment of the USD million bond, issued to partly finance the acquisition of the Maersk Acquisition Vessels. As the bond was issued below par and in accordance with IFRS, the Group amortized USD 31.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 and a further USD 4.1 million was amortized in the first quarter of The above finance income and expenses include the following in respect of assets (liabilities) not at fair value through profit or loss: Total interest income on financial assets Total interest expense on financial liabilities (42,372) (89,826) (49,240) Total other financial charges (4,355) (3,829) (2,809) Recognized directly in equity inthousandsofusd Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations (429) (567) 216 Cash flow hedges - effective portion of changes in fair value - 1,291 5,430 Cash flow hedges - reclassified to profit or loss Net finance expense recognized directly in equity (429) 724 5,646 Attributable to: Owners of the Company (429) 724 5,646 Net finance expense recognized directly in equity (429) 724 5,646 Recognized in: Translationreserve (429) (567) 216 Hedgingreserve - 1,291 5,430 F-32

157 Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 Note 7 - Income tax benefit (expense) EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 inthousandsofusd Current tax Current period (98) (9) (58) Total current tax (98) (9) (58) Deferred tax Recognition of unused tax losses/(use of tax losses) (5,450) 5,507 - Other (85) 245 (120) Total deferred tax (5,535) 5,752 (120) Total tax benefit/(expense) (5,633) 5,743 (178) Reconciliation of effective tax Profit (loss) before tax 355,934 (51,540) (89,505) Tax at domestic rate (33.99%) (120,982) (33.99%) 17,518 (33.99%) 30,423 Effects on tax of : Tax exempt profit / loss (144) 3,039 (2,863) Tax adjustments for previous years Loss for which no DTA ( ) has been recognized (4,811) (17,926) - Use of previously unrecognized tax losses 15, Non-deductible expenses (5,225) (193) (180) Tonnage Tax regime 91,334 (6,590) (33,717) Effect of share of profit of equity-accounted investees 17,536 10,294 6,068 Effects of tax regimes in foreign jurisdictions 974 (400) (47) Total taxes (1.58%) (5,633) (11.14%) 5, % (178) In application of an IFRIC agenda decision on IAS 12 Income taxes, tonnage tax is not accounted for as income taxes in accordance with IAS 12 and is not presented as part of income tax expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss but has been shown as an administrative expense under the heading General and administrative expenses (see Note 5). DTA = Deferred Tax Asset F-33

158 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 Note 8 - Property, plant and equipment inthousandsofusd Vessels Vessels under construction Other tangible assets Prepayments Total PPE At January 1, 2013 Cost 2,506,756-2,377-2,509,133 Depreciation & impairment losses (913,919) - (1,711) - (915,630) Net carrying amount 1,592, ,593,503 Acquisitions ,000 10,325 Disposals and cancellations - - (10) - (10) Depreciation charges (136,527) - (355) - (136,882) Transfer to assets held for sale (21,510) (21,510) Transfers Translation differences Balance at December 31, ,434, ,000 1,445,433 At January 1, 2014 Cost 2,424,978-2,487 10,000 2,437,465 Depreciation & impairment losses (990,178) - (1,854) - (992,032) Net carrying amount 1,434, ,000 1,445,433 Acquisitions 1,053, ,201 1,177,127 Disposals and cancellations - - (2) - (2) Depreciation charges (160,590) - (344) - (160,934) Transfer to assets held for sale (185,415) (185,415) Transfers 115, (115,600) - Translation differences - - (48) - (48) Balance at December 31, ,258,334-1,226 16,601 2,276,161 At January 1, 2015 Cost 3,342,607-2,997 16,601 3,362,205 Depreciation & impairment losses (1,084,273) - (1,771) - (1,086,044) Net carrying amount 2,258,334-1,226 16,601 2,276,161 Acquisitions 257,706 93, , ,885 Disposals and cancellations (10,681) - (3) (8,000) (18,684) Depreciation charges (209,728) - (428) - (210,156) Transfer to assets held for sale (24,195) (24,195) Transfers 16, (16,600) - Translation differences - - (35) - (35) Balance at December 31, ,288,036 93,890 1, ,382,976 At December 31, 2015 Cost 3,477,605 93,890 2, ,573,979 Depreciation & impairment losses (1,189,569) - (1,434) - (1,191,003) Net carrying amount 2,288,036 93,890 1, ,382,976 F-34

159 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 On February 26, 2015 and April 9, 2015 respectively, the Group took delivery of the last two VLCC Vessels, the Hirado and the Hakata, as part of the acquisition of four modern Japanese-built VLCC vessels announced on 8 July In June 2015, the Group entered into an agreement for the acquisition through resale of four VLCCs which are completing construction at Hyundai Heavy Industries for an aggregate purchase price of USD 384 million or USD 96 million per unit. The first vessel, the Antigone, was delivered on September 25, The second vessel, the Alice, was delivered on January 26, 2016 (see Note 28). The third vessel, the Alex was delivered on March 24, The last vessel, the Anne is due to be delivered at the end of May In addition and against the payment of an option fee of an aggregate amount of USD 8.0 million, the seller also granted the Group an option to acquire up to a further four VLCCs with delivery late 2016 and The option was not lifted (see Disposal of assets Gain/Losses below). In 2015, the TI Hellas, Hakata, Cap Georges, Cap Laurent, Cap Jean, Cap Romuald, Devon, Hakone, Sara and Hirado have been dry-docked. The cost of planned repairs and maintenance is capitalized and included under the heading acquisitions. Disposal of assets - Gain/Losses inthousandsusd Acquisitions Sale price Book Value Gain Loss Cap Isabella (Note 3) ,920 53,135 - (215) Other At December 31, (215) Acquisitions Sale price Book Value Gain Loss Luxembourg - Sale (Note 3) - 27,900 21,510 6,390 - Olympia - Transfer to assets held for sale (Note 3) - 89,000 91,560 - (2,560) Olympia - Sale (Note 3) 91,380 89,000 2,380 - Antarctica - Transfer to assets held for sale (Note 3) - 89,000 93,855 - (4,856) Cap Isabella - Sale - 4,329-4,329 - Other At December 31, ,122 (7,416) Acquisitions Sale price Book Value Gain Loss Antarctica - Sale (Note 3 ) - 91,065 89,000 2,065 - Cap Laurent - Sale - 21,825 10,682 11,143 - Other (8,002) At December 31, ,302 (8,002) F-35

160 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 The Antarctica was delivered to its new owner on January 15, 2015, earlier than expected, resulting in an increased sale price and a corresponding gain on disposal of assets of USD 2.1 million which has been recorded in the first quarter of On November 11, 2015 the Company sold the Suezmax Cap Laurent ( ,145 dwt), for a net sale price of USD 21.8 million. The capital gain on that sale of USD 11.1 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of The vessel was delivered to its new owner on 26 November The loss on disposal of assets in 2015 relates mainly to the option fee of USD 8.0 million (see above). After careful consideration, the Group has decided not to exercise the option to purchase four VLCCs. As a consequence, the value of these options was written off in the third quarter of Impairment Tankers Euronav defines its cash generating unit as a single vessel, unless such vessel is operated in a pool, in which case such vessel, together with the other vessels in the pool, are collectively treated as a cash generating unit. Although charter rates recovered during 2015, second hand vessels values remained low and as such the Group has performed an impairment test for tankers whereby the carrying amount of an asset or CGU is compared to its recoverable amount, which is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less cost to sell. In assessing value in use, the following assumptions were used: 10 year historical average spot freight rates are used as forecast charter rates Weighted Average Cost of Capital ('WACC') of 6.01% (2014: 5.72%, 2013: 6.38%) 20 year useful life with residual value equal to zero Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are subject to judgment. The impairment test did not result in a requirement to record an impairment loss in Even with an increase of the WACC of 3%, there was no need to record an impairment loss in Recognizing that the transportation of crude oil and petroleum products is cyclical and subject to significant volatility based on factors beyond Euronav's control, Euronav believes the use of estimates based on the 10-year historical average rates calculated as of the reporting date to be reasonable as historically it is the most appropriate reflection of a typical shipping cycle. When using 5-year historical charter rates in this impairment analysis, the impairment analysis indicates an impairment in a total amount of USD million for the tanker fleet (2014: USD million), and when using 1-year historical charter rates in this impairment analysis, the impairment analysis indicates that no impairment is required for the tanker fleet (2014: USD million). F-36

161 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 FSO For FSOs the impairment assessment has been based on a value in use calculation to estimate the recoverable amount from the vessel. This method is chosen as there is no efficient market for transactions of FSO vessels as each vessel is often purposely built for specific circumstances. In assessing value in use, the following assumptions were used: Weighted Average Cost of Capital ('WACC') of 6.01% (2014: 5.72%, 2013: 6.38%) 25 year useful life with residual value equal to zero This assessment did not result in a requirement to record an impairment loss in Even with an increase of the WACC of 3%, there was no need to record an impairment loss in The value in use calculation for FSOs is based on the remaining useful life of the vessels as of the reporting date, and is based on fixed daily rates as well as management's best estimate of daily rates for future periods. The FSO Asia and the FSO Africa are on a timecharter contract to Maersk Oil Qatar until July 22, 2017 and September 22, 2017, respectively. Security All tankers financed are subject to a mortgage to secure bank loans (see Note 15). Vessels on order or under construction The group has 3 vessels under construction as at December 31, 2015 for an aggregate amount of USD 93.9 million (2014: 0). The amounts presented within "Vessels under construction" relate to the 3 remaining vessels to be delivered from Hyundai Heavy Industries, as discussed above. Capital commitment As at December 31, 2015 the Group's total capital commitment amounts to USD 195,9 million (2014: USD 149,4 million). These can be detailed as follows: As at December 31, 2014 inthousandsofusd payments scheduled for total Commitments in respect of VLCCs 149, , Commitments in respect of Suezmaxes Commitments in respect of FSOs Total 149, , As at December 31, 2015 inthousandsofusd payments scheduled for total Commitments in respect of VLCCs 195, , Commitments in respect of Suezmaxes Commitments in respect of FSOs Total 195, , F-37

162 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Note 9 - Deferred tax assets and liabilities Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following: inthousandsofusd Assets Liabilities Net Provisions Employee benefits Unused tax losses & tax credits 6,246-6,246 6,536-6,536 Offset - - Balance at December 31, ,536 - Provisions Employee benefits Unused tax losses & tax credits Offset - - Balance at December 31, Unrecognized deferred tax assets and liabilities Deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been recognized in respect of the following items: inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities Deductible temporary differences 275-1,332 - Taxable temporary differences - (21,220) - (18,548) Tax losses & tax credits 109, , ,072 (21,220) 134,021 (18,548) Offset (21,220) 21,220 (18,548) 18,548 Total 88, ,473 - The unrecognized deferred tax assets in respect of tax losses and tax credits are entirely related to tax losses carried forward, investment deduction allowances and excess dividend received deduction. These unrecognized tax losses and tax credits have no expiration date. F-38

163 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 A deferred tax asset ('DTA') is recognized for unused tax losses and tax credits carried forward, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available. The Group considers future taxable profits as probable when it is more likely than not that taxable profits will be generated in the foreseeable future. When determining whether probable future taxable profits are available the probability threshold is applied to portions of the total amount of unused tax losses or tax credits, rather than the entire amount. Given the nature of the tonnage tax regime, the Group has a substantial amount of unused tax losses and tax credits for which no future taxable profits are probable and therefore no DTA has been recognized. The unrecognized tax liabilities in respect of taxable temporary differences relate to tax liabilities in respect of non distributed reserves of the Group that will be taxed when distributed. No deferred tax liability has been recognized because the Group controls whether the liability will be incurred and management is satisfied that the liability will not be incurred in the foreseeable future. Movement in deferred tax balances during the year inthousandsofusd Balance at Recognized in Translation Balance at Recognized in equity Jan 1, 2013 income differences Dec 31, 2013 Employee benefits Unused tax losses & tax credits 922 (129) Total 963 (120) Balance at Jan 1, 2014 Recognized in income Recognized in equity Translation differences Balance at Dec 31, 2014 Provisions Employee benefits (7) 52 Unused tax losses & tax credits 828 5,507 - (89) 6,246 Total 880 5,752 - (96) 6,536 Balance at Jan 1, 2015 Recognized in income Recognized in equity Translation differences Balance at Dec 31, 2015 Provisions 238 (61) - (8) 169 Employee benefits 52 (24) - (5) 23 Unused tax losses & tax credits 6,246 (5,450) - (53) 743 Total 6,536 (5,535) - (66) 935 F-39

164 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Note 10 - Non-current receivables inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Shareholders loans to joint ventures 259, ,771 Other non-current receivables Investment 1 1 Total non-current receivables 259, ,447 Please refer to Note 25 for more information on the Shareholders loans to joint ventures. The maturity date of the non-current receivables is as follows: inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Receivable: Between one and two years - - Between two and three years - - Between three and four years - - Between four and five years - - More than five years 259, ,447 Total non-current receivables 259, ,447 Note 11 - Trade and other receivables - current inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Trade receivables 35,740 48,070 Accrued income 31,515 18,342 Accrued interest Deferred charges 20,402 31,492 Other receivables 131,398 96,750 Total trade and other receivables 219, ,733 The increase in other receivables relates to income to be received by the Group from the Tankers International Pool. These amounts increased in 2015 due to overall improving market conditions and the increase in the number of vessels operated through the Tankers International Pool. For currency and credit risk, we refer to Note 19. F-40

165 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Note 12 - Cash and cash equivalents inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Bank deposits 59, ,100 Cash at bank and in hand 72, ,986 Total 131, ,086 Ofwhichrestrictedcash Less: Bank overdrafts used for cash management purposes - - Net cash and cash equivalents 131, ,086 F-41

166 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Note 13 - Equity Number of shares issued inshares December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013 On issue at 1 January 131,050,666 54,223,817 51,750,000 Conversion convertible bonds - 18,495,656 2,473,817 Conversion perpetual convertible preferred equity 9,459,283 9,459,286 - Capital increases 18,699,000 48,871,907 - On issue at 31 December - fully paid 159,208, ,050,666 54,223,817 On January 20, 2015 the Group announced the commencement of its underwritten initial public offering (IPO) in the United States of 13,550,000 ordinary shares. On January 19, 2015 the closing price of the Company's ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels was USD per share (based upon the Bloomberg Composite Rate of EUR per USD 1.00 in effect on that date). The Company received approval to list its ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol "EURN". On January 28, 2015 the Group announced the closing of its IPO of 18,699,000 common shares at a public offering price of USD per share for gross proceeds of USD 229,062,750. This included the exercise in full by the underwriters of their overallotment option. The transaction costs related to this public offering for a total amount of USD 19.4 million were recognized directly in retained earnings. At December 31, 2015 the share capital is represented by 159,208,949 shares. The shares have no par value. At December 31, 2015, the authorized share capital not issued amounts to USD 150,000,000 (2014: USD 61,525,678) or the equivalent of 138,005,652 shares (2014: 56,605,942 shares). The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends when declared and are entitled to one vote per share at the shareholders' meetings of the Group. Conversion of perpetual convertible preferred equity Following its IPO, the Group exercised its right to request the conversion of the remaining 30 outstanding perpetual convertible preferred equity securities and issued such notice on January 30, The aggregate principal amount of USD 75,000,000 was converted to Euronav's share capital through a contribution in kind on February 6, 2015 against the issuance of 9,459,283 shares. These shares are listed on both Euronext Brussels and the NYSE. Translation reserve The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations. Hedging reserve The Group, in connection to the USD 300 million facility raised in April 2009 entered in several Interest Rate Swap (IRSs) instruments for a combined notional value of USD 300 million. These IRSs have been used to hedge the risk related to the fluctuation of the Libor rate and qualified for hedging instruments in a cash flow hedge relationship under IAS 39. These instruments have been measured at their fair value; effective changes in fair value have been recognized in equity and the ineffective portion has been recognized in profit or loss. These IRSs had a duration of 5 years matching the repayment profile of that facility and matured on April 2, Therefore, the fair value of these instruments at December 31, 2015 and at December 31, 2014 amounted to USD 0. F-42

167 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Treasury shares As of December 31, 2015 Euronav owned 466,667 of its own shares, compared to 1,750,000 of shares owned on December 31, In the twelve months period ended December 31, 2015, Euronav delivered 1,283,333 treasury shares upon the exercise of share options. These treasury shares had an aggregate weighted average cost of USD 33.8 million and Euronav recognized a loss of USD 25.5 million in retained earnings upon the delivery of these treasury shares to the share option holders. The total net proceeds amounted to USD 8.3 million. Dividends On March 15, 2016, the Board of Directors decided to propose to the Annual Shareholders' meeting to be held on May 12, 2016, to approve an additional gross dividend in the amount of USD 0.82 per share to all shareholders. The dividend to holders of Euronav shares trading on Euronext Brussels will be paid in EUR at the USD/EUR exchange rate of the record date. Exceptionally this year, the company paid a dividend in May 2015 out of the profits carried forward from prior years but based on the strong cash flow made in the first quarter of 2015 and the strong market prospects at that time. The calculation of the final dividend for the financial year 2015 was made taking into account the Group's policy to return 80% of the net profits to shareholders excluding exceptional items such as gains on the disposal of vessels. The total gross dividend paid in 2015 of USD 1.69 per share is the sum of the dividends paid in May and September 2015 in addition to the proposed amount of USD 0.82 per share proposed to the Annual Shareholder's meeting of 12 May Share-based payment arrangements On December 16, 2013, the Group established a share option program that entitles key management personnel to purchase existing shares in the Company. Under the program, holders of vested options are entitled to purchase shares at the market price of the shares at the grant date. Currently this program is limited to key management personnel. In May 2015, the holders exercised 2/3 of these options which resulted in the sale of 1,166,666 treasury shares. In December 2015, a further 116,667 options were exercised and a corresponding number of treasury shares were sold. The key terms and conditions did not change after December 31, For this option program a total amount of USD 1.2 million was recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss during 2015 (2014: USD 4.0 million, 2013: USD 0.2 million). Long term incentive plan The Group's Board of Directors has implemented in 2015 a long term incentive plan ('LTIP') for key management personnel. Under the terms of this LTIP, the beneficiaries will obtain 40% of their respective LTIP in the form of Euronav stock options, with vesting over three years and 60% in the form of restricted stock units ('RSU's'), with cliff vesting on the third anniversary. In total 236,590 options and 65,433 RSU's were granted on February 12, Vested stock options may be exercised until 13 years after the grant date. The stock options have an exercise price of EUR and are equity-settled. All of the stock options and RSUs granted on February 12, 2015 remained outstanding as of December 31, The fair value of the stock options was measured using the Black Scholes formula. The fair value of the RSUs was measured with reference to the Euronav share price at the grant date. The total employee benefit expense recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss during 2015 with respect to the LTIP was USD 0.5 million. F-43

168 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Note 14 - Earnings per share Basic earnings per share The calculation of basic earnings per share at December 31, 2015 was based on a result attributable to ordinary shares of USD 350,300,535 (2014: USD -45,795,933, 2013: USD -89,683,447) and a weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period ended December 31, 2015 of 155,872,171 (2014: 116,539,017, 2013: 50,230,438), calculated as follows: Result attributable to ordinary shares inthousandsofusdexceptshareandpershareinformation Result for the period 350,301 (45,797) (89,683) Weighted average 155,872, ,539,017 50,230,438 Basic earnings per share (in USD) 2.25 (0.39) (1.79) Weighted average number of ordinary shares inshares Shares issued Treasury shares Shares outstanding Weighted number of shares On issue at January 1, ,750,000 1,750,000 50,000,000 50,000,000 Issuance of shares 2,473,817-2,473, ,438 Purchases of treasury shares Withdrawal of treasury shares Sales of treasury shares On issue at December 31, ,223,817 1,750,000 52,473,817 50,230,438 On issue at January 1, ,223,817 1,750,000 52,473,817 52,473,817 Issuance of shares 76,826,849-76,826,849 64,065,200 Purchases of treasury shares Withdrawal of treasury shares Sales of treasury shares On issue at December 31, ,050,666 1,750, ,300, ,539,017 On issue at January 1, ,050,666 1,750, ,300, ,300,666 Issuance of shares 28,158,283-28,158,283 25,842,099 Purchases of treasury shares Withdrawal of treasury shares Sales of treasury shares - -1,283,333 1,283, ,406 On issue at December 31, ,208, , ,742, ,872,171 F-44

169 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Diluted earnings per share For the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, the diluted earnings per share (in USD) amount to 2.22 (2014: : -1.79). At December 31, 2014, 250 convertible Notes (2013: 1,348) and 30 PCPs (2013:0) were excluded from the diluted weighted-average number of ordinary shares calculation because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (earnings per share would increase). At December 31, 2015, no instruments were excluded from the calculation of the diluted weighted average number of shares. Number of ordinary shares (diluted) The table below shows the potential weighted number of shares that could be created if all stock options, restricted stock units, convertible notes and PCPs were to be converted into ordinary shares. inshares Weighted average of ordinary shares outstanding (basic) 155,872, ,539,017 50,230,438 Effect of potential conversion of convertible Notes 88,689 1,079,047 18,949,134 Effect of potential conversion of PCPs 932,971 9,459,283 - Effect of Share-based Payment arrangements 635,731 1,750,000 1,750,000 Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) 157,529, ,827,347 70,929,572 The number of shares related to a potential conversion of convertible Notes may vary according to potential adjustments of the Conversion Price in certain events such as a change of control, a distribution of a dividend exceeding certain threshold amounts or early voluntary conversion. In the course of 2014, all the convertible Notes issued in 2013 and maturing in 2018, were converted to new ordinary shares, except for one which was redeemed at par. On January 31, 2015, the last 250 remaining outstanding Notes due in January 2015, were redeemed at par. On February 6, 2014, 30 of the 60 perpetual convertible preferred equity instruments issued on January 10, 2014, were converted to share capital through a contribution in kind. On February 6, 2015, the remaining 30 perpetual convertible preferred equity instruments were converted as well. After all the conversions of the convertible Notes and the PCPs, there are no more remaining outstanding instruments at December 31, 2015 which can give rise to dilution, except for the share-based payment arrangements. F-45

170 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Note 15 - Interest-bearing loans and borrowings inthousandsofusd Bank loans Convertible and other Notes Total More than 5 years Between 1 and 5 years 710, , ,908 More than 1 year 710, , ,908 Less than 1 year 137, ,677 At January 1, , , ,585 New loans 1,195, ,175 1,395,392 Scheduled repayments (137,545) - (137,545) Early repayments (660,946) (1,400) (662,346) Conversion - (109,700) (109,700) Other changes (10,160) 39,600 29,440 Balance at December 31, ,234, ,497 1,488,826 More than 5 years 371, ,595 Between 1 and 5 years 716, , ,804 More than 1 year 1,088, ,373 1,319,399 Less than 1 year 146,303 23, ,427 Balance at December 31, ,234, ,497 1,488,826 Bank loans Convertible and other Notes Total More than 5 years 371, ,595 Between 1 and 5 years 716, , ,804 More than 1 year 1,088, ,373 1,319,399 Less than 1 year 146,303 23, ,427 At January 1, ,234, ,497 1,488,826 New loans 931, ,270 Scheduled repayments (109,719) (23,200) (132,919) Early repayments (999,451) (235,500) (1,234,951) Conversion Other changes (3,981) 4, Balance at December 31, ,052,448-1,052,448 More than 5 years 147, ,174 Between 1 and 5 years 805, ,252 More than 1 year 952, ,426 Less than 1 year 100, ,022 Balance at December 31, ,052,448-1,052,448 F-46

171 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Bank Loans On April 3, 2009, the Group entered into a USD million secured loan facility with a syndicate of banks and Nordea Bank Norge SA as Agent and Security Trustee. This facility had an initial term of five years, which was amended to extend maturity by an additional four years until The Group used the proceeds of this facility to finance the acquisition of six vessels, Fraternity, Felicity, Cap Felix, Cap Theodora, Antarctica and Olympia, which were pledged as collateral under the loan, and for general corporate and working capital purposes. This facility, as amended, was repayable in consecutive quarterly installments and bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.40% per annum, plus applicable mandatory costs. On October 22, 2014, the Group repaid this loan in full using a portion of the borrowings under the USD million Senior Secured Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were no outstanding balances under this facility. On June 22, 2011, the Group entered into a USD million secured loan facility with a syndicate of banks and Nordea Bank Norge SA as Agent and Security Trustee. This facility was comprised of a USD million term loan facility and a USD million revolving credit facility, and had a term of six years. The main purpose of this facility was to repay and retire the USD 1,600 million facility signed in April This facility was secured by 22 of the Group's wholly-owned vessels. The term loan was repayable in 11 instalments of consecutive 6-month intervals, with the final repayment due at maturity in Each revolving advance was repayable in full on the last day of its applicable interest period. This facility, as amended, bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% per annum plus applicable mandatory costs. On September 1, 2015, the Group repaid this loan in full using a portion of the borrowings under the USD million senior secured amortizing revolving credit facility concluded on August 19, On December 23, 2011, the Group entered into a USD 65.0 million secured term loan facility with DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) to finance the acquisition of Alsace, which was mortgaged under the loan. This facility was repayable over a term of seven years in ten installments at successive six month intervals, each in the amount of USD 2.15 million together with a balloon installment of USD 43.5 million payable with (and forming part of) the tenth and final repayment on February 23, The interest rate was LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum plus applicable mandatory costs. This USD 65.0 million loan facility was repaid in full on September 1, 2015 using a portion of the borrowing under the USD million senior secured amortizing revolving credit facility concluded on August 19, On March 25, 2014, the Group entered into a USD million senior secured credit facility with DNB Bank ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ). This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum and is repayable over a term of six years with maturity in 2020 and is secured by the fifteen (15) Very Large Crude Carriers (VLCC) from Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd. The proceeds of the facility have been drawn and used to partially finance the purchase price of the Maersk Acquisition Vessels. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this facility were USD million and USD million, respectively. On October 13, 2014, the Group entered into a USD million senior secured credit facility with a syndicate of banks and ING Bank N.V. as Agent and Security Trustee. Borrowings under this facility have been, or are expected to be, used to partially finance the acquisition of the four (4) modern Japanese built VLCC vessels ('the VLCC Acquisition Vessels') from Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd and to repay USD million of outstanding debt and retire the Group's USD million Secured Loan Facility dated April 3, This facility is comprised of (i) a USD million non-amortizing revolving credit facility and (ii) a USD million term loan facility. This facility has a term of 7 years and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum. This credit facility is secured by eight of our wholly-owned vessels, the Fraternity, Felicity, Cap Felix, Cap Theodora and, upon their respective deliveries, the VLCC Acquisition Vessels. On October 22, 2014 a first drawdown under this facility was made to repay the USD 300 million secured loan facility, followed by additional drawdowns on December 22, 2014 and December 23, 2014 for an amount of 60.3 million and 50.3 million following the delivery of the Hojo and Hakone respectively. On March 3, 2015 and April 13, 2015 additional drawdowns of 53.4 million and 50.4 million were made following the delivery of the Hirado and Hakata respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding balances on this facility were USD million and USD million, respectively. F-47

172 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 On August 19, 2015, the Group entered into a USD million senior secured amortizing revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks led by DNB Bank ASA and Nordea Bank Norge ASA. The facility will be available for the purpose of (i) refinancing 21 vessels; (ii) financing four newbuilding VLCC vessels as well as (iii) Euronav's general corporate and working capital purposes. The credit facility will mature on 1 July 2022 and carries a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 195 bps. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding balance under this facility was USD million. On November 9, 2015, the Group entered into a USD 60.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility with KBC NV, acting as Bookrunning Mandated Lead Arranger and as Agent. As at the end of December 31, 2015, there was no outstanding balance under this facility. These secured bank loans contain loan covenants. A future breach of covenant may require the Group to repay the loan earlier than indicated in the table below. For more details on these, please see "Capital management" in Note 19. Undrawn borrowing facilities At December 31, 2015, Euronav and its fully-owned subsidiaries have undrawn credit line facilities amounting to USD million (2014: EUR 10.0 million). Terms and debt repayment schedule The terms and conditions of outstanding loans were as follows: inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Curr. Nominal Carrying Year of mat. Facility size Drawn Carrying value Facility size Drawn interest rate value Secured vessels loan USD libor +3.00% , , ,400 Secured vessels Revolving loan* USD libor +3.00% , , ,000 Secured vessels loan USD libor +2.25% , , , , , ,485 Secured vessels Revolving loan* USD libor +2.25% , , , ,388 Secured vessels loan USD libor +2.75% , , , , , ,956 Secured vessels loan USD libor +2.95% ,250 54,250 54,100 Secured vessels Revolving loan* USD libor +1.95% , , , Unsecured bank facility EUR euribor +1.00% , Unsecured bank facility USD libor +2.25% , Total interest-bearing bank loans 1,362,058 1,070,976 1,052,448 1,259,248 1,249,248 1,234,329 The facility amount of the vessel loans can be reduced if the value of the collateralized vessels falls under a certain percentage of the outstanding amount under that loan. * The total amount available under the Revolving Credit Facility depends on the total value of the fleet of tankers securing the facility. F-48

173 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Convertible and other notes inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Curr. Nominal Carrying Year of mat. Facility size Drawn Carrying value Facility size Drawn interest rate value Unsecured convertible Notes USD 6.50% ,000 25,000 23,124 Unsecured Notes USD 5.95% , , ,373 Total convertible and other Notes , , ,497 On September 24, 2009, the Group issued USD million fixed rate senior unsecured convertible Notes, due The Notes were issued at 100 per cent of their principal amount and bore interest at a rate of 6.5 per cent per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears. The initial conversion price was EUR 16, (or USD 23, at EUR/USD exchange rate of 1,4228) per share and was set at a premium of 25 per cent to the volume weighted average price of Euronav's ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on September 3, In the course of the first quarter 2012, the Group repurchased 68 Notes of its USD 150 million fixed rate senior unsecured Notes, due In 2013, the Group offered to exchange the Notes against a new Note which bore the same interest rate of 6.5% but which would mature in 2018 and would have a lower conversion price of EUR The exchange offer resulted in USD million of Notes (face value) being exchanged for new Notes, including the 68 Notes acquired by the Group in In the second quarter of 2013, the Group bought back an additional 5 of its Notes due in 2015, while selling in the third quarter of 2013 the 68 Notes due in 2018 it held after the above exchange. During the period from November 12, 2013 through April 22, 2014, the Group issued an aggregate of 20,969,473 existing ordinary shares upon conversion of USD million in aggregate principal amount of 1,249 convertible Notes due 2018 at the holders' option. On February 20, 2014, the Group exercised its right to redeem all of the remaining convertible Notes due in On April 9, 2014, the Group redeemed the last convertible note due On January 31, 2015, the Group redeemed the 250 remaining outstanding fixed rate unsecured convertible Notes due 2015 with a face value of USD 100,000 each, at par. On February 4, 2014, the Group issued USD million 7-year bonds. These bonds were issued at 85 per cent of their principal amount and bore interest at a rate of 5.95% per annum for the first year, payable semi-annually in arrears. The interest rate would increase to 8.5% per annum for the second and third year and would increase again to 10.20% per annum from year four until maturity. The bonds were at any time redeemable by Euronav at par. These bonds were fully repaid on February 19, 2015 using the proceeds of the initial public offering in the US. Of the on issue discount (USD 35.3 million) and the transaction costs (USD 0.7 million), USD 31.9 million was recognized in finance expenses in 2014 and USD 4.1 million was recognized in finance expenses in 2015 (see Note 6). These amounts are also reflected under the heading 'Other changes' in the table above. F-49

174 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Convertible notes inthousandsofusd Carrying amount of liability at the beginning of period 23, ,822 Interest Amortization of transaction costs Buyback of convertible Notes - (1,354) Redemption of convertible Notes (23,200) - Conversion of convertible Notes - (102,279) Carrying amount of liability at the end of the period - 23,124 Transaction and other financial costs In 2015, the Group noted a decrease in finance expenses (2015: USD million, 2014: USD million, 2013: million) mainly due to the repayment of the convertible Notes and the USD million 7-year bonds. Amortization of transaction costs is reflected under the heading 'Other changes' in the table above. Note 16 - Non-current other payables inthousandsofusd Fair Value Advances on Sellers Credit derivatives Contracts TOTAL More than 5 years Between 1 and 5 years Balance at 31 December Fair Value Advances on Sellers Credit derivatives Contracts TOTAL More than 5 years Between 1 and 5 years Balance at December 31, F-50

175 Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 Note 17 - Employee benefits The amounts recognized in the balance sheet are as follows: EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013 Net liability at beginning of period (2,108) (1,900) (2,166) Recognized in profit or loss (108) (85) 86 Recognized in other comprehensive income (44) (393) 263 Foreign currency translation differences (83) Net liability at end of period (2,038) (2,108) (1,900) Present value of funded obligations (852) (1,525) (1,495) Fair value of plan assets 539 1,145 1,215 (313) (380) (280) Present value of unfunded obligations (1,725) (1,728) (1,620) Net liability (2,038) (2,108) (1,900) Amounts in the balance sheet: Liabilities (2,038) (2,108) (1,900) Assets Net liability (2,038) (2,108) (1,900) Liability for defined benefit obligations The Group makes contributions to three defined benefit plans that provide pension benefits for employees upon retirement. One plan - the Belgian plan - is fully insured through an insurance company. The second and third - French and Greek plan - are uninsured and unfunded. The Group expects to contribute the following amount to its defined benefit pension plans in 2016: USD 43,245. F-51

176 Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 Note 18 - Trade and other payables - current EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Trade payables 23,034 21,844 Accrued payroll 2,719 2,464 Dividends payable 7 8 Derivatives - - Accrued expenses 35,189 36,838 Accrued interest 1,043 14,026 Deferred income 16,860 10,248 Other payables ,127 Sellers credit - 30,000 Total trade and other payables 79, ,555 The amount under other payables as at December 31, 2014 primarily related to the option fee received in January 2011 in cash to sell the VLCC Antarctica( ,981 dwt). The Antarctica was sold in 2015 and the corresponding USD 10.0 million was deducted from the sale price. In 2015, the sellers credit in the amount of USD 30.0 million was repaid. F-52

177 Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 Note 19 - Financial instruments - Market and other risks Carrying amounts and fair values EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the fair value hierarchy. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value, such as sellers credit and trade and other receivables and payables. inthousandsofusd December 31, 2014 Fair value - Hedging instruments Carrying Amount Fair value Other Loans and financial Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total receivables liabilities Financial assets not measured at fair value Non-current receivables (Note 10) - 258, , Trade and other receivables * (Note 11) - 163, , Cash and cash equivalents (Note 12) - 254, , , , Financial liabilities measured at fair value Interest rate swaps used for hedging Financial liabilities not measured at fair value Secured bank loans (Note 15) - - 1,234,329 1,234,329-1,249,248-1,249,248 Unsecured bank loans (Note 15) Unsecured convertible Notes (Note 15) ,124 23,124 25, ,048 Unsecured other Notes (Note 15) , , , ,202 Trade and other payables * (Note 18) , , Advance received on Contracts (Note 16) ,604,622 1,604, ,249 1,249,248-1,510,497 December 31, 2015 Financial assets not measured at fair value Non-current receivables (Note 10) - 259, , Trade and other receivables * (Note 11) - 198, , Cash and cash equivalents (Note 12) - 131, , , , Financial liabilities measured at fair value Interest rate swaps used for hedging Financial liabilities not measured at fair value Secured bank loans (Note 15) - - 1,052,448 1,052,448-1,070,976-1,070,976 Unsecured bank loans (Note 15) Unsecured convertible Notes (Note 15) Unsecured other Notes (Note 15) Trade and other payables * (Note 18) ,218 62, Advance received on Contracts (Note 16) ,115,256 1,115,256-1,070,976-1,070,976 * Deferred charges (see Note 11) and deferred income (see Note 18), which are not financial assets (liabilities) are not included. F-53

178 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Measurement of fair values Valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs Level 1 fair value was determined on the actual trading of the unsecured convertible Notes, due in 2015 and the unsecured other Notes, due in 2021 and the trading price on December 31, The following tables show the valuation techniques used in measuring Level 2 fair values, as well as the significant unobservable inputs used. Financial instruments measured at fair value Type Valuation Techniques Significant unobservable inputs Forward exchange contracts and interest rate swaps for which no hedge accounting applies Interest rate swaps for which hedge accounting applies Financial instruments not measured at fair value Market comparison technique: The fair values are based on broker quotes. Similar contracts are traded in an active market and the quotes reflect the actual transactions in similar instruments Fairvaluecalculation:The fair values are computed by calculating the present value of the future cash flows (Fixed and floating), which depends on the forward rates. The forward rates are calculated on the interest rate curves such as LIBOR. Not applicable Not applicable Type Valuation Techniques Significant unobservable inputs Debt Securities (consisting of unsecured other notes) Market comparison technique: The valuation is based on the market price of the traded instruments. The contracts are traded in an active market and the quotes reflect the actual transactions. Not applicable Other financial liabilities (consisting of secured and unsecured bank loans) Discounted cash flow Not applicable F-54

179 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Transfers between Level 1 and 2 There were no transfers in either direction in 2013, 2014 and Financial risk management In the course of its normal business, the Group is exposed to following risks: Credit risk Credit risk Liquidity risk Market risk (Tanker market risk, interest rate risk and currency risk) Trade and other receivables The Group has no formal credit policy. Credit evaluations - when necessary - are performed on an ongoing basis. At the balance sheet date there were no significant concentrations of credit risk. In particular, the sole client representing 11% of the Tankers segment's total revenue in 2015 (see Note 2) only represented 2% of the total trade and other receivables at December 31, 2015 (2014: 3%, 2013: 0.48%). The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset in the balance sheet. The ageing of trade and other receivables is as follows: inthousandsofusd Not past due 206, ,062 Past due 0-30 days 5,569 3,301 Past due days 4,216 13,609 More than one year 2, Total trade and other receivables 219, ,733 F-55

180 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Non current receivables mainly consist of shareholder's loans to joint ventures (see Note 10). As at December 31,2015 and December 31,2014, these receivables were not past due (no maturity date) and not impaired. Past due amounts are not impaired as collection is still considered to be likely and management is confident the outstanding amounts can be recovered. As at December 31, % (2014: 46.15%) of the total trade and other receivables relate to TI Pool which are paid after completion of the voyages but which only deals with oil majors, national oil companies and other actors of the oil industry whose credit worthiness is very high. Amounts not past due are also with customers with very high credit worthiness and are therefore not impaired. Cash and cash equivalents The Group held cash and cash equivalents of USD million at December 31, 2015 (2014: USD million). The cash and cash equivalents are held with bank and financial institution counterparties, which are rated A- to AA+, based on rating agency S&P (see Note 12). Derivatives The derivatives are entered into with banks and financial institution counterparties, which are rated A- to AA+, based on rating agency S&P. Guarantees The Group's policy is to provide financial guarantees only for subsidiaries and joint ventures. At December 31, 2015, the Group has issued a guarantee to certain banks in respect of credit facilities granted to 6 joint ventures (see Note 25). Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group's approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group's reputation. Despite the crisis on the financial markets since the summer of 2008, the liquidity risk of the Group remains under control. The sources of financing have been diversified with the first issuance of a convertible Note in September 2009 and the bulk of the loans are irrevocable, long-term and maturities are spread over different years. The following are the remaining contractual maturities of financial liabilities: Contractual cash flows December 31, 2014 inthousandsofusd Carrying Amount Total Less than 1 year Between 1 and 5 years More than 5 years Non derivative financial liabilities Bank loans (Note 15) 1,234,329 1,379, , , ,902 Convertible Notes (Note 15) 254, ,933 43, ,575 - Current trade and other payables * (Note 18) 115, , , Non-current other payables (Note 16) ,604,133 1,795, ,037 1,072, ,902 Derivative financial liabilities Interest rate swaps (Note 16) Forward exchange contracts (Note 16) Contractual cash flows December 31, 2015 inthousandsofusd Carrying Amount Total Less than 1 year Between 1 and 5 years More than 5 years Non derivative financial liabilities Bank loans (Note 15) 1,052,448 1,174, , , ,335 Convertible and other Notes (Note 15) Current trade and other payables * (Note 18) 62,218 62,218 62, Non-current other payables (Note 16) ,114,666 1,236, , , ,335 Derivative financial liabilities Interest rate swaps (Note 16) Forward exchange contracts (Note 16) * Deferred income (see Note 18), which are not financial assets (liabilities) are not included. F-56

181 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 The Group has secured bank loans that contain loan covenants. A future breach of covenant may require the Group to repay the loan earlier than indicated in the above table. For more details on these covenants, please see "capital management" below. The interest payments on variable interest rate loans in the table above reflect market forward interest rates at the reporting date and these amounts may change as market interest rate change. Except for these financial liabilities, it is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts. inthousandsofusd Interest swaps with hedge accounting Interest swaps with no hedge accounting Forward exchange contracts used for hedging TOTAL Dirty value (1,443) - - (1,443) Accrued Interest Clean value at January 1, 2014 (1,291) - - (1,291) Effective portion recognized directly in OCI 1, ,291 Ineffective portion recognized in profit or loss Dirty value Accrued Interest Clean value at December 31, 2014 (Note 16) Dirty value Accrued Interest Clean value at January 1, 2015 (Note 16) Effective portion recognized directly in OCI Ineffective portion recognized in profit or loss Dirty value Accrued Interest Clean value at December 31, 2015 (Note 16) F-57

182 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Market risk Tanker market risk The Spot Tanker freight market is a highly volatile global market and the Group cannot predict what the market will be. In order to manage the risk associated to this volatility, the Group has adopted a balanced strategy of operating part of its fleet on the spot market and the other part under fixed time charter contracts. The proportion of vessels operated on the spot will vary according to the many factors affecting both the spot and fixed time charter contract markets. Every increase (decrease) of 1,000 USD on a Spot tanker freight market (VLCC and Suezmax) per day would have increased (decreased) profit or loss by the amounts shown below: effectinthousandsofusd Profit or loss Profit or loss Profit or loss 1000 USD 1000 USD 1000 USD 1000 USD 1000 USD 1000 USD increase decrease increase decrease increase decrease 12,972 (12,972) 9,941 (9,941) 6,836 (6,836) Interest rate risk In the past the Group hedged part of its exposure to changes in interest rates on borrowings. All borrowings contracted for the financing of vessels are on the basis of a floating interest rate, increased by a margin. On a regular basis the Group uses various interest rate related derivatives (Interest rate swaps, caps and floors) to achieve an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate exposure as defined by the Group. On December 31, 2015, the Group has no such instruments in place. The Group, in connection to the USD 300 million facility raised in April 2009 also entered in several Interest Rate Swap instruments for a combined notional value of USD 300 million. These IRSs have been used to hedge the risk related to any fluctuation of the Libor rate and qualified for hedging instruments in a cash flow hedge relationship under IAS 39. These instruments have been measured at their fair value; effective changes in fair value have been recognized in equity and the ineffective portion has been recognized in profit or loss. These IRS had a duration of 5 years matching the repayment profile of that facility and matured in April 2014 and as a consequence the fair value of these instruments at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 amounted to USD 0 (2013: USD -1,291,121). At the reporting date the interest rate profile of the Group's interest-bearing financial liabilities was: Carrying amount inthousandsofusd Fixed rate instruments Financial assets - - Financial liabilities - 254, ,497 Variable rate instruments Financial liabilities 1,052,448 1,234,329 1,052,448 1,234,329 F-58

183 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Fairvaluesensitivityanalysisforfixedrateinstruments The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, and the Group does not designate derivatives (interest rate swaps) as hedging instruments under a fair value hedge accounting model. Therefore a change in interest rates at the reporting date would not affect profit or loss nor equity. Cashflowsensitivityanalysisforvariablerateinstruments A change of 50 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant. Profit or loss Equity 50 bp 50 bp 50 bp 50 bp effectinthousandsofusd increase decrease increase decrease 31 December 2013 Variable rate instruments (4,382) 4, Interest rate swaps (11) Cash flow sensitivity (net) (4,382) 4, (11) 31 December 2014 Variable rate instruments (4,257) 4, Interest rate swaps Cash flow sensitivity (net) (4,257) 4, December 2015 Variable rate instruments (5,670) 5, Interest rate swaps Cash flow sensitivity (net) (5,670) 5, F-59

184 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Currency risk The Group's exposure to currency risk is related to its operating expenses expressed in Euros. In 2015 about 17.4% (2014: 13.5%, 2013: 18.3%) of the Group's total operating expenses were incurred in Euros. Revenue and the financial instruments are expressed in USD only. December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013 inthousandsofusd EUR USD EUR USD EUR USD Trade payables (9,913) (13,121) (8,646) (13,198) (11,227) (21,129) Operating expenses (89,457) (425,806) (65,691) (421,300) (67,985) (302,879) For the average and closing rates applied during the year, we refer to Note 27. Euronav has entered into an agreement with a third party financial advisor with the aim to manage the risk from adverse movements in EUR/USD exchange rates. The program uses a financial trading strategy called Currency Overlay Management strategy which manages the equivalent of EUR 40.0 million exposures on a yearly basis. The currency overlay manager conducts foreign-exchange hedging by selectively placing and removing hedges to achieve the objectives set by us. Under this program no instruments were outstanding as at December 31, The net impact of this program on the Group's consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year ending December 31, 2015 was a loss of USD 1,045,464 (2014: loss of USD 85,988, 2013: loss of USD 639,438) Sensitivityanalysis A 10 percent strengthening of the EUR against the USD at December 31, would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant. inthousandsofusd Equity Profit or loss (9,565) (9,124) (8,179) A 10 percent weakening of the EUR against the USD at December 31, would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant. Master netting or similar agreements The Group enters into derivative transactions under International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agreements. In general, under such agreements the amounts owned by each counterparty on a single day in respect of all transactions outstanding in the same currency are aggregated into a single net amount that is payable by one party to the other. Capital management Euronav is continuously optimizing its capital structure (mix between debt and equity). The main objective is to maximize shareholder value while keeping the desired financial flexibility to execute the strategic projects. Some of the Group's other key drivers when making capital structure decisions are pay-out restrictions and the maintenance of the strong financial health of the Group. Besides the statutory minimum equity funding requirements that apply to the Group's subsidiaries in the various countries, the Group is also subject to covenants in relation to some of its senior secured credit facilities: F-60

185 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 an amount of current assets that, on a consolidated basis, exceeds current liabilities. Current assets may include undrawn amount of any committed revolving credit facilities and credit lines having a maturity of more than one year; an aggregate amount of cash, cash equivalents and available aggregate undrawn amounts of any committed loan of at least USD 50.0 million or 5% of the Group's total indebtedness (excluding guarantees), depending on the applicable loan facility, whichever is greater; an amount of cash of at least USD 30.0 million; and a ratio of Stockholders' Equity to Total Assets of at least 30% Further, the Group's loan facilities generally include an asset protection clause whereby the fair market value of collateral vessels should be at least 125% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the respective loan. The credit facilities discussed above also contain restrictions and undertakings which may limit the Group and the Group's subsidiaries' ability to, among other things: effect changes in management of the Group's vessels; transfer or sell or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial portion of the Group's assets; declare and pay dividends, (with respect to each of the Group's joint ventures, other than Seven Seas Shipping Limited, no dividend may be distributed before its loan agreement, as applicable, is repaid in full); and incur additional indebtedness. A violation of any of these financial covenants or operating restrictions contained in the credit facilities may constitute an event of default under these credit facilities, which, unless cured within the grace period set forth under the applicable credit facility, if applicable, or waived or modified by the Group's lenders, provides them with the right to, among other things, require the Group to post additional collateral, enhance equity and liquidity, increase interest payments, pay down indebtedness to a level where the Group is in compliance with loan covenants, sell vessels in the fleet, reclassify indebtedness as current liabilities and accelerate indebtedness and foreclose liens on the vessels and the other assets securing the credit facilities, which would impair the Group's ability to continue to conduct business. Furthermore, certain of our credit facilities contain a cross-default provision that may be triggered by a default under one of our other credit facilities, or those of our 50%-owned joint ventures. A crossdefault provision means that a default on one loan would result in a default on certain other loans. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in certain of our credit facilities, the refusal of any one lender under our credit facilities to grant or extend a waiver could result in certain of our indebtedness being accelerated, even if our other lenders under our credit facilities have waived covenant defaults under the respective credit facilities. If our secured indebtedness is accelerated in full or in part, it would be very difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing and we could lose our vessels and other assets securing our credit facilities if our lenders foreclose their liens, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. Moreover, in connection with any waivers of or amendments to our credit facilities that we may obtain, our lenders may impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us or modify the terms of our existing credit facilities. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, make capital expenditures or incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees. In addition, our lenders may require the payment of additional fees, require prepayment of a portion of our indebtedness to them, accelerate the amortization schedule for our indebtedness and increase the interest rates they charge us on our outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Group was in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the debt agreements. It is the Company's dividend policy to distribute 80% of the net earnings for each fiscal year, excluding exceptional items such as gains on the disposal of vessels. F-61

186 Note 20 - Operating leases EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Leases as lessee Future minimum lease payments The Group leases in some of its vessels under time charter and bare boat agreements (operating leases). The future minimum lease payments with an average duration of 10 months under non-cancellable leases are as follows: inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Less than 1 year (15,012) (16,036) Between 1 and 5 years - (6,110) More than 5 years - - Total future lease payments (15,012) (22,146) Options to extend the charter period, if any, have not been taken into account when calculating the future minimum lease payments. Non-cancellable operating lease rentals for office space and company cars with an average duration of 4 years are payable as follows: inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Less than 1 year (2,448) (2,439) Between 1 and 5 years (6,826) (8,174) More than 5 years (2,665) (4,233) Total non-cancellable operating lease rentals (11,939) (14,846) Amounts recognized in profit and loss inthousandsofusd Bareboat charter - (3,584) (3,002) Time charter (25,849) (32,080) (18,029) Office rental (2,581) (1,579) (1,141) Total recognized in profit and loss (28,430) (37,243) (22,172) F-62

187 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Leases as lessor The Group leases out some of its vessels under time charter agreements (operating leases). The future minimum lease receivables with an average duration of 1 year and 7 months under non-cancellable leases are as follows: Future minimum lease receivables inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Less than 1 year 217, ,304 Between 1 and 5 years 168, ,842 More than 5 years - - Total future lease receivables 385, ,146 On some of the abovementioned vessels the Group has granted the option to extend the charter period. These option periods have not been taken into account when calculating the future minimum lease receivables. At December 31, 2015, Euronav and its subsidiaries, without joint ventures, have future minimum lease receivables less than one year of USD 152,1 million (2014: USD 72.5 million) and future minimum lease receivables between one and five years of USD million (2014: USD 55.3 million). Non-cancellable operating lease rentals for office space with an average duration of 6 years are receivable as follows: inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Less than 1 year Between 1 and 5 years 3,360 3,349 More than 5 years 1,854 2,791 Total non-cancellable operating lease rentals 6,162 6,977 The above operating lease rentals receivable relate entirely to the Group's leased offices for Euronav UK. Euronav UK has sublet part of the office space to five different subtenants, of which four starting in 2014 and one in Amounts recognized in profit and loss inthousandsofusd Bareboat charter Time charter 126, , ,396 Office rental Total amounts recognized in profit and loss 126, , ,396 Note 21 - Provisions & Contingencies The Group is involved in a number of disputes in connection with its day-to-day activities, both as claimant and defendant. Such disputes and the associated expenses of legal representation are covered by insurance. Moreover, they are not of a magnitude that lies outside the ordinary, and their scope is not of such a nature that they could materially affect the Group's financial position. F-63

188 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Note 22 - Related parties Identity of related parties The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (see Note 24) and equity-accounted investees (see Note 25) and with its directors and executive officers (see Note 23). Transactions with key management personnel The total amount of the remuneration paid to all non-executive directors for their services as members of the board and committees (if applicable) is as follows: inthousandsofeur Total remuneration 1,591 1,401 1,189 The Remuneration Committee annually reviews the remuneration of the members of the Executive Committee. The remuneration (excluding the CEO) consists of a fixed and a variable component and can be summarized as follows: inthousandsofeur Total fixed remuneration 2,302 3,864 1,081 of which Cost of pension Share-based payments 1,126 2, Other benefits Total variable remuneration 1, All amounts mentioned above refer to the Executive Committee in its official composition throughout The remuneration of the CEO can be summarized as follows: inthousandsofgbp Total fixed remuneration 738 1, of which Cost of pension Share-based payments Other benefits Total variable remuneration Within the framework of a stock option plan, the board of directors has granted on December 16, 2013 options on its 1,750,000 treasury shares to the members of the executive committee for no consideration. 525,000 options were granted to the CEO and 1,225,000 options were granted to the other members of the executive committee. The exercise price of the options was EUR All of the beneficiaries have accepted the options granted to them. In ,283,333 options were exercised. At the date of this report all of the remaining options are vested. In addition, the board of directors has granted on February 12, ,590 options and 65,433 restricted stock units within the framework of a long term incentive plan. Vested stock options may be exercised until 13 years after the grant date (see Note 23). F-64

189 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Relationship with CMB In 2004, Euronav split from Compagnie Maritime Belge (CMB) and currently both have Saverco as a reference shareholder. CMB used to render some administrative and general services. In 2015 CMB invoiced a total amount of USD 0 (2014: USD 17,745, 2013: USD 61,895). Relationship with Saverco Saverco, a reference shareholder of Euronav, has rendered travel services to Euronav on a transactional basis. In 2015, Saverco invoiced a total amount of USD 0 (2014: USD 15,828, 2013: 25,533). Properties The Group leases office space in Belgium from Reslea N.V., an entity controlled by Saverco, a reference shareholder of Euronav. Under this lease, the Group paid an annual rent of USD 178,104 in 2015 (2014: USD 207,738, 2013: USD 199,032). This lease expires on August 31, The Group leases office space, through our subsidiary Euronav Ship Management Hellas, in Piraeus, Greece, from Nea Dimitra Ktimatiki Kai Emporik S.A., an entity controlled by Ceres Shipping. Mr. Livanos, a former member of our board acting as permanent representative of TankLog until his resignation on December 3, 2015, is the Chairman and sole shareholder of Ceres Shipping. Under this lease, the Group paid an annual rent of USD 184,791 in 2015 (2014: USD 198,822, 2013: USD 188,040). This lease expires on December 31, The Group subleases office space in its new London, United Kingdom office, through its subsidiary Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited, pursuant to sublease agreements, dated September 25, 2014, with GasLog Services UK Limited and Unisea Maritime Limited, both parties related to Peter Livanos. Under these subleases, the Company received in 2015 a rent of USD 495,507 (2014: USD 169,052, 2013: USD 0). This sublease expires on April 27, The Company also subleases office space in its new London, United Kingdom office, through its subsidiary Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited, pursuant to a sublease agreement, dated 25 September 2014, with Tankers (UK) Agencies Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tankers International LLC, of which the Group owns 40 per cent of the outstanding interests. Under this sublease, the Company received in 2015 a rent of USD 260,108 (2014: USD 88,738, 2013: USD 0). This sublease expires on April 27, Registration Rights On January 28, 2015 the Group entered into a registration rights agreement with companies affiliated with our former Chairman, Peter Livanos, or the Ceres Shareholders, and companies affiliated with our former Vice Chairman, Marc Saverys, or the Saverco Shareholders. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, each of the Ceres Shareholders as a group and the Saverco Shareholders as a group will be able to piggyback on the others' demand registration. The Ceres Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders are only treated as having made their request if the registration statement for such shareholder group's shares is declared effective. Once we are eligible to do so, commencing 12 calendar months after the Ordinary Shares have been registered under the Exchange Act, the Ceres Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders may require us to file shelf registration statements permitting sales by them of ordinary shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. The Ceres Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders can also exercise piggyback registration rights to participate in certain registrations of ordinary shares by us. All expenses relating to the registrations, including the participation of our executive management team in two marketed roadshows and a reasonable number of marketing calls in connection with one-day or overnight transactions, will be borne by us. The registration rights agreement also contains provisions relating to indemnification and contribution. There are no specified financial remedies for non-compliance with the registration rights agreement. At December 31, 2015, no rights were exercised by any of the parties under the registration rights agreement. F-65

190 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Transactions with subsidiaries and joint ventures On March 15, 2013, the Group sold the Suezmax Cap Isabella ( ,258 dwt) to Belle Shipholdings Ltd. Peter Livanos, at that time the vice-chairman of the board of directors of the Group directly or indirectly holds an important participation in Belle Shipholdings Ltd. Peter Livanos, as the permanent representative of Tanklog Holdings Ltd., notified Euronav's board of directors which met on March 14, 2013, that pursuant to the provisions of the Belgian Code of Companies relating to the existence of conflicts of interest, he had a direct or indirect patrimonial interest that conflicts with the interests of the Company in respect of this sale and therefore, did not participate in the deliberation or the vote that authorized the Group to sell the Cap Isabella on the basis of current market values. The Cap Isabella was a newbuilding from Samsung Heavy Industries. The Group chartered the ship back on bareboat for a fixed period of 2 years with 3 options in favor of the charterer to extend for a further year. In case of a sale by the new owner during the bareboat charter contract the Group would also share in any surplus if the vessel value exceeded a certain threshold. The net selling price of the vessel was USD 52.9 million (see Note 8). On July 31, 2014, the Cap Isabella was in its turn sold by its owner, Belle Shipholdings Ltd., a company related to Euronav, to a third-party and was delivered to its new owner on October 8, As the original sale and lease back agreement between the Group and Belle Shipholdings Ltd. included a profit sharing mechanism for a future sale, a capital gain on disposal of assets was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2014 for a total amount of USD 4.3 million. The Group has supplied funds in the form of shareholder's advances to some of its joint ventures at pre-agreed conditions which are always similar for the other party involved in the joint venture in question (see below and Note 25). A majority of Euronav NV's Suezmaxes operating in the spot market participate in an internal Revenue Sharing Agreement, or RSA, together with four Suezmaxes owned by joint ventures of which Euronav owns 50%. Under the RSA, each vessel owner is responsible for its own costs, including voyage-related expenses, but will share in the net revenues, after the deduction of voyage-related expenses, retroactively on a semi-annual basis. Calculation of allocations and contributions under the RSA are based on a pool points system and are paid after the deduction of the pool fee to Euronav NV, as pool manager, from the gross pool income. If this RSA had not been in place, the Group's profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 would have been impacted with USD (0.9) million (2014: USD 1.2 million, 2013: 1.7 million). Balances and transactions between the Group and its subsidiaries have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Details of outstanding balances and transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are disclosed below: As of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 inthousandsofusd Trade receivables Trade payables Shareholders Loan Turnover Dividend Income TI Africa Ltd , TI Asia Ltd , Fiorano Shipholding Ltd , Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd 1, , Larvotto Shipholding Ltd , Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd , Great Hope Enterprises Ltd ,410 Kingswood Co. Ltd Total 3,355 1, ,414 2,893 9,410 As of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 inthousandsofusd Trade receivables Trade payables Shareholders Loan Turnover Dividend Income TI Africa Ltd , TI Asia Ltd , Fiorano Shipholding Ltd , Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd , Larvotto Shipholding Ltd , Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd 2, , Great Hope Enterprises Ltd Kingswood Co. Ltd Total 3, ,749 3, John Michael Radziwill, one of our directors, serves as an advisor of SCP Clover Maritime, a company that manages assets and investments of Mr. John Radziwill, his father, and specifically for Bretta Tanker Holdings, Inc., the joint venture partner of Euronav in the four joint ventures formed for the purpose of ordering and owning four Suezmax tankers through the following holding companies: Fiorano shipholding limited, Fontvieille shipholding limited, Larvotto shipholding limited and Moneghetti shipholding limited. Guarantees The Group has provided guarantees to financial institutions that have provided credit facilities to its joint ventures. As of December 31, 2015 USD million (2014: USD million) was outstanding under the joint venture loan agreements, of which the Group has guaranteed USD million (2014: USD million) (see Note 25). F-66

191 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 Note 23 - Share-based Payment arrangements Description of share-based payment arrangements: At December 31, 2015, the Group had the following share-based payment arrangements: Share option programs (Equity-settled) On December 16, 2013, the Group established a share option program that entitles key management personnel to purchase existing shares in the Company. Under the program, holders of vested options are entitled to purchase shares at the market price of the shares at the grant date. Currently this program is limited to key management personnel. The Group intends to use its treasury shares to settle its obligations under this program. The key terms and conditions related to the grants under these programs are as follows: Grant date/employees entitled Number of instruments Vesting Conditions Contractual life of Options Options granted to key management personnel December 16, 2013 ("Tranche 1") 583,000 Share price to be at least EUR years December 16, 2013 ("Tranche 2") 583,000 Share price to be at least EUR years December 16, 2013 ("Tranche 3") 583,000 Share price to be at least EUR and US listing 5 years Total Share options 1,750,000 In addition, 50% of the options can only be exercised at the earliest if the shares of the Group are admitted for listing in a recognized US listing exchange platform (the "listing event"). The other 50% can only be exercised one year after the listing event. If the Group's shares had not been listed on a US listing exchange, then only 2/3 of the shares would be exercisable and would have to meet the first 2 vesting conditions listed above. Long term incentive plan (Equity-settled) The Group's Board of Directors has implemented in 2015 a long term incentive plan ('LTIP') for key management personnel. Under the terms of this LTIP, the beneficiaries will obtain 40% of their respective LTIP in the form of Euronav stock options, with vesting over three years at anniversary date and 60% in the form of restricted stock units ('RSU's'), with cliff vesting on the third anniversary. In total 236,590 options and 65,433 RSU's were granted on February 12, Vested stock options may be exercised until 13 years after the grant date. Measurement of Fair Value The fair value of the employee share options under the 2013 program and the 2015 LTIP has been measured using the Black-Scholes formula. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the transactions were not taken into account in measuring fair value. F-67

192 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 The inputs used in measurement of the fair values at grant date for the equity-settled share option programs were as follows: FiguresinEUR Share option program 2013 LTIP 2015 Tranche 1 Tranche 2 Tranche 3 Tranche 1 Tranche 2 Tranche 3 Fair value at grant date Share price at grant date Exercise price Expected volatility (weighted average) 40% 40% 40% 39.63% 39.63% 39.63% Expected life (Days) (weighted average) ,095 Expected dividends % 8% 8% Risk-free interest rate 1% 1% 1% 0.66% 0.66% 0.66% Expected volatility has been based on an evaluation of the historical volatility of the Company's share price, particularly over the historical periods commensurate with the expected term. The expected term of the instruments has been based on historical experience and general option holder behavior using a Monte Carlo simulation. The fair value of the RSUs under the 2015 LTIP was measured with reference to the Euronav share price at the grant date. All of the RSUs granted on February 12, 2015 remained outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and had not yet vested. Expenses recognized in profit or loss For details on related employee benefits expense see Note 5. Reconciliation of outstanding share options The number and weighted-average exercise prices of options under the 2013 program and the 2015 LTIP are as follows: FiguresinEUR Number of options Weighted average Number of options Weighted average 2015 exercise price exercise price 2014 Outstanding at January 1 1,750, ,750, Forfeited during the year Exercised during the year (1,283,333) Granted during the year 236, Outstanding at December , ,750, Vested at December ,667-1,166,167 - In May 2015, the holders exercised 2/3 of the share options under the 2013 program which resulted in the sale of 1,166,666 treasury shares. In December 2015 an additional 116,667 of share options were exercised under the 2013 program, resulting in the sale of a corresponding number of treasury shares. In February ,590 share options were granted related to the 2015 long term incentive plan. The weighted-average share price at the date of exercise for the share options exercised in 2015 was EUR (2014 and 2013: no share options exercised) F-68

193 Note 24 - Group entities EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 incorporation Country of Consolidation method Ownership interest December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, 2013 Parent Euronav NV Belgium full % % % Subsidiaries Euronav Tankers NV Belgium full % % NA Euronav Shipping NV Belgium full % % NA Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited UK full % % % Euronav Luxembourg SA Luxembourg full % % % Euronav sas France full % % % Euronav Ship Management sas France full % % % Euronav Ship Management Ltd Liberia full % % % EuronavShipManagementHellas(branchoffice) Euronav Hong Kong Hong Kong full % % % Euro-Ocean Shipmanagement (Cyprus) Ltd Cyprus full % % % Euronav Singapore Singapore full % NA NA Joint ventures Africa Conversion Corp. Marshall Islands equity NA 50.00% 50.00% Asia Conversion Corp. Marshall Islands equity NA 50.00% 50.00% Fiorano Shipholding Ltd Hong Kong equity 50.00% 50.00% 50.00% Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd Hong Kong equity 50.00% 50.00% 50.00% Great Hope Enterprises Ltd Hong Kong equity 50.00% 50.00% 50.00% Kingswood Co. Ltd Marshall Islands equity 50.00% 50.00% 50.00% Larvotto Shipholding Ltd Hong Kong equity 50.00% 50.00% 50.00% Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd Hong Kong equity 50.00% 50.00% 50.00% Seven Seas Shipping Ltd Marshall Islands equity 50.00% 50.00% 50.00% TI Africa Ltd Hong Kong equity 50.00% 50.00% 50.00% TI Asia Ltd Hong Kong equity 50.00% 50.00% 50.00% Associates Tankers International LLC Marshall Islands equity 40.00% 40.00% 40.00% VLCC Chartering Ltd Marshall Islands equity 20.00% 20.00% NA Although the Group has an economic interest in Tankers International LLC of 62.86% (2014: 74.20%), which is based on the percentage of owned vessels participating in the Tankers International Pool, the Group has no majority of voting rights as this is based on the actual shares owned by the Group which is only 40 per cent. Therefore Tankers International LLC is accounted for as an associate. In 2015 two joint ventures, Asia Conversion Corporation and Africa Conversion Corporation, have been dissolved. F-69

194 Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Note 25 - Equity-accounted investees inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Assets Interest in joint ventures 20,425 16,305 Interest in associates 1,212 1,027 TOTAL Assets 21,637 17,332 Liabilities Interest in joint ventures - (5,880) Interest in associates - - TOTAL Liabilities - (5,880) Associates InthousandsofUSD December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Carrying amount of interest at the beginning of the year 1, Group's share of profit (loss) for the period Group's share of other comprehensive income - - Carrying amount of interest at the end of the year 1,212 1,027 The Group distinguishes the following associates: Associate Segment Description Tankers International LLC Tankers The manager of the Tankers International Pool who commercially manages the majority of the Group's VLCCs VLCC Chartering Ltd Tankers Chartering joint venture that has the combined access to the combined fleets of Frontline and Tankers International Pool F-70

195 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Joint ventures InthousandsofUSD Asset Liability Investments in equity accounted investees Shareholders loans Investments in equity accounted investees Shareholders loans Gross balance (134,223) 381,447 (5,880) - Offset investment with shareholders loan 155,298 (155,298) - - Balance at January 1, , ,150 (5,880) - Group's share of profit (loss) for the period 17, Group's share of other comprehensive income 3, Capital increase/(decrease) in joint ventures 3, Dividends received from joint ventures Movement shareholders loans to joint ventures - 11, Gross balance (110,702) 392,922 (5,880) - Offset investment with shareholders loan 133,406 (133,406) - - Balance at December 31, , ,516 (5,880) - Group's share of profit (loss) for the period 29, Group's share of other comprehensive income 2, Capital increase/(decrease) in joint ventures (1,000) Dividends received from joint ventures (9,410) - - Movement shareholders loans to joint ventures - (29,508) - - Gross balance (89,338) 363,414 (5,880) - Offset investment with shareholders loan 105,643 (105,643) - - Balance at December 31, , ,771 (5,880) - Group's share of profit (loss) for the period 51, Group's share of other comprehensive income 1, Capital increase/(decrease) in joint ventures (1,500) - 5,880 - Dividends received from joint ventures (275) Movement shareholders loans to joint ventures - (45,665) - - Gross balance (38,095) 317, Offset investment with shareholders loan 58,520 (58,520) - - Balance at December 31, , , F-71

196 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 As the shipping market and the corresponding revenues are volatile, the Group has opted to give long-term shareholders loans to some of its equity-accounted investees, rather than increasing the capital in these companies. Over the last couple of years these joint ventures have made losses which resulted in a negative equity. As the Group is also a guarantor for these joint ventures and the shareholders loans cannot be recalled within one year, the negative equity is offset with these shareholders loans. For more details, we refer to the table summarizing the financial information of the Groups' joint ventures further below. The Group distinguishes the following joint ventures: Joint venture Segment Description Great Hope Enterprises Ltd Tankers Single ship company, owner of 1 VLCC Kingswood Co. Ltd Tankers Holding company; parent of Seven Seas Shipping Ltd. Seven Seas Shipping Ltd Tankers Single ship company, owner of 1 VLCC Fiorano Shipholding Ltd Tankers Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd Tankers Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax Larvotto Shipholding Ltd Tankers Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd Tankers Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax TI Africa Ltd FSO Operator and owner of a single floating storage and offloading facility (FSO Africa)* TI Asia Ltd FSO Operator and owner of a single floating storage and offloading facility (FSO Asia)* Africa Conversion Corp FSO No operating activities, liquidated in 2015 Asia Conversion Corp FSO No operating activities, liquidated in 2015 * Both FSO Asia and FSO Africa are on a timecharter contract to Maersk Oil Qatar (MOQ) until mid F-72

197 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 The following table contains summarized financial information for all of the Group's joint ventures: Asset Liability Great Seven Fiorano Fontvieille Larvotto Moneghetti Africa Asia Inthousandsof Hope Kingswood Seas TI Africa TI Asia Shipholding Shipholding Shipholding Shipholding Total Conversion Conversion USD Enterprises Co. Ltd Shipping Ltd Ltd Ltd Ltd Ltd Ltd Corp Corp Ltd Ltd Total At December 31, 2013 Percentage ownership interest 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% Non-Current assets ,146 87,735 73,463 82,376 78, , , , ofwhichvessel ,146 87,735 73,463 82,376 78, , , , Current Assets 40, ,785 6,063 5,913 6,083 9,173 54, , , ofwhichcashand cashequivalents 240 2, ,223 1,685 2,764 38,795 45,406 92, Non-Current Liabilities 4,645-10,942 97,044 90,455 94,139 92, , ,167 1,147, Ofwhichbank loans ,833 36,313 38,470 37,082 51,750 13, , , Current Liabilities 20, ,528 7,209 6,507 6,540 8,280 76,556 28, ,084 6,880 4,880 11,760 Ofwhichbank loans 19,695-4,333 4,250 4,000 3,970 5,000 25,000 26,103 92, Net assets (100%) 14,942 1,005 29,461 (10,455) (17,586) (12,220) (13,224) (143,378) (69,948) (221,403) (6,880) (4,880) (11,760) Group'sshareofnet assets 7, ,731 (5,228) (8,793) (6,110) (6,612) (71,689) (34,974) (110,701) (3,440) (2,440) (5,880) Shareholdersloans tojointventure 2, ,366 25,992 23,528 20, , , , Net Carrying amount of interest in joint venture 7, , ,705 (3,440) (2,440) (5,880) Remaining shareholders loan to joint venture 2, ,138 17,199 17,418 13, ,366 88, , Revenue 5,477-6,572 15,181 12,551 14,007 13,998 63,849 63, , Depreciations and amortization (2,738) - (3,360) (4,852) (4,561) (4,571) (4,586) (18,209) (17,933) (60,810) Interest Expense (730) - (232) (1,166) (1,506) (1,376) (1,958) (1,087) (8,720) (16,775) Income tax expense Profit (loss) for the period (100%) (1,059) 4 (1,686) (3,019) (5,861) (4,818) (5,038) 31,321 25,045 34, Other comprehensive income (100%) ,154 6, Group's share of profit (loss) for the period (530) 2 (843) (1,510) (2,931) (2,409) (2,519) 15,661 12,523 17, Group's share of other comprehensive income ,077 3, At December 31, 2014 Percentage ownership interest 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% Non-Current assets ,786 82,883 70,670 77,805 73, , , , ofwhichvessel ,786 82,883 70,670 77,805 73, , , , Current Assets ,473 5,445 6,719 6,087 3,786 39,864 64, , ofwhichcashand cashequivalents 278-3, ,136 1,633 1,218 22,017 31,098 61, Non-Current Liabilities - - 6,704 84,894 90,054 81,494 86, , , , Ofwhichbank loans - - 6,500 32,063 34,470 33,113 47, , , Current Liabilities ,591 15,341 7,773 16,097 5,251 32,351 29, ,962 6,880 4,880 11,760 Ofwhichbank loans - - 4,333 4,250 4,000 3,970 4,000 13,750 27,446 61, Net assets (100%) 633 1,012 30,964 (11,907) (20,438) (13,699) (15,029) (112,174) (38,035) (178,673) (6,880) (4,880) (11,760) Group'sshareofnet assets ,482 (5,954) (10,219) (6,850) (7,515) (56,087) (19,018) (89,338) (3,440) (2,440) (5,880) Shareholdersloans

198 tojointventure ,416 27,792 24,191 19, ,055 93, , Net Carrying amount of interest in joint venture , ,305 (3,440) (2,440) (5,880) Remaining shareholders loan to joint venture ,462 17,573 17,341 12, ,968 74, , Revenue ,228 17,017 15,706 17,092 16,047 62,261 64, , Depreciations and amortization - - (3,360) (4,852) (4,603) (4,571) (4,586) (18,209) (17,933) (58,114) Interest Expense (257) - (162) (1,093) (1,100) (1,263) (1,469) (1,963) (7,458) (14,765) Income tax expense Profit (loss) for the period (100%) 4, ,504 (1,453) (2,852) (1,481) (1,805) 31,204 27,702 59, Other comprehensive income (100%) ,212 4, Group's share of profit (loss) for the period 2, ,752 (727) (1,426) (741) (903) 15,602 13,851 29, Group's share of other comprehensive income ,106 2, F-73

199 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Inthousandsof USD Great Hope Enterprises Ltd Kingswood Co. Ltd Seven Seas Shipping Ltd Fiorano Shipholding Ltd Asset Liability Africa Asia Fontvieille Larvotto Moneghetti TI Africa TI Asia Conversioversion Con- Shipholding Shipholding Shipholding Total Ltd Ltd Ltd Ltd Ltd Corp Corp At December 31, 2015 Percentage ownership interest 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% 50% Non-Current assets ,052 78,031 65,837 73,234 70, , , , ofwhichvessel ,052 78,031 65,837 73,234 70, , , , Current Assets ,463 6,498 4,195 7,873 7,219 12,144 41,744 87, ofwhichcash andcash equivalents 59-1, ,578 4, ,465 40, Non-Current Liabilities ,094 77,485 81,424 79, , , , Ofwhichbank loans ,813 30,470 29,143 43,750-75, , Current Liabilities ,981 6,656 6,621 7,099 1,155 30,832 58, Ofwhichbank loans ,250 4,000 3,970 4,000-28,858 45, Net assets (100%) 87 1,007 39,755 (5,546) (14,109) (6,939) (9,368) (76,844) (4,236) (76,192) Group'sshareof netassets ,878 (2,773) (7,054) (3,469) (4,684) (38,422) (2,118) (38,095) Total Shareholders loanstojoint venture ,141 23,507 26,141 17, ,615 72, , Net Carrying amount of interest in joint venture , , Remaining shareholders loan to joint venture ,368 16,453 22,672 13, ,193 70, , Revenue 1-18,701 21,050 21,509 22,837 21,317 64,627 64, , Depreciations and amortization - - (3,601) (4,852) (4,832) (4,571) (4,630) (18,209) (17,933) (58,628) Interest Expense - - (102) (530) (851) (644) (1,170) (1,220) (6,106) (10,623) Income tax expense Profit (loss) for the period (100%) 3 (4) 11,791 6,361 6,330 6,762 5,661 35,329 30, , Other comprehensive income (100%) ,220 3, Group's share of profit (loss) for the period 2 (2) 5,895 3,181 3,165 3,381 2,831 17,664 15,290 51, Group's share of other comprehensive income ,610 1, F-74

200 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Loans and borrowings In October 2008, TI Asia Ltd and TI Africa Ltd concluded a USD 500 million senior secured credit facility. The facility consists of a term loan of USD 180 million which was used to finance the acquisition of two ULCC vessels, the TI Asia and the TI Africa respectively from Euronav and OSG and a project finance loan of USD 320 million which has been used to finance the conversion of the above mentioned vessels into FSO. Following the termination of the original service contract related to the FSO Africa and the signature of a new contract for the FSO Africa with the same client the Tranche of the facility related to FSO Africa was restructured. The tranche related to FSO Asia matures in 2017 and has a rate of Libor + a margin of 1.15%. After the restructuring the tranche related to FSO Africa was maturing in August 2013 with a balloon of USD 45,000,000 and had a rate of Libor + a margin of 2.25%. In 2013, the Africa Tranche was extended until 2015 and at August 28, 2015 it was fully repaid. The total amount drawn under this facility (Euronav share) on December 31, 2015 was USD 52,100,244 (2014: USD 72,698,234.50). In the course of 2008, the joint venture companies, Fiorano Shipholding Ltd, Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd, Larvotto Shipsholding Ltd and Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd concluded pre and post-delivery senior secured credit facilities to build a total of 4 Suezmax Vessels. The following table summarizes the terms and debt repayment profile of the bank loans held by the joint ventures: inthousandsofusd December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 Year of Nominal interest Currency maturity Face value Carrying value Face value Carrying value rate TI Asia Ltd * USD libor +1.15% , , , ,646 TI Africa Ltd * USD libor +2.75% ,750 13,667 Great Hope Enterprises Ltd USD libor +2.70% Seven Seas Shipping Ltd USD libor +0.80% ,833 10,833 Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd * USD libor +2.75% ,750 47,750 51,750 51,750 Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd * USD libor +2.75% ,470 34,470 38,470 38,470 Larvotto Shipholding Ltd * USD libor +1.50% ,113 33,113 37,083 37,083 Fiorano Shipholding Ltd * USD libor % ,063 32,063 36,312 36,312 Total interest-bearing bank loans 251, , , ,761 * The mentioned secured bank loans are subject to loan covenants such as an Asset Protection clause. A future breach of covenants might require the joint venture to repay (part of) the loan earlier than expected. All bank loans in the joint ventures are secured by the underlying vessel or FSO. F-75

201 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Loancovenant The OSG's Chapter 11 filing has had no impact on the continued operations of the FSO joint venture, including the ability of the joint venture to continue to perform its obligations under the existing charters as well as its ability to continue to service its outstanding debt obligations and maintain continued compliance with the covenants under such debt agreements. On November 12, 2012, Maersk Oil Qatar (MOQ) issued a waiver to the FSO joint venture agreeing not to exercise its rights to terminate the service contracts. The initial waiver period expired on February and was subsequently extended to February 15, 2014, with MOQ having the right to terminate such waiver at an earlier date upon occurrence of certain events or after giving a 90-day notice of its intent to do so. In November 2012, the joint venture also obtained waivers of any events of default arising as a result of the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases from (i) the bank syndicate that funds its loan facilities, (ii) the counterparties to the interest rate swaps agreements described below, and (iii) the bank that has issued performance guarantees of the joint venture's performance of certain of its obligations under the FSO Africa and FSO Asia service contracts. The initial waiver periods on all such waivers expired on February 15, 2013 and were subsequently extended to February 15, 2014 and again extended until July 15, 2014 subject to the occurrence of certain events. As OSG emerged from Chapter 11 in August 2014, the waivers were not extended. For two secured vessel loans of its joint ventures, the Group negotiated in the course of 2013 with the lenders a 1-year relaxation of the Asset Protection clause from 125% down to 100% (until December 31, 2013) against an increase of the margin above the LIBOR rate to 2.75%. The margin was reduced to 2.00% at the end of the relaxation period in The asset protection clause was tested again at the end of April 2014 and the Group was again in compliance with the Asset Protection clause. The waiver was therefore not extended. As at December 31, 2015, all joint ventures were in compliance with the covenants and asset protection clauses, as applicable, of their respective loans. Interest rate swaps Two of the Group's JV companies in connection to the FSO conversion project of the TI Asia and TI Africa have also entered in two Interest Rate Swap instruments for a combined notional value of USD 480 million (Euronav's share amounts to 50%). These IRSs are used to hedge the risk related to any fluctuation of the Libor rate and have a duration of 8 years starting respectively in July 2009 and September 2009 for FSO Asia and FSO Africa. Following the termination of the original service contract related to the FSO Africa on January 22, 2010 and the consecutive reduction of financing, the hedge related to that tranche lost its qualification as hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge relationship under IAS 39. As such the cash flows from this IRS are expected to occur and affect profit or loss of the joint venture as from 2010 through Fair value at December 31, 2015: USD -3,787,147 (2014: USD -7,028,986, 2013: USD -11,264,668). However the hedge related to the financing of FSO Asia still qualifies fully as a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge relationship under IAS 39. This instrument is measured at fair value; effective changes in fair value are recognized in equity of the joint venture and the ineffective portion is recorded in profit or loss of the joint venture. Fair value at December 31, 2015: USD -3,416,056 (2014: USD -6,635,559, 2013: -10,846,716). Vessels On January 2, 2014 Great Hope Entreprise Ltd delivered the VLCC Ardenne Venture ( ,658 dwt) to its new owners after the sale announced on 14 November 2013 for USD 41,7M. The Group's share in the capital gain amounts to USD 2.2 million and was recognized in the first quarter of There were no capital commitments as per December 31, 2015 and December 31, Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents of the joint ventures 40,139 61,336 Group's share of cash and cash equivalents 20,069 30,668 Ofwhichrestrictedcash 9,022 15,547 F-76

202 Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 EURONAV NV NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2015 Note 26 - Subsidiaries The Group holds 100% of the voting rights in all of its subsidiaries (see Note 24). In 2015 one new wholly owned subsidiary, Euronav Singapore Pte Ltd, incorporated in the second quarter of 2015 was included in the consolidation scope. In 2014 two wholly owned subsidiaries, Euronav Shipping NV and Euronav Tankers NV, incorporated in the first quarter of 2014, were added to the consolidation scope. These two subsidiaries became the owner and operator of (part of) the vessels acquired from Maersk in Note 27 - Major exchange rates The following major exchange rates have been used in preparing the consolidated financial statements: closing rates average rates 1XXX=x,xxxxUSD December 31, 2015 December 31, 2014 December 31, EUR GBP Note 28 - Subsequent events On January 15, 2016, the Company sold the VLCC Famenne ( ,412 dwt), one of its two oldest VLCC vessels, for USD 38.4 million. The vessel was wholly owned by the Group. The capital gain on that sale of USD 13.8 million was recorded at delivery on March 9, Following the sale, the availability of the revolver under the USD 750 million facility was reduced by USD 23.7 million. The vessel is expected to be delivered to its new owner in the course of the first quarter On January 26, 2016 and March 24, 2016, Euronav took delivery of the second and third vessels of four VLCCs which were acquired as resales of existing newbuilding contracts as announced on 16 June 2015: the VLCC Alice ( ,320 dwt) and the VLCC Alex ( ,445 dwt). The Group purchased during January ,000 of its own shares on Euronext Brussels at an aggregate cost of EUR 4,762, (USD: 5,185,243). Following this transaction, the Company now owns 966,667 own shares (0.61% of the total outstanding shares). F-77

203 Exhibit 1.1 TRANSLATION EURONAV NV Limited Liability Company (under Belgian Law) Registered office: De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerpen Registered within the jurisdiction of the Commercial Court of Antwerp Enterprise number COORDINATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION of 13 May 2015

204 SECTION 1 LEGAL FORM - NAME REGISTERED OFFICE OBJECT DURATION Article 1. The company has the form of a limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap). Its denomination is " EURONAV ". It is a commercial company which does a public recourse to the savings capital. The registered office of the company is established at Antwerp, at De Gerlachekaai 20. The registered office of the company may be transferred to any other location in Belgium by decision of the board of directors. The board of directors is permitted to set up administrative offices, branches and agencies both in Belgium and abroad. Article 2. The object of the company consists of all operations related to the maritime transport and ship owning, particularly chartering in and out, acquisition and sale of ships, opening and operation of regular shipping lines. This enumeration is not restrictive. Furthermore, the object of the company also comprises the acquisition, the management, the sale and transfer of participating interests in all existing or still to be incorporated companies, with industrial, financial or commercial activities. The company is also authorised to associate with any private person, companies or associations having a similar object, to merge with them and to bring in or to transfer to them, temporarily or definitely, the whole or part of its assets. The company may carry out, both in Belgium and abroad, all operations involving real and immovable property, all financial, commercial and industrial operations, which have a direct or indirect connection with its object and namely all operations concerning the transport of all kind, by air, by sea and waterways, and by land. The company is also entitled to provide its assets as collateral security for financing granted to the group of companies to which it belongs, to the extent that such financing is useful for its activity or the activity of the companies belonging its group or the realisation of its corporate objects. The general meeting of shareholders is entitled to modify the object under the conditions of the Code of Companies. Article 3. The company is founded for an unlimited period of time. The company may be wound up by decision of the general meeting of shareholders taken in accordance with the prescriptions required for an amendment of the articles of association. -1-

205 SECTION 2 SHARE CAPITAL, SHAREHOLDERS Article 4. The share capital of the company amounts to one hundred seventy-three million forty-six thousand one hundred twenty-two US Dollars and fourteen cents (USD ,14) and is represented by one hundred fifty-nine million two hundred and eight thousand nine hundred forty-nine (159,208,949) shares without par value. This capital is paid up in full. The reference value of the capital for purposes of implementing the provisions of the Code of Companies amounts to one hundred fifty-one million six hundred sixtyone thousand eight hundred and seven euro and thirty-one cents (EUR 151,661,807.31). This value is based on the exchange rate of the US Dollar on the fifth of February two thousand fifteen (14h15) published by the European Central Bank, as it appears from the bank statement delivered by BNP Paribas Fortis on the fifth of February two thousand fifteen, attached to the authentic deed executed on the sixth of February two thousand fifteen before the Civil Law Notary Van Ooteghem, in Temse, containing modification of the articles of association. The board of directors may authorise the division of shares into denominations. Article 5. By decision of the shareholders' meeting held on the thirteenth of May two thousand fifteen, the board of directors has been authorised to increase the share capital of the company in one or several times by a total maximum amount of one hundred fifty million (150,000,000) US Dollars during a period of five years as from the date of publication of such decision, subject to the terms and conditions to be determined by the board of directors. The reference value of the capital by implementation of the Code of Companies amounts to one hundred thirty-three million four hundred sixty-three thousand eight hundred thirty-one euro and thirty cents (EUR 133,463,831.30). This value is based on the exchange rate of the US Dollar on the twelfth of May two thousand fifteen (14h15) published by the European Central Bank, as it appears from the bank statement delivered by BNP Paribas Fortis Bank on the twelfth of May two thousand fifteen, attached to the authentic deed executed on the thirteenth of May two thousand and fifteen before The Civil Law Notary De Cleene, in Antwerp, replacing the Civil Law Notary Patrick Van Ooteghem of Temse, unable to so act by reasons of ratione loci. This amount constitutes the authorised capital. It is to be distinguished from the issued share capital of the company. Within the above-mentioned limits, the board of directors may decide to increase the share capital of the company, either by way of a contribution in cash, or, subject to relevant legal restrictions, by way of a contribution in kind, or by way of an incorporation of reserves of any kind and/or issue premiums into the share capital, all the foregoing with or without the issuing of new shares. -2-

206 The board of directors may enter into agreements with respect to the paying up of the capital increase which it has decided upon. In the event the board requires the subscribers to the capital increase to pay a share premium, such premium shall be automatically recorded in the company's accounts as an unavailable reserve called "share premium", which shall form part of the shareholders' equity in the same way as the company's share capital, and which can only be reduced or deleted by a decision of the shareholders' meeting in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Companies, except if it is incorporated in the company's share capital, which decision can be taken by the board of directors. In accordance with the provisions of the Code of Companies, the board of directors has the authority to limit or abolish the preferential right of the shareholders in the interest of the company; this limitation or abolition can also be decided upon in favour of one or more particular persons other than members of the personnel of the company or one of its subsidiaries. When abolishing the preferential right of the shareholders, the board of directors may give priority to the existing shareholders for the allocation of the newly issued shares. Within the limits of the authorised capital, the board of directors is also competent to issue convertible bonds or warrants. When issuing convertible bonds, the limitation or abolition of the preferential right can be decided upon by the board of directors in favour of one or more particular persons other than members of the personnel of the company or one of its subsidiaries. The board of directors is also competent to make use of the authorization to increase the company's share capital by virtue of this article after the date on which the company has been notified by the Financial Services and Markets Authority that a public purchase offer has been launched on its securities, provided that the decision to increase the capital has been adopted by the board of directors before the thirteenth of May two thousand eighteen and provided that such decision is being taken in accordance with all applicable legal provisions. Article 6. Whenever the capital is increased, and except when the remuneration of contributions in kind is concerned, the owners of shares will have an application right for new shares, depending on the amount of shares in their possession. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the general shareholders' meeting can at all times decide, under the terms provided for amendments to the articles of association, that the whole or part of the new shares to be subscribed in cash, will not be offered by preference to the shareholders. Whilst eliminating or limiting the preferential right, the general shareholders' meeting may give the existing shareholders a right of priority on the attribution of new shares. -3-

207 In all cases, the board of directors is empowered, under the terms and conditions it thinks fit, to enter into agreements in order to ensure the subscription of the whole or part of the shares to be issued. Article 7. The calls are done by registered letter, at least one month before their payability. The board of directors fixes the amount and the due date of the calls By default of payment on calls on the fixed date of maturity the interest rate due to the company will be the rate of interest of the marginal lending facility of the European Central Bank increased by one per cent, to be calculated as from the date of payability, without summons nor claims before court. In case the payment is not carried out within one month from the date of payability and within a week after the publication of a simple notice in the Belgian Official Gazette, the board of directors is empowered to have the shares that are in arrears with calls to be sold on the stock exchange through a stockbroker, for account and risk of the defaulting shareholders. The defaulting shareholders will have to make up for the difference between the subscription price and the price obtained, less the payments already made. The right to have the shares sold will not bar the company to exercise simultaneously other means provided by law. Article 8. The shares are at the option of the shareholder, registered shares or dematerialized shares. Each shareholder may at all times and at his own expense request the conversion of his shares into registered or dematerialized shares. Shares shall remain registered until they are fully paid up. As from 1 January 2008, and in accordance with the law of 14 December 2005, bearer securities booked on a securities account are deemed to exist in dematerialized form. After the term set out by the law of 14 December 2005 with regard to the abolition of bearer securities, all bearer securities still existing and the conversion of which was not requested, were automatically converted into dematerialized securities. Article 9. A share register is kept at the registered office of the company and may be split by decision of the board of directors in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Companies. Certificates stating the inscription may be delivered to the shareholders; these certificates are signed by two directors. The register of registered shares, the register of any registered bonds or any other registered securities or financial instruments issued by the company may be held in electronic form. The board of directors may decide to outsource the maintenance and administration of any electronic register to a third party. All entries in the registers, including transfers, conversions and pledges, can validly be made on the basis of documents or instructions which the transferor, transferee and/or holder of the securities, as applicable, may send electronically or by other means, and the company may accept and enter any transfer in the registers resulting from correspondence or other documents evidencing the consent of the transferor and the transferee. -4-

208 Article 10. Article 11. The dematerialised share is represented by an entry on the named account of the owner or holder with a recognised settlement organisation. The dematerialised share is transferred by transfer from one account to another. The owners of shares are only liable for the loss of the amount of their subscription. The possession of a share implies the agreement with the articles of association and with the decisions of the general shareholders' meeting. Article 12. The rights and obligations attached to a share follow the latter in whatever hands same may pass. The company recognises only one owner for each share. In case several persons are the owners of a share, the company is entitled to suspend the exercise of the rights attached thereto until one person only has been appointed to act as the owner of the share in respect of the company. The heirs, assigns, or creditors of a shareholder can under no circumstances cause the sealing of the goods and values of the company, nor in whatever way interfere in its management. In order to exercise their rights they must abide by the company's balance sheets and by the decisions of the general shareholders' meeting. Article 13. Article 14. The company is authorised to issue bonds or certificates, whether on mortgage or not, by decision of the board of directors. The latter fixes the interest rate, the amount of the issue and of the refund, the duration and the manner of amortisation and of refund, the guarantees given to the certificates as well as any other condition regarding the issue of same. Every individual person or legal entity acquiring, directly or indirectly, securities with voting rights attached, must notify the company and the Financial Services and Markets Authority of the number and percentage of voting rights which he possesses if as a consequence of such acquisition the voting rights attached to these securities have reached a proportion of five percent or more of the total number of voting rights existing at the time when the event occurred which gave rise to such notification obligation. The same notification must be made in the event of an additional acquisition, directly or indirectly, of voting securities as defined in the first paragraph, when as a consequence of this acquisition, the voting rights attached to the securities he possesses, reach a proportion of ten, fifteen and twenty percent, and so on for each increment of five percentage points of the total number of voting rights existing at the time when the event occurred which gave rise to such notification obligation. -5-

209 The same notification must be made in the event of a transfer of securities, directly or indirectly, when as a consequence of this transfer, the voting rights attached to these securities fall below the thresholds referred to in paragraph one and two above. The same notification must also be made in the event that the percentage of voting rights attached to the securities, directly or indirectly held, reach, exceed or fall below the thresholds referred to in paragraph one and two above as a result of an event that is not an acquisition or transfer. The notifications referred to above should be addressed to the Financial Services and Markets Authority and the company in compliance with the applicable legal provisions, and preferably by and fax. No person may participate in the voting at the general shareholders' meeting for a number of votes above the number of votes accruing to the shares the possession of which has, pursuant to above paragraphs, been notified at least twenty days before the date of the general shareholders' meeting. The notifications provided for in this article are subject to the provisions of the Law of 2 May 2007 and the Royal Decree of 14 February 2008 on the disclosure of major shareholdings in issuers whose shares are admitted to trading on a regulated market, subject to the provisions contained in the preceding paragraphs. Article 15. Pursuant to a decision of the extraordinary shareholders' meeting of twenty-four February two thousand fourteen which has been adopted in accordance with the relevant legal provisions, the company and its direct subsidiaries have been authorised, during a period of three years as from the publication of the decision in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette, to acquire the company's own shares or profit shares, whether or not the holders of the latter are entitled to vote, by way of a purchase or an exchange, directly or through the intermediary of a person acting in its own name but for the account of the company or its direct subsidiaries. Such acquisition may be decided upon by the board of directors if the acquisition is necessary to prevent imminent and serious harm to the company, including a public purchase offer for the company's securities. When deciding upon the acquisition of own shares or profit shares, the applicable legal provisions shall be complied with. In such case the first shareholders' meeting following such acquisition shall be informed by the board of directors of the reasons for the acquisition and the objectives pursued, as well as of the number and nominal value or, in the absence of a nominal value, the accountable part of the acquired securities, of the proportion of the subscribed capital which they represent, and of the consideration for these shares. The voting rights, to which the shares or profit shares forming part of the company's assets are entitled, shall be suspended. They shall not be taken into account for the purpose of determining a quorum. -6-

210 Article 16. The board of directors can, in accordance with the Code of Companies, without prior permission of the general meeting, sell the acquired shares of the company which are quoted on the first market of a stock exchange or on the official quotation of a stock exchange of a Member State of the European Union. This authorisation is also valid for the direct subsidiaries of the company. The board of directors can, in accordance with the Code of Companies, without prior permission of the general meeting, to prevent imminent and serious harm to the company, including a public purchase offer for the company's securities, sell acquired shares or profit shares of the company on the stock exchange or by way of an offer to sell, addressed to all shareholders under the same conditions, during a period of three years as from the publication in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette, of the decision, taken by the general meeting of the twenty-fourth of February two thousand and fourteen. SECTION THREE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS Article 17. The company is managed by a board of at least five and maximum twelve directors, whether shareholders or not, appointed for a term of maximum four years by the general shareholders' meeting and at any time removable by it. They are re-eligible. The mandates of the retiring directors come to an end immediately after the ordinary general shareholders' meeting. At least three of the thus appointed directors shall meet the criteria stated in the Code of Companies with respect to independent directors. If a directorship is entrusted to a body corporate, it appoints one physical person as its permanent representative in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Companies, subject to acceptance of this person by the other members of the board of directors of the managed company. Article 18. On proposal of the board of directors, the general shareholders' meeting may grant to the resigning directors the title of honorary chairman, honorary vice-chairman, honorary managing director, or honorary director of the company. Whenever he deems it advisable, the chairman of the board of directors may invite the honorary directors to attend the meetings of the board, but with advisory vote only. Article 19. In case of vacancy of a director's mandate due to the death, resignation or another reason, the remaining members of the board of directors may provisionally fill the vacancies until the following general shareholders' meeting when the final replacement may be proceeded to. -7-

211 A director nominated under the circumstances mentioned here above, is only appointed for the time required to terminate the office of the director whose place he takes. Article 20. The board of directors elects a chairman among its members and may also elect one or more vice-chairmen. The board of directors shall set up in its midst and under its responsibility an audit and risk committee in accordance with article 526bis of the Companies Code. The activities of the audit and risk committee shall in any event include those referred to in article 526bis, paragraph four, of the Companies Code. The audit and risk committee can autonomously take decisions in relation to article 133, paragraph 6, 1 of the Companies Code and can thus allow for exceptions to the one-to-one rule applicable to the remuneration for services of the statutory auditors, other than those that fall within their statutory duties as statutory auditor of the company and of which the amount to be borne by the company exceeds the remuneration fixed for the exercise of their services as statutory auditor of the company. The board of directors shall set up in its midst and under its responsibility a remuneration committee. The composition, powers, tasks and working procedures, as far as its power related to remuneration are concerned; need to be in accordance with the provisions of article 526quater of the Code of Companies. The board of directors further has the power to set up one or more additional advisory committees in its midst and under its responsibility. The board decides on the composition, powers, tasks and, if necessary, the remuneration of the members of these committees and determines their working procedures in accordance with the applicable legal provisions. The board of directors can delegate its management powers to an executive committee in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Companies, provided that this delegation does not relate to general company policy or any activities reserved for the board of directors pursuant to other legal provisions. The board itself, however, remains competent to perform all acts for which it may have delegated powers to the executive committee. If an executive committee is set up, the board of directors is charged with its supervision. The executive committee is accountable to and reports to the board of directors at each board meeting. The executive committee consists of at least two members, who may or may not be directors. The powers, the conditions for the appointment of the members of the executive committee, their dismissal, their remuneration, the term of their appointment, the discharge and the working procedures of the executive committee are determined by the board of directors. -8-

212 If a body corporate is appointed as a member of the executive committee, it appoints one physical person as its permanent representative in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Companies, subject to acceptance of this person by the other members of the board of directors of the managed company. Moreover, the board of directors may delegate the daily management of the company, as well as the representation of the company regarding this management to one or more delegates, whether directors or not, also entrusted with the execution of the decisions of the board, delegate the management of the whole or of a definite part or a specific branch of the company's affairs to one or more managers and delegate specific powers to any proxy. The board determines their powers, duties, salaries or allowances. These agents, delegates, managers or proxies are responsible for their management. The board may dismiss them at any time. Article 21. The board of directors meets at the request and under the chairmanship of its chairman, or in case of impediment of the latter, of a vice-chairman, or in their absence, of a director who is appointed by his colleagues, whenever this is required by the company's interest and whenever three directors at least are requesting it. Notices of the meetings of the board of directors are properly given in writing, by telecopy, by electronic mail or by phone. The meeting is held at the place mentioned in the convening notices. The board meeting may be held by telephone conference call or any other means of communication. In such case, it is deemed to take place at the registered offices unless agreed upon differently by the board. In any case, the director who may not physically attend the board meeting may participate in the deliberation and decision making by phone, video conference or any other similar means of communication. Article 22. Except for cases or circumstances beyond one's control, the board of directors can only deliberate and decide validly when at least half of its members are present or represented. However, this requisite has not to be met in the cases where the legal provisions concerning conflicting interests of a financial nature are applicable. A director, who is prevented or absent may give a proxy in writing or by telegram, telex or telefax to any of his colleagues of the board to represent him at a determined meeting of the board and to vote in his place. However, no member is allowed to represent more than one director in this way. A director is equally permitted, but only in cases when at least half of the members of the board are present in person, to give his opinion and express his vote in writing or by telegram, telex or telefax. -9-

213 All decisions of the board of directors are taken by absolute majority of the votes. In case of equality of votes he who chairs the meeting of the board has a casting vote. In exceptional circumstances, when required by urgent necessity and in the interest of the company, a written decision, signed and approved by all directors, is as valid and binding as a decision taken in a meeting of the board of directors, regularly convoked and held; any such decision may be constituted out of several documents, in similar form, each signed or authenticated by one or more directors. A written decision is not permitted for establishing the annual accounts and for the application of the authorised capital. A fax from a director is equal to a written decision; however, its text will have to be signed afterwards by this director. When a director is legally prevented from participating in the deliberation and/or voting (for instance when provisions concerning conflicting interests of a financial nature are applicable), the written board decision shall be adopted and signed by the other directors who are not prevented from participating. A copy of the adopted decision shall be sent to the director(s) who could not participate for his (their) information. Article 23. Article 24. If a member of the executive committee has a direct or indirect interest which conflicts with a decision or activity falling within the scope of the powers of the executive committee, the executive committee will follow the procedure stated in 1 and 3 of article 524ter of the Code of Companies. With respect to intra-group transactions and decisions, in particular, the transactions of the company with an affiliated company (other than a subsidiary), and the transactions between a subsidiary of the company and a company affiliated with that subsidiary (other than a subsidiary of the latter), the procedure stated in the Code of Companies is applied. All decisions and transactions of a non-listed subsidiary of the company with companies affiliated with the company may only be taken or take place after prior approval by the board of directors of the company, in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Companies. The procedure mentioned does not apply to the exceptions stated in the Code of Companies. Article 25. The deliberations of the board of directors are recorded in minutes, signed by the members who took part in the deliberation and taken down in a special register kept at the registered office of the company. The copies and extracts of the minutes of meetings, to be produced in court cases or elsewhere, are certified and signed by the chairman, by two directors or by the secretary general. Article 26. The board of directors has the power to carry out all acts necessary or useful to the realisation of the company's object with the exception of those reserved by law to the general shareholders' meeting. The board of directors remains competent to perform all acts for which it may have delegated powers to the executive committee in accordance with article twenty of these articles of association. -10-

214 Article 27. Article 28. The representation of the company in all deeds or in court is ensured either by two directors, or by one director and one member of the executive committee, or, in the event of delegation of powers to an executive committee, pursuant to article twenty of these articles of association, by two members of the executive committee, or by any other persons appointed for this purpose. The control over the financial situation, the annual accounts, and the regularity, from the legal point of view and according to the articles of association, of the transactions to be recorded in the annual accounts, is entrusted to one or several auditors. The auditors are appointed by the general shareholders' meeting among the members, individuals or body corporates provided that a permanent representative is appointed -, of the Institute of Auditors. The auditors are appointed for a period of three years and are re-eligible. The number of auditors and their allowance are determined by the general shareholders' meeting. The allowances will only consist in a fixed amount determined by the general shareholders' meeting at the beginning and for the duration of the mandate. They can only be altered with the agreement of the parties involved. The mandates of the retiring auditors expire immediately after the ordinary general shareholders' meeting. Article 29. Independently from the share in the profits stipulated by article forty, the directors and the auditors may receive a fixed allowance to be charged to the general expenses, which amount is fixed by the general shareholders' meeting. The board of directors is empowered to grant allowances to directors who are entrusted with special functions or missions; these will be charged to the general expenses. Article 30. The directors, members of the executive committee and auditors are not bound by any personal obligation regarding the commitments of the company. They are only responsible for the execution of their mandate and for the shortcomings which occurred during the execution of their task, in accordance with the legal provisions. -11-

215 SECTION FOUR GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING Article 31. Article 32. The regularly convened general shareholders' meeting represents the whole of the shareholders. Its decisions are binding upon all of them, even upon the absent or dissenting shareholders. The ordinary general shareholders' meeting is held in Antwerp, on the second Thursday of the month of May, at eleven a.m., in the place mentioned in the convening notices. If that day is a legal holiday, the meeting will be held on the first preceding working day. Article 33. The board of directors or the auditors may convene a general shareholders' meeting. The board of directors and the auditor(s) need to convene a general shareholders' meeting at the request of one or more shareholders, who represent alone or together - one fifth of the share capital. The request to convene a shareholders' meeting should mention the items to be put on the agenda of the meeting. One or more shareholders holding solely or together at least 3% of the share capital may, in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Companies, put forward agenda items for the general meeting or file resolution proposals relating to items included or to be included in the agenda. This right does not apply to general meetings convened following a first general meeting that could not validly deliberate due to lack of quorum. All requests must be received in writing by the company at the latest on the twenty-second calendar day preceding the date of the shareholders' meeting, the day of the meeting not included, in the way mentioned in the convening notice. The agenda items and the resolution proposals added to the agenda on the basis of this article will only be discussed at the general meeting if the required part of the capital has been registered on the record date as provided for by article 34 of these articles of association. Article 34. General shareholders' meetings are convened in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Code of Companies. A shareholder only has the right to be admitted to and to vote at the general meeting on the basis of the registration of the shares on the fourteenth calendar day at 12 p.m. (Belgian time) preceding the date of the general meeting, the day of the meeting not included (the "record date"), either by registration in the company's register of registered shares, either by their registration in the accounts of an authorised custody account keeper or clearing institution, regardless of the number of shares owned by the shareholder on the day of the general meeting. The shareholder notifies the company or a designated person of its intention to take part in the general meeting at the latest on the sixth calendar day preceding the date of the general meeting, the day of the meeting not included, in the way mentioned in the convening notice. -12-

216 The financial intermediary or the authorised custody account keeper or clearing institution delivers a certificate to the shareholders of dematerialized shares which are tradable on Euronext Brussels stating the number of dematerialised shares which are registered in the name of the shareholder on its accounts at the record date and with which the shareholder intends to take part in the general meeting. A shareholder of shares which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange only has the right to be admitted to and vote at the general meeting if such shareholder complies with the conditions and formalities set out in the convening notice, as decided upon by the board of directors in compliance with all applicable legal provisions. The board of directors may, in compliance with all applicable legal provisions, establish means for determination of record ownership of shares reflected directly or indirectly on the part of the company's share register maintained in the United States and listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Unless provided for differently in the Code of Companies, a shareholder may designate, for a given meeting, only one person as a proxy holder. A proxy holder may represent more than one shareholder. The joint owners, usufructuaries and bare owners, the pledgees and the pledgers must respectively be represented by one and the same person. The designation of a proxy holder by a shareholder will occur as stated in the convening notice. The board of directors may decide on the form of the proxies and may stipulate that same be deposited at the place it indicates, within the period it fixes and that no other forms will be accepted. Article 35. The chairman of the board of directors or another member of the board delegated for this purpose by his colleagues presides over the general shareholders' meeting; he appoints the secretary and the meeting chooses two tellers among its attendants. The other attending directors complete the bureau. An attendance sheet showing the identity of the shareholders and the number of shares they represent, must be signed by each of them or by their proxy before entering the general meeting. The minutes of the general shareholders' meeting are signed by the chairman, the secretary, the two tellers and by those shareholders who ask to do so. The board of directors has the right to adjourn at once for a maximum of five weeks, any general meeting, whether ordinary or extraordinary. This adjournment has no consequences for the decisions already adopted, unless the general meeting decides otherwise. -13-

217 Article 36. In the votes at the general meeting, each share entitles to one vote, subject to the application of the provisions of the Code of Companies. Except for the cases referred to in article thirty-eight hereafter, the decisions are taken, whatever the number of shares being presented at the meeting, at the absolute majority of the votes participating at the voting. The voting is done by show of hands or by call-over, unless the general meeting would decide otherwise by the majority of the votes. In case of an appointment and when no candidate secures the absolute majority at the first voting, there will be a second balloting among the two candidates who secured the highest number of votes. In case of equality of votes, after a second balloting, the elder candidate is chosen. If permitted by the convening notice, the shareholders who have complied with the attendance formalities referred to in article thirty-four can participate in the shareholders meeting by electronic means upon satisfaction of the conditions and formalities set out in the convening notice. This notice will provide indications as to the means used by the company to identify the shareholders participating by electronic means and whether they can take part to the deliberations of the shareholders meeting and/or ask questions. If permitted by the convening notice, the shareholders who have complied with the attendance formalities referred to in article thirty-four can vote remotely at any shareholders meeting by completing a form provided by the company, either by correspondence or by electronic means, in accordance with the instructions included in the convening notice. Possible reports provided to the company by its U.S. transfer agent and other service providers that reflect the votes issued by the company's shareholders as at the record date, may be accepted by the company as valid for the purposes of issuing votes through letter for shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Shares will be taken into account for the computation of the quorum and the votes only if the applicable form provided by the company has been duly completed and returned to the company no later than six days before the date of the meeting. Where the convening notice permits shareholders to vote remotely by electronic means, this notice will provide indications as to the means used by the company to identify the shareholders voting remotely. Article 37. Article 38. The general shareholders' meeting deliberates on all the proposals of the board of directors, of the examining auditor(s) or of the other auditors provided that these items figure on the agenda and are inserted in the convening notices. Subject to the provisions provided in the Code of Companies when the general shareholders' meeting has to decide on : 1. an amendment to the articles of association; 2. an increase or reduction of the company's share capital; 3. the merger of the company in accordance with article two of the present articles of association, or of the total alienation of its property; 4. the dissolution of the company; 5. the transformation of the company into another of a different form; 6. the issuing of convertible bonds or of bonds with application right; it can only validly deliberate or decide under the following conditions: -14-

218 Those who attend the meeting or are represented at the meeting must account for at least half of the number of shares. Should these conditions not be fulfilled, a second convocation is necessary and the new meeting deliberates validly whatever the quorum of capital present or represented might be. In either case the decision is only valid when it is taken at a three fourth majority of the votes participating at the voting. SECTION FIVE BALANCE SHEET, PROFIT, APPROPRIATION OF RESULTS Article 39. The financial year begins on the first of January and ends on the thirty-first of December of each year. The documents required by law are prepared within the prescribed terms through the care of the board of directors. Moreover, in relation with these documents and within the legal terms, the inspection and communication measures prescribed by the Code of Companies, will be undertaken. The annual accounts, the directors' report and the auditors' report are sent, together with the convening notice, to the registered shareholders. Each shareholder has the right to receive free of charge, on presentation of his share or the certificate referred to in article 474 of the Code of Companies, as soon as the convocation for the general meeting is published, a copy of the documents mentioned in the preceding paragraph. Article 40. The credit balance of the income statement is the net profit. From this profit, a minimum of five percent shall first be taken of for the legal reserve; this deduction is no longer compulsory when the reserve reaches one tenth of the company's share capital. The board of directors may propose to the general shareholders' meeting to allocate the whole or part of the profit, after deduction for the legal reserve, either to a balance brought forward, or to the formation of a special reserve fund. The dividends are paid at the times and places indicated by the board of directors. On his own responsibility, the latter can decide to distribute interim payments on dividends, subject to the provisions provided in the Code of Companies. -15-

219 SECTION SIX DISSOLUTION, POWERS OF THE LIQUIDATORS Article 41. In case of dissolution of the company, irrespective of whether carried out by court order or following a decision of the general meeting of shareholders, it continues to exist as a legal person for the purpose of its liquidation until the liquidation is closed. In case of premature dissolution, the general shareholders' meeting has the widest powers to regulate the mode of dissolution, to choose the liquidators and to fix their powers. After the settlement of all debts and charges, as well as of the liquidation expenses or after deposits which have been made to provide therefore, the net assets are divided among all the shares in cash or in securities. In case all the shares should not be paid-up to an equal extent, the liquidators, prior to proceeding to the division foreseen in the preceding paragraph, will take this diversity into account and restore the balance by putting all the shares on an absolute equality, either by making complementary callings on the insufficiently paid-up shares or by means of preliminary refunds, in cash or in securities, to the shares that are paid-up to a higher proportion. SECTION SEVEN REMUNERATION Article 42. In accordance with article 520ter of the Code of Companies, the shareholders' meeting of the twenty-sixth of April two thousand and eleven expressly resolved to exercise its right to opt out from the regime related to (i) the applicability of the provisions in relation to the final acquisition of shares and share options by a director or a member of the executive committee; and (ii) the dispersion in time of the payment of the variable remuneration of executive directors and members of the executive committee. The company will as such not be bound by any of the limitations provided for in article 520ter of the Code of Companies. SECTION EIGHT GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 43. For the purpose of the implementation of the present articles of association, every director, member of the executive committee, auditor and liquidator, residing abroad, hereby elects domicile at the registered office of the company where all communications, summons, demands or notifications may be validly sent to him, without any other obligation for the company than to hold such documents at the disposal of the addressee. -16-

220 Article 44. The shareholders undertake to abide entirely by the Code of Companies, and in consequence, the provisions of these acts that are not licitly departed from by the present articles of association, are deemed to be contained therein, and the clauses that might be contrary to the imperative provisions of said acts are regarded as not having been written. SECTION NINE TRANSITORY PROVISIONS Article 45. Any renewal of existing authorisations to the board of directors, specific or general, as may be the case, shall remain in force until the publication of the new authorisations granted by the general meeting of shareholders. * * * * -17-

221 Exhibit 4.22 DATED 19 August 2015 EURONAV NV as Borrower ABN AMRO BANK N.V. ING BANK N.V. NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ) as Lenders, Bookrunners and Mandated Lead Arrangers DNB BANK ASA as Bookrunner and Mandated Lead Arranger CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as Lender and Lead Arranger KBC BANK NV SCOTIABANK EUROPE PLC SOCIETE GENERALE as Lenders and Co-Arrangers BELFIUS BANK SA/NV DNB (UK) LIMITED HSBC BANK PLC as Lenders THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 2 as Swap Providers NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA DNB BANK ASA as Co-ordinators NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA as Agent and Security Agent LOAN AGREEMENT relating to a committed revolving credit facility of $500,000,000, a committed acquisition facility of $250,000,000 and an uncommitted upsize facility of up to $250,000,000

222

223 INDEX 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 2 2. POSITION OF THE BANKS THE FACILITIES DRAWDOWN REPAYMENT AND REDUCTION PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION INTEREST PAYMENTS NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS FINANCIAL COVENANTS VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS - INSURANCE VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE VALUATIONS AND ASSET PROTECTION EVENTS OF DEFAULT FEES, EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES THE AGENT THE SECURITY AGENT RETIREMENT OR REPLACEMENT OF A SERVICE BANK LIMITS OF THE SERVICE BANKS' OBLIGATIONS SHARING OF PAYMENTS CHANGES TO THE LENDERS CHANGES TO THE SWAP PROVIDERS SET-OFF MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES BANKS' DUTIES OF CONFIDENTIALITY APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION 111 SCHEDULE 1 - LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS 113 SCHEDULE 2 - SWAP PROVIDERS 125

224 SCHEDULE 3 - THE VESSELS 128 Part 1 - Existing Vessels 128 Part 2 - Acquisition Vessels 129 Part 3 - Upsize Vessels 130 SCHEDULE 4 - FORMS OF NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN 132 Part 1 - Notice of Drawdown for Initial Borrowing Date 132 Part 2 - Notice of Drawdown for Other Advances 134 SCHEDULE 5 - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 136 SCHEDULE 6 - FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 146 SCHEDULE 7 - FORM OF UPSIZE CONFIRMATION 149 SCHEDULE 8 - FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 154 SCHEDULE 9 - DESIGNATION NOTICE 156

225 THIS AGREEMENT is made on August 2015 BETWEEN (1) EURONAV NV, as Borrower; (2) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Original Lenders; (3) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 2, as Original Swap Providers; (4) ABN AMRO BANK N.V., DNB BANK ASA, ING BANK N.V., NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ) as Mandated Lead Arrangers; (5) CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as Lead Arranger; (6) KBC BANK NV, SCOTIABANK EUROPE PLC and SOCIETE GENERALE as Co-Arrangers; (7) ABN AMRO BANK N.V., DNB BANK ASA, ING BANK N.V., NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ) as Bookrunners; (8) NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA and DNB BANK ASA, as Co-ordinators; (9) NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA, as Agent; and (10) NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA, as Security Agent. WHEREAS (A) The Bookrunners, the Co-ordinators and the Arrangers have arranged, and the Original Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower, a committed secured loan facility in the amount of $750,000,000 comprising: (i) (ii) an initial revolving credit facility in the amount of $500,000,000 to be applied for the purpose of (a) refinancing the Existing $750m Facility Indebtedness, (b) refinancing the Existing Alsace Loan Indebtedness and (c) providing the Borrower and its subsidiaries with funds for general corporate and working capital purposes; and a further revolving credit facility in the aggregate amount of up to $250,000,000 for the purpose of (a) assisting the Borrower to finance part of the acquisition costs of the Acquisition Vessels and (b) providing the Borrower and its subsidiaries with funds for general corporate and working capital purposes. (B) The Borrower has further requested, and the Banks have agreed, that this Agreement should contain the provisions for an additional uncommitted revolving credit facility of up to $250,000,000 to be provided to the Borrower by the Upsize Facility Lenders for the purpose of (a) assisting the Borrower to finance part of the acquisition of the Upsize Vessels and (b) providing the Borrower and its subsidiaries with funds for general corporate and working capital purposes, such facility to be secured pari passu with the facilities referred to in Recital (A).

226 (C) (D) One or more of the Swap Providers may enter into swap transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower's floating interest rate exposure in relation to the Advances. The Lenders and the Borrower have agreed with the Swap Providers that the Swap Providers on a subordinated basis will share in the security to be granted to the Security Agent pursuant to this Agreement as set out in this Agreement. IT IS AGREED as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 1.1 Definitions In this Agreement, including the Recitals, the following expressions shall have the following meanings: " Account Security " means the first priority Norwegian law instrument of pledge in respect of the Earnings Account to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form; " Acquisition Facility " means the committed revolving credit facility in the sum of up to $250,000,000 made available to the Borrower by the Acquisition Facility Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as described in Clause 3.1.2; " Acquisition Facility Advance " means the principal amount of each portion of the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments drawn by the Borrower under this Agreement or (as the context requires) the principal amount of any proposed drawing under the Acquisition Facility as specified by the Borrower in a Notice of Drawdown; " Acquisition Facility Commitment " means: (a) (b) in relation to an Original Acquisition Facility Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Part 2 of Schedule 1 and the amount of any other Acquisition Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and in relation to any other Acquisition Facility Lender, the amount of any Acquisition Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement; " Acquisition Facility Contribution " means, in relation to an Acquisition Facility Lender, the part of the aggregate Acquisition Facility Advances which is owing to that Acquisition Facility Lender at any relevant time; 2

227 " Acquisition Facility Lender " means: (a) any Original Acquisition Facility Lender; and (b) any bank, financial institution or other entity which has become a Party as Acquisition Facility Lender in accordance with Clause 24.1, which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as Acquisition Facility Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; " Acquisition Vessels " means the vessels specified in Part 2 of Schedule 3 (but, unless the context otherwise requires, shall not include any such vessel which has been sold in accordance with this Agreement or which has become a Total Loss); " Advances " means each Acquisition Facility Advance, each Revolving Credit Facility Advance and each Upsize Facility Advance; " Affected Lender " and " Affected Lenders " each has the meaning given to it in the definition of "Market Disruption Event" in this Clause 1.1; " Agent " means Nordea Bank Norge ASA, a bank incorporated in Norway acting through its office at Middelthunsgate 17, P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum, NO-0107 Oslo, Norway (or any successor to it appointed under Clause 21); " Anti-Corruption Laws " means the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977 or other applicable anti-corruption or similar legislation in any other jurisdictions; " Applicable Commitment Fee Rate " means: (a) (b) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Acquisition Facility, the rate per annum equivalent to 35% of the Applicable Margin for such Facilities; and in respect of the Upsize Facility Commitments relating to a particular Upsize Vessel, such rate per annum in respect thereof as the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders and the Borrower may agree in the relevant Upsize Confirmation; " Applicable Margin " means: (a) (b) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Acquisition Facility, 1.95% per annum; and in respect of an Upsize Facility Advance, such rate per annum in respect thereof as the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders and the Borrower may agree in the relevant Upsize Confirmation; " Approved Flag State " means Belgium, France, Greece, Hong Kong, Liberia, the Marshall Islands and such other jurisdictions as the Security Agent (as directed by the Majority Lenders) may approve; 3

228 " Approved Shipbrokers " means Clarksons Platou, Arrow Sale & Purchase (UK) Ltd., Braemar ACM, Maersk Broker, Fearnleys or such other list of shipbrokers as may from time to time be agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Majority Lenders for the purposes of Clause ; " Arrangers " means together the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Lead Arranger and the Co-Arrangers; " Available Acquisition Facility Commitment " means, in relation to an Acquisition Facility Lender at any time, its Acquisition Facility Commitment minus its Acquisition Facility Contribution at that time; " Available Commitment " means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of its Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitment, its Available Acquisition Facility Commitment and/or its Available Upsize Facility Commitment; " Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitment " means, in relation to a Revolving Credit Facility Lender at any time, its Revolving Credit Facility Commitment minus its Revolving Credit Facility Contribution at that time; " Available Tranche Amount " means: (a) in relation to an Acquisition Vessel, the portion of the Acquisition Facility Commitments available to be drawn in relation to that Vessel, being the lesser of (i) $62,500,000 and (ii) 65% of the Fair Market Value of the relevant Acquisition Vessel, as such amount shall be reduced from time to time by Clause and the other relevant provisions of this Agreement; (b) in relation to an Upsize Vessel, the portion of the Upsize Facility Commitments available to be drawn in relation to that Vessel, being the lesser of (i) $62,500,000 and (ii) 65% of the Fair Market Value of the relevant Upsize Vessel as such amount shall be reduced from time to time by Clause and the other relevant provisions of this Agreement; " Available Upsize Facility Commitment " means, in relation to an Upsize Facility Lender at any time, its Upsize Facility Commitment minus its Upsize Facility Contribution at that time; " Availability Period " means: (a) subject to Clause 3.3, in relation to the Revolving Credit Facility, the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of: (i) (ii) the Maturity Date; and the date on which the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments are reduced to zero by being fully cancelled and/or terminated; (b) subject to Clause 3.4, in relation to the Acquisition Facility Commitments in respect of a particular Acquisition Vessel, the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of: 4

229 (i) (ii) the Maturity Date; and the date on which such Acquisition Facility Commitments are reduced to zero by being fully cancelled and/or terminated; (c) subject to Clause 3.6, in relation to the Upsize Facility Commitments in respect of a particular Upsize Vessel, subject to the relevant Upsize Date having occurred, the period commencing on that Upsize Date and ending on the earlier of: (i) (ii) the Maturity Date; and the date on which such Upsize Facility Commitments are reduced to zero by being fully cancelled and/or terminated; " Bank " means any of the Lenders, the Swap Providers, the Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Co-ordinators, the Agent and the Security Agent; " Banking Day " means a day (excluding Saturdays and Sundays) on which banks are open in London, Oslo and Brussels and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made in Dollars under a Finance Document, also in New York City; " Basel II " means the " InternationalConvergenceofCapitalMeasurementandCapitalStandards,aRevisedFramework" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 as updated prior to, and in the form existing on, the date of this Agreement, excluding any amendment thereto arising out of Basel III; " Basel II Approach " means, in relation to any Bank, either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based Approach (each as defined in Basel II) adopted by that Bank (or any of its affiliates) for the purposes of implementing or complying with Basel II; " Basel II Regulation " means: (a) (b) any law or regulation implementing Basel II (including the relevant provisions of CRD IV and CRR) to the extent only that such law or regulation re-enacts and/or implements the requirements of Basel II but excluding any provision of such law or regulation implementing Basel III; and any Basel II Approach adopted by a Bank or any of its affiliates; " Basel III " means: (a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in " BaselIII:Aglobalregulatoryframeworkformoreresilientbanksandbankingsystems", " BaselIII:Internationalframeworkforliquidityriskmeasurement,standardsandmonitoring" and " Guidancefornationalauthoritiesoperatingthecountercyclicalcapitalbuffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated; (b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in " Globalsystemicallyimportantbanks:assessment,methodologyandadditionallossabsorbencyrequirement-Rulestext" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and 5

230 (c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III"; " Basel III Increased Cost " means an Increased Cost which is attributable to Basel III or to the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel III Regulation (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Bank or any of its affiliates); " Basel III Regulation " means any law or regulation implementing Basel III (including CRD IV and CRR) save and to the extent that such law or regulation re-enacts a Basel II Regulation; " Bookrunners " means ABN AMRO Bank N.V., DNB Bank ASA, ING Bank N.V., Nordea Bank Norge ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ); " Borrower " means Euronav NV, a company incorporated in Belgium with enterprise number whose registered office is at de Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerpen, Belgium; " Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which: (a) the interest (excluding the Applicable Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of any Advance to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Advance or the relevant part thereof (as the case may be), had the principal amount received been paid on the last day of that current Interest Period; exceeds: (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the London interbank market for a period starting on the Banking Day of receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of that current Interest Period; " Builder " means Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.; " Building Contracts " means, in respect of an Acquisition Vessel or an Upsize Vessel, the shipbuilding contract in relation thereto made between the Builder and the Borrower (details of which are set out in Schedule 3); " Change of Control " means, in relation to the Borrower, if two or more persons acting in concert or any individual person other than the Permitted Holders: (a) (b) acquires legally and/or beneficially, and either directly or indirectly, in excess of 50% of the issued share capital or the voting rights of the Borrower; or has the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent) of the Borrower; 6

231 " Charged Property " means any real or personal property, assets or rights belonging to the Borrower, whether present or future, over which an Encumbrance has been or is intended to be created pursuant to any of the Finance Documents; " Charter Assignment " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel which is subject to a Long Term Charter, a first priority deed of assignment of that Long Term Charter and any related Charter Guarantee to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in accordance with Clause 11.8 in the agreed form; " Charter Guarantee " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument provided as security for the obligations of the charterer under any Long Term Charter of that Vessel; " Classification Society " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, American Bureau of Shipping, Bureau Veritas, DNV GL, Lloyds Register of Shipping, Nippon Kaiji Kyokai or such other classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies as may be approved in writing by the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); " Closing Date " has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.2; " Co-Arrangers " means KBC Bank NV, Scotiabank Europe plc and Societe Generale; " Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986; " Commitment " means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of its Revolving Credit Facility Commitment, its Acquisition Facility Commitment and/or (provided that the relevant Upsize Date in relation thereto has occurred) its Upsize Facility Commitment; " Compliance Certificate " means a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Schedule 8; " Compulsory Acquisition " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition of that Vessel by any government or other competent authority, otherwise than by requisition for hire; " Confidential Information " means all information relating to the Borrower, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facilities of which a Bank becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Bank or which is received by a Bank in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Bank under, the Finance Documents or the Facilities from either: (a) (b) the Borrower or any of its advisers; or another Bank, if the information was obtained by that Bank directly or indirectly from the Borrower or any of its advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that: 7

232 (i) (ii) (iii) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Bank of Clause 29.1; or is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by the Borrower or any of its advisers; or is known by that Bank before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Bank after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Bank is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Bank is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; " Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form published from time to time by the Loan Market Association or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent; " Confirmation ", in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, has the meaning given to it in the relevant Master Agreement; " Contribution " means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of its Revolving Credit Facility Contribution, its Acquisition Facility Contribution and/or its Upsize Facility Contribution; " Co-ordinators " means Nordea Bank Norge ASA and DNB Bank ASA; " CRD IV " means Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EU and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; " CRR " means Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No. 648/2012; " Default Rate " means, in respect of any overdue amount, the annual rate of interest determined in accordance with Clause 7.3; " Defaulting Lender " means any Lender: (a) (b) (c) which has failed to make available the relevant proportion of its Commitment in respect of any Advance or has given notice to the Agent that it will not make such amount available by the relevant Drawdown Date in accordance with Clause 4.3; or which has rescinded or repudiated this Agreement; or with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above: (i) its failure to pay is caused by: (A) administrative or technical error; or 8

233 (B) a Disruption Event; and payment is made within 5 Banking Days of its due date; or (ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the relevant payment; " Delivery Date " means, in relation to an Acquisition Vessel or an Upsize Vessel, the date on which the title to such Vessel is transferred to the Borrower by the relevant Builder; " Designated Transaction " means a transaction: (a) (b) (c) (d) which is entered into by the Borrower with a Swap Provider pursuant to a Master Agreement; whose purpose is the hedging of all or a part of the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Advances (or any part thereof); which is for a period expiring no later than the Maturity Date; and which is designated as a Designated Transaction at any time by notice in writing in the form set out in Schedule 9 from the relevant Swap Provider to the Agent and copied to the Borrower; " Disruption Event " means: (a) (b) a material disruption to the payment or communications systems or to the financial markets which are required to operate in order for payments to be made (or other transactions to be carried out) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, which is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing it, or any other Party from: (i) (ii) performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or communicating with other Parties under the Finance Documents, and which is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted; " Dollars " and " $ " mean the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America; " Drawdown Date " means, in relation to an Advance, the Banking Day on which the Borrower specifies that it wishes that Advance to be made or (as the context requires) the date on which that Advance is actually made to the Borrower; 9

234 " Earnings " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel: (a) (b) (c) all moneys whatsoever (and all claims for such moneys), present and future, which are earned or recoverable by, or become payable to or for the account of, the Borrower arising (whether in contract, tort or otherwise howsoever), directly or indirectly, out of the ownership, use or operation of that Vessel, including (but not limited to) all freight, hire and passage moneys, compensation payable in the event of requisition of that Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for employment of that Vessel, and all moneys (other than in respect of Insurances or Requisition Compensation) arising from a Total Loss of that Vessel, together with the benefit of any guarantee, indemnity or other security which may at any time be given as security for the payment of such moneys; all moneys which are at any time payable under the Insurances of that Vessel in respect of loss of earnings; and if and whenever that Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Vessel; " Earnings Account " means the Dollar denominated account with account number NO held by the Borrower with the Agent; " Encumbrance " means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or having the effect of conferring security or any type of preferential arrangement (including, without limitation, title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect); " Environmental Approval " means any permit, licence, approval, ruling, exemption or other authorisation required under applicable Environmental Laws; " Environmental Claim " means: (a) (b) any claim by, or directive from, any applicable governmental, judicial or other regulatory authority alleging breach of, or non-compliance with, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals or otherwise howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident; or any claim by any other person howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident, (and, in each such case, " claim " shall mean a claim for damages, clean-up costs, compliance, remedial action or otherwise); 10

235 " Environmental Incident " means: (a) (b) (c) any release, discharge, disposal or emission of Material of Environmental Concern from a Relevant Ship; or any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released, discharged, disposed of, or emitted by or from a ship other than a Relevant Ship and which involves collision between a Relevant Ship and such other ship, or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case where a Relevant Ship or the Borrower is actually or potentially at fault or otherwise liable (in whole or in part); or any incident in which Material of Environmental Concern is released, discharged, disposed of, or emitted by or from a ship other than a Relevant Ship and where the Relevant Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested or attached as a result and/or where any of the Borrower is actually or potentially at fault or otherwise liable; " Environmental Laws " means all national and international laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, rules of common law, conventions and agreements applicable to any Relevant Ship and pertaining to pollution or protection of human health or the environment; " Event of Default " means any of the events or circumstances listed in Clause 17.1; " Existing $750m Facility Agreement " means the loan facility agreement dated 22 June 2011, as amended, made between the Borrower and certain banks and financial institutions as lenders (for whom Nordea Bank Norge ASA acts as agent and security agent) in relation to a term loan and revolving credit facility originally in the amount of $750,000,000 and secured over the Existing Vessels (other than m.v. "ALSACE"); " Existing $750m Facility Indebtedness " means, at any particular date, the aggregate principal amount of the Borrower's indebtedness outstanding on that date under the Existing $750m Facility Agreement; " Existing Alsace Loan Agreement " means the loan facility agreement dated 23 December 2011, as amended, made between the Borrower and certain banks and financial institutions as lenders (for whom DNB Bank ASA acts as agent and security agent) in relation to a loan facility in the amount of $65,000,000 made in respect of m.v. "ALSACE"; " Existing Alsace Loan Indebtedness " means, at any particular date, the principal amount of the Borrower's indebtedness outstanding on that date under the Existing Alsace Loan Agreement; " Existing Indebtedness " means the Existing $750m Facility Indebtedness and the Existing Alsace Loan Indebtedness; " Existing Vessels " means the vessels specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 (but, unless the context otherwise requires, shall not include any such vessel which has been sold in accordance with this Agreement or which has become a Total Loss); 11

236 " Facilities " means the Revolving Credit Facility, the Acquisition Facility and the Upsize Facility; " Fair Market Value " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, the value of that Vessel as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 16; " FATCA " means: (a) (b) (c) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations; any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction; " FATCA Application Date " means: (a) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; (b) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or (c) in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017, or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement; " FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA; " FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction; " FATCA FFI " means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Bank is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction; " Fee Letters " means the fee letters made or to be made between the Agent and the Borrower as referred to in Clause 18.1; 12

237 " Finance Documents " means this Agreement, the Fee Letters, the Mortgages, the Supplemental Mortgages Deeds, the General Assignments, the Charter Assignments (if any), the Account Security, the Master Agreement Security Deed and any and every other document (other than a Manager's Undertaking) from time to time executed as security for, or to establish a subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, all or any of the obligations of any person to the Banks (or any of them) under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition; " Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness in respect of: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) moneys borrowed; any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent; any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument; the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with International Accounting Standard 17 issued by the International Accounting Standards Committee as in force and applied on the date of this Agreement, be treated as a finance or capital lease; receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis); any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account); any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; " Flag State " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, such state or territory (being an Approved Flag State) in which the Borrower's ownership title to that Vessel is from time to time registered in accordance with the provisions of the Finance Documents; " General Assignment " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, a first priority deed of assignment of the Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation of that Vessel to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form; " Group " means the Borrower and its subsidiaries for the time being and " member of the Group " means the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries; 13

238 " IFRS " means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements; " Increased Cost " means, in respect of a Bank; (a) (b) (c) a reduction in the rate of return from the Advances or on that Bank's (or its affiliate's) overall capital; an additional or increased cost (including any loss, liability or cost suffered for or on account of tax); or a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, which is incurred or suffered by that Bank or any of its affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Bank having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Finance Document; " Initial Borrowing Date " means the Drawdown Date of the first Advance under the Revolving Credit Facility, such date to be no later than 30 October 2015; " Initial Value " means, in respect of an Existing Vessel, the market value for that Vessel as determined by reference to the most recent valuations obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Existing $750m Facility Agreement and the Existing Alsace Loan Agreement and as further set out in Part 1 of Schedule 3 " Insolvency Event " in relation to a Bank means that the Bank: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official; has instituted against it a proceeding seeking judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition presented against it, that proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or an entity not described in paragraph (d) above and: 14

239 (i) (ii) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than as a result of a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and that secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; causes or is subject to any event which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence, in any of the foregoing acts; " Insurances " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries of that Vessel in a protection and indemnity association and a war risks association) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of that Vessel or her Earnings or otherwise howsoever (as specified in greater detail in Clause 14) and all benefits of such policies and contracts, including all claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums; " Interest Period " means, in relation to an Advance, the period determined in accordance with Clause 7.4; " Interest Rate " means, in relation to an Advance (or any relevant part thereof, as the case may be), the annual rate of interest which is determined by the Agent in accordance with Clause 7.2; " Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to LIBOR for an Advance or any part of it, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) (b) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the relevant Interest Period; and the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the relevant Interest Period, each at or about 11:00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day; 15

240 " ISM Code " means The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as Resolutions A.741(18) and A.913(22) (as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time); " ISPS Code " means The International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation (as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time); " Lead Arranger " means Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank; " Lenders " means the Acquisition Facility Lenders, the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders and, as of the relevant Upsize Date, the Upsize Facility Lenders; " Lending Office " means, in respect of a Lender, the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement being, in the case of an Original Lender, the office set out against its name in Schedule 1 and, in the case of each other Lender, the office specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate by which it becomes a Party (or such other office in respect of any Lender as may be selected by it in accordance with Clause 24.12); " LIBOR " means, in relation to an Interest Period or any other relevant period: (a) (b) (c) the applicable Screen Rate; or (if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant currency for the relevant Interest Period), the Interpolated Screen Rate for the relevant Interest Period; or (if no Screen Rate is available for that period and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that period), the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) quoted to the Reference Banks by leading banks in the London interbank market, at or about 11:00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period comparable to that period provided that, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero; " Loan Indebtedness " means the aggregate of all Advances and interest accrued on the Advances and all other sums of money whatsoever (other than in respect of the Master Agreement Liabilities) from time to time due or owing actually or contingently to the Banks (or any of them) under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, including any corresponding amounts due or owing actually or contingently to the Security Agent under Clause 20.12; " Long Term Charter " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, any charter or other contract of employment for that Vessel which is entered into by the Borrower for a term which exceeds 36 months' duration; " Major Casualty " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, any casualty to that Vessel or incident (other than a Total Loss) in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $5,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency; 16

241 " Majority Acquisition Facility Lenders " means: (a) before an Acquisition Facility Advance has been made, Acquisition Facility Lenders the aggregate of whose Acquisition Facility Commitments at any relevant time exceeds 66 2/3% of the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments at that time; and (b) after the first Acquisition Facility Advance has been made, Acquisition Facility Lenders the aggregate of whose Acquisition Facility Contributions at any relevant time exceeds 66 2/3% of the Total Acquisition Facility Contributions at that time; " Majority Lenders " means: (a) (b) before an Advance has been made, Lenders the aggregate of whose Commitments at any relevant time exceeds 66 2/3% of the Total Commitments at that time; and after the first Advance has been made, Lenders the aggregate of whose Contributions at any relevant time exceeds 66 2/3% of the Total Contributions at that time; " Majority Revolving Credit Facility Lenders " means: (a) (b) before a Revolving Credit Facility Advance has been made, Revolving Credit Facility Lenders the aggregate of whose Revolving Credit Facility Commitments at any relevant time exceeds 66 2/3% of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments at that time; and after the first Revolving Credit Facility Advance has been made, Revolving Credit Facility Lenders the aggregate of whose Revolving Credit Facility Contributions at any relevant time exceeds 66 2/3% of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Contributions at that time; " Majority Upsize Facility Lenders " means, in relation to a particular Upsize Vessel or the Available Tranche Amount relating to that Upsize Vessel: (a) (b) before an Upsize Facility Advance has been made in relation to that Vessel, Upsize Facility Lenders who have Upsize Facility Commitments in respect of that Vessel the aggregate of whose such Upsize Facility Commitments at any relevant time exceeds 66 2/3% of the Total Upsize Facility Commitments in respect of that Vessel at that time; and after the first Upsize Facility Advance has been made in relation to that Vessel, Upsize Facility Lenders who have Upsize Facility Contributions in respect of that Vessel the aggregate of whose such Upsize Facility Contributions at any relevant time exceeds 66 2/3% of the Total Upsize Facility Contributions in respect of that Vessel at that time; " Management Agreement " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, the agreement for the time being in force between the Borrower and the Manager with respect to the technical management of that Vessel by the Manager; 17

242 " Manager " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, any company belonging to the Group that may be appointed as the technical manager of that Vessel or such other company as the Borrower may from time to time appoint as the technical manager of that Vessel with the prior consent of the Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; " Manager's Undertaking " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, the undertaking to be executed by the relevant Manager with respect to its management of that Vessel and the rights of the Banks under the Finance Documents in the agreed form; " Mandated Lead Arrangers " means ABN AMRO Bank N.V., DNB Bank ASA, ING Bank N.V., Nordea Bank Norge ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ); " Market Disruption Event " means, in relation to an Interest Period, if: (a) (b) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for that Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for that Interest Period; or before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for that Interest Period, the Agent receives notification in the form required by Clause 7.11 from a Lender or Lenders whose Contributions aggregate more than 50% of the Total Contributions (or, before the Initial Borrowing Date, whose Commitments aggregate more than 50% of the Total Commitments) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank market for that Interest Period would be in excess of LIBOR (such Lender or Lenders being an " Affected Lender " or the " Affected Lenders ", as the case may be); " Master Agreement " means, in respect of a Swap Provider, the master agreement on the 1992 ISDA (Multicurrency Crossborder) form or the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency Crossborder) form (as the case may be) made or to be made by it with the Borrower and including, in each case, all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into by it, and all Confirmations from time to time exchanged or deemed exchanged, under such master agreement; " Master Agreement Liabilities " means, as at any relevant date, the aggregate of all liabilities of the Borrower to the Swap Providers under or pursuant to the Master Agreements, whether actual or contingent, present or future; " Master Agreement Security Deed " means a first priority deed of assignment and charge in respect of the Borrower's rights under the Master Agreements to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form ; " Material Adverse Change " or " Material Adverse Effect " means any occurrence, condition or circumstance (i) subsequent to 31 December 2014 and (ii) not previously known to the Lenders or the Agent, which the Lenders determine has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse change in or a material adverse effect on: (a) (b) the rights or remedies available to the Banks under any Finance Document; the ability of the Borrower or any other Obligor to perform and comply with its obligations under any Finance Document; 18

243 (c) (d) (e) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Finance Document; the validity, legality or enforceability of any Encumbrance expressed to be created pursuant to any Finance Document or the priority or ranking of that Encumbrance; or the property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any other member of the Group; " Material of Environmental Concern " means and includes chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, waste, toxic or hazardous substances, oil, petroleum and oil and petroleum products and any other polluting substances, the release, discharge, disposal or emission of which into the environment is regulated, prohibited or penalised by or pursuant to any Environmental Law; " Maturity Date " means 1 July 2022; " Mortgage " means: (a) (b) (c) (d) in relation to the Existing Vessels whose Flag State is Belgium, a first priority cross-collateralised Belgian law fleet mortgage over those Vessels to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent and the Swap Providers in the agreed form for an amount equal to 125% of the aggregate Initial Value of those Vessels or in relation to any other Vessel whose Flag State is Belgium, a first priority cross-collateralised Belgian law mortgage over that Vessel to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent and the Swap Providers in the agreed form for an amount equal to 125% of the aggregate Fair Market Value of that Vessel on the date of the Mortgage; in relation to an Existing Vessel whose Flag State is France, a first priority cross-collateralised French law ship mortgage over that Vessel to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Banks in the agreed form for an amount equal to 125% of the Initial Value of that Vessel or in relation to any other Vessel whose Flag State is France, a first priority cross-collateralised France law mortgage over that Vessel to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Banks in the agreed form for an amount equal to 125% of the aggregate Fair Market Value of that Vessel on the date of the Mortgage; in relation to a Vessel whose Flag State is Greece, a first priority cross-collateralised Greek law ship mortgage over that Vessel to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Banks in the agreed form; and in relation to a Vessel whose Flag State is another Approved Flag State, a first priority cross-collateralised ship mortgage over that Vessel to be executed in the form required by the laws of such Flag State together with, if customary for vessels registered in that Flag State, a deed of covenants collateral thereto each executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent as security for the Outstanding Indebtedness, such document or documents to contain covenants, to the extent relevant, substantially in the same terms as Clauses 14 and 15 of this Agreement, 19

244 and shall include any Supplemental Mortgage Deeds; " Mortgaged Vessels " means those Vessels which are from time to time subject to a duly executed and registered first priority Mortgage granted as security for the Outstanding Indebtedness ; " Non-Consenting Lender " means any Lender who does not consent to the terms of a waiver or amendment requested by the Borrower which pursuant to Clause 19.14, Clause or Clause or any other provision of the Finance Documents requires the consent of all the Lenders where other Lenders whose Contributions aggregate more than 66 2/3% of the Total Contributions (or, before the Initial Borrowing Date, Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2/3% of the Total Commitments) have consented to such waiver or amendment request; " Notice of Drawdown " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 4 (in respect of the Advance or Advances to be drawn on the Initial Borrowing Date) or Part 2 of Schedule 4 (in respect of any Advance to be drawn after the Initial Borrowing Date); " Obligor " means the Borrower and any other member of the Group which is a party from time to time to any of the Finance Documents; " Original Acquisition Facility Lenders " means the banks and financial institutions identified as such in Part 2 of Schedule 1 acting through their respective Lending Offices; " Original Financial Statements " means the audited consolidated account statements of the Group for the financial year ending 31 December 2014; " Original Lenders " means the Original Acquisition Facility Lenders and the Original Revolving Credit Facility Lenders; " Original Revolving Credit Facility Lenders " means the banks and financial institutions identified as such in Part 1 of Schedule 1 acting through their respective Lending Offices; " Original Swap Providers " means the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 2 acting through their respective offices stated in Schedule 2; " Outstanding Indebtedness " means the aggregate of the Loan Indebtedness and the Master Agreement Liabilities; " Party " means a party to this Agreement; " Permitted Change of Flag " means the change of Flag State in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel which satisfies the following conditions: (a) (b) the new Flag State is an Approved Flag State; at the time of the change of Flag State: 20

245 (i) (ii) (iii) the Borrower executes and registers a Mortgage against the relevant Vessel with first priority at the appropriate ship registry; the Agent receives evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the relevant Vessel is registered in the sole name of the Borrower under the laws and flag of the new Flag State free from all Encumbrances except for the Mortgage on it; and the Agent receives legal opinions from lawyers in Belgium and (if different) the new Flag State, in each case in a form acceptable to the Lenders acting reasonably; " Permitted Encumbrance " means: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) any Encumbrance created by or pursuant to the Finance Documents; any Encumbrance securing the Existing Indebtedness (but only up to the Initial Borrowing Date); liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages; liens for salvage; liens by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel not prohibited by this Agreement; liens for master's disbursements in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Mortgaged Vessel, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Borrower in good faith by appropriate steps); any Encumbrance created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any action of the course or tribunal before whom such action is brought as security for costs and expenses where the Borrower is prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith by appropriate steps provided such Encumbrance does not (and is not likely to) result in any sale, forfeiture or loss of a Mortgaged Vessel; and Encumbrances arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made; " Permitted Holders " means: (a) (b) (c) (d) Saverco NV; Victrix NV; Ceres Investments (Cyprus) Limited; any parallel vehicle of any of the companies mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (c) above and their respective alternative investment vehicles; and 21

246 (e) any affiliate of any of the above companies of persons; " Potential Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 17 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default; " Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, the day falling 2 Banking Days before the first day of that period; " Reference Banks " means, subject to Clause 7.10, Nordea Bank Norge ASA and DNB Bank ASA or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower; " Relevant Majority Lenders " means: (a) (b) (c) in relation to the Revolving Credit Facility or the Existing Vessels, the Majority Revolving Credit Facility Lenders; in relation to the Acquisition Facility or the Acquisition Vessels, the Majority Acquisition Facility Lenders; in relation to a particular Upsize Vessel or the Available Tranche Amount relating to that Upsize Vessel, the relevant Majority Upsize Facility Lenders; " Relevant Person " means: (a) (b) (c) each Obligor; each subsidiary of an Obligor; and all respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives of each of the persons mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (b) above; " Relevant Ship " means a Vessel and any other ship from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) owned by, or demise chartered to, the Borrower; " Repayment Date " means, in relation to an Advance, the date on which that Advance is required to be repaid under Clause 5.1.1; " Representative " means, any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian; " Requisition Compensation " means, in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel, all moneys or other compensation payable by reason of a Compulsory Acquisition of that Vessel; " Restricted Party " means a person: (a) that is listed on any Sanctions List (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of person); 22

247 (b) (c) (d) that is domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in, or is incorporated under the laws of, a country which is subject to Sanctions Laws which attach legal effect to being domiciled, registered as located or having its main place of business in such country; or that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a person referred to in paragraph (a) and/or (b) above; or with which any member of the Group is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in a transaction with by any Sanctions Laws; " Revolving Credit Facility " means the committed revolving credit facility in the sum of $500,000,000 made available to the Borrower by the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as described in Clause 3.1.1; " Revolving Credit Facility Advance " means the principal amount of each portion of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments drawn by the Borrower under this Agreement or (as the context requires) the principal amount of any proposed drawing under the Revolving Credit Facility as specified by the Borrower in a Notice of Drawdown; " Revolving Credit Facility Commitment " means: (a) (b) in relation to an Original Revolving Credit Facility Lender, the amount set opposite its name in the Part 1 of Schedule 1 and the amount of any other Revolving Credit Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and in relation to any other Revolving Credit Facility Lender, the amount of any Revolving Credit Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement; " Revolving Credit Facility Contribution " means, in relation to a Revolving Credit Facility Lender, the part of the aggregate Revolving Credit Facility Advances which is owing to that Revolving Credit Facility Lender at any relevant time; " Revolving Credit Facility Lender " means: (a) any Original Revolving Credit Facility Lender; and (b) any bank, financial institution or other entity which has become a Party as Revolving Credit Facility Lender in accordance with Clause 24.1, which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as Revolving Credit Facility Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; " Rollover Advance " means: (a) in relation to the Revolving Credit Facility, each Advance made thereunder after the Initial Borrowing Date; and 23

248 (b) in relation to the Acquisition Facility or the Upsize Facility, each Advance made thereunder in relation to a particular Vessel after the first Drawdown Date in respect of that Vessel; " Sanctions Authority " means the Norwegian State, the United Nations, the European Union, the member states of the European Union, the United States of America and Canada and any authority acting on behalf of any of them in connection with Sanctions Laws; " Sanctions Laws " means the economic or financial sanctions laws and/or regulations, trade embargoes, prohibitions, restrictive measures, decisions, executive orders or notices from regulators implemented, adapted, imposed, administered, enacted and/or enforced by any Sanctions Authority; " Sanctions List " means any list of persons or entities published in connection with Sanctions Laws by or on behalf of any Sanctions Authority as such list may be amended, revised, supplemented and substituted from time to time; " Screen Rate " means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower; " Security Period " means the period from the date of this Agreement until the discharge of the security created by the Finance Documents by final and irrevocable repayment or payment in full of the Outstanding Indebtedness and cancellation in full of the Total Commitments; " Security Agent " means Nordea Bank Norge ASA, a bank incorporated in Norway acting through its office at Middelthunsgate 17, P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum, NO-0107 Oslo, Norway (or any successor to it appointed under Clause 21); " Service Bank " means the Agent or the Security Agent; " Supplemental Mortgage Deed " means: (a) (b) (c) in relation to each Mortgaged Vessel whose Flag State is France, a supplemental cross-collateralised French law ship mortgage over that Vessel to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Banks on or after each Upsize Date in the agreed form; in the event that an Upsize Facility Lender is not an Original Lender, in relation to each Mortgaged Vessel whose Flag State is Greece, a deed of amendment in respect of the Mortgage over that Vessel to be executed on or after each Upsize Date in the form required by the laws of such Flag State; in relation to a Vessel whose Flag State is another Approved Flag State, a supplemental mortgage or deed of amendment to the Mortgage over that Vessel to be executed on or about each Upsize Date in the form required by the laws of such Flag State and if required by the laws of such Flag State to secure the relevant Upsize Facility Advance; 24

249 " Swap Provider " means: (a) any Original Swap Provider; and (b) any bank, financial institution or other entity which has become a Party as Swap Provider in accordance with Clause 25, which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as Swap Provider in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; " Total Acquisition Facility Commitments " means the aggregate of the Acquisition Facility Commitments of all the Acquisition Facility Lenders; " Total Acquisition Facility Contributions " means the aggregate of the Acquisition Facility Contributions of all the Acquisition Facility Lenders; " Total Available Acquisition Facility Commitments " means the aggregate of the Available Acquisition Facility Commitments of all the Acquisition Facility Lenders; " Total Available Commitments " means the aggregate of the Available Commitments of all the Lenders; " Total Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitments " means the aggregate of the Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitments of all the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders; " Total Available Upsize Facility Commitments " means the aggregate of the Available Upsize Facility Commitments of all the Upsize Facility Lenders; " Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders; " Total Contributions " means the aggregate of the Contributions of all the Lenders; " Total Loss " means, in relation to a Vessel: (a) (b) (c) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Vessel; or Compulsory Acquisition of that Vessel; or capture, seizure, hijacking, theft, arrest, detention or confiscation of that Vessel by any person (not amounting to Compulsory Acquisition), unless that Vessel is released and restored to the Borrower or any relevant charterer within 180 days after such capture, seizure, hijacking, theft, arrest, detention or confiscation; " Total Loss Date " means, in relation to a Vessel, the date upon which a Total Loss of that Vessel is deemed for the purposes of the Finance Documents to have occurred, being: 25

250 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) if it consists of an actual total loss, the actual date of loss or, if that is not known, the date when the Vessel was last heard of; if it consists of a constructive total loss, the date notice of abandonment of the Vessel is given to her insurers (provided a claim for total loss is admitted by the insurers) or, if the insurers do not forthwith admit such a claim, the date on which the total loss is subsequently admitted by the insurers to have occurred or (as the case may be) is subsequently adjudged by a competent court of law or arbitration panel to have occurred or, if earlier, the date falling 180 days after notice of abandonment of the Vessel was given to the insurers; if it consists of a compromised, agreed or arranged total loss, the date on which a binding agreement as to such compromised, agreed or arranged total is entered into by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Vessel's insurers; if it consists of a Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel, the date on which the requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition of the Vessel occurs; and if it consists of capture, seizure, hijacking, theft, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Vessel by any person (not amounting to Compulsory Acquisition) and the Vessel is not released and restored to the Borrower or any relevant charterer within 180 days, the date falling 180 days after the date on which the relevant capture, seizure, hijacking, theft, arrest, detention or confiscation occurred; " Total Loss Event " means any event which constitutes a Total Loss or which, with the expiry of any relevant grace period, would constitute a Total Loss; " Total Loss Prepayment Date " means, in relation to a Vessel which becomes a Total Loss, the date which is the earlier of: (a) (b) the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date of that Vessel; and the date upon which the insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation in respect of that Vessel are received by the Security Agent pursuant to the relevant Finance Documents, unless the Vessel was not insured at the time of the Total Loss in accordance with the Finance Documents or an insurer has refused to meet or has disputed the claim for the Total Loss, in which case the Total Loss Prepayment Date shall be the date falling 10 Banking Days after the date on which the Borrower receives a demand for prepayment of the relevant amount from the Agent (as directed by the Relevant Majority Lenders or, if the Agent has given any notice to the Borrower under Clause which has not been revoked, as directed by the Majority Lenders); " Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments " means the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments of all the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders; " Total Revolving Credit Facility Contributions " means the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Facility Contributions of all the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders; 26

251 " Total Upsize Facility Commitments " means the aggregate of the Upsize Facility Commitments of all the Upsize Facility Lenders; " Total Upsize Facility Contributions " means the aggregate of the Upsize Facility Contributions of all the Upsize Facility Lenders; " Transfer Certificate " means a transfer certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 with any modifications or amendments approved or required by the Agent; " Trust Property " has the meaning given to it in Clause 20; " Upsize " means, in relation to the Upsize Facility, the conversion of the uncommitted portion of the Upsize Facility relating to an Upsize Vessel (in each case being in the amount of up to $62,500,000) into a committed portion relating thereto, such Upsize to take effect on the relevant Upsize Date in relation to an Upsize Vessel by the execution of an Upsize Confirmation in relation thereto; " Upsize Conditions " means, in relation to an Upsize, such conditions, information, documents and other requirements relating thereto which the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders in their discretion may request or require in order to obtain the necessary credit approval to be able to offer their Upsize Facility Commitment in respect of that Upsize on a committed basis to the Borrower, including, without limitation: (a) (b) (c) (d) an Applicable Margin being agreed in respect of the relevant Upsize Facility Commitments at a rate acceptable to the Upsize Facility Lenders; an Applicable Commitment Fee Rate being agreed in respect of the relevant Upsize Facility Commitments at a rate acceptable to the Upsize Facility Lenders; execution (if required) of a Fee Letter setting out such fees as may be payable in relation to the relevant Upsize; and receipt by the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders of all such certificates and documents as they may require in order to comply with any anti-money laundering or "know your customer" legislation, regulation or procedures applicable to them including their own internal compliance policies; " Upsize Confirmation " means a confirmation substantially in the form set out Schedule 7; " Upsize Date " means, in relation to an Upsize, the date on which the relevant conditions specified in Clause are satisfied in relation to that Upsize; " Upsize Facility " means the uncommitted revolving credit facility in the initial sum of zero which, upon the execution of an Upsize Confirmation in relation to an Upsize Vessel, shall become a committed facility for the amount set out in that Upsize Confirmation and which may be increased by the execution of up to three further Upsize Confirmation (one per Upsize Vessel) up to a maximum sum of $250,000,000; " Upsize Facility Advance " means the principal amount of each portion of the Total Upsize Facility Commitments drawn by the Borrower under this Agreement or (as the context requires) the principal amount of any proposed drawing under the Upsize Facility as specified by the Borrower in a Notice of Drawdown; 27

252 " Upsize Facility Commitment " means: (a) (b) in relation to an Upsize Facility Lender which executes one or more Upsize Confirmations, the amount of the Upsize Facility which it thereby commits to make available to the Borrower under this Agreement; and in relation to any other Upsize Facility Lender, the amount of any Upsize Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement; " Upsize Facility Contribution " means, in relation to an Upsize Facility Lender, the part of the aggregate Upsize Facility Advances which is owing to that Upsize Facility Lender at any relevant time; " Upsize Facility Lender " means any bank, financial institution or other entity which has become a Party as Upsize Facility Lender in accordance with Clause or Clause 24.1 and which has not ceased to be a Party as Upsize Facility Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (and " relevant Upsize Facility Lender " means, in respect of the Upsize Facility Commitments relating to a particular Upsize Vessel, the Upsize Facility Lenders which have agreed to make those Upsize Facility Commitments available); " Upsize Vessels " means the vessels specified in Part 3 of Schedule 3 (but, unless the context otherwise requires, shall not include any such vessel which has been sold in accordance with this Agreement or which has become a Total Loss); " US " means the United States of America; " US Tax Obligor " means a person who is resident for tax purposes in the US or some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes; " VAT " means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature; " Vessels " means the Existing Vessels, the Acquisition Vessels and the Upsize Vessels. 1.2 Construction of certain expressions The following expressions shall be construed in the following manner: " affiliate " means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of that person or a holding company of that person or any other subsidiary of that holding company; " certified copy " means, in respect of any document, a copy of it certified as a true and complete and up to date copy of the original by a director or officer of the Borrower or by its lawyers or by another person acceptable to the Agent; 28

253 a " guarantee " includes an indemnity and a performance bond in each case relating to the obligations of another person and any other obligation of any person to pay, purchase, provide funds for the payment of, indemnify against the consequences of default in the payment of, or otherwise be responsible for, any indebtedness of any other person; " person " includes a corporate entity and any body of persons (including a partnership) whether corporate or unincorporate; " subsidiary " and " holding company " have the meanings given to them by Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 provided that a company shall be treated, for the purposes only of the membership requirement contained in subsections 1159(1)(b) and (c), as a member of another company even if its shares in that other company are registered in the name of (a) another person (or its nominee), whether by way of security or in connection with the taking of security, or (b) its nominee; " taxes " includes all present and future income, corporation and value-added taxes and all stamp and other taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges and withholdings whatsoever, together with interest on them and penalties with respect to them, if any, and any payments of principal, interest, charges, fees or other amounts made on or in respect of them, and references to " tax " and " taxation " shall be construed accordingly. 1.3 General interpretation In this Agreement: unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa; references to any document include that document as varied, supplemented or replaced from time to time; references to any enactment include re-enactments, amendments and extensions of that enactment; references to any person include that person's successors and permitted assigns; clause headings are for convenience of reference only and are not to be taken into account in construction; unless otherwise specified, references to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are respectively to Clauses of and Recitals and Schedules to this Agreement; any words following the terms " including ", " include ", " in particular " or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words, description, definition, phrase or term preceding those terms; references to a document being " in the agreed form " are to a document in the form previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Agent with such modifications as the Majority Lenders may approve or require or, if not so agreed, in the form specified by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; 29

254 1.3.9 references to a period of one or more " months " shall mean a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the relevant calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month in which that period started, provided that (a) if that period started on the last day in a calendar month, or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, that period shall end on the last Banking Day in the relevant calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, that period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month, or if there is no such Banking Day, that period shall end on the preceding Banking Day (and " month " and " monthly " shall be construed accordingly). 1.4 Third party rights Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document for the benefit of a Bank, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of the relevant Finance Document Subject to Clause but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a party to a Finance Document is not required to rescind or vary the relevant Finance Document at any time. 2. POSITION OF THE BANKS 2.1 Obligations of Banks several The obligations of the Banks under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements are several and, accordingly: no Bank shall be liable for the failure of any other Bank to perform its obligations under any Finance Document or Master Agreement; and the failure of a Bank to perform any of its obligations under any Finance Document or Master Agreement shall not relieve any other Bank or the Borrower from any of their respective obligations under those documents. 2.2 Rights of Banks several The rights and interests of each Bank under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements are several and, accordingly, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any Finance Document or Master Agreement: the aggregate of the amounts outstanding at any time under the Finance Documents and/or the Master Agreements to each Bank shall be due as a separate and independent debt; and each Bank shall have the right to sue for any amount due and payable to it from the Borrower or any other Obligor under the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other Bank to be joined as an additional party in any proceedings to that end. 30

255 2.3 Restrictions on other proceedings by individual Banks Except as provided in Clause 2.2.2, no Bank shall, except with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, bring any proceedings against the Borrower or any other Obligor in respect of any other claim (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) which that Bank may have under or in connection with the Finance Documents and/or the Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 2.3 applies to any proceedings against the Borrower or any other Obligor to enforce any Encumbrance created in favour of the Security Agent by any Finance Document. 2.4 Swap Providers as mortgagees If and to the extent that any Bank is a party to any of the Mortgages in its capacity as Swap Provider in order to secure more effectively the Master Agreement Liabilities owing to it, it undertakes to act under that Mortgage in all respects in accordance with the instructions of the Security Agent (as directed by the Majority Lenders). 2.5 Consent to Master Agreement Security Deed Each Swap Provider consents to the execution of the Master Agreement Security Deed and to the Encumbrances created by it. 3. THE FACILITIES 3.1 Agreement to advance Subject to the provisions of this Agreement: the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders agree, on and with effect from the Closing Date, to make available to the Borrower a revolving credit facility in the principal amount of $500,000,000 to be used for the purposes described in Recital (A)(i) (being the " Revolving Credit Facility "); the Acquisition Facility Lenders agree, on and with effect from the Closing Date, to make available to the Borrower a revolving credit facility in the principal amount of up to $250,000,000 (being not more than $62,500,000 per Acquisition Vessel) to be used for the purposes described in Recital (A)(ii) (being the " Acquisition Facility "); and upon their execution of an Upsize Confirmation in relation to an Upsize Vessel, the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower in respect of that Vessel their participations in a revolving credit facility in the principal amount specified in that Upsize Confirmation (being not more than $62,500,000 per Upsize Vessel), such facility not to exceed $250,000,000 in total and to be used for the purposes described in Recital (B) (being the " Upsize Facility "). 3.2 Closing Date For the purposes of this Agreement, the " Closing Date " means the date of this Agreement or, if later, the date on which the Agent has received (a) payment of the fees and expenses specified in Clause 18 to the extent due and payable on or before the Closing Date and (b) the documents and evidence described in Part 1 of Schedule 5, in form and substance satisfactory to it, provided that on such date the Agent is satisfied that: 31

256 3.2.1 since 31 December 2014 no Material Adverse Change has occurred which is continuing; the representations and warranties set out in Clause 10 would be true and not misleading if repeated on that date with reference to the circumstances then existing; no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will arise by reason of the granting of the Facilities to the Borrower or the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and the Co-ordinators have received: (a) (b) Commitments from the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments; and Commitments from the Acquisition Facility Lenders in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments. The Agent shall confirm to the other Parties in writing once the above conditions have been satisfied. 3.3 Availability of Revolving Credit Facility The following provisions shall apply in relation to the availability to the Borrower of the Revolving Credit Facility: Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments will be available for drawing in one or more separate amounts (each being a " Revolving Credit Facility Advance ") on any Banking Day falling during the Availability Period for the Revolving Credit Facility provided that: (a) each Revolving Credit Facility Advance shall be not less than $5,000,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000,000; (b) no Revolving Credit Facility Advance shall exceed the Total Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitments on its Drawdown Date taking into account for this purpose any Revolving Credit Facility Advance to be repaid on such day and any other Revolving Credit Facility Advance which is to be made which is the subject of a current Notice of Drawdown; (c) the number of Revolving Credit Facility Advances drawn and outstanding at any one time shall not exceed 10; (d) no Revolving Credit Facility Advance may be drawn before the Initial Borrowing Date. 32

257 3.3.2 One or more Revolving Credit Facility Advances must be drawn on a Banking Day (being the " Initial Borrowing Date ") falling during the period from the Closing Date to 30 October 2015 (both dates inclusive) and applied in or towards repayment in full on that date of the Existing Indebtedness If the Initial Borrowing Date does not occur on or before 30 October 2015 the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments shall be automatically cancelled on that date. 3.4 Availability of Acquisition Facility The following provisions shall apply in relation to the availability to the Borrower of the Acquisition Facility: Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Acquisition Facility Commitments will be available for drawing in up to four separate amounts (each being an " Acquisition Facility Advance ") on any Banking Day falling during the Availability Period for the Acquisition Facility provided that: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) each Acquisition Facility Advance shall be drawn in respect of one specific Acquisition Vessel only (whose identity shall be specified in the Drawdown Notice relating to it); the first Acquisition Facility Advance drawn in respect of an Acquisition Vessel shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 65% of the Fair Market Value of the Acquisition Vessel to which it relates (as determined not more than 30 days before the relevant Drawdown Date) and (ii) $62,500,000; subsequent Acquisition Facility Advances drawn in respect of an Acquisition Vessel shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 65% of the most recent Fair Market Value of the Acquisition Vessel to which it relates and (ii) the Available Tranche Amount relating to that Vessel on the relevant Drawdown Date; the number of Acquisition Facility Advances drawn and outstanding at any one time shall not exceed four (one per Acquisition Vessel which has become a Mortgaged Vessel); no Acquisition Facility Advance may be drawn before the Initial Borrowing Date; the first Acquisition Facility Advance in relation to an Acquisition Vessel shall be drawn on or after the Delivery Date of that Acquisition Vessel but no later than the first anniversary of the Closing Date If the Initial Borrowing Date does not occur on or before 30 October 2015 the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments shall be automatically cancelled on that date If no Advance has been drawn in relation to an Acquisition Vessel on or before the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Available Tranche Amount in relation to that Vessel shall be automatically cancelled on that date. 33

258 3.4.4 If the first Advance drawn in relation to an Acquisition Vessel is less than the full amount of the Available Tranche Amount relating to that Vessel, the unutilised portion of such Available Tranche Amount shall be automatically cancelled on the Drawdown Date of such first Advance. 3.5 Exercise of Upsize option The following provisions shall apply in relation to the exercise by the Borrower of its option to effect up to four Upsizes of the Upsize Facility from its initial amount of zero: Unless and until an Upsize Confirmation is executed by one or more Upsize Facility Lenders and the Borrower and acknowledged by the Agent in respect of the first Upsize, the Upsize Facility is an uncommitted facility and the Upsize Facility Commitments shall be zero It shall be in the absolute discretion of each Lender whether, if invited by the Borrower, it wishes to become an Upsize Facility Lender and no Bank shall have any obligation whatsoever to provide the Upsize Facility or any part of it (unless it executes an Upsize Confirmation or accepts a transfer from an Upsize Facility Lender under Clause 24.1) No Lender shall have the right to become an Upsize Facility Lender and, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Co-ordinators if the proposed Upsize Facility Lender is not an existing Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Borrower shall be free to select any bank or financial institution as an Upsize Facility Lender Neither the Agent nor the Co-ordinators nor any other Bank has any obligation to assist the Borrower in identifying any bank or other financial institution to be invited to become an Upsize Facility Lender The date on which an Upsize takes place (being the Upsize Date in relation thereto) shall be the date on which the following conditions are satisfied: (a) (b) (c) (d) all of the Upsize Conditions imposed by the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders in relation to such Upsize are satisfied (as confirmed by the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders by their execution of the relevant Upsize Confirmation); the Agent confirms (by its acknowledgment of the relevant Upsize Confirmation) that it has received all such certificates and documents as it may require in relation to the Upsize in order to comply with any anti-money laundering or "know your customer" legislation, regulation or procedures applicable to them including their own internal compliance policies; an Upsize Confirmation in relation to such Upsize is executed by the Borrower and the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders and delivered to the Agent; and the Agent executes the acknowledgment to such Upsize Confirmation, 34

259 and it shall be the sole responsibility of the Borrower to procure that such conditions are satisfied The Agent shall give notice to the Borrower and the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders once the conditions in Clause have been satisfied in respect of an Upsize together with confirmation of the relevant Upsize Date On each Upsize Date: (a) (b) (c) (d) the Upsize Facility Commitments shall be increased by the amount specified in the relevant Upsize Confirmation; the commitment fee under Clause shall begin to accrue on the relevant Upsize Facility Commitments at the Applicable Commitment Fee specified in the relevant Upsize Confirmation; the Borrower and the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders shall as of the relevant Upsize Date assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another identical to the rights and obligations the Borrower and the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders would have assumed and/or acquired had the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders been party to this Agreement as Lenders on the date of this Agreement; each relevant Upsize Facility Lender shall become a Party as an "Upsize Facility Lender" in relation to the relevant Upsize Facility Commitments and, as of the relevant Upsize Date, the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders and each of the other Banks shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another identical to the rights and obligations those Upsize Facility Lenders and those Banks would have assumed and/or acquired had the relevant Upsize Facility Lenders been parties to this Agreement as Upsize Facility Lenders on the date of this Agreement No Upsize Date shall occur after 31 December Each of the other Banks consents to each Upsize made in accordance with the above provisions of this Clause Availability of Upsize Facility The following provisions shall apply in relation to the availability to the Borrower of the Upsize Credit Facility: Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Upsize Facility Commitments will be available for drawing in up to four separate amounts (each being an " Upsize Facility Advance ") on any Banking Day falling during the Availability Period for the relevant Upsize Facility Commitments provided that: (a) each Upsize Facility Advance shall be drawn in respect of one specific Upsize Vessel only (whose identity shall be specified in the Drawdown Notice relating to it); 35

260 (b) (c) (d) (e) the first Upsize Facility Advance drawn in respect of an Upsize Vessel shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 65% of the Fair Market Value of that Upsize Vessel (as determined not more than 30 days before the relevant Drawdown Date) and (ii) $62,500,000; subsequent Upsize Facility Advances drawn in respect of an Upsize Vessel shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 65% of the most recent Fair Market Value of that Upsize Vessel and (ii) the Available Tranche Amount relating to that Vessel on the relevant Drawdown Date; the number of Upsize Facility Advances drawn and outstanding at any one time shall not exceed four (one per Upsize Vessel which has become a Mortgaged Vessel); and no Upsize Facility Advance may be drawn before the Initial Borrowing Date; 3.7 Purpose (f) the first Upsize Facility Advance in relation to an Upsize Vessel shall be drawn on or after the Delivery Date of that Upsize Vessel but no later than 30 April If no Advance has been drawn in relation to an Upsize Vessel on or before 30 April 2017, the Available Tranche Amount in relation to that Vessel shall be automatically cancelled on that date If the first Advance drawn in relation to an Upsize Vessel is less than the full amount of the Available Tranche Amount relating to that Vessel, the unutilised portion of such Available Tranche Amount shall be automatically cancelled on the Drawdown Date of such first Advance. The Borrower undertakes to apply: the Revolving Credit Facility Advances exclusively for the purposes referred to in Recital (A)(i); the Acquisition Facility Advances exclusively for the purposes referred to in Recital (A)(ii); and the Upsize Facility Advances exclusively for the purposes referred to in Recital (B), provided that none of the Banks shall be bound to monitor or verify the application of the proceeds of any Advance. 3.8 Lenders' participations Subject to the provisions of this Agreement: each Revolving Credit Facility Lender will participate in each Revolving Credit Facility Advance up to a principal amount not exceeding its Revolving Credit Facility Commitment in the proportion which its Revolving Credit Facility Commitment bears to the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments; 36

261 3.8.2 each Acquisition Facility Lender will participate in each Acquisition Facility Advance up to a principal amount not exceeding its Available Acquisition Facility Commitment in the proportion which its Available Acquisition Facility Commitment bears to the Total Acquisition Facility Revolving Commitments; and each Upsize Facility Lender will participate in each Upsize Facility Advance up to a principal amount not exceeding its Available Upsize Facility Commitment in the proportion which its Available Upsize Facility Commitment bears to the Total Upsize Facility Revolving Commitments. 3.9 No advance after expiry of Availability Period No Lender will have any liability whatsoever to make available the relevant proportion of its Commitment in relation to a Facility after the expiry date of the Availability Period relating to that Facility and any part of a Lender's Commitment in respect of a Facility which has not been advanced to the Borrower at close of business on that relevant expiry date shall be cancelled. 4. DRAWDOWN 4.1 Notice of Drawdown The Borrower may draw an Advance under a Facility subject to giving the Agent a duly completed Notice of Drawdown not later than 10:00 a.m. London time 3 Banking Days before the proposed Drawdown Date of the Advance, which notice shall be irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless (a) the proposed Drawdown Date is a Banking Day within the Availability Period of the Facility under which the Advance is to be drawn and (b) the proposed Interest Period for the Advance complies with Clause Agent's notification to Lenders Upon receipt of a Notice of Drawdown given in accordance with Clause 4.1, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of (a) the contents thereof and (b) the relevant proportion of the Advance or Advances to be funded by that Lender. 4.3 Availability of Lenders' Commitments Each Lender shall, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, make available to the Agent on the Drawdown Date of an Advance the relevant proportion of its Commitment in respect of that Advance. 4.4 Conditions precedent Revolving Credit Facility Advances drawn on Initial Borrowing Date Notwithstanding the giving of a Notice of Drawdown pursuant to Clause 4.1 in relation to the Advance or Advances under the Revolving Credit Facility to be drawn on the Initial Borrowing Date, neither the relevant Lenders nor the Agent shall be obliged to disburse any funds in respect of such Advance or Advances, and the Borrower shall not be entitled to draw down such Advance or Advances, unless the following conditions precedent are satisfied: 37

262 4.4.1 the Agent has received payment of the fees and expenses specified in Clause 18 to the extent due and payable on or before the Initial Borrowing Date; the Agent has received the documents and evidence described in Parts 1 and 2 of Schedule 5, in form and substance satisfactory to it; the Agent is satisfied that both at the date of the relevant Notice of Drawdown and at the Initial Borrowing Date: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) since 31 December 2014 no Material Adverse Change has occurred; the representations and warranties set out in Clause 10 and those of the Borrower or any other Obligor which are set out in any other Finance Document would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing; none of the circumstances specified in Clauses 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 7.12 or 18.8 has occurred and is continuing; if the ratio set out in Clause 16.3 were tested immediately following the making of the relevant Advance or Advances by reference to the aggregate Initial Values of the Existing Vessels, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Advances under that Clause; and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will arise following the making of the relevant Advance or Advances. 4.5 Conditions precedent first Advances drawn in respect of a Vessel under the Acquisition Facility or the Upsize Facility Notwithstanding the giving of a Notice of Drawdown pursuant to Clause 4.1 in relation to the first Advance to be drawn under the Available Tranche Amount relating to a particular Acquisition Vessel or a particular Upsize Vessel (a " relevant Vessel "), neither the relevant Lenders nor the Agent shall be obliged to disburse any funds in respect of such Advance, and the Borrower shall not be entitled to draw down such Advance, unless the following conditions precedent are satisfied: the Agent has received payment of the fees and expenses specified in Clause 18 to the extent due and payable on or before the relevant Drawdown Date; in the event that the Drawdown Date of such Advance occurs on the Delivery Date of the relevant Vessel, the Agent is satisfied that: (a) when the Advance is made available to the Builder in accordance with the terms of the relevant Building Contract, the Agent will receive the documents and evidence described in Part 3 of Schedule 5 (in the case of an Acquisition Facility Advance) or Parts 3 and 4 of Schedule 5 (in the case of an Upsize Facility Advance), in form and substance satisfactory to it; and 38

263 (b) the Advance will remain entirely under the control of the Agent and shall only be released to the Builder's bank when the Agent receives all such documents and evidence described in Part 3 of Schedule 5 (in the case of an Acquisition Facility Advance) or Parts 3 and 4 of Schedule 5 (in the case of an Upsize Facility Advance), in form and substance satisfactory to it; in the event that the Drawdown Date of such Advance occurs after the Delivery Date of the relevant Vessel, the Agent has received the documents and evidence described in Part 3 of Schedule 5 (in the case of an Acquisition Facility Advance) or Parts 3 and 4 of Schedule 5 (in the case of an Upsize Facility Advance), in form and substance satisfactory to it; the Agent is satisfied that both at the date of the relevant Notice of Drawdown and at the relevant Drawdown Date: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) since 31 December 2014 no Material Adverse Change has occurred; the representations and warranties set out in Clause 10 and those of the Borrower or any other Obligor which are set out in any other Finance Document would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing; none of the circumstances specified in Clauses 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 7.12 or 18.8 has occurred and is continuing; if the ratio set out in Clause 16.3 were tested immediately following the making of the relevant Advance, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Advances under that Clause; and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will arise following the making of that Advance. 4.6 Condition subsequent first Advances drawn in respect of a Vessel under the Acquisition Facility or the Upsize Facility Within 5 Banking Days from the Drawdown Date of an Advance referred to in Clause 4.5, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 5 of Schedule 5 in respect of the relevant Vessel A failure to comply with Clause shall be an Event of Default. 4.7 Conditions precedent Rollover Advances Notwithstanding the giving of a Notice of Drawdown pursuant to Clause 4.1 in relation to a Rollover Advance, neither the relevant Lenders nor the Agent shall be obliged to disburse any funds in respect of that Advance, and the Borrower shall not be entitled to draw down that Advance, unless the Agent is satisfied that both at the date of the relevant Notice of Drawdown and at the relevant Drawdown Date: 39

264 4.7.1 the representations and warranties set out in Clause 10 and those of the Borrower or any other Obligor which are set out in any other Finance Document would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing; none of the circumstances specified in Clauses 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 7.12 or 18.8 has occurred and is continuing; if the ratio set out in Clause 16.3 were tested immediately following the making of the relevant Advance, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Advances under that Clause; and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will arise following the making of that Advance. 4.8 Waiver of conditions precedent If the relevant Lenders in their absolute discretion make an Advance notwithstanding that one or more of the conditions precedent specified above in relation to it remains unsatisfied on its Drawdown Date, the Borrower shall procure the satisfaction of such condition or conditions precedent within such period as the relevant Lenders may in their absolute discretion agree in writing. 4.9 Application of proceeds of Advances Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent will pay to, or for the account of, the Borrower on the Drawdown Date of an Advance the amounts which the Agent receives from the relevant Lenders under Clause 4.3 in like funds as are received by the Agent from the relevant Lenders by paying the same in accordance with the Notice of Drawdown given by the Borrower. Such payment shall constitute the making of the relevant Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each relevant Lender accordingly, in an amount equal to that Lender's proportion of that Advance. 5. REPAYMENT AND REDUCTION 5.1 Repayment of Advances Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall repay each Advance as follows: each Advance shall be repaid in full on the last day of its Interest Period; and unless the Borrower notifies the Agent to the contrary not later than 11:00 a.m. London time 3 Banking Days prior to the Repayment Date applicable to an Advance, then, notwithstanding Clause 5.1.1, where that Repayment Date is also a Drawdown Date in respect of another Advance under the same Facility (in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility) or in respect of the same Vessel (in the case of the Acquisition Facility or the Upsize Facility), the Agent shall, on behalf of the Borrower, apply the Advance which would otherwise have been paid to the Borrower on that Drawdown Date in or towards the discharge of the amount payable by the Borrower on that Repayment Date pursuant to Clause (but without prejudice to the obligation of the Borrower to pay any balance due after application of such amount). 40

265 5.2 Scheduled reduction of Facilities Subject to such scheduled reduction amounts being reduced in accordance with Clause 6.9.5(b), the Facilities shall be subject to scheduled reductions as follows: the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments shall be reduced: (a) (b) on the date falling 6 months after the Closing Date; and on each of the dates falling at 6 monthly intervals thereafter, in the case of the first 12 reductions, by the sum of $40,000,000 and in the case of the 13 th and final reduction, by the sum of $20,000,000; subject to Clause 5.4, the Available Tranche Amount in relation to each Acquisition Vessel (and the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments) shall be reduced: (a) (b) on the date falling 6 months after the Drawdown Date of the first Advance made in respect of that Acquisition Vessel; and on each of the dates falling at 6 monthly intervals thereafter, in each case by an amount equal to 1/30 th of the amount of such first Advance; subject to Clause 5.4, the Available Tranche Amount in relation to each Upsize Vessel (and the Total Upsize Facility Commitments) shall be reduced: (a) (b) on the date falling 6 months after the Drawdown Date of the first Advance made in respect of that Upsize Vessel; and on each of the dates falling at 6 monthly intervals thereafter, in each case by an amount equal to 1/30 th of the amount of such first Advance. 5.3 Prepayment upon reduction of Facilities If, upon any scheduled reduction of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments under Clause 5.2.1, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances then outstanding exceeds the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments as thereby reduced, the Borrower shall on such scheduled reduction date prepay such amount of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances as will ensure that immediately thereafter the outstanding aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances does not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments as so reduced. 41

266 5.3.2 If, upon any scheduled reduction of the Available Tranche Amount in relation to an Acquisition Vessel under Clause 5.2.2, the aggregate amount of the Acquisition Facility Advance relating to that Acquisition Vessel then outstanding exceeds the relevant Available Tranche Amount as thereby reduced, the Borrower shall on such scheduled reduction date prepay such amount of the relevant Acquisition Facility Advance as will ensure that immediately thereafter the outstanding amount of such Acquisition Facility Advance does not exceed the relevant Available Tranche Amount as so reduced If, upon any scheduled reduction of the Available Tranche Amount in relation to an Upsize Vessel under Clause 5.2.3, the aggregate amount of the Upsize Facility Advance relating to that Upsize Vessel then outstanding exceeds the relevant Available Tranche Amount as thereby reduced, the Borrower shall on such scheduled reduction date prepay such amount of the relevant Upsize Facility Advance as will ensure that immediately thereafter the outstanding amount of such Upsize Facility Advance does not exceed the relevant Available Tranche Amount as so reduced. 5.4 Final reduction of the Acquisition Tranche Amount and the Upsize Tranche Amount On the Maturity Date, the Available Tranche Amount in relation to each Acquisition Vessel (and the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments) and the Available Tranche Amount in relation to each Upsize Vessel (and the Total Upsize Facility Commitments) shall be reduced to zero. 5.5 Final repayment and cancellation On the Maturity Date, any undrawn Commitments shall be cancelled and the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent all sums which are then accrued or owing to the Banks (or any of them) under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. 6. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 6.1 Voluntary prepayment The Borrower shall have the right upon giving the Agent not less than 3 Banking Days' prior written notice to prepay any Advance, in whole or in part, on any Banking Day provided that any partial prepayment of an Advance must be in the amount of $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any notice which is received from the Borrower under this Clause Voluntary cancellation The Borrower shall have the right upon giving the Agent not less than 3 Banking Days' prior written notice to cancel, in whole or in part, on any Banking Day: the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments, in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Total Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitments on the date of cancellation; 42

267 6.2.2 the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments in relation to an Acquisition Vessel, in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Total Available Acquisition Facility Commitments relating to that Acquisition Vessel on the date of cancellation; and/or the Total Upsize Facility Commitments in relation to an Upsize Vessel, in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Total Available Upsize Facility Commitments relating to that Upsize Vessel on the date of cancellation, provided that any cancellation of part of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments, the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments or the Total Upsize Facility Commitments must be in the amount of $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any notice which is received from the Borrower under this Clause Mandatory cancellation if conditions precedent to Closing Date not satisfied If the Closing Date does not occur on or before 30 September 2015 (or such later date as the Lenders may agree) the Commitments shall be cancelled upon the demand of the Agent (as directed by the Majority Lenders). 6.4 Mandatory prepayment and cancellation upon illegality If by reason of the introduction, imposition, variation or change of any law, regulation or regulatory requirement or by reason of any judgment, order or direction of any relevant court, tribunal or authority or otherwise it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender or an affiliate of a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its Commitment and/or Contribution (as the case may be) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event, whereupon: the Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower thereof; the relevant Lender shall, following consultation with the Borrower, use all reasonable efforts to avoid the effects of such event and in particular shall consider, subject to obtaining any necessary consents, transferring at par its rights and obligations under this Agreement to another legal entity approved by the Borrower not affected by such law, regulation, regulatory requirement, judgment, order or direction; if the relevant Lender is unable, within 90 days following the date upon which it became aware of such event, or such shorter period permitted thereby, to avoid the effect thereof, or the Borrower fails to agree to any proposal put forward by the relevant Lender to avoid the effects of such event, then the Agent shall, at the request and on behalf of the relevant Lender, give notice to the Borrower that on such date or on a future specified date, in either case not being earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law, the Commitment of that Lender (to the extent still undrawn) shall be cancelled and the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay that Lender's Contribution (if any) in full. 43

268 6.5 Mandatory prepayment and cancellation upon sale or Total Loss of an Existing Vessel If an Existing Vessel is sold in accordance with Clause or becomes a Total Loss at any time before an Advance has been made, the Relevant Portion of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments shall be automatically cancelled on the date on which the sale of such Vessel is completed or (as the case may be) on the Total Loss Date of such Existing Vessel If an Existing Vessel is sold in accordance with Clause or becomes a Total Loss at any time after an Advance has been made: (a) (b) the Relevant Portion of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments shall be automatically cancelled on the date on which the sale of such Vessel is completed or (as the case may be) on the Total Loss Prepayment Date relating to such Existing Vessel; and the Borrower shall, on or before such cancellation date, prepay such part of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances as shall ensure that, following the reduction of the Total Revolving Commitments under Clause 6.5.2(a), the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances does not exceed the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments as so reduced For the purposes of this Clause 6.5: " Relevant Portion " means, as at any relevant date in respect of an Existing Vessel which is sold or becomes a Total Loss, an amount calculated in accordance with the formula: Relevant Portion = A x B C where: A = the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances and the Total Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitments immediately prior to that date; B = the Fair Market Value of the Existing Vessel sold or lost immediately prior to that date; and C = the aggregate Fair Market Values of all the Existing Vessels (including the Existing Vessel sold or lost) immediately prior to that date. 44

269 6.6 Mandatory prepayment and cancellation upon sale or Total Loss of an Acquisition Vessel or an Upsize Vessel If an Acquisition Vessel or an Upsize Vessel is sold in accordance with Clause or becomes a Total Loss: the whole of the Advance relating to that Vessel shall be prepaid on the date on which the sale of such Vessel is completed or (as the case may be) on the Total Loss Prepayment Date relating to such Vessel; and on the date of such prepayment, the Available Tranche Amount in relation to that Vessel shall automatically be reduced to zero and the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments or, as the case may be, the Total Upsize Facility Commitments shall be reduced accordingly. 6.7 Mandatory prepayment and cancellation upon a Change of Control If a Change of Control occurs without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Borrower shall prepay the Advances in full on or before the date falling 60 days after the date of the Change of Control and any undrawn Commitments shall automatically be cancelled on the earlier of (a) the date on which such prepayment is made, (b) the date falling 60 days after the date of the Change of Control and (c) such other date as the Borrower and the Majority Lenders may agree. 6.8 Mandatory prepayment and cancellation upon breach of financial covenants If there is a breach of the financial covenants set out in Clause 13.1, the Borrower shall prepay the Advances in full within 5 days after receipt of a written demand from the Agent (as directed by the Majority Lenders) requiring it to do so and any undrawn Commitments shall automatically be cancelled on the earlier of (a) the date on which such prepayment is made and (b) the date falling 5 days after the Borrower's receipt of the Agent's written demand. 6.9 Conditions of prepayment and cancellation The following shall apply to any prepayment under this Agreement: each prepayment must be made together with all accrued interest on the amount prepaid and all other sums payable in respect of that amount under the provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of prepayment in full of all Advances, shall be accompanied by payment of all other Outstanding Indebtedness; where the Borrower is required to make a partial prepayment of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances and two or more Revolving Credit Facility Advances are then outstanding, the Borrower may specify to the Agent the Revolving Credit Facility Advance or Revolving Credit Facility Advances against which it wishes the prepaid sum to be applied (but, in the absence of any such instruction from the Borrower before the relevant prepayment date, the Agent may select the Revolving Credit Facility Advance or Revolving Credit Facility Advances to be prepaid); 45

270 6.9.3 if the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments are reduced for any reason under this Agreement and the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances outstanding would otherwise exceed the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments as so reduced, the Borrower shall prepay such part of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances on or before the relevant reduction date as shall ensure that, following the reduction of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments under this Agreement, the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Facility Advances does not exceed the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments as so reduced; if the Available Tranche Amount in relation to an Acquisition Vessel or an Upsize Vessel is reduced for any reason under this Agreement and the outstanding amount of the Acquisition Facility Advance or the Upsize Facility Advance (as the case may be) relating to that Vessel would otherwise exceed the amount of the relevant Available Tranche Amount as so reduced, the Borrower shall prepay such part of the relevant Advance on or before the relevant reduction date as shall ensure that, following the reduction of the Available Tranche Amount under this Agreement, the outstanding amount of such Advance does not exceed the amount of the relevant Available Tranche Amount as so reduced; any partial cancellation of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments, the Total Acquisition Facility Commitments or the Total Upsize Facility Commitments shall: (a) (b) reduce those amounts pro rata; and reduce pro rata all remaining scheduled reductions in respect of the relevant Commitments; any notice of prepayment or cancellation given by the Borrower in respect of a Facility shall be effective on receipt by the Agent and, once given, may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Lenders relating to that Facility and, in the case of a notice of prepayment, the Borrower shall be bound to make the relevant prepayment in accordance with it; except as specifically provided in this Agreement, in the absence of an Event of Default and demand for repayment by the Agent, the Majority Lenders shall not be obliged to accept any other prepayment of the whole or any part of an Advance; subject to the terms of this Agreement, any Advance (or part thereof) which is repaid or prepaid by the Borrower may be re-borrowed; no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated; and any prepayment made on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the whole amount prepaid shall be made together with any Break Costs. 46

271 7. INTEREST 7.1 Payment of interest Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay interest at the applicable Interest Rate on each Advance in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period applicable to it, except in the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months in which case interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period. 7.2 Interest Rate Subject to Clauses 7.3 and 7.12, the Interest Rate applicable to each Advance for each Interest Period applicable to it will be the annual rate of interest determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of: the Applicable Margin; and LIBOR for that Interest Period. 7.3 Default Rate If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under this Agreement or any other Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted an Advance in that amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 7.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. If unpaid, any such interest will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable. 7.4 Interest Periods There shall be a single Interest Period for each Advance which shall be selected by the Borrower and notified to the Agent in the Notice of Drawdown for that Advance. Subject to Clause 7.5, each Interest Period shall commence on the Drawdown Date of the relevant Advance and be for a period of 1, 3 or 6 months (as selected by the Borrower) or such other period for which a Screen Rate is published as the Borrower may select and all the Lenders may agree, provided that: the Interest Periods for the Advances in respect of the Acquisition Facility may be consolidated by selecting, in respect of the first Advance in respect of a particular Acquisition Vessel, an Interest Period which terminates on the last day of the then current Interest Period in respect of any other Acquisition Facility Advance which is then outstanding under this Agreement; the Interest Periods for the Advances in respect of the Upsize Facility may be consolidated by selecting, in respect of the first Advance in respect of a particular Upsize Vessel, an Interest Period which terminates on the last day of the then current Interest Period in respect of any other Upsize Facility Advance which is then outstanding under this Agreement; and 47

272 7.4.3 no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date. 7.5 Borrower's failure to select Interest Period In the absence of any selection by the Borrower of the duration of an Interest Period, or if the Agent shall certify to the Borrower that matching funds are not available for an Interest Period of the duration selected by the Borrower, the duration of that Interest Period shall (subject as provided in Clause 7.6) be 3 months. 7.6 Adjustment for non-banking Days If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Banking Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Banking Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Banking Day (if there is not). 7.7 Agent's notification The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of each determination under this Agreement of (a) the duration of an Interest Period and/or (b) a rate of interest. 7.8 Obligation of Reference Banks to quote In circumstances where a quotation is required from the Reference Banks, a Bank which is a Reference Bank shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement. 7.9 Absence of quotations from Reference Banks Subject to Clause 7.12, if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations provided to the remaining Reference Bank or Reference Banks Replacement of Reference Bank If any Reference Bank which is a Lender ceases to be a Lender or has become an Affected Lender or, in the opinion of the Agent, is substantially unable to provide the Agent from time to time when required with the necessary quotations for the purpose of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement, then the Agent shall (after consultation with the Borrower) appoint another bank to be a Reference Bank in replacement of that Reference Bank Notice of Market Disruption Event by Affected Lenders Any notification to the Agent by an Affected Lender of a Market Disruption Event occurring under paragraph (b) of the definition of that term shall be in writing and accompanied by a certificate signed by an officer of that Affected Lender certifying the cost to that Affected Lender of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank market on the date of that certificate. 48

273 The Agent shall pass to the Borrower a copy of each certificate provided to it under this Clause 7.11 (and each Affected Lender consents to such disclosure) Market disruption If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Lender in respect of any Advance for any Interest Period applicable to it, the rate of interest on that Lender's share of that Advance for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of: the Applicable Margin; and the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Advance from whatever source it may reasonably select Alternative basis of interest or funding If a Market Disruption Event occurs, and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent, the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 15 days) with a view to agreeing an alternative basis for determining the rate of interest for the Advances or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender's Contribution. Any alternative basis so agreed shall, with the prior consent of the Borrower and the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, be binding on those parties. In the absence of such agreement, the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, select the Interest Periods for the Advances and set a rate of interest for each such Interest Period in accordance with Clause 7.12 provided that the Borrower shall have the right, upon giving 3 Banking Days notice to the Agent, to: prepay the whole of the Advances; or prepay the Contribution of any Affected Lender; or exercise its rights under Clause in respect of any Affected Lender. 8. PAYMENTS 8.1 Place, time and manner of payment Unless otherwise specified by the Agent, all moneys to be paid by the Lenders to the Agent or by the Borrower to any Bank under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be paid to the Agent in Dollars by not later than 10:00 a.m. London time on the due date and in same day funds to such account as the Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower. The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any such amount in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable. 49

274 8.2 Order of application; partial payments Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or any other Finance Document, if the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Obligors under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents in the following order: first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Banks under this Agreement; secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest or fees due but unpaid under this Agreement; thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under this Agreement; fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata between the Swap Providers of any Master Agreement Liabilities due but unpaid under the Master Agreements; lastly, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or whomsoever else shall be entitled to it. The provisions of this Clause 8.2 will override any appropriation made by the Borrower. The Parties also agree that notwithstanding the fact that any Supplemental Mortgage Deed in respect of a Mortgaged Vessel whose Flag State is France may rank with second or subsequent priority to the other Finance Documents, any and all amounts received by the Agent in connection with a Supplemental Mortgage Deed shall be applied in accordance with Clause 8.2 together with any and all amounts received under the other Finance Documents. 8.3 Availability of funds conditional upon receipt by Agent The Agent shall not be obliged to make available to any other Party any amount which it is due to receive for the account of that Party unless it is satisfied that it has unconditionally received the funds concerned. 8.4 Refunds by Borrower Without prejudice to Clause 8.3, if the Agent makes an amount available to the Borrower which has not (but should have) been made unconditionally available to the Agent by a Lender, the Borrower shall on demand refund that amount to the Agent. 8.5 Refunds by Banks Without prejudice to Clause 8.3, if the Agent makes an amount available to a Bank which has not (but should have) been paid to the Agent by the Borrower, that Bank shall: on demand refund that amount to the Agent; and 50

275 8.5.2 pay to the Agent on demand such further amount (as conclusively certified by the Agent) as shall indemnify the Agent against any cost incurred by the Agent as a result of its having made available such amount to that Bank before receiving it from the Borrower. 8.6 Non-Banking Days Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Banking Day shall be made on the next Banking Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Banking Day (if there is not). 8.7 Accrual of interest and periodic payments All payments of interest and other payments of an annual or periodic nature to be made by the Borrower shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year. 8.8 Control account The Agent and each other Bank will open and maintain on its books a control account showing the amounts owing to the Banks (in the case of the Agent) or that Bank (in the case of each other Bank) from the Borrower and the amounts of all payments of principal, interest and other moneys falling due and received by them or it, as the case may be. The Borrower's obligation to repay the Advances, to pay interest thereon and to pay all other sums due under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be conclusively evidenced (in the absence of manifest error) by the entries from time to time made in the control accounts opened and maintained under this Clause NO SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR TAX DEDUCTION 9.1 No set-off or counterclaim All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be made without set-off or counterclaim free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, unless the Borrower is compelled by law to make payment subject to any such tax. 9.2 Gross up If the Borrower is compelled by law to make any tax deduction (other than a FATCA Deduction) from any payment due under this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Borrower will (subject to Clause 24.13): promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that requirement; pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; pay the Bank to which that payment is made such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that such Bank receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had that tax deduction not been required to be made; and 51

276 9.2.4 as soon as reasonably practicable after making the relevant tax deduction, deliver to the Agent a copy of the receipt from the relevant taxation authority evidencing that the tax had been paid to that authority. 9.3 Tax credit If, following any tax deduction as is referred to in Clause 9.2 from any payment by the Borrower, the recipient of that payment shall receive or be granted a credit against or remission for any taxes payable by it, such recipient shall, subject to the Borrower having made any increased payment in accordance with Clause and to the extent that such recipient can do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or remission and without prejudice to the right of such recipient to obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it, reimburse the Borrower with such amount as such recipient shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such credit or remission as will leave it (after such reimbursement) in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such deduction or withholding from the payment to such recipient as aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon the recipient certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been received by it. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall oblige any Bank to rearrange its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall not by virtue of this Clause 9.3 be entitled to enquire about the tax affairs of any Bank. 9.4 Double tax treaties Where the Borrower is or may be obliged to withhold tax from any payment to a Bank under this Agreement or any other Finance Document and its obligation to withhold such tax may be eliminated or reduced under any applicable double taxation agreement or treaty, the relevant Bank will promptly comply with all appropriate formalities required to be performed by it under such double taxation agreement or treaty (save as may depend on action being taken by a third party which has not been taken) so that it can receive the relevant payments from the Borrower without deduction of such tax or with deduction at the reduced level permitted by such double taxation agreement or treaty. 9.5 FATCA information Subject to Clause below, each Party shall, within 10 Banking Days of a reasonable request by another Party: (a) confirm to that other Party whether it is: (i) (ii) a FATCA Exempt Party; or not a FATCA Exempt Party; (b) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable "passthru payment percentage") as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and 52

277 (c) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 9.5.1(a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly Clause above shall not oblige any Bank to do anything, and Clause 9.5.1(c) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of: (a) (b) (c) any law or regulation; any fiduciary duty; or any duty of confidentiality If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clause 9.5.1(a) or 9.5.1(b) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause above applies), then: (a) (b) if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party, such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and if that Party failed to confirm its applicable "passthru payment percentage", such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable "passthru payment percentage" is 100 per cent., until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information If the Borrower becomes a US Tax Obligor, it shall as soon as reasonably practicable inform the Agent of the same and provide the Agent with a Form W-8 or Form W-9 (or any successor form) (as applicable) or any other forms of documentation which the Banks may reasonably require If the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor, or where the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA require it, each Lender shall, within 10 Banking Days of: 53

278 (a) (b) (c) where the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement; where the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender becomes a Lender after the date of this Agreement, the relevant date on which it becomes a Lender; or where the Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent, supply to the Agent: (i) (ii) a withholding certificate on Form W-8 or Form W-9 (or any successor form) (as applicable); or any withholding statement and other documentation, authorisations and waivers as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation and waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to Clause to the Borrower If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to Clause is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for that Lender to do so (in which case that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Borrower The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to Clause or without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with Clause or FATCA Deduction Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction, save as expressly provided in this Agreement Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Banks. 54

279 9.7 Indemnity re FATCA 9.8 VAT A Bank shall indemnify the Agent, within 3 Banking Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent with respect to any tax imposed by reason of FATCA attributable to such Bank in relation to the Finance Documents. In the case that the relevant Bank fails to make the relevant payment or the Agent cannot recover such payment from such Bank for other reasons, the Borrower shall indemnify the Agent accordingly and in such case the Borrower may reclaim payment from the Bank that failed to make the relevant payment to the Agent. All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any party to a Bank shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT. If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Bank to any party in connection with a Finance Document, that party shall pay to the Bank (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. Where a Finance Document requires any party to reimburse a Bank for any costs or expenses, that party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify such Bank against all VAT incurred by the Bank in respect of those costs or expenses to the extent that the Bank reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment of the VAT. 10. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 10.1 Date of representations and warranties The Borrower represents and warrants that the following matters are true at the date of this Agreement Existence, listing, powers, compliance and solvency The Borrower: is a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing in goodstanding under the laws of, and has the centre of its main interests in, Belgium; is listed on the First Market of Euronext Brussels and on the New York Stock Exchange; has full power to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted; has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business; is solvent and not in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure, and no receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, trustee or analogous officer has been appointed in respect of it or all or any part of its assets. 55

280 10.3 Capacity and authorisation The entry into and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Master Agreements and the other Finance Documents to which it is (or is to become) a party are within the corporate powers of the Borrower and have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate actions and approvals and no limitation on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowings made or other liabilities incurred under this Agreement. In entering into this Agreement, the Master Agreements and the other relevant Finance Documents the Borrower is acting on its own account and not as agent or nominee of any person No contravention of laws or contractual restrictions The entry into and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Master Agreements and the other Finance Documents to which it is (or is to become) a party do not and will not: contravene in any respect the constitutional documents of the Borrower or any law, regulation or contractual restriction binding on the Borrower or any of its assets; or result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of its assets in favour of any party Licences and approvals in force All licences, authorisations, approvals and consents necessary for the entry into, performance, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement, the Master Agreements and the other Finance Documents have been obtained and are in full force and effect and there has been no breach of any condition or restriction imposed in this respect Validity and enforceability When duly executed and delivered, and where applicable registered, each of the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements will: constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each Obligor which is a party thereto enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms; and (to the extent that by its terms it purports to do so) create a legal, valid and binding first priority Encumbrance in accordance with its terms over all the assets to which by its terms it relates, except insofar as enforcement may be limited by any applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, administration and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by principles of equity No third party Encumbrances; title At the time of execution of each Finance Document, no third party will have any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any asset over which an Encumbrance is to be created pursuant to that Finance Document and the Obligor entering into that Finance Document will be the sole and absolute legal and beneficial owner of that asset. 56

281 10.8 No litigation current or pending No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding involving the Borrower is current or pending or (to the knowledge of the Borrower) threatened or likely to commence or be taken, which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect No defaults No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Advance or any part thereof The Borrower is not in default under any other agreement where such default would have a Material Adverse Effect Truth of factual information All factual information furnished in writing to any Bank by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents was (when given) true and correct in all material respects and there are no other facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information materially misleading Accuracy of financial statements The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS and give a true and fair view of the Borrower's and the Group's financial condition of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year No liability to deduction or withholding; no registration taxes All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement, the Master Agreements and the other Finance Documents may be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, and neither this Agreement nor any other Finance Document is liable to any registration charge or any stamp, documentary or similar taxes imposed by any authority, including without limitation, in connection with its admissibility in evidence Tax compliance The Borrower has complied in all material respects with all relevant tax laws and regulations applicable to it and its business FATCA status The Borrower is not a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor. 57

282 10.15 Pari passu obligations The payment obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Master Agreements and the other Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally Environmental matters Except as may have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Agent: the Borrower has complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws; the Borrower has obtained all Environmental Approvals and is in compliance with all Environmental Approvals; the Borrower has not received notice of any Environmental Claim that alleges that it is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval; there is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), threatened against the Borrower or any Relevant Ship; and no Environmental Incident which could or might give rise to any Environmental Claim has occurred No money laundering In relation to the utilisation by the Borrower of the Facilities granted or to be granted to it under this Agreement, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party, and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which it is a party, the Borrower confirms that it is acting for its own account and that the foregoing will not involve or lead to contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 26 October 2005) Anti-Corruption Laws The Borrower has conducted its business in compliance with all applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws Sanctions Each Relevant Person has been and is in compliance with all Sanctions Laws and no Relevant Person: 58

283 is a Restricted Party, or is involved in any transaction through which it is likely to become a Restricted Party; or has received formal notice in writing of any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions Laws. 11. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS 11.1 Duration of undertakings The undertakings in this Clause 11 shall remain in force from the date of this Agreement to the end of the Security Period Maintenance of status; listing The Borrower: shall maintain its separate corporate existence as a limited liability company under the laws of Belgium; shall not, without the prior consent of the Agent, change its name; shall maintain its listing on the First Market of Euronext Brussels and on the New York Stock Exchange; shall not, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, change its place of incorporation or domicile or alter its legal status as a limited liability company Consents The Borrower shall obtain and maintain in force, and promptly upon the Agent's request furnish certified copies to the Agent of, all licences, authorisations, approvals and consents, and do all other acts and things, which may from time to time be necessary or desirable for the continued due performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements or which may be required for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements Pari passu obligations The Borrower shall ensure that its obligations under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements rank at least pari passu with all its other present, future and/or contingent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations Conduct of business; compliance with laws The Borrower shall conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner in compliance with: its constitutional documents; all Sanctions Laws; 59

284 all Anti-Corruption Laws; all Environmental Laws; and all other laws and regulations applicable to its business, and shall notify the Agent immediately upon becoming aware of any breach of any such document, law or regulation Payment of taxes The Borrower shall pay all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges as they fall due, except to the extent that it is contesting them in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside adequate reserves for their payment if those proceedings fail Books of account The Borrower shall keep proper books of account in respect of its business in accordance with IFRS consistently applied and, whenever so requested by the Agent, make them available for inspection by or on behalf of the Agent Execution of Charter Assignments The Borrower undertakes to procure that, promptly after the execution of a Long Term Charter in respect of a Mortgaged Vessel, it will: execute a Charter Assignment in favour of the Security Agent in respect of that Long Term Charter (unless, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Borrower, that Long Term Charter can only be assigned with the consent of the relevant charterer and the Borrower is unable to obtain the charterer's consent to the assignment); and subject to Clause , give notice of the Charter Assignment to the relevant charterer in the form required by the Charter Assignment and use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the charterer's acknowledgment thereto in the form required by the Charter Assignment Earnings Account The Borrower undertakes to procure that, with effect from the Initial Borrowing Date and throughout the remainder of the Security Period, unless and until the Security Agent shall otherwise direct in accordance with the Account Security, all Earnings due to the Borrower in respect of the Mortgaged Vessels shall be paid and credited to the Earnings Account. Unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (in which case such moneys shall be applied in accordance with the Account Security), the Borrower shall be entitled to withdraw any and all moneys from time to time credited to the Earnings Account Restriction on disposals Except as contemplated by Clause and any other relevant provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not except in the usual course of its business and for fair market value. 60

285 11.11 Incurrence of Financial Indebtedness The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, incur any Financial Indebtedness or grant any guarantee in respect of Financial Indebtedness if, as a result of incurring that Financial Indebtedness or incurring the contingent liability under that guarantee (as assessed in accordance with IFRS), an Event of Default would occur, or one or more of the financial covenants in respect of the Group set out in Clause 13.1 would be breached, on the date of such incurrence Negative pledge The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, create or permit to exist any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) over any Charged Property, whether present or future (provided that where any such Encumbrance arises in the ordinary course of business, the Borrower shall as soon as practicably possible discharge it) Restriction on dividends The Borrower may only pay a dividend or make a distribution and/or buy-back its own common stock subject to the following conditions: no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result upon payment of the proposed dividend or distribution or completion of the proposed buy-back; and the payment of such dividend or distribution or completion of such buy-back would not cause any breach of any of the financial covenants set out in Clause No mergers or demergers The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with any other entity or demerge or enter into any form of reconstruction or reorganisation or do anything analogous thereto which has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect No change to financial year The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, alter or extend its financial year for the purposes of the preparation of its accounts No change of business The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, make or permit to be made any substantial change to the general nature of its business from that permitted to be carried out under its articles of association as in force at the date of this Agreement. 61

286 11.17 Restriction on undertakings with affiliates The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, undertake any transaction with any person, company or other entity which is an affiliate of the Borrower (other than another member of the Group) unless such transaction is conducted at arm's length on normal commercial terms Compliance with Sanctions Laws The Borrower shall: procure that no Obligor nor any subsidiary of any Obligor is or will become a Restricted Party: use reasonable endeavours to procure that no director, officer, employee, agent or representative of any Obligor or any subsidiary of any Obligor is or will become a Restricted Party; and procure that no proceeds of any Advance shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Party nor shall they otherwise be applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions Laws. 12. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS 12.1 Duration of undertakings The undertakings in this Clause 12 shall remain in force from the date of this Agreement to the end of the Security Period Financial information The Borrower shall, to the extent that the Agent is unable to obtain copies from the Borrower's website, provide to the Agent: as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated accounts of the Group for that financial year, prepared in accordance with IFRS; as soon as possible, but in no event later than 75 days after the end of each financial half-year of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated accounts of the Group for that financial half-year, prepared in accordance with IFRS; as soon as possible, but in no event later than 60 days after the end of each quarter in each financial year of the Borrower, the Borrower's press release which shall include its unaudited quarterly income statement for that relevant quarter certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Borrower; together with the consolidated accounts referred to in Clauses and : (a) a Compliance Certificate evidencing that as at that date the Borrower is in compliance with all of the financial covenants in respect of the Group as set out in Clause 13.1 and that there is no security shortfall under Clause 16.3 (or, if not, showing in either case the amount of any shortfall); and 62

287 (b) copies of the valuations of the Mortgaged Vessels obtained by the Borrower in accordance with Clause 16.2 from any two Approved Shipbrokers not earlier than 30 days before the date of such Compliance Certificate; as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each financial year of the Borrower, a financial projection for the Borrower and the Group for the next 3 years in a format which is acceptable to the Borrower; promptly, such further information in the possession or control of the Borrower regarding the financial condition and operations of the Group as the Agent may reasonably request Notification of material litigation The Borrower shall inform the Agent promptly of any litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceeding instituted or (to its knowledge) threatened and of any other occurrence of which it becomes aware which has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect Notification in respect of Sanctions The Borrower shall: supply to the Agent, promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation pursuant to Sanctions Laws against (a) the Borrower, (b) any other Relevant Person or (c) any owners of any Relevant Person (other than any owner of the Borrower), as well as information on what steps are being taken with regards to answering or opposing the same; inform the Agent promptly upon becoming aware that any of (a) the Borrower, (b) any other Relevant Person or (c) any owners of any Relevant Person (other than any owner of the Borrower), has become or is likely to become a Restricted Party Notification of default The Borrower shall promptly after the occurrence of any Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default, notify the Agent of that event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to remedy it Inspection of books and records The Borrower shall permit one or more representatives of the Agent, at the request of the Agent, to have reasonable access to its books and records and to inspect the same during normal business hours at its offices upon reasonable prior written notice. 63

288 12.7 "Know your customer" checks The Borrower shall provide the Agent with any information requested by any Bank in order for that Bank to comply with any anti-money laundering or "know your customer" legislation, regulation or procedures applicable to it from time to time including its own internal compliance policies Provision of further information The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent with such other financial and other information concerning itself and its affairs as the Agent may from time to time reasonably require. 13. FINANCIAL COVENANTS 13.1 Covenants The Borrower shall ensure that at all times during the Security Period: Current Assets exceed Current Liabilities; Free Liquid Assets are not less than the higher of: (a) (b) $50,000,000; and 5% of the Total Indebtedness; the aggregate amount of cash is not less than $30,000,000; and the ratio of Stockholders' Equity to Total Assets is not less than 30% Notice of breach The Borrower shall notify the Agent in writing immediately upon becoming aware of a breach of any of the financial covenants set out in Clause Definitions of financial terms For the purposes of this Clause 13: " Available Facilities " means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the aggregate undrawn amount of any committed loan or overdraft facilities available to the Borrower or any other member of the Group having a maturity of at least 6 months from that date of determination (including the Facilities provided under this Agreement); " Current Assets " means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the amount of the current assets of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the date of this Agreement and as shown in the Latest Balance Sheet and including any amounts available under committed credit lines having maturities of more than 12 months; 64

289 " Current Liabilities " means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the amount of the current liabilities of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the date of this Agreement and as shown in the Latest Balance Sheet; " Free Liquid Assets " means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the aggregate amount of cash (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include cash on debt reserve accounts or other accounts having the same effect), cash equivalents and Available Facilities of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as in effect on date of this Agreement and as shown in the Latest Balance Sheet but excluding any of those assets subject to an Encumbrance (other than an Encumbrance in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to this Agreement) at any time; " Latest Balance Sheet " means, at any date, the consolidated balance sheet of the Group most recently delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.2 and/or most recently publicly available; " Stockholders' Equity " means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the amount of the capital and reserves of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the date of this Agreement and as shown in the Latest Balance Sheet; " Total Assets " means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the amount of the total assets of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the date of this Agreement and as shown in the Latest Balance Sheet; and " Total Indebtedness " means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the amount of long-term loans (including finance leases, bank loans and other long-term loans) and short-term loans of the Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as in effect on the date of this Agreement and as shown in the Latest Balance Sheet Testing financial covenants following changes in IFRS or any applicable laws If, at any time after the date of this Agreement, any mandatory change is made to IFRS or any applicable law relating to the financial reporting (including but not limited to accounting bases, policies, practices and procedures or reference periods) of the Group generally or any member of the Group individually and the effect of complying with that change would result in the value for "Current Assets", "Current Liabilities", "Free Liquid Assets", "Stockholders' Equity", "Total Assets" and/or "Total Indebtedness" being effectively different from its value if calculated in accordance with IFRS and all applicable laws in effect at the date of this Agreement and of which the Lenders would reasonably expect to have been informed, the Borrower shall immediately notify the Agent of that change and procure that, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Borrower's auditors deliver to the Agent: a description of the change and what adjustments would need to be made to the financial statements of the Group following that change in order to reverse the effects of that change so that the values of "Current Assets", "Current Liabilities", "Free Liquid Assets", "Stockholders' Equity", "Total Assets" and/or "Total Indebtedness" will be the same as if calculated in accordance with IFRS and all applicable laws in effect at the date of this Agreement; and 65

290 such information, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, as may be required: (a) (b) to enable the Lenders to determine whether there is a breach of any of the financial covenants in respect of the Group set out in Clause 13.1 (based on IFRS and all applicable laws in effect at the date of this Agreement); and to assist the Lenders in making an accurate comparison between the financial position of the Group indicated in the financial statements prepared following the change and those prepared prior to it. In the event that the Lenders are satisfied in their sole discretion that, based on the information provided by the Borrower's auditors, the financial covenants in Clause 13.1 have been complied with, the Lenders and the Borrower shall enter into discussions with a view to agreeing amendments to this Agreement so as to reverse the effect of the change. 14. VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS - INSURANCE 14.1 Duration of undertakings The Borrower undertakes to the Security Agent to comply with the undertakings contained in this Clause 14 at all times from the Initial Borrowing Date until the end of the Security Period Obligatory Insurances The Borrower undertakes in respect of the Mortgaged Vessels: to effect and maintain sufficient insurances on and over each Mortgaged Vessel in respect of (a) hull and machinery, (ii) hull interest, (iii) freight interest, (iv) protection and indemnity (including oil pollution risks for each Mortgaged Vessel) and (v) war risks (including piracy, terrorism and confiscation); to effect such insurances on each Mortgaged Vessel in Dollars and upon such terms as shall from time to time be reviewed by the Security Agent, but in any event for not less than: (a) (b) in the case of hull, machinery and equipment, marine and war risks, on an agreed value basis for whichever is the greater of (i) the market value of the relevant Mortgaged Vessel and (ii) such amount which, when aggregated with the corresponding insurances on the other Mortgaged Vessels, equals at least 125% of the aggregate amount of the Advances, provided however that the amount of hull and machinery cover other than total loss only cover shall be equal to at least 70% of the market value of the Mortgaged Vessel; and in the case of protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks) for the full value and tonnage of the relevant Mortgaged Vessel, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry with a protection and indemnity association belonging to the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations; 66

291 to effect the Insurances through such brokers (the " approved insurance brokers ") and with such insurance companies, underwriters, war risks associations and/or protection and indemnity associations as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Security Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); to notify the Security Agent, at least 10 days before the relevant policies or contracts expire, of the relevant brokers and/or insurance companies, underwriters, war risks association and/or protection and indemnity association through and with whom the Insurances for each Mortgaged Vessel are expected to be renewed; to renew the Insurances before the relevant policies or contracts expire, and to procure that the approved insurance brokers or insurers with which the Insurances for a Mortgaged Vessel are effected shall promptly confirm such renewal in writing to the Security Agent and inform the Security Agent of the terms and conditions thereof, as and when the same occurs; punctually to pay all premiums, calls, contributions or other sums in respect of the Insurances and to produce all relevant receipts when so reasonably required by the Security Agent; to arrange for the execution of such guarantees as may from time to time be required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association (if applicable) for or for the continuance of a Mortgaged Vessel's entry; to procure that notice of assignment to the Security Agent in respect of each Mortgaged Vessel signed by the Borrower is duly endorsed upon all slips, cover notes, policies, certificates of entry or other instruments of insurance issued or to be issued in connection with the Insurances for that Mortgaged Vessel, together with a loss payable clause, in each case in such form as may be required by the Security Agent, all in accordance with usual industry practice; to procure that all such instruments of insurance referred to in Clause as are effected through the approved insurance brokers shall be deposited with the approved insurance brokers, and that such brokers shall furnish the Security Agent with pro forma copies and a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as the Security Agent may reasonably require having regard to the then current market practice; to procure that the protection and indemnity association and/or war risks association (if applicable) in which each Mortgaged Vessel is entered shall furnish the Security Agent with a certified copy of the certificate of entry for the relevant Mortgaged Vessel and a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Agent together with a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other substances in relation to the Vessel; without prejudice to the generality of Clauses and , if any of the Insurances form part of a fleet cover, to use its reasonable endeavours (having regard to then current market practice including the practice prescribed by the Lloyds Insurance Brokers' Committee and/or any other professional association of which the approved insurance brokers are members) to procure that the approved insurance brokers shall undertake to the Security Agent that they shall neither set off against any claim in respect of any Mortgaged Vessel any premiums or calls due in respect of any other vessel or in respect of other insurances nor cancel any of the Insurances by reason of non payment of premiums or calls due in respect of any other vessel or in respect of other insurances; 67

292 to comply with all the requirements from time to time applicable to the Insurances, and not to make, do, consent or agree to any act or omission which would or might render any such instrument of insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or subject to any material exclusion or qualification or which would render any sum payable under them repayable in whole or in part; not to employ any Mortgaged Vessel, or suffer any Mortgaged Vessel to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms of the said instruments of insurance (including any express or implied warranties they contain), without first obtaining the insurers' consent to such other employment and complying with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe, or arranging for additional insurances; to apply all sums received in respect of the Insurances in accordance with the Finance Documents for the purpose of making good the loss and repairing the damage in respect of which those sums have been received; not to alter any of the terms of any of the instruments of insurance referred to in Clause if, as a result of such alteration, the position of the Banks would be materially adversely affected; not without the prior written consent of the Security Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to settle, compromise or abandon any claim under the Insurances in respect of any Mortgaged Vessel for a Total Loss or a Major Casualty; to do all things necessary and provide the Security Agent with all relevant documents, evidence and information as the Security Agent may require to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys in respect of the Insurances which are payable to the Security Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents; to provide the Security Agent, upon its reasonable request, with copies of all communications of a material nature between the Borrower and the approved insurance brokers or (as the case may be) approved associations relating to the Insurances of the Mortgaged Vessels in relation to: (a) (b) (c) any material condition, qualification or exclusion applicable to those Insurances; any actual or potential suspension of any of those Insurances; payment of premiums and calls and performance by the Borrower of its other material obligations in respect of those Insurances; 68

293 to make or procure that the managers of each Mortgaged Vessel shall make such quarterly voyage declarations as may be required from time to time in accordance with the Insurances, especially in order to maintain cover for trading in and to the United States of America and the Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States of America Oil Pollution Act 1990) and shall on request supply the Security Agent with copies thereof MII and MAP Cover The Borrower undertakes to pay to the Security Agent on demand all reasonable premiums and other amounts reasonably payable by the Security Agent in effecting and maintaining on behalf of the Security Agent a mortgagee's interest insurance policy and a mortgagee's interest additional perils (pollution) policy in respect of the Mortgaged Vessels in such amount and on such terms and conditions as the Security Agent shall deem appropriate after consulting with the Borrower. Notwithstanding the above, if at any time before the date on which the Security Agent requires any insurances of the nature referred to in this Clause 14.3 to be effected, the Borrower can demonstrate that a firm of approved insurance brokers is able to arrange those insurances upon the same terms, before that date, for a price lower than that for which any firm of insurance brokers nominated by the Security Agent is prepared to arrange those insurances, with a scope of coverage and with underwriters acceptable to the Security Agent, the Security Agent shall not unreasonably refuse to effect those insurances through that firm of insurance brokers so nominated by the Borrower, but only if that firm of insurance brokers will enter into such agreements with the Security Agent as it may require taking into account the identity of that firm of insurance brokers. 15. VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE 15.1 Duration of undertakings The Borrower undertakes to the Security Agent to comply with the undertakings contained in this Clause 15 at all times from the Initial Borrowing Date until the end of the Security Period, provided that at any time after a Total Loss Event has occurred and is continuing in relation to a Mortgaged Vessel the Borrower shall not be obliged to perform any of its undertakings under this Clause 15 in respect of that Vessel to the extent that it would be impossible or impractical for it to do so Compliance with laws The Borrower undertakes to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to each Mortgaged Vessel and the ownership, employment, operation, management and registration of such Vessel including, without limitation, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions Laws and the laws of the Vessel's Flag State. 69

294 15.3 Ownership and registration The Borrower undertakes: to keep each Mortgaged Vessel registered under the laws and flag of its Flag State and, save for a Permitted Change of Flag, not to do or suffer to be done anything by which that registration may be forfeited or imperilled; other than in connection with a Permitted Change of Flag, not to change the port of registration of any Mortgaged Vessel without the prior written consent of the Security Agent; to inform the Security Agent in advance of any change to the name of any Mortgaged Vessel; unless the requirements of Clause 6.5 or Clause 6.6 (as the case may be) are complied with in relation to that sale, not to sell or agree to sell a Mortgaged Vessel or any share in a Mortgaged Vessel without the prior written consent of the Security Agent Classification, repair and surveys The Borrower undertakes: to procure that each Mortgaged Vessel is kept in a good and seaworthy state of repair, so as to maintain the highest class with its Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions, and so as to comply with the provisions of all laws and all other regulations and requirements (statutory or otherwise) from time to time applicable to vessels registered at ports in its Flag State; to procure that each Mortgaged Vessel is submitted regularly to such periodical or other surveys as may be required for classification and regulatory purposes and, if so required by the Security Agent, to procure that the Security Agent is supplied with copies of all survey reports and class and other certificates issued in this respect; to procure that all repairs to or replacement of any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment shall be effected in accordance with the rules and requirements of the Classification Society in such manner (both as regards workmanship and quality of materials) as not to diminish the value of any Mortgaged Vessel; not to remove any material part of any Mortgaged Vessel, or any item of equipment installed on it, unless the part or item so removed is promptly replaced by a suitable part or item which (a) is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, (b) is free from any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) or right in favour of any person other than the Security Agent and (c) becomes on installation on the relevant Mortgaged Vessel the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage in respect of that Vessel, provided that the Borrower may install and remove equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the relevant Vessel; 70

295 except as required by law or by the Classification Society, not without the prior written consent of the Security Agent, to cause or permit to be made any substantial change in the structure, type or performance characteristics of any Mortgaged Vessel which would materially and adversely affect the value of that Vessel Management The Borrower undertakes: to procure that at all times each Mortgaged Vessel is managed only by its Manager on the terms of the relevant Management Agreement; not, without the prior written consent of the Security Agent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to amend the Management Agreement in respect of any Mortgaged Vessel in any material respect or to terminate or suffer the termination of any such appointment or to appoint or suffer the appointment of any other managers for that Vessel; and to procure that on or before the Initial Borrowing Date (or, if later, the date of its appointment) the relevant Manager executes and delivers to the Security Agent a Manager's Undertaking in respect of each Mortgaged Vessel managed by it Employment The Borrower undertakes: not to employ or operate any Mortgaged Vessel, or suffer any Mortgaged Vessel to be employed, operated or managed: (a) in any manner contrary to any applicable law or regulation including, but not limited to: (i) (ii) (iii) the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions Laws; in any trade or business which is forbidden by the law of its Flag State or of any country to which that Vessel may sail, or which is otherwise illicit; or in carrying illicit or prohibited goods, or in any manner whatsoever which may render her liable to condemnation in a Prize Court or to destruction, seizure or confiscation; (b) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war be declared or not), in carrying any contraband goods, nor to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by that Vessel's war risks insurers unless the Borrower has effected, at its own expense, special insurance cover for the Vessel in relation thereto; fully to perform its own obligations under each Long Term Charter in respect of each Mortgaged Vessel; 71

296 not, without the prior written consent of the Security Agent, to let or employ any Mortgaged Vessel on demise charter; not to employ or permit any member of a Mortgaged Vessel's crew to be employed in breach of the International Transport Worker's Federation (ITF) rules and regulations Inspection; access to records The Borrower undertakes to procure that the Security Agent or any representative of the Security Agent is permitted: without affecting the relevant Mortgaged Vessel's daily operations, to board each Mortgaged Vessel at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting her condition or satisfying itself as to proposed or executed repairs, and to afford all proper facilities for such inspections (which inspections shall be at the cost of the Borrower up to a maximum of one inspection per Mortgaged Vessel per calendar year, provided that following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, all inspections shall be at the cost of the Borrower ); and at any time after the Borrower has failed to supply such information in accordance with Clause 15.8, with prior notice to the Borrower, to obtain information about each Mortgaged Vessel and her condition from her Classification Society and the relevant regulatory authorities, to have access to the records of each Mortgaged Vessel maintained by her Classification Society and such authorities and otherwise to communicate direct with each of them as if the Security Agent were the owner of the relevant Mortgaged Vessel Information The Borrower undertakes: as soon as practically possible to furnish the Security Agent, when so reasonably required by it in writing, with a copy of the classification certificate issued by the relevant Classification Society for any Mortgaged Vessel, all such reasonable information regarding any Mortgaged Vessel, her employment, position and engagements, particulars of all towages and salvages and copies of all charters and other contracts for her employment or otherwise howsoever concerning her and all such material information as shall be or ought to be supplied to the insurers of any Mortgaged Vessel; to notify the Security Agent immediately upon its becoming aware of: (a) (b) any accident to a Mortgaged Vessel or incident which is or is likely to be a Major Casualty; any occurrence resulting in a Mortgaged Vessel becoming or being likely to become a Total Loss; 72

297 (c) (d) (e) (f) any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or the relevant Classification Society, or by any competent authority, in respect of a Mortgaged Vessel which is not complied with within any time limit imposed by that insurer, Classification Society or authority; any arrest of a Mortgaged Vessel, or the exercise or purported exercise of any lien on a Mortgaged Vessel or her Earnings or any requisition of a Mortgaged Vessel for hire; any hijacking or theft (or attempted hijacking or theft) of a Mortgaged Vessel; any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or may lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with by the Borrower or the relevant Manager or otherwise in connection with a Mortgaged Vessel Discharge of debts; avoidance of liens The Borrower undertakes: unless the same is being contested in good faith by the Borrower, as soon as practically possible to pay and discharge or secure all debts, damages and liabilities whatsoever which the Borrower shall have been called upon to pay, discharge or secure and which have given, or may give, rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against any Mortgaged Vessel; unless the same is being contested in good faith by the Borrower, in the event of arrest of a Mortgaged Vessel pursuant to legal process, or in the event of her detention in exercise or purported exercise of any such lien, to procure the release of the Vessel from such arrest or detention within 30 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Lenders) of receiving notice of the same by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require; not without the previous consent in writing of the Security Agent (as directed by the Majority Lenders) to create or suffer the creation of an Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) over or in respect of any Mortgaged Vessel or any share in any Mortgaged Vessel; not without the previous consent in writing of the Security Agent (as directed by the Majority Lenders) to put or suffer any Mortgaged Vessel to be put into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless either: (a) (b) the cost of that work is fully recoverable under the Insurances of the relevant Vessel; or that person has first given to the Security Agent in terms satisfactory to the Security Agent a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the relevant Vessel or her Earnings for the cost of that work or otherwise; or 73

298 (c) the Borrower has established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Security Agent that it has sufficient funds to pay for the cost of that work Perfection of Mortgage The Borrower undertakes in respect of each Mortgaged Vessel: to place, and at all times and places to retain, a properly certified copy of the relevant Mortgage on board the Mortgaged Vessel with her papers, and to cause such certified copy and such papers to be exhibited to any and all persons having business with the Mortgaged Vessel which might give rise to any lien on it other than liens for crew's wages and salvage and to any representative of the Security Agent and keep prominently displayed in the chart room and in the Master's cabin of the Vessel a framed notice in plain type, reading as follows (or in such other form as the Security Agent may reasonably require having regard to the laws of the relevant Flag State): " NOTICE OF MORTGAGE This Vessel is subject to a First Priority Mortgage in favour of Nordea Bank Norge ASA as agent and trustee for and on behalf of itself and certain other banks and financial institutions. Under the terms of the said Mortgage neither the Owner, any Charterer, the Master of this Vessel nor any other person has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Vessel any lien whatsoever other than for crew's wages and salvage"; to comply with and satisfy all pertinent requirements and formalities to perfect and maintain the relevant Mortgage as a legal, valid and enforceable first priority mortgage over the Mortgaged Vessel Environmental undertakings The Borrower undertakes: to notify the Security Agent immediately upon its becoming aware of the occurrence of: (a) (b) any Environmental Claim against the Borrower or any Relevant Ship; or any Environmental Incident which would potentially give rise to any Environmental Claim; which, in either case, has affected or could affect the interests of the Banks in a materially adverse way, and to keep the Security Agent advised in writing on such regular basis and in such detail as the Security Agent shall reasonably require of the nature of that Environmental Claim or Environmental Incident and the Borrower's proposed and actual response thereto; to comply with and procure that its affiliates comply with all Environmental Laws including, without limitation, requirements relating to manning and establishment of financial responsibility; 74

299 to obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Environment Approvals and to procure that its affiliates obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Environment Approvals; to ensure that each Mortgaged Vessel is, at all times, equipped and accredited with any required trading documentation and/or authorisations necessary to legitimise the entry of the Mortgaged Vessel into the waters of any relevant jurisdiction. Such trading documentation and authorisations shall include, amongst other things, valid certification under the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage (as amended) and the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, a valid US Coast Guard certificate of financial responsibility (water pollution), a valid certificate from any US state that requires a state equivalent of a certificate of financial responsibility, a vessel classification certificate and any other credentials as might be, or may come to be, required. Copies of such trading documentation and/or authorisations shall be made available to the Security Agent as and when requested ISM Code and ISPS Code The Borrower undertakes to comply, and procure compliance by the relevant Manager and any other operator of each Mortgaged Vessel, with: all provisions of the ISM Code including, without limitation, obtaining and maintaining in force at all times a valid Document of Compliance in relation to the company responsible for the Vessel's compliance with the ISM Code under paragraph of the ISM Code and a valid Safety Management Certificate in respect of the Vessel as required by the ISM Code; and all provisions of the ISPS Code including, without limitation, obtaining and maintaining in force a valid International Ship Security Certificate in respect of the Vessel as required by the ISPS Code, and ensuring that the Vessel's security system and its associated security equipment comply with the applicable requirements of Part A of the ISPS Code and of Chapter XI-2 of the Safety of Life at Sea Convention (SOLAS), and that an approved ship security plan is in place, and to procure that certified copies of all such certificates and other documents are provided promptly on demand to the Security Agent. 16. VALUATIONS AND ASSET PROTECTION 16.1 Dates on which valuations to be carried out The Borrower shall arrange at its own expense for valuations of each Mortgaged Vessel to be carried out: 75

300 within 30 days before each date on which the Borrower is required to provide a Compliance Certificate to the Agent under Clause (a); in the case of an Acquisition Vessel, within 30 days before the Drawdown Date of the first Acquisition Facility Advance relating to that Vessel; in the case of an Upsize Vessel, within 30 days before the Drawdown Date of the first Upsize Facility Advance relating to that Vessel; and at any other time that the Borrower deems appropriate, in order to determine her market value as at each such date. Such valuations shall be addressed to the Agent (for the benefit of the Lenders) Determination of Fair Market Values The valuations in respect of a Mortgaged Vessel referred to in Clause 16.1 shall be prepared: without a physical inspection of the relevant Vessel (at the discretion of the Agent) in Dollars on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery, charter-free, at arm's length between a willing seller and a willing buyer; by any two Approved Shipbrokers as the Borrower may from time to time select; and the Fair Market Value of a Mortgaged Vessel shall be the mean average of those valuations, except that: (a) (b) where a Mortgaged Vessel is subject to a Mortgage under which the amount recoverable is restricted to a registered maximum mortgage amount, the Fair Market Value of that Vessel shall be restricted to that mortgage amount if the valuation otherwise determined under this Clause 16.2 would be higher; and where a Mortgaged Vessel becomes a Total Loss but the proceeds of the Insurances in respect of that Total Loss have not yet been applied in accordance with Clause 6.5, that Vessel shall be deemed to have a Fair Market Value equal to its insured value or, if lower, such amount as the Agent determines is reasonably expected to be received from the Vessel's insurers in respect of the Total Loss. Each such valuation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Banks save in the case of manifest error Consequences of security shortfall If the aggregate of (a) the Fair Market Values of the Mortgaged Vessels determined pursuant to Clause 16.2 and (b) the market value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 16 is at any time less than 125% of the aggregate of the Advances, the Borrower shall at its own discretion, as soon as possible but in any event not later than 30 days after a written demand by the Agent to make good that shortfall (as directed by the Majority Lenders), either: 76

301 provide additional security over cash deposits and/or such other assets and in such form as is acceptable to the Majority Lenders where such cash deposits and/or other assets have an aggregate market value (after deducting the amount secured by any prior Encumbrances over such assets) at least equal to the shortfall; or prepay such part of the Advances (in the Borrower's option) as will eliminate the shortfall in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 6.9; or make good the shortfall by combining the provision of additional security under Clause with a partial prepayment of the Advances under Clause For the avoidance of doubt, any part of an Advance prepaid under this Clause 16.3 may be redrawn as long as the conditions precedent to drawdown set out in Clause 4.7 are satisfied Valuation of additional security The market value of any additional security provided or to be provided under this Clause 16 shall be determined at the cost of the Borrower on such basis and by such independent valuers as the Borrower and the Agent may agree (or, in the absence of such agreement, on such basis and by such independent valuers as shall reasonably be selected by the Agent), subject to the following: the value of any cash collateral in Dollars will be valued at its principal amount; and any additional vessel will be valued in accordance with Clause Agent's right to obtain valuations after Event of Default If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, t he Agent shall be entitled from time to time to obtain its own valuations of: the Mortgaged Vessels or any additional vessel in accordance with Clause 16.2 from any two Approved Shipbrokers selected by the Agent; and/or any other additional security in accordance with Clause 16.4 from such independent valuers as the Agent shall select, and the Borrower shall reimburse the Agent on demand for the costs of each such valuation. The Borrower undertakes to provide, and shall procure that the Borrower provides, such assistance as the Agent shall require in connection with all valuations obtained by the Agent in accordance with this Clause EVENTS OF DEFAULT 17.1 Defaults Each of the following events or circumstances is an Event of Default: Non-payment An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to the Finance Document s at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable or, in respect of moneys payable on demand, (unless otherwise specifically provided) within 3 Banking Days from the date of demand, unless the non-payment: 77

302 (a) is caused by technical or administrative error and is remedied within 3 Banking Days of the due date; or (b) is caused by a Disruption Event and is remedied within 3 Banking Days of the due date Insurances Any Mortgaged Vessel is not, or ceases to be, insured in the relevant amount and on the relevant terms specified in Clause 14 or the Owner fails to comply with any of its other material (in the Agent's reasonable opinion) obligations in respect of the Insurances Security shortfall A security shortfall occurs under Clause 16 and is not eliminated or otherwise made good within the period specified in Clause Sanctions The Borrower fails to comply with any of its obligations under Clauses , 11.18, 12.4, 15.3 (insofar as it relates to Sanctions Laws) and (insofar as it relates to Sanctions Laws) Other obligations An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents other than those referred to in Clauses , , and provided that no Event of Default will occur under this Clause if: (a) (b) such failure to comply relates to a breach of the financial covenants set out in Clause 13.1 (in which case the mandatory prepayment provisions of Clause 6.8 shall apply but the breach shall not constitute an Event of Default); or such failure to comply is capable of remedy (in the Agent's reasonable opinion) and is remedied within 30 days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply, whichever date occurs earlier Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of an Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made Event of Default under Master Agreement Any of the Master Agreements is terminated as a result of an Event of Default (as therein defined) in relation to the Borrower Other cross default (a) Any repayment of principal in respect of, or any payment of interest on, any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period (unless the due date for payment thereof is rescheduled with the agreement of the relevant creditor before the expiry of any such grace period); or 78

303 (b) (c) (d) any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or any commitment to an Obligor for any Financial Indebtedness is cancelled by a creditor of that Obligor by reason of an event of default (however described); or any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor becomes capable of being declared due and payable prior to its specified maturity or any commitment to an Obligor for any Financial Indebtedness becomes capable of being cancelled in either case as a result of an event of default (however described) and the event giving rise to that event of default is not waived or remedied to the satisfaction of the relevant creditor within 30 days of its occurrence; Insolvency provided that no Event of Default will occur under this Clause if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies). (a) (b) (c) An Obligor is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with its creditors generally or any class of creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; or the value of the assets of an Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); or a moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of an Obligor Insolvency proceedings Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to: (a) (b) (c) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of an Obligor other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of an Obligor other than the Borrower; or a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any class of creditors of an Obligor; or the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of an Obligor other than the Borrower), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of an Obligor or any of its assets; or 79

304 (d) enforcement of any Encumbrance over any assets of an Obligor, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction Creditors' process Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution by a creditor affects any asset or assets of an Obligor having an aggregate value of at least $10,000,000 and is not discharged within 30 days (unless the same is capable of appeal and is being contested in good faith by the relevant Obligor, in which case, as long as the Obligor continues its appeal in good faith, it shall only be an Event of Default if such appeal fails and such expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution is not discharged within 30 days of the date on which the Obligor's final appeal is dismissed) Security imperilled Anything is done, suffered or omitted to be done or occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, would in any way imperil the security created by the Finance Documents Change or cessation of business The Borrower ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on its business, or a material part of its properties or assets is seized or nationalised, appropriated or compulsorily purchased by or under the authority of any government, and such cessation, disposal, seizure, nationalisation, appropriation or compulsory purchase, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, does or would have a Material Adverse Effect Unlawfulness, impossibility or repudiation It becomes impossible or unlawful for an Obligor to fulfil any of its obligations under the Finance Documents, or for any Bank to exercise any of the rights vested in it by, or to enforce the security constituted by, the Finance Documents, or any of the Finance Documents for any reason becomes invalid or unenforceable or ceases to be in full force and effect or (save to the extent that it ranks behind a Permitted Encumbrance arising by operation of law) loses its first priority ranking or an Obligor repudiates any of the Finance Documents Revocation or modification of authorisations Any licence, approval, consent, authorisation or registration at any time necessary or desirable for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Finance Documents, or for an Obligor to comply with its obligations under them, or in connection with the ownership or operation of any Mortgaged Vessel, is revoked, withheld or expires, or is modified in what the Majority Lenders reasonably consider a material respect Breach of Environmental Law The Borrower fails to comply with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval or any Relevant Ship is involved in any incident which gives rise to an Environmental Claim if, in any such case, that non-compliance or incident or the consequences of it would, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, have a Material Adverse Effect Material litigation Any final and conclusive judgment, order or award is made by any court, arbitration board or other tribunal against any Obligor or any other member of the Group in circumstances in which: 80

305 (a) (b) the cost of complying with such judgment, order or award is not (in the opinion of the Agent) covered by adequate insurances; and the effect of complying with such judgment, order or award would (in the opinion of the Agent) have a Material Adverse Effect Material Adverse Change There is any Material Adverse Change Banks' remedies Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time whilst it is still continuing, without prejudice to any of the rights and remedies of the Agent and/or the other Banks under any of the other Finance Documents or otherwise: the Agent may, and shall if so requested by the Majority Lenders, take any one or more of the following actions: (a) (b) (c) (d) by written notice to the Borrower declare the Total Commitments of the Lenders cancelled, whereupon they shall be cancelled; by written notice to the Borrower declare that all or part of the Advances, all interest accrued thereon and all other Outstanding Indebtedness be immediately due and payable, whereupon such amount shall become immediately due and payable; by written notice to the Borrower declare that all or part of the Advances be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; take steps to exercise the rights and remedies conferred upon the Agent and/or the other Banks by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and exercisable on or after the occurrence of an Event of Default; and the Security Agent may, and shall if so requested by the Majority Lenders, take steps to enforce the security created by the Finance Documents and/or otherwise exercise the rights and remedies conferred on the Security Agent by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or otherwise under any applicable law and exercisable on or after the occurrence of an Event of Default. 18. FEES, EXPENSES AND INDEMNITIES 18.1 Fees The Borrower shall pay to the Agent: quarterly in arrears on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December and on the Maturity Date (or, if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are cancelled in full) during the period from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date (or such earlier date on which the Total Commitments are cancelled in full), for the account of the Lenders, a commitment fee computed at the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate on the Total Available Commitments, for distribution to the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Available Commitments; 81

306 on the date of this Agreement or as otherwise agreed, such other fees in such amounts as have been agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrower in one or more fee letters dated on or before the date of this Agreement (each such fee to be for the account of the relevant Banks as specified in the fee letter applicable to it); on each Upsize Date or as otherwise agreed, such other fees in such amounts as have been agreed in writing between the Agent (on behalf of the Upsize Facility Lenders) and the Borrower in relation to that Upsize Facility Advance in one or more fee letters dated on or before the relevant Upsize Date (each such fee to be for the account of the Upsize Facility Lenders and/or the Agent as specified in the fee letter applicable to it) Indemnity against costs The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on demand, and the Borrower shall indemnify and keep each Bank indemnified against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or reasonably incurred by that Bank: in the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; in collating, monitoring and otherwise attending to the relevant conditions precedent to the Closing Date and the Initial Borrowing Date; in collating, monitoring and otherwise attending to the relevant conditions precedent to each Upsize Date (if any), the drawdown of each Advance after the Initial Borrowing Date and any Permitted Change of Flag; in the enforcement or preservation or the attempted enforcement or preservation of any of the rights and powers of the Banks (or any of them) under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or of the security constituted by the Finance Documents; in connection with any actual or proposed amendment of or supplement to this Agreement or any other Finance Document, or with any request to the Banks (or any of them) to grant any consent or waiver in respect of any provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, whether or not it is given, provided that the Borrower shall not be liable to reimburse the costs of any legal advisers in respect of the matters referred to in Clauses and except the legal fees and disbursements of Holman Fenwick Willan LLP as counsel to the Agent and the fees and disbursements of the legal counsel who are to render opinions in respect of any of the Finance Documents or to deal with the preparation and/or registration of any of the Mortgages or other Finance Documents on behalf of the Agent. 82

307 18.3 Documentary taxes The Borrower shall promptly pay all stamp duty, registration and other similar taxes payable on or by reference to any Finance Document and shall indemnify the Banks on the Agent's written demand against any and all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay any such duty or tax Tax indemnity The Borrower shall indemnify each Bank on the Agent's written demand against any loss, liability or cost suffered for or on account of tax by that Bank in respect of a Finance Document under any laws in effect (and as interpreted, administered and applied) at the date of this Agreement, except that the indemnity under this Clause 18.4 shall not apply: with respect to any tax assessed on a Bank: (a) (b) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Bank is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Bank is treated as resident for tax purposes; or under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Bank's Lending Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, if that tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the overall net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Bank; or to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 9.2 or relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or to the extent that Clause applies. For the avoidance of doubt, any loss, liability or cost suffered for or on account of tax by a Bank in respect of a Finance Document as a result of the introduction of, or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of), any law or regulation after the date of this Agreement, or the compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement, shall be indemnified in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.8 which shall apply thereto Break costs and other general indemnities The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on demand, and the Borrower shall indemnify each Bank against all Break Costs and any other actual losses, expenses or liabilities (as to the amount of which the Agent's certificate shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower, except in case of manifest error) suffered or reasonably incurred by that Bank in connection with or as a result of: an Advance not being drawn for any reason in full on the Drawdown Date specified in the relevant Notice of Drawdown, other than as a result of a default by that Bank; any repayment or prepayment of the whole or any part of an Advance being made on any date other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to it; 83

308 any default in payment by the Borrower of any sum due under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents on its due date; or the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default and/or a Potential Event of Default Currency indemnity If any sum due from the Borrower under this Agreement or any other Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower or obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Banking Days of demand, indemnify each Bank to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange available to that Bank at the time of its receipt of that Sum Sanctions and regulatory indemnities The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on demand, and the Borrower shall indemnify each Bank against, all costs, charges, expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, duties and fees (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis) and taxes thereon suffered or incurred by a Bank (other than in each case by reason of a Bank's gross negligence, dishonesty or wilful misconduct): arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions Law; or as a result of any claim, action, civil penalty or fine against, any settlement, and any other kind of loss or liability, and as a result of conduct of any Obligor or any of their partners, directors, officers, employees or agents that violates any Sanctions Laws Increased costs If, as result of (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation after the date of this Agreement or the compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement or (b) a Basel III Increased Cost, any Bank or any of its affiliates suffers or incurs an Increased Cost, it shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event, whereupon, subject to Clause 18.9 and Clause 24.13: the Agent shall immediately notify the Borrower thereof; the relevant Bank shall, following consultation with the Borrower, use all reasonable efforts within a period of 60 days from the date of the Agent's notice under Clause (the " Remedy Period ") to avoid the effects of such event and in particular shall consider, subject to obtaining any necessary consents, transferring at par its rights and obligations under this Agreement to another legal entity approved by the Borrower not affected by such law or regulation; 84

309 if the relevant Bank, having used all reasonable efforts as required under Clause , is unable to avoid the effects of such event during the Remedy Period, the Borrower shall indemnify the relevant Bank against all Increased Costs suffered or incurred by that Bank or any of its affiliates by paying to the Agent for the account of the relevant Bank within 3 Banking Days of a demand by the Agent the amount of such Increased Costs so suffered or incurred from time to time as certified by that Bank to the Agent; without prejudice to Clause , if the relevant Bank is a Lender, the Borrower shall have the right at any time (whether during or after the Remedy Period), upon giving 3 Banking Days notice to the Agent, to prepay that Lender's Contribution or, to the extent permitted thereunder, to exercise its rights under Clause in respect of that Lender Exceptions to increased costs provisions Clause 18.8 does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: compensated for by a payment under Clause 9.2 or Clause 18.4; or attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or attributable to any tax assessed on a Bank: (a) (b) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Bank is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Bank is treated as resident for tax purposes; or under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Bank's Lending Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, if that tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the overall net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Bank; or attributable to the wilful breach by that Bank or its affiliates of any law or regulation Survival of indemnities The indemnities contained in this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall continue in full force and effect after the full and final discharge of the Outstanding Indebtedness and cancellation of the Total Commitments with respect to matters arising prior to that discharge. 85

310 19. THE AGENT 19.1 Appointment of Agent Each Lender irrevocably appoints and authorises the Agent to act as its agent under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents Agent's powers and discretions The Agent shall have such powers and discretions: which are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; which the Majority Lenders consider appropriate and give to the Agent (generally or in a particular case) with the Agent's consent; and which the Agent considers to be reasonably incidental to the discharge and performance of any of its functions under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or otherwise appropriate in the context of those functions, including the exercise of any powers given to it by the Majority Lenders Agent is agent only The relationship between the Agent and each Lender is that of agent and principal only. Nothing in this Agreement or the Finance Documents shall constitute the Agent a trustee or fiduciary for any Lender or any other person and no action taken by the Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Lenders a partnership, association, joint venture or other entity Agent's responsibility to Borrower In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility, liability or obligation (whether fiduciary or otherwise) towards, or relationship of agency or trust with or for, the Borrower except for liability in circumstances where it is not acting in good faith or lawfully or where it acts in breach of the provisions of this Agreement and/or any other Finance Document Matters within Agent's authority Subject to Clause 19.6 and the other provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Agent is irrevocably authorised by the Lenders in their name and on their behalf (and shall, if so directed by written notice from the Majority Lenders after the Lenders shall have consulted for a period of not less than 5 days, which direction shall be binding on all the Lenders): to waive, modify, vary or otherwise amend or excuse performance of any provisions of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents; and 86

311 to enforce or take or refrain from taking any other action or proceedings with regard to this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents, 19.6 Notification of proposed waivers and amendments Except in cases where the Agent is of the opinion that the Lenders would be prejudiced by any delay in the Agent enforcing or taking action, in which event the Agent may, but shall not be obliged to, enforce or take action without prior notification to the Lenders, the Agent shall be obliged to notify the Lenders if it proposes to waive, modify, vary or otherwise amend or excuse performance of any provision of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or to enforce or take or refrain from taking any action under Clause 17.2 and the Agent shall not be entitled to proceed with that proposal unless the Majority Lenders shall give notice to the Agent agreeing to that proposal. The Agent shall be entitled to cancel that proposal if written notice pursuant to this Clause 19.6 is not received within 5 days of the Lenders being so notified by the Agent Agent to act in accordance with instructions of Majority Lenders Subject to Clauses 19.14, 19.15, and and any other provision of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents which expressly requires the Agent to act in accordance with the instructions of all the Lenders or all the Lenders or the Relevant Majority Lenders in respect of a particular Facility, the Agent agrees to act with respect to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in accordance with the written instructions of the Majority Lenders. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall be binding on all the Banks. In the absence of any instructions (and provided that it is not explicitly required to obtain the consent of the Lenders or Majority Lenders pursuant to any relevant provision of this Agreement or the Finance Documents) the Agent shall be entitled (but not bound) to give or withhold its consent or approval in such manner as it considers to be in the interests of all the Lenders without obtaining instructions from, or consulting with, all or any of the Lenders Agent not required to act In no event shall the Agent be required to take any action which exposes, or is likely to expose, the Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to the provisions of: this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents; or any law, regulation or directive Provision of copy documents to Lenders The Agent shall furnish each Lender: with copies of any documents received by it under Clause 11.2 (but the Agent shall not be obliged to review or check the accuracy or completeness thereof); if requested by that Lender, with copies of all documents received by the Agent under Clauses 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6; with details of any communication received from the Borrower or any other Obligor referring to this Agreement and which: 87

312 (a) (b) contains a request for a consent or waiver which, under the terms of this Agreement or any Finance Document, requires the consent of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders; or states that an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or (c) contains any other request or information which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, is of a material nature Provision of copy communications to Agent Each Lender will, promptly after receipt or despatch thereof, forward to the Agent a copy of any communication: sent by that Lender to the Borrower or any other Obligor; or received by that Lender from the Borrower or any other Obligor and, in each case, relating to this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents Distributions of sums received and deductions by Agent The Agent shall (subject to Clause 8.3) distribute promptly to each Lender its due proportion of all sums received by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, subject to the Agent's right to deduct and withhold from any such payment any amount which is then (or which will, upon demand by the Agent, become) due and payable to the Agent from that Lender Agent's retention of fees and expenses The Agent may retain for its own use and benefit (and shall not be liable to account to any Lender for all or any part of) any sums received by it by way of fees (and not payable to any Lender) or by way of reimbursement of expenses incurred by it Waiver on instructions of Majority Lenders Save in respect of: any provision which may only be waived or amended with the consent of all of the Lenders and/or all of the Lenders or the Relevant Majority Lenders in respect of a Facility and/or the relevant Service Bank (as the case may be) as specified in Clause 19.14, Clause 19.15, Clause 19.16, Clause and/or Clause or any other relevant provision of this Agreement; any provision which is stated to be expressly for the benefit of a Bank or group of Banks other than the Lenders generally; and any other matter which, under the terms of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, expressly requires the consent or approval of all the Lenders or all the Lenders or the Relevant Majority Lenders in respect of a particular Facility, 88

313 the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document may be waived, and (subject to the written agreement of each of the other parties thereto, other than the Banks) varied or amended, by the Agent acting on the written instructions of the Majority Lenders, in each case evidenced by an instrument in writing, and any such waiver, variation or amendment shall be binding upon all the Banks Consent of all Revolving Credit Facility Lenders required Nothing in Clause shall authorise the effecting, without the prior written consent of all the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders, of: any change in the definition of " Majority Revolving Credit Facility Lenders "; any reduction to the Applicable Margin for the Revolving Credit Facility or any change in the date for, or alteration in the amount (or the basis of determining the amount) of, any payment interest in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility ; any change in the date for, or alteration in the amount (or the basis of determining the amount) of, any payment of principal or fees payable to all the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders generally in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility; any extension of the Availability Period relating to the Revolving Credit Facility; any change to the provisions of Clauses 3, 4, 5 and 7 insofar as they relate to the Revolving Credit Facility; any change to this Clause 19.14; or any other matter in respect of which the terms of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents expressly requires the agreement of all the Revolving Credit Facility Lenders Consent of all Acquisition Facility Lenders required Nothing in Clause shall authorise the effecting, without the prior written consent of all the Acquisition Facility Lenders, of: any change in the definition of " Majority Acquisition Facility Lenders "; any reduction to the Applicable Margin for the Acquisition Facility or any change in the date for, or alteration in the amount (or the basis of determining the amount) of, any payment interest in respect of the Acquisition Facility ; any change in the date for, or alteration in the amount (or the basis of determining the amount) of, any payment of principal or fees payable to all the Acquisition Facility Lenders generally in respect of the Acquisition Facility; any extension of the Availability Period relating to the Acquisition Facility; 89

314 any change to the provisions of Clauses 3, 4, 5 and 7 insofar as they relate to the Acquisition Facility; any change to this Clause 19.15; or any other matter in respect of which the terms of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents expressly requires the agreement of all the Acquisition Facility Lenders Consent of all Upsize Facility Lenders required Nothing in Clause shall authorise the effecting, without the prior written consent of all the Upsize Facility Lenders, of: any change in the definition of " Majority Upsize Facility Lenders "; any reduction to the Applicable Margin for the Upsize Facility or any change in the date for, or alteration in the amount (or the basis of determining the amount) of, any payment interest in respect of the Upsize Facility ; any change in the date for, or alteration in the amount (or the basis of determining the amount) of, any payment of principal or fees payable to all the Upsize Facility Lenders generally in respect of the Upsize Facility; any extension of the Availability Period relating to the Upsize Facility; any change to the provisions of Clauses 3, 4, 5 and 7 insofar as they relate to the Upsize Facility; any change to this Clause 19.16; or any other matter in respect of which the terms of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents expressly requires the agreement of all the Upsize Facility Lenders Consent of all Lenders required Nothing in Clause shall authorise the effecting, without the prior written consent of all the Lenders, of: any change in the definitions of " Majority Lenders " or " Finance Documents "; any change in a Lender's Commitment; any proposed substitution or replacement of the Borrower; any change to Clauses 6, 8.2, 23 and 30; any change to this Clause 19.17; the release or material variation of any of the security created by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or any of them (except as expressly provided in the Finance Documents); or 90

315 any other matter in respect of which the terms of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents expressly requires the agreement of all the Lenders Borrower's reliance upon Agent At all times throughout the Security Period the Borrower shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of the Agent as to the giving of any approvals or consents or the exercise of any discretions by the Lenders or any other act of the Lenders as required by this Agreement and/or any other Finance Document Lenders to be informed The Agent shall, subject to Clause 19.6, notify and at all times keep the Lenders informed of each and every approval or consent proposed or given and each exercise of any such discretion and each performance of any such other act which the Agent may have performed on behalf of the Lenders as required by this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents Consent of Service Bank required Notwithstanding the provisions of Clauses 19.13, 19.14, 19.15, and 19.17, no provision of this Agreement or of any other of the Finance Documents which in any way relates to the rights, duties, functions, powers or responsibilities of a Service Bank may be amended, waived or suspended without the prior consent of that Service Bank. 20. THE SECURITY AGENT 20.1 Trust Property defined In this Agreement, " Trust Property " means: all rights, title and interests that may be mortgaged, charged, pledged or assigned in favour of the Security Agent under or by virtue of the Finance Documents; all rights granted to, or held or exercisable by, the Security Agent by virtue of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; all moneys and other assets, which are received or recovered by or on behalf of the Security Agent under or by virtue of any of the foregoing rights, including as a result of the enforcement or exercise of any such right; and all moneys and other assets accrued in respect of or derived from any of the foregoing Duties of Security Agent The Security Agent shall: hold the Trust Property on trust for the Banks in accordance with provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and 91

316 perform and exercise the rights and benefits vested in it and deal with the Trust Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents Security Agent's responsibility to Obligors The Security Agent does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility, liability or obligation (whether fiduciary or otherwise) towards, or relationship of agency or trust with or for, the Borrower or any other Obligor in any circumstances whatsoever except for liability in circumstances where it is not acting in good faith or lawfully or where it acts in breach of the provisions of this Agreement and/or any other Finance Document Security Agent's powers and discretions The Security Agent shall have such powers and discretions: which are expressly delegated to the Security Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; which the Majority Lenders (or, in respect of any powers or discretions which by their terms would otherwise have to be exercised by all the Lenders together) the Lenders consider appropriate and give to the Security Agent (generally or in a particular case) with the Security Agent's consent; which the Security Agent considers to be reasonably incidental and conducive to the discharge and performance of any of its functions under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or otherwise appropriate in the context of those functions, including the exercise of any powers given to it by the Majority Lenders; and which are conferred on a trustee by the Trustee Act 1925 and/or the Trustee Act 2000 and any other applicable law for the time being in force Security Agent appointed by the Banks as representative for the purposes of the French law Mortgages For the purpose of the Mortgages to be made over those Vessels whose Flag State is France, each Bank appoints the Security Agent pursuant to article of the French Civil Code ( Code Civil) to be its representative under and in connection with those Mortgages (in accordance with which, each of the Banks hereby designates the Security Agent to represent it for the creation, registration, administration, enforcement, release and discharge of all security interests in rem granted in its favour by the Borrower under such Mortgages to secure the Outstanding Indebtedness) Security Agent to act in accordance with instructions of Majority Lenders Subject to the provisions of the Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the Security Agent agrees to act with respect to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in accordance with the written instructions of the Agent, or, if the Agent and the Security Agent are the same person, the Majority Lenders. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall be binding on all the Banks. In the absence of any instructions (and provided that it is not explicitly required to obtain the consent of the Majority Lenders or any other Banks pursuant to any relevant provision of the Finance Documents) the Agent shall be entitled (but not bound) to give or withhold its consent or approval in such manner as it considers to be in the interests of all the Banks without obtaining instructions from, or consulting with, all or any of the Banks. 92

317 20.7 Security Agent not required to act In no event shall the Security Agent be required to take any action which exposes, or is likely to expose, the Security Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to the provisions of: this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents; or any law, regulation or directive Provision of copy documents to Banks The Security Agent shall furnish the Agent, or, if the Agent and the Security Agent are the same person, each Lender with copies of any documents received by it under or in connection with this Agreement or any Finance Documents which it considers to be of material importance to the Banks Transfer of moneys to Agent The Security Agent shall, except as expressly stated to the contrary in this Agreement or any Finance Document, transfer any moneys forming part of the Trust Property to the Agent for application in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, subject to the Security Agent's right to deduct and withhold from any such payment any amount which is then (or which will, upon demand by the Security Agent, become) due and payable to it, or to any receiver or agent appointed by it, under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents Security Agent's retention of fees and expenses The Security Agent may retain for its own use and benefit (and shall not be liable to account to any other Bank for all or any part of) any sums received by it by way of fees (and not payable to any other Bank) or by way of reimbursement of expenses incurred by it Release of security At the end of the Security Period the Security Agent shall, following a request from the Borrower, release without any recourse, warranty or covenants for title whatsoever, all security granted to it pursuant to the Finance Documents then held by it, whereupon the Security Agent shall be discharged from all liabilities and obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Any costs associated with the release of any security shall be for the cost of the Borrower. 93

318 20.12 Parallel debt Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement the Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally undertake to pay to the Security Agent, as creditor in its own right and not as representative of the Banks, sums equal to and in the currency of each amount payable by the Borrower to each of the Banks under or by virtue of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents as and when that amount falls due for payment thereunder or would have fallen due but for any suspension of payment, moratorium, discharge by operation of law or analogous event The Security Agent shall have its own independent right to demand payment of the amounts payable by the Borrower under this Clause 20.12, irrespective of any suspension, extinction or any other discharge for any reason whatsoever (otherwise than by payment) of the Borrower's obligation to pay those amounts to the Banks other than a discharge by virtue of payment which those Banks are entitled to retain Any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Security Agent under this Clause shall be decreased to the extent that the Banks have received (and are able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under the other provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Banks under those provisions shall be decreased to the extent that the Security Agent has received (and is able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under this Clause The rights of the Banks (other than the Security Agent) to receive payment of amounts payable by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are several and are separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the rights of the Security Agent to receive payment under this Clause Any amounts received by the Security Agent shall, to the extent permitted by the mandatory provisions of the applicable law, be applied in accordance with Clause RETIREMENT OR REPLACEMENT OF A SERVICE BANK 21.1 Resignation of Service Bank The following provisions apply where a Service Bank wishes to resign from its role as such or, as the case may be, the Majority Lenders require it to resign from such role: A Service Bank may at any time resign from its role under this Agreement and appoint one of its affiliates as its successor by giving the Obligors and the other Banks written notice to that effect Alternatively, a Service Bank may at any time resign from its role under this Agreement by giving the Obligors and the other Banks not less than 30 days' prior written notice to that effect. In such a case, the Majority Lenders may, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. However, if no such successor is appointed within 30 days from the date of the Service Bank's notice of resignation, that Service Bank may, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint as its successor any reputable bank or financial institution with an office in Oslo, London or Paris. 94

319 With the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), the Majority Lenders may, by notice in writing to a Service Bank, require it to resign from its role as such, in which case that Service Bank shall promptly resign in accordance with Clause The Agent shall resign in accordance with Clause above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to Clause above) if on or after the date which is 3 months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either: (i) (ii) (iii) the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 9.5 and the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 9.5 indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; and (in each case) the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrower or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign Effective time of change of Service Bank Any appointment of a successor Service Bank under this Clause 21 shall take effect upon: the successor confirming in writing its agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, which confirmation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Majority Lenders; and notice thereof by the outgoing Service Bank and its successor (which notice, in the case of a new Agent, shall specify the bank in New York to which payments to the new Agent shall be made thereafter) being given to each of the other Parties; and in the case of a new Security Agent, the outgoing Security Agent having transferred to its successor all of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents Consequence of change of Service Bank Upon the appointment of a successor to any Service Bank taking effect under Clause 21.2: that successor shall become bound by all the obligations of that Service Bank and become entitled to all the rights, privileges, powers, authorities and discretions of that Service Bank under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; 95

320 the obligations of that Service Bank under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall terminate but without prejudice to any liabilities which that Service Bank may have incurred prior to that termination; that Service Bank shall be discharged from any further liability or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and the provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall continue in effect for the benefit of that Service Bank in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or any event occurring before the termination of its obligations pursuant to this Clause LIMITS OF THE SERVICE BANKS' OBLIGATIONS 22.1 No duty to enquire Neither Service Bank shall be obliged to ascertain or enquire: either initially or on a continuing basis, as to the credit or financial condition or affairs of the Borrower, any other Obligor or any other person; as to the performance or observance by the Borrower or any other Obligor of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the Finance Documents or any other agreement; or whether any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, and until it shall have actual knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred Responsibilities excluded Neither Service Bank and none of their respective officers, employees or agents shall be responsible to any other Bank for: any failure or delay in performance, or breach by the Borrower, of their obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any other agreement or any failure or delay in performance, or breach by any of the other Obligors, of their respective obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any other agreement other than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or any recitals, statements, representations or warranties in, or for the legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of, any of the Finance Documents or any other agreement; or the legality, validity, effectiveness or enforceability of any of the security created, or purported to be created, pursuant to any of the Finance Documents. 96

321 22.3 Limitation of liability Neither Service Bank and none of their respective officers, employees or agents shall be liable for any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by the Borrower or any other Bank or any other person in consequence of any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or in connection herewith or therewith unless caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause or any other provisions of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent, none of the other Parties shall take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of a Service Bank in respect of any claim which it may have against that Service Bank or in respect of any act or omission by that officer, employee or agent in relation to this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents Lenders' representations and undertakings Each Lender: severally represents and warrants to the Service Banks that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and the other Obligors in connection with the entry by it into this Agreement and in such respect it has not relied on any information provided to it by either Service Bank; and undertakes that it will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Obligors and will not rely on any information provided to it by either Service Bank Indemnification by Lenders of Service Banks The Lenders agree (which agreement shall survive payment of all sums due under this Agreement) to indemnify each Service Bank (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) rateably, according to their respective Contributions (or, if no part of the Total Commitments has been advanced, their respective Commitments) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against that Service Bank in performing its functions or duties under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents, or in connection with any action taken or omitted to be taken by that Service Bank in enforcing or preserving or attempting to enforce or preserve the rights of the Banks under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or any other documents or security, otherwise than by reason of that Service Bank's (or any receiver or delegate of that Service Bank appointed in connection with the Finance Documents) gross negligence or wilful misconduct Ratification by other Banks If a Service Bank takes any action under or in relation to this Agreement or any Finance Document but that action is not authorised by the terms of this Agreement or that Finance Document and has not otherwise been specifically approved by the other Banks, the other Banks ratify and agree to ratify each such action provided that (a) it is lawful, (b) it has been taken in good faith for the purpose of preserving or protecting the rights of the Banks (or any of them) and (c) having regard to all of the circumstances, it was reasonable for the Service Bank to take such action without first seeking to obtain the approval or authorisation of all of the other Banks. 97

322 22.7 Service Banks' rights Each Service Bank may: engage and pay for the advice and services of any lawyers, accountants or other experts whose advice or services may to that Service Bank seem necessary or desirable and that Service Bank shall be entitled to rely on the advice and opinions of such lawyers, accountants and other experts and shall not be liable to any of the other parties hereto for any of the consequences of any such reliance; perform all or any of its functions and duties under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents through employees or agents or any office or branch of that Service Bank from time to time selected by it and notified to the other parties hereto; rely on any communication or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been communicated or signed by the person by whom it purports to be communicated or signed and shall not be liable to any of the other parties hereto for any of the consequences of such reliance; and without liability to account, make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with the Borrower or the other Obligors as though that Service Bank was not a Service Bank Service Banks as Lenders If it is also a Lender, each Service Bank shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were not a Service Bank. 23. SHARING OF PAYMENTS 23.1 Relevant circumstances This Clause 23 applies if any Lender (the " Sharing Lender ") at any time receives or recovers (whether by way of voluntary or involuntary payment, by virtue of the exercise of its legal rights including but not limited to any right of set-off, counterclaim or otherwise howsoever) the whole or any part of any amounts due to it from the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents otherwise than by distribution from the Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement Payment by Sharing Lender to Agent Subject to Clauses 23.3 and 23.4: 98

323 the Sharing Lender shall immediately pay to the Agent the full amount or (as the case may be) an amount equal to the equivalent of the full amount so received or recovered; as between the Borrower and the Sharing Lender, the Borrower shall remain or again become indebted to such Sharing Lender under this Agreement in the amount so paid as if it had not been so received or recovered; and the Agent shall treat the amount so paid as if it were a payment by the Borrower on account of amounts due from the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents for distribution to the Sharing Lender and such of the other Lenders in the proportions in which the Sharing Lender and the other Lenders would have been entitled to receive such amount had it been paid by the Borrower to the Agent under this Agreement or under such Finance Documents Refund by Agent Any payment and adjustment made pursuant to Clause 23.2 shall be subject to the condition that, if the amount (or any part thereof) so paid by the Sharing Lender to the Agent subsequently falls to be repaid by the Sharing Lender to the Borrower or any other person, then each of the Lenders who has received any part thereof from the Agent shall repay the amount received by it to the Sharing Lender, together with such amount (if any) as is necessary to reimburse the Sharing Lender the appropriate portion of any interest it has been obliged to pay when repaying such amount in accordance with this Clause 23.3, and the relevant adjustments pursuant to Clause 23.2 shall be cancelled No sharing required A Sharing Lender which has commenced or joined in an action or proceeding in any court to recover sums due to it under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents, and pursuant to a judgment obtained in that action or proceeding or a settlement or compromise of that action or proceeding shall have received any amount, shall not be required to share any proportion of that amount with a Lender which has the legal right to, but does not, join such action or proceeding or commence and diligently prosecute a separate action or proceeding to enforce its rights under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents in the same or another court Matters notifiable Each Lender shall promptly give notice to the Agent of: the institution by that Lender of a legal action or proceedings against the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or in connection therewith; and the receipt or recovery by that Lender of any amount due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents which is received or recovered otherwise than through the Agent. 99

324 Upon receipt of any such notice the Agent will as soon as practicable pass on details of it to the other Banks. 24. CHANGES TO THE LENDERS 24.1 Transfers by Lenders Subject to obtaining the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Agent (neither of which shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and to complying with the following provisions of this Clause 24, any Lender (the " Transferor Lender ") may transfer all or any of its rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution (the " Transferee Lender "), provided that: the consent of the Borrower and the Agent shall not be required if the transfer is made to an affiliate of the Transferor Lender; and the consent of the Borrower shall not be required if the transfer is made either (a) after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (b) after a Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in relation to any of the events specified in Clause , Clause , Clause or Clause Partial transfers Any transfer by a Lender of part only of its Commitment and/or Contribution shall be in an amount of not less than $10,000,000 (unless the Agent otherwise agrees). If the Lender is a Revolving Credit Facility Lender and an Acquisition Facility Lender, it shall transfer the same percentage of its Revolving Credit Facility Contribution, its Revolving Credit Facility Commitment, its Acquisition Facility Contribution and its Acquisition Facility Commitment Prohibition on debt buy-backs Except with the prior consent of all of the other Lenders, no Lender may transfer all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to the Borrower or any other member of the Group Method of transfer No assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be binding on, or effective in relation to, any other Party unless it is effected, evidenced and perfected by the delivery by the Transferor Lender to the Agent of a Transfer Certificate executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender. However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in another person (the " successor "), the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Agent waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent's notice or, if later, the date on which the relevant merger, de-merger or other reorganisation takes effect, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitments and Contributions as were held by the predecessor Lender. 100

325 24.5 Signature of Transfer Certificate The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate signed by a Transferee Lender permitted under Clause 24.1, sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of the Obligors, itself and each of the other Banks and give notice to the Obligors and the Banks of its receipt of that Transfer Certificate (attaching a copy of it) Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificate Each of the other Parties irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign any Transfer Certificate on its behalf Effective date of Transfer Certificate A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, provided always that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 24.5 on or before that date Effect of Transfer Certificate A Transfer Certificate shall have effect in accordance with the following: to the extent that in that Transfer Certificate the Transferor Lender seeks to transfer its rights and/or its obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, each Obligor and the Transferor Lender shall each be released from further obligations to the other under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and their respective rights against each other shall be cancelled (such rights and obligations being referred to in this Clause 24.8 as " discharged rights and obligations "); each Obligor, the Transferee Lender and the other Banks shall each assume obligations towards each other and/or acquire rights against each other which differ from the discharged rights and obligations only insofar as the Transferee Lender has assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Transferor Lender; and the Transferee Lender and the other Banks shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the Transferee Lender been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of that transfer Transfer fee In respect of each Transfer Certificate, the relevant Transferee Lender shall pay to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of $5,000 on the date on which the transfer effected by the relevant Transfer Certificate becomes effective Sub-participation by Lenders Any Lender may at any time without the consent of the Borrower or any other Obligor sub-participate all or any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. 101

326 24.11 Security over Lenders' rights In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 24, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor or the Agent, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create an Encumbrance in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation, any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the European Central Bank), except that no such charge, assignment or Encumbrance shall: release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Encumbrance for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents Change of Lending Office Any Lender may at any time and from time to time change its Lending Office by giving notice to the Agent and that change shall be effective on the later of (a) the date specified in that notice and (b) the date of receipt by the Agent of that notice from that Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify the Obligors and the other Banks of any notice received by it pursuant to this Clause Mitigation If: a Lender transfers any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 24.1 or changes its Lending Office in accordance with Clause 24.12; and as a result of circumstances existing at the date the transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the Transferee Lender or Lender acting through its new Lending Office under Clause 9.2, Clause 18.4 or Clause 18.8, then the Transferee Lender or Lender acting through its new Lending Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Transferor Lender or Lender acting through its previous Lending Office would have been if the transfer or change had not occurred Register The Agent shall keep a register of all the Lenders for the time being with details of their respective Commitments, Contributions and Lending Office and shall provide any other Party (at that Party's expense) with a copy of the register on request. 102

327 24.15 Replacement of Lenders by Borrower Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower may at any time in respect of: an Affected Lender whose costs of funds charged to the Borrower under Clause are (in the Borrower's reasonable opinion) materially higher than those of the other Lenders generally; a Lender who makes a claim under Clause 18.4 or who imposes an Increased Cost on the Borrower under Clause 18.8; a Defaulting Lender; or a Non-Consenting Lender by giving 10 Banking Days' notice to the Agent and that Lender (the " Outgoing Lender ") replace the Outgoing Lender by requiring it to (and the Outgoing Lender must) transfer in accordance with Clause 24.1 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution or other entity (a " Replacement Lender ") selected by the Borrower and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Outgoing Lender's Contribution and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation to that Contribution under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Any transfer of rights and obligations of an Outgoing Lender under this Clause is subject to the following conditions: (a) (b) (c) (d) neither the Agent nor the Outgoing Lender will have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender; the transfer must take place no later than 10 Banking Days after the Borrower's notice referred to above; no such transfer may take place if an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing; and in no event will the Outgoing Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Outgoing Lender under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. 25. CHANGES TO THE SWAP PROVIDERS 25.1 Transfers by Swap Providers Where a Swap Provider (a " Transferor Swap Provider ") effects a transfer of all or any of its rights and obligations under its Master Agreement to any person (a " Transferee Swap Provider ") in accordance with the provisions of that Master Agreement, it shall also be entitled to assign or transfer to the Transferee Swap Provider a commensurate proportion of its rights and obligations as a Swap Provider under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, provided that: 103

328 (a) (b) no such rights and obligations may be assigned or transferred to a Transferee Swap Provider that is a member of the Group, except with the consent of all the Lenders and the other Swap Providers; and no assignment or transfer by a Swap Provider of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to a Transferee Swap Provider that is not already a Party to this Agreement in the capacity of Swap Provider shall be binding on, or effective in relation to, any other Party unless the Transferee Swap Provider has confirmed in writing its agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement insofar as they apply to the Swap Providers, which confirmation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Borrower, the Agent and the other Swap Providers Notice of transfer Promptly after completion of any relevant transfer referred to in Clause 25.1, the Transferor Swap Provider and the Transferee Swap Provider shall give notice in writing to the Agent notifying it of that transfer and, in the case of the Transferee Swap Provider (if it is not already a Swap Provider), advising of its address for communications under Clause Transfer documents The Borrower undertakes to do or to procure all such acts and things and to sign, execute and deliver or procure the signing, execution and delivery of all such instruments and documents as the Transferor Swap Provider and/or the Transferee Swap Provider may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting any such assignment or transfer as mentioned in Clause SET-OFF A Bank may, after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under this Agreement or any Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that Bank) against any matured obligation owed by that Bank to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Bank may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off. The provisions of Clause 23 shall apply in respect of any amount received or recovered by a Bank under this Clause MISCELLANEOUS 27.1 No assignment by Borrower The Borrower may not assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents. 104

329 27.2 Delegation Any Bank may at any time and from to time to time delegate any one or more of its rights, powers and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to any person (provided that such Bank shall remain fully responsible for the exercise or performance of any rights, powers and/or obligations delegated by it) Time of essence Time is of the essence as regards every obligation of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents Remedies and waivers No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Bank, any right or remedy under this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of it, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise of it or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law Waivers and amendments to be in writing Any waiver by any Bank of any provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, and any consent or approval given by any Bank under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, shall only be effective if given in writing and then only strictly for the purpose and upon the terms for which it is given. Neither this Agreement nor any other Finance Document may be amended or varied orally but only by an instrument signed by each of the parties to it Severability If at any time one or more of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Finance Document is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law by which it may be governed or affected, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be in any way affected or impaired as a result Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument Conclusiveness of Bank's certificates The certificate or determination of a Bank of a rate or amount under this Agreement or any other Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates and is binding on the Borrower. 105

330 27.9 Further assurance The Borrower shall, upon demand, and at its own expense, sign, perfect, do, execute and register all such further assurances, documents, acts and things as the Agent may require for the purpose of more effectually accomplishing or perfecting the transaction or security contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. 28. NOTICES 28.1 Communications in writing; addresses All communications (which expression includes any notice, demand, request, consent or other communication) to be given by one Party to another under this Agreement shall be in writing and (unless delivered personally) shall be given by telefax or first class pre-paid post (airmail if sent internationally) and be addressed: in the case of the Agent and the Security Agent to it at: Loan Administration: Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway Telefax No: Attn: International Loan Administration Credit Matters: Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway Telefax No: Attn: Shipping, Offshore & Oil Services in the case of an Original Lender, Arranger, Bookrunner or Co-ordinator, to it at the address set out beneath its name in Schedule 1 and, in the case of any other Lender, to it at the address specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate; in the case of an Original Swap Provider, to it at the address set out beneath its name in Schedule 2 and, in the case of any other Swap Provider, to it at the address notified to the Agent pursuant to Clause 25.2; 106

331 in the case of the Borrower, to it at: de Gerlachekaai 20 B-2000 Antwerp Belgium Telefax No: Attn: Chief Financial Officer or to such other address and/or number as is notified by any Party to the others under this Agreement Communications via Agent Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, all communications to be made under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents between the Borrower on the one hand and all or any of the Banks on the other hand shall be made solely through the Agent. Where this Agreement or any other Finance Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders or to be subject to the consent or request of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders and the Agent gives notice to the Borrower that the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Majority Lenders have given or issued such opinion, consent, request or instructions, the Borrower shall be entitled to rely on such notice whether or not this is in fact the case Deemed receipt of communications Communications addressed as provided above shall be deemed to have been duly given when despatched (in the case of telefax), when delivered (in the case of personal delivery), 2 days after posting (in the case of letters sent within the same country), or 5 days after posting (in the case of letters sent internationally), provided that any communication to a Bank shall be effective only upon its actual receipt by that Bank and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the relevant department or officer named above (or any substitute from time to time notified by that Bank). In each of the above cases any communication received on a non-working day or after business hours in the country of receipt shall be deemed to be given at the opening of business hours on the next working day in that country Electronic communication Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender: agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication; notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and 107

332 notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them. Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose English language All communications, notices and documents to be given or delivered pursuant to or otherwise in relation to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be in the English language or be accompanied by a certified English translation. 29. BANKS' DUTIES OF CONFIDENTIALITY 29.1 Confidential Information Each Bank agrees for the benefit of the Borrower and each other Obligor to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by the following provisions of this Clause 29, and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information Disclosure of Confidential Information Any Bank may disclose: to any of its affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Bank shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information; to any person: (a) (b) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person's affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers; with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person's affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers; 108

333 (c) (d) (e) (f) appointed by any Bank or by a person to whom Clause (a) or (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf; who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause (a) or (b) above; to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation; to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes; (g) to whom or for whose benefit that Bank charges, assigns or otherwise creates Encumbrances (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 24.11; (h) (i) who is a Party to this Agreement; or with the consent of the Borrower, (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in each case, such Confidential Information as that Bank shall consider appropriate if: (i) (ii) (iii) in relation to Clauses (a) and (b) above, the Borrower has consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to the disclosure and the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; in relation to Clause (c) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; in relation to Clause (d) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; 109

334 (iv) in relation to Clauses (e) and (f) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Bank, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances Entire agreement This Clause 29 constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in relation to the obligations of the Banks under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information Inside information Each of the Banks acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Banks undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose Notification of disclosure Each of the Banks agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower: of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to Clause (e) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that Clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause Continuing obligations The obligations in this Clause 29 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Bank for a period of 12 months from the earlier of: the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and the date on which such Bank otherwise ceases to be a Bank. 110

335 30. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION 30.1 Governing law This Agreement (other than Clause 20.5) and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. Clause 20.5 and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with French law Submission to jurisdiction The Borrower irrevocably agrees for the exclusive benefit of the Banks that the English courts shall have jurisdiction in relation to any dispute and any suit, action or proceeding (referred to together in this Clause 30 as " Proceedings ") which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement and for such purposes irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of those courts Service of process The Borrower irrevocably agrees: that, for the purpose of Proceedings in England, any legal process may be served upon Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited whose registered office is presently at Moreau House, 3 rd Floor, 116 Brompton Road, London SW3 1JJ and who, by this Agreement, are authorised to accept service on its behalf, which shall be deemed to be good service on the Borrower; and that throughout the Security Period it will maintain a duly appointed process agent in England, duly notified to the Agent, and that failure by any such process agent to give notice to the Borrower of such service shall not impair the validity of that service or of a judgment or order based on it Choice of forum Nothing in this Clause 30 shall affect the right of any Bank to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the right of any Bank to take Proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings by any Bank in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not. The Borrower shall not commence any Proceedings in any country other than England in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents Forum convenience The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it may at any time have on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise to Proceedings being brought in any such court as is referred to in this Clause 30, and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment or order in any Proceedings brought in the English courts shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced without review in the courts of any other jurisdiction. 111

336 30.6 Consent The Borrower consents generally in respect of any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with those Proceedings, including without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property or assets whatsoever of any order or judgment which may be made or given in those Proceedings. IN WITNESS of which the Parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first before written. 112

337 SCHEDULE 1 LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS Part 1 - The Revolving Credit Facility Lenders Revolving Credit Facility Lender Lending Office Revolving Credit Facility Commitment ($) 113

338 ABN AMRO Bank N.V. Coolsingel AE Rotterdam The Netherlands 56,666, with copy to: Gustav Mahlerlaan PP Amsterdam The Netherlands Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Jesse van Schaik / Kees Tiemstra jesse.van.schaik@nl.abnamro.com / kees.tiemstra@nl.abnamro.com Operations/Administrations: Tel: Fax: Attn: Pieter Van Wijk loket.leningenadministratie.ccs@nl.abnamro.com Belfius Bank NV/SA Pachecolaan 44 B-1000 Brussels Belgium 16,666, Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Erik Dewitte / Frederic Avondts erik.dewitte@belfius.be / frederic.avondts@belfius.be Operations/Administrations: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Niek Poppe / Katrien de Schepper loans.corp.specials@belfius.be 9 quai du President Paul Doumer Paris La Defense Cedex Credit Matters: Address: Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street, London, EC2A 2DA Tel: Fax: Attn: Dilhan Sebastian / Justin Lande / Julie Glauser dilhan.sebastian@ca-cib.com / justin.lande@ca-cib.com / julie.glauser@ca-cib.com Middle office: Tel: / / Fax: Attn: Nhu Nhan Lam/ / Sylvie Godet-Couery / Clementine Costil nhunhan.lam@ca-cib.com / sylvie.godetcouery@ca-cib.com / clementine.costil@ca-cib.com Operations/Administrations: Tel: Fax: Attn: Marie-Laure Golling marie-laure.golling@ca-cib.com 46,666,

339 DNB (UK) Limited HSBC Bank plc 8th Floor, The Walbrook Building 25 Walbrook London EC4N 8AF England Credit Matters: Tel: Fax: Attn: Hugues Calmet Operations/Administrations: Tel: Attn: Sarah Sanders 8 Canada Square London E14 5HQ Tel: Fax: Attn: Tyler Foster 76,666, ,000, ING Bank N.V. Bijlmerplein 888 De Amsterdamse Poort 1102 MG Amsterdam 56,666, Credit Matters: Tel: / Attn: Harry Schuil / Andreas Tiniakos / Remco Steger harry.schuil@ingbank.com / andreas.tiniakos@ing.nl / remco.steger@ingbank.com Operations/Adminstrations: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Luigi Wester / Christiaan van der Laan luigi.wester@ing.nl / christiaan.van.der.laan@ingbank.com 115

340 KBC Bank NV BC Antwerpen Corporate Eiermarkt Antwerp Belgium Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Anja Goris / Dennis Ideler anja.goris@kbc.be / dennis.ideler@kbc.be Operations/Administrations: Tel: / creditadmin.br2@kbc.be 26,666, Nordea Bank Norge ASA Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway 76,666, Credit Matters: Tel: Fax: Attn: Shipping, Offshore and Oil Services Operations/Administrations: Tel: Fax: Attn: International Loan Administration 116

341 Scotiabank Europe plc 201 Bishopsgate 6 th Floor London EC2M 3NS Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Matt Tuskin / Graeme Stark matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com / graeme.stark@scotiabank.com / credit.admin@scotiabank.com With copy to: Attn: David Sparkes / Michael Weinburg david.sparkes@scotiabank.com / michael.weinberg@scotiabank.com Operations/Administrations: Tel: Fax: Attn: Tony Sposato / Savi Rampat tony.sposato@scotiabank.com / savi.rampat@scotiabank.com / GWSLONSON_GTB@scotiabank.com 33,333, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8 SE Stockholm Sweden 56,666, Credit Matters: Tel: / Attn: Egil Aarrestad / Brenda Arrospide egil.aarrestad@seb.no / brenda.arrospide@seb.no Operations/Administrations: Tel: Attn: Henrik Ekman sco@seb.se 117

342 Societe Generale 29 Boulevard Haussmann Paris France Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Imane Elmokhtari / Claire Nicolas imane.elmokhtari@sgcib.com / claire.nicolas@sgcib.com Operations/Administrations: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Severine Echard / Francine Gama severine.echard@sgcib.com / Francine.gama@sgcib.com / par-oper-car-dmt7@sgcib.com 33,333, ,000,

343 Part 2 - The Acquisition Facility Lenders Acquisition Facility Lender Lending Office Acquisition Facility Commitment ($) ABN AMRO Bank N.V. Coolsingel AE Rotterdam The Netherlands 28,333, with copy to: Gustav Mahlerlaan PP Amsterdam The Netherlands Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Jesse van Schaik / Kees Tiemstra jesse.van.schaik@nl.abnamro.com / kees.tiemstra@nl.abnamro.com Operations/Administrations: Tel: Fax: Attn: Pieter Van Wijk loket.leningenadministratie.ccs@nl.abnamro.com 119

344 Belfius Bank NV/SA Pachecolaan 44 B-1000 Brussels Belgium 8,333, Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Erik Dewitte / Frederic Avondts erik.dewitte@belfius.be / frederic.avondts@belfius.be Operations/Administrations: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Niek Poppe / Katrien de Schepper loans.corp.specials@belfius.be 9 quai du President Paul Doumer Paris La Defense Cedex Credit Matters: Address: Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street, London, EC2A 2DA Tel: Fax: Attn: Dilhan Sebastian / Justin Lande / Julie Glauser dilhan.sebastian@ca-cib.com / justin.lande@ca-cib.com / julie.glauser@ca-cib.com Middle office: Tel: / / Fax: Attn: Nhu Nhan Lam/ / Sylvie Godet-Couery / Clementine Costil nhunhan.lam@ca-cib.com / sylvie.godetcouery@ca-cib.com / clementine.costil@ca-cib.com Operations/Administrations: Tel: Fax: Attn: Marie-Laure Golling marie-laure.golling@ca-cib.com 23,333,

345 DNB (UK) Limited HSBC Bank plc 8th Floor, The Walbrook Building 25 Walbrook London EC4N 8AF England Credit Matters: Tel: Fax: Attn: Hugues Calmet Operations/Administrations: Tel: Attn: Sarah Sanders 8 Canada Square London E14 5HQ Tel: Fax: Attn: Tyler Foster 38,333, ,000, ING Bank N.V. Bijlmerplein 888 De Amsterdamse Poort 1102 MG Amsterdam 28,333, Credit Matters: Tel: / Attn: Harry Schuil / Andreas Tiniakos / Remco Steger harry.schuil@ingbank.com / andreas.tiniakos@ing.nl / remco.steger@ingbank.com Operations/Adminstrations: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Luigi Wester / Christiaan van der Laan luigi.wester@ing.nl / christiaan.van.der.laan@ingbank.com 121

346 KBC Bank NV BC Antwerpen Corporate Eiermarkt Antwerp Belgium Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Anja Goris / Dennis Ideler anja.goris@kbc.be / dennis.ideler@kbc.be Operations/Administrations: Tel: / creditadmin.br2@kbc.be 13,333, Nordea Bank Norge ASA Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway 38,333, Credit Matters: Tel: Fax: Attn: Shipping, Offshore and Oil Services Operations/Administrations: Tel: Fax: Attn: International Loan Administration 122

347 Scotiabank Europe plc 201 Bishopsgate 6 th Floor London EC2M 3NS Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Matt Tuskin / Graeme Stark matt.tuskin@scotiabank.com / graeme.stark@scotiabank.com / credit.admin@scotiabank.com With copy to: Attn: David Sparkes / Michael Weinburg david.sparkes@scotiabank.com / michael.weinberg@scotiabank.com Operations/Administrations: Tel: Fax: Attn: Tony Sposato / Savi Rampat tony.sposato@scotiabank.com / savi.rampat@scotiabank.com / GWSLONSON_GTB@scotiabank.com 16,666, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8 SE Stockholm Sweden 28,333, Credit Matters: Tel: / Attn: Egil Aarrestad / Brenda Arrospide egil.aarrestad@seb.no / brenda.arrospide@seb.no Operations/Administrations: Tel: Attn: Henrik Ekman sco@seb.se 123

348 Societe Generale 29 Boulevard Haussmann Paris France Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Imane Elmokhtari / Claire Nicolas imane.elmokhtari@sgcib.com / claire.nicolas@sgcib.com Operations/Administrations: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Severine Echard / Francine Gama severine.echard@sgcib.com / Francine.gama@sgcib.com / par-oper-car-dmt7@sgcib.com 16,666, ,000,

349 SCHEDULE 2 SWAP PROVIDERS Swap Provider Office ABN AMRO Bank N.V. Gustav Mahlerlaan PP Amsterdam The Netherlands Belfius Bank NV/SA Rogierplein 11 GI01/ Brussels Belgium Credit Matters: Tel: / Fax: Attn: Jesse van Schaik / Kees Tiemstra jesse.van.schaik@nl.abnamro.com / kees.tiemstra@nl.abnamro.com Operations/Administrations: Tel: Fax: Attn: Pieter Van Wijk loket.leningenadministratie.ccs@nl.abnamro.com Tel: / Fax: Attn: Dennis van Landeghem / Axel Tavernier Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank Broadwalk House 5 Appold Street London EC2A 2DA Fax: Attn: Cobus Van Wyk cobus.vanwyk@ca-cib.com 125

350 DNB Bank ASA 8th Floor, The Walbrook Building 25 Walbrook London EC4N 8AF England Fax: Attn: Markets Department / Shipping HSBC Bank plc 8 Canada Square London E14 5HQ with copy to: Square de Meeus, 23 Brussels Belgium KBC Bank NV Havenlaan Brussels Tel: / Fax: Attn: Tyler Foster / Lisa Milner tyler.m.foster@hsbc.com Tel: Fax: Attn: Joris Vermeulen Nordea Bank Finland plc Aleksis Kiven Katu 3-5 FIN Nordea Helsinki Finland Attn: Merchant Banking Law and c/o Nordea Bank Danmark A/S 7288 Derivatives Operations Postbox 850 DK-0900 Copenhagen C Denmark Tel: Fax: Attn: Derivatives Operations with copy to: Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway Credit Matters: Tel: Fax: Attn: Shipping, Offshore and Oil Services 126

351 Scotiabank Europe plc 201 Bishopsgate 6 th Floor London EC2M 3NS Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8 SE Stockholm Sweden Tel: / Fax: Attn: David Sparkes / Priya Rai david.sparkes@scotiabank.com / priya.rai@scotiabank.com Tel: / Attn: Egil Aarrestad / Brenda Arrospide egil.aarrestad@seb.no / brenda.arrospide@seb.no 127

352 SCHEDULE 3 THE VESSELS Part 1 - Existing Vessels Vessel name Type Size (dwt) Year built Flag State IMO No. Initial Value TI EUROPE ULCC 441, Belgium $61,625,000 TI HELLAS VLCC 318, Belgium $60,000,000 FLANDRE VLCC 305, France $54,000,000 TI TOPAZ VLCC 319, Belgium $46,125,000 ARTOIS VLCC 298, France $41,375,000 FAMENNE VLCC 298, France $41,375,000 ALSACE VLCC 320, Greece $93,375,000 CAP LARA Suezmax 159, Greece $50,375,000 CAP VICTOR Suezmax 159, Greece $49,750,000 CAP GUILLAUME Suezmax 159, Greece $44,875,000 CAP CHARLES Suezmax 159, Greece $44,875,000 CAP PHILLIPPE Suezmax 159, Greece $44,875,000 CAP PIERRE Suezmax 159, Greece $40,125,000 FINESSE Suezmax 150, Greece $36,375,000 CAP LEON Suezmax 159, Greece $37,375,000 FILIKON Suezmax 150, Greece $33,625,000 CAP DIAMANT Suezmax 164, Greece $31,000,000 CAP ROMUALD Suezmax 148, Greece $20,500,000 CAP GEORGES Suezmax 147, Greece $20,500,000 CAP LAURENT Suezmax 147, Greece $20,500,000 CAP JEAN Suezmax 146, Greece $20,500,

353 Part 2 - Acquisition Vessels Hull number Details of Building Contract Type Size (dwt) Scheduled Delivery Date Hull No Hull No Hull No Shipbuilding contract dated 29 August 2013 originally made between the Builder and Bondi Shipping Company as buyer (as amended by an agreement dated 29 August 2013 and as further amended by an umbrella agreement dated 29 January 2015) as novated out of the name of Bondi Shipping Company and into the name of the Borrower pursuant to a novation agreement dated 15 June 2015 (as further amended and supplemented by addendum no. 1 dated 10 July 2015) Shipbuilding contract dated 29 August 2013 originally made between the Builder and Cronulla Shipping Company as buyer (as amended by an agreement dated 29 August 2013 and as further amended by an umbrella agreement dated 29 January 2015) as novated out of the name of Cronulla Shipping Company and into the name of the Borrower pursuant to a novation agreement dated 15 June 2015 (as further amended and supplemented by addendum no. 1 dated 10 July 2015) Shipbuilding contract dated 28 November 2013 originally made between the Builder and Maroubra Shipping Company as buyer (as amended by an agreement dated 28 November 2013 and as further amended by an umbrella agreement dated 29 January 2015) as novated out of the name of Maroubra Shipping Company and into the name of the Borrower pursuant to a novation agreement dated 15 June 2015 (as further amended and supplemented by addendum no. 1 dated 28 November 2013 and an addendum no. 2 dated 10 July 2015) VLCC 300, September 2015 VLCC 300, January 2016 VLCC 300, March

354 Hull No Shipbuilding contract dated 28 November 2013 originally made between the Builder and Tamarama Shipping Company as buyer (as amended by an agreement dated 28 November 2013 and as further amended by an umbrella agreement dated 29 January 2015) as novated out of the name of Tamarama Shipping Company and into the name of the Borrower pursuant to a novation agreement dated 15 June 2015 (as further amended and supplemented by addendum no. 1 dated 28 November 2013 and an addendum no. 2 dated 10 July 2015) VLCC 300, May 2016 Part 3 - Upsize Vessels Hull number Details of Building Contract Type Size (dwt) Scheduled Delivery Date Hull No 2826 Hull No 2827 Hull No 2766 Hull No 2767 Shipbuilding contract dated 28 November 2013 originally made between the Builder and Bronte Shipping Company as buyer to be novated out of the name of Bronte Shipping Company and into the name of the Borrower Shipbuilding contract dated 28 November 2013 originally made between the Builder and Dee Why Shipping Company as buyer to be novated out of the name of Dee Why Shipping Company and into the name of the Borrower Shipbuilding contract dated 28 November 2013 originally made between the Builder and Coogee Shipping Company as buyer to be novated out of the name of Coogee Shipping Company and into the name of the Borrower Shipbuilding contract dated 28 November 2013 originally made between the Builder and Manly Shipping Company as buyer to be novated out of the name of Manly Shipping Company and into the name of the Borrower VLCC 300, September 2016 VLCC 300, November 2016 VLCC 300, December 2016 VLCC 300, March

355 SCHEDULE 4 FORMS OF NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN Part 1 - Notice of Drawdown for Initial Borrowing Date To: Attn. Nordea Bank Norge ASA Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway International Loan Administration Date: [ ] 20[ ] Dear Sirs Loan Agreement dated [ ] 2015 We refer to the loan agreement dated [ ] 2015 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between, amongst others, (1) ourselves as Borrower, (2) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as Original Lenders, (3) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 2 thereto as Original Swap Providers and (4) yourselves as Agent and Security Agent providing for the making available to us of committed revolving credit facilities in the aggregate amount of $750,000,000 and an uncommitted upsize facility in the amount of $250,000,000. Expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this letter. 1. Pursuant to Clause 4.1 of the Loan Agreement we give you notice that we wish to draw [ specifynumber] Advances under the Revolving Credit Facility on [ ] 2015 in the following amounts and that we select an Interest Period for each such Revolving Credit Facility Advance as follows: Revolving Credit Facility Advance $[ ] $[ ] $[ ] 2. We request and authorise you to apply the proceeds of the above Advances as follows: Interest Period [ ] month(s) [ ] month(s) [ ] month(s) (a) (b) by crediting the sum of $[ ] to our loan account with you in respect of the Existing $750m Facility Agreement in repayment in full of the Existing $750m Facility Indebtedness; by transferring the sum of $[ ] to our account number [ ] with DNB Bank ASA, London Branch under reference [ ]; and 131

356 (c) by transferring the sum of $[ ] to [ ] under reference [ ]. 3. We confirm that: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) the amount referred to in paragraph 2(b) above shall prepay in full the outstanding amount of the Existing Alsace Loan Indebtedness; the proceeds of the above Advances shall be applied solely for the relevant purposes permitted in respect thereof under the Loan Agreement; the representations and warranties made by us as set out in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement are true and accurate on the date of this letter as if made on the same date as this letter; no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the proposed borrowing of the relevant Advances; and the financial covenants set out in Clause 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are complied with. Yours faithfully. For and on behalf of EURONAV NV 132

357 Part 2 - Notice of Drawdown for Other Advances To: Attn. Nordea Bank Norge ASA Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway International Loan Administration Date: [ ] 201[ ] Dear Sirs Loan Agreement dated [ ] 2015 We refer to the loan agreement dated [ ] 2015 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between, amongst others, (1) ourselves as Borrower, (2) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as Original Lenders, (3) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 2 thereto as Original Swap Providers and (4) yourselves as Agent and Security Agent providing for the making available to us of committed revolving credit facilities in the aggregate amount of $750,000,000 and an uncommitted upsize facility in the amount of $250,000,000. Expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this letter. Pursuant to Clause 4.1 of the Loan Agreement we give you notice that we wish to draw [a Revolving Credit Facility Advance[s] under the Revolving Credit Facility][[an] Acquisition Facility Advance[s] under the Acquisition Facility][[an] Upsize Facility Advance[s] under the Upsize Facility] on [ ] 20[ ] in the following amount[s] and Interest Period[s] for such Advance[s] [and, with respect to the [Acquisition Facility][Upsize Facility], in relation to the following Vessel[s]]: Facility Advance Amount Interest Period Vessel [Revolving Credit] [Acquisition] [Upsize] Facility $[ ] [ ] month(s) [ ] [Revolving Credit] [Acquisition] [Upsize] Facility $[ ] [ ] month(s) [ ] [Revolving Credit] [Acquisition] [Upsize] Facility $[ ] [ ] month(s) [ ] The proceeds of such Advance[s] should be credited to [ ] under reference [ ]. We confirm that: 1. the proceeds of such Advance[s] shall be applied solely for the relevant purposes permitted in respect thereof under the Loan Agreement; 133

358 2. the representations and warranties made by us as set out in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement are true and accurate on the date of this letter as if made on the same date as this letter; 3. no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the proposed borrowing of the relevant Advance[s]; and 4. the financial covenants set out in Clause 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are complied with. Yours faithfully. For and on behalf of EURONAV NV 134

359 SCHEDULE 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT Part 1 Documents and evidence to be received on or before the Closing Date 1. Corporate documents of the Borrower 1.1 In respect of the Borrower: certified copies of its certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents; to the extent only that such resolutions are required in connection with any legal opinion mentioned below, certified copies of resolutions duly passed by the board of directors of the Borrower evidencing their approval of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents and authorising the execution of them by the Borrower; an original certificate, signed by the secretary or a director of the Borrower, stating: (a) (b) its officers and directors; that no licences, authorisations, approvals or consents are required by it in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity and enforceability of the Finance Documents to which it is (or is to become) a party or, if any such licences, authorisations, approvals or consents are required by it, attaching certified copies of them; and the original or a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by it in favour of any person or persons executing this Agreement and/or the Fee Letters on its behalf. 2. Finance Documents 2.1 Originals of the following Finance Documents and related documents: this Agreement executed by the Borrower; and the Fee Letters referred to in Clause executed by the Borrower. 3. Building Contracts Copies of the Building Contracts for the Acquisition Vessels. 4. Earnings Account Evidence that the Earnings Account has been duly opened by the Borrower with the Agent. 5. Process agent Confirmation from the agents in England nominated by the Borrower in this Agreement for the acceptance of service of process, that they consent to such nomination. 135

360 6. Know your customer 7. Fees Such certificates and documents as any Bank may reasonably require in order to comply with any anti-money laundering or "know your customer" legislation, regulation or procedures applicable to it including its own internal compliance policies. Evidence that any fees, costs and expenses to the extent due and payable on or before the Closing Date from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18 have been paid. 136

361 Part 2 Documents and evidence to be received on or before the Initial Borrowing Date 1. Corporate documents of the Borrower In respect of the documents delivered by the Borrower to the Agent pursuant to part 1 of this Schedule 5, such other updating documents as the Agent may require (including but not limited to a written confirmation from the Borrower stating that none of documents delivered by it to the Agent under Part 1 of this Schedule 5 have been modified, amended or supplemented, attaching a certified copy of such document as so modified, amended or supplemented, or if any such document has been revoked, attaching a certified copy of any document replacing the one that has been revoked). 2. Execution and registration of the Finance Documents 2.1 Originals of the following Finance Documents: the Mortgage in respect of each Existing Vessel executed by the Borrower; the General Assignment in respect of each Existing Vessel executed by the Borrower; a Charter Assignment executed by the Borrower in respect of each Existing Vessel which, on the Initial Borrowing Date, is subject to a Long Term Charter; the Account Security executed by the Borrower; the Master Agreement Security Deed executed by the Borrower; and all notices, acknowledgements, instruments and other documents as are required to be delivered to the Agent on or before the Initial Borrowing Date under the terms of the above Finance Documents, each duly executed (where appropriate) by the relevant parties. 2.2 Evidence that the Mortgage for each Existing Vessel has been registered or is capable of immediate registration with first priority against the relevant Existing Vessel at the appropriate ship registry. 2.3 Evidence that the relevant Existing Vessel is registered in the sole name of the Borrower under the laws and flag of its Flag State free from all Encumbrances except for the Mortgage on it. 3. Charters Written confirmation from the Borrower stating that no Long Term Charter has been entered into by it in respect of the Existing Vessels or, if it has, attaching a certified true copy of each Long Term Charter and any related Charter Guarantee (unless disclosure thereof would cause the Borrower to breach any confidentiality obligations in respect of any such Long Term Charter or Charter Guarantee). 4. Classification A certificate of class maintained in respect of each Existing Vessel issued no more than 5 Banking Days before the Initial Borrowing Date confirming that each Existing Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her age, type and specifications with its Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions. 137

362 5. Insurances 5.1 Evidence that each Existing Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents, that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Finance Documents and that all other requirements of the Finance Documents in respect of the Insurances of the Existing Vessels and the noting of the Security Agent's interest thereon have been complied with. 5.2 A favourable opinion on the Insurances of the Existing Vessels satisfactory to the Lenders from Bankserve Insurance Services Limited or such other insurance advisers as the Agent may appoint. 6. Management 6.1 The following documents relating to the management of each Existing Vessel: a certified copy of the Management Agreement; an original of the Manager's Undertaking; and such evidence as the Agent may reasonably require (including but not limited an original or certified copy of a power of attorney from the Manager) as to the due execution of any relevant documents by the Manager. 7. ISM Code and ISPS Code 7.1 The following documents relating to the safety and security of each Existing Vessel: a copy of the Document of Compliance in relation to the company responsible for the relevant Existing Vessel's compliance with the ISM Code under paragraph of the ISM Code; a copy of the relevant Existing Vessel's Safety Management Certificate as required by the ISM Code; a copy of the relevant Existing Vessel's International Ship Safety Certificate as required by the ISPS Code. 8. Existing Indebtedness 8.1 Evidence that before (or simultaneously with) drawdown of the first Advance: in respect of the Existing $750m Facility Agreement: (a) (b) (c) the whole of the Existing $750m Facility Indebtedness has been or will be repaid; all undrawn and available commitments under the Existing $750m Facility Agreement will be finally and irrevocably cancelled; all of the Encumbrances securing the Existing $750m Facility Indebtedness will be finally and unconditionally released and discharged; and in respect of the Existing Alsace Loan Agreement; (a) the whole of the Existing Alsace Loan Indebtedness has been or will be repaid; 138

363 (b) (c) all undrawn and available commitments under the Existing Alsace Loan Agreement will be finally and irrevocably cancelled; and all of the Encumbrances securing the Existing Alsace Loan Indebtedness will be finally and unconditionally released and discharged. 9. Legal opinions 9.1 Legal opinions satisfactory to the Lenders: on Belgian law from Fransen Luyten; on Greek law from Theo V. Sioufas & Co.; on French law from Holman Fenwick Willan LLP; on English law from Holman Fenwick Willan LLP; on Norwegian law from BA-HR; on the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction from such firm in that jurisdiction as the Agent may appoint, or, in respect of any one or more of such legal opinions, confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that the opinion in question will be issued in form and substance acceptable to it within such period after the Initial Borrowing Date as is acceptable to it. 10. Process agent Confirmation from the agents in England nominated by (a) the Borrower in the Master Agreement Security Deed, the General Assignments and the Charter Assignments (if any) and (b) the Manager in the Manager's Undertakings for the acceptance of service of process, that they consent to such nomination. 139

364 Part 3 Documents and evidence to be received on or before the first Drawdown Date relating to an Acquisition Vessel or an Upsize Vessel 1. Corporate documents of the Borrower In respect of the documents delivered by the Borrower to the Agent pursuant to part 1 of this Schedule 5, such updating documents as the Agent may require. 2. Building Contracts In respect of an Upsize Advance only, a copy of the Building Contract for the Upsize Vessel to which the Advance relates. 3. Execution and registration of the Finance Documents 3.1 Originals of the following Finance Documents: the Mortgage in respect of the Acquisition Vessel or Upsize Vessel to which the Advance relates (the " relevant Vessel ") executed by the Borrower; the General Assignment in respect of the relevant Vessel executed by the Borrower; a Charter Assignment executed by the Borrower in respect of the relevant Vessel if, on the relevant Drawdown Date, it is subject to a Long Term Charter; all notices, acknowledgements, instruments and other documents as are required to be delivered to the Agent on or before the relevant Drawdown Date under the terms of the above Finance Documents, each duly executed (where appropriate) by the relevant parties. 3.2 Evidence that the Mortgage for the relevant Vessel has been registered or is capable of immediate registration with first priority against the relevant Vessel at the appropriate ship registry. 4. Title to the relevant Vessel; delivery 4.1 The following documents and evidence relating to the purchase of the relevant Vessel and her delivery under the relevant Building Contract: certified copies of the bill of sale, builder's certificate, declaration of warranty and commercial invoice issued by the Builder under the relevant Building Contract; evidence that all pre-delivery instalments falling due under the relevant Building Contract before the relevant Delivery Date have been paid in full to the Builder; evidence that the balance of the purchase price payable by the Borrower of the relevant Vessel has been (or, contemporaneously with drawdown of the relevant Advance, will be) paid to the Builder; 140

365 4.1.4 a certified copy of a protocol of delivery and acceptance for the relevant Vessel under the relevant Building Contract executed on behalf of the Builder and the Borrower; and such evidence as the Agent may reasonably require as to the due execution of any relevant documents by the Builder. 4.2 Evidence that the relevant Vessel is registered in the sole name of the Borrower under the laws and flag of its Flag State free from all Encumbrances except for the Mortgage on it. 5. Charters Written confirmation from the Borrower stating that no Long Term Charter has been entered into by it in respect of the relevant Vessel or, if it has, attaching a certified true copy of such Long Term Charter and any related Charter Guarantee (unless disclosure thereof would cause the Borrower to breach any confidentiality obligations in respect of any such Long Term Charter or Charter Guarantee. 6. Classification A certificate of class maintained in respect of the relevant Vessel issued no more than 5 Banking Days before the relevant Drawdown Date confirming that the relevant Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her age, type and specifications with its Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions. 7. Insurances 7.1 Evidence that the relevant Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents, that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Finance Documents and that all other requirements of the Finance Documents in respect of the Insurances of the relevant Vessel and the noting of the Security Agent's interest thereon have been complied with. 7.2 A favourable opinion on the Insurances of the relevant Vessel satisfactory to the Lenders from Bankserve Insurance Services Limited or such other insurance advisers as the Agent may appoint. 8. Management 8.1 The following documents relating to the management of the relevant Vessel: a certified copy of the Management Agreement; an original of the Manager's Undertaking; and such evidence as the Agent may reasonably require (including but not limited an original or certified copy of a power of attorney from the Manager) as to the due execution of any relevant documents by the Manager. 141

366 9. ISM Code and ISPS Code A copy of the Document of Compliance in relation to the company responsible for the relevant Vessel's compliance with the ISM Code under paragraph of the ISM Code. 10. Valuation A valuation of the relevant Vessel dated not earlier than 30 days prior to the relevant Drawdown Date determined in accordance with Clause 16 demonstrating that the amount of the relevant Advance to be drawn does not exceed 65% of the Fair Market Value of the relevant Vessel. 11. Legal opinions 11.1 Legal opinions satisfactory to the Lenders: on Belgian law from Fransen Luyten; on English law from Holman Fenwick Willan LLP; on the laws of the Flag State of the relevant Vessel; and on the laws of any other relevant jurisdiction from such firm in that jurisdiction as the Agent may appoint, or, in respect of any one or more of such legal opinions, confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that the opinion in question will be issued in form and substance acceptable to it within such period after the relevant Drawdown Date as is acceptable to it. 12. Process agent Confirmation from the agents in England nominated by (a) the Borrower in the General Assignments and the Charter Assignments (if any) and (b) the Manager of the relevant Vessel in the Manager's Undertaking for the acceptance of service of process, that they consent to such nomination. 142

367 Part 4 Further documents and evidence to be received on or before the first Drawdown Date relating to an Upsize Vessel 1. Execution and registration of the Finance Documents 1.1 If required in connection with the legal opinions mentioned below, originals of any Supplemental Mortgage Deeds in respect of the relevant Vessels executed by the Borrower. 1.2 Evidence that the Supplemental Mortgage Deeds for the Vessels have been registered or are capable of immediate registration against the relevant Vessels at the appropriate ship registry. 2. Additional opinions in respect of the first Drawdown Date relating to an Upsize Vessel 2.1 If required by the Lenders, legal opinions satisfactory to the Lenders: on Belgian law from Fransen Luyten; on English law from Holman Fenwick Willan LLP; on French law from Holman Fenwick Willan LLP; on Greek law from Theo V. Sioufas & Co; and on the laws of the Flag State of any Mortgaged Vessel; confirming that the Finance Documents (including any Supplemental Mortgage Deeds) secure the relevant Upsize Facility Advance with first priority or, in the case of the Supplemental Mortgage Deeds, with a ranking which is immediately subordinated to the ranking of the Mortgage or Mortgages already granted by the Borrower on the relevant Vessel (or, in respect of any one or more of such legal opinions, confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that the opinion in question will be issued in form and substance acceptable to it within such period after the relevant Drawdown Date as is acceptable to it). 2.2 If required by the Lenders, written confirmation satisfactory to the Lenders on Norwegian law from BA-HR confirming that the Account Security secures the relevant Upsize Facility Advance with first priority (or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that the confirmation will be issued in form and substance acceptable to it within such period after the relevant Drawdown Date as is acceptable to it). 143

368 Part 5 Documents and evidence to be received within 5 Banking Days of the first Drawdown Date relating to an Acquisition Vessel or an Upsize Vessel 1. ISM Code and ISPS Code 1.1 The following documents relating to the safety and security of the relevant Vessel: a copy of the relevant Vessel's Safety Management Certificate as required by the ISM Code; and a copy of the relevant Vessel's International Ship Safety Certificate as required by the ISPS Code. 144

369 SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE TRANSFER CERTIFICATE The Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Transfer Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively. To: Nordea Bank Norge ASA as agent on its own behalf and for and on behalf of the Obligors and Banks defined in the Agreement referred to below: 1. This Transfer Certificate relates to a loan agreement dated [ ] 2015 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between, amongst others, (1) Euronav NV as borrower (the " Borrower "), (2) the banks and financial institutions defined therein as lenders (the " Lenders "), (3) the banks and financial institutions defined therein as swap providers (the " Swap Providers ") and (4) Nordea Bank Norge ASA as agent and security agent providing for the making available to the Borrower of committed revolving credit facilities in the aggregate amount of $750,000,000 and an uncommitted upsize facility in the amount of $250,000,000 (as the same may from time to time be amended or varied). 2. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings when used in this Transfer Certificate. 3. In this Transfer Certificate: " Relevant Party " means each Obligor and each Bank (other than the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender); " Transferor Lender " means [ fullname] of [ lendingoffice]; and " Transferee Lender " means [ fullname] of [ lendingoffice]. 4. The Transferor Lender as beneficial owner hereby transfers to the Transferee Lender absolutely in accordance with Clause 24 of the Loan Agreement all its rights and benefit (present, future or contingent) under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents to the extent of [ ]% of its Revolving Credit Facility Contribution and [ ]% of its Acquisition Facility Contribution, which percentages represent $[ ] and $[ ] respectively. 5. By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and Clause 24 of the Loan Agreement the Transferor Lender is discharged [entirely from its Revolving Credit Facility Commitment and its Acquisition Facility Commitment which amount to $[ ] and $[ ] respectively][from [ ]% of its Revolving Credit Facility Commitment and [ ]% of its Acquisition Facility Commitment, which percentages represent $[ ] and $[ ] respectively] and the Transferee Lender acquires a Revolving Credit Facility Commitment and an Acquisition Facility Commitment of $[ ] and $[ ] respectively. 6. The Transferee Lender hereby requests the Agent and the other Banks to accept the executed copies of this Transfer Certificate as being delivered pursuant to and for the purposes of Clause 24 of the Loan Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms thereof on [ ] 20[ ]. 145

370 7. The Transferee Lender: 7.1 confirms that it has received copies of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents together with such other documents and information as it has required in connection with the transaction contemplated thereby; 7.2 confirms that it has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Transferor Lender or any other Bank to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Loan Agreement, any of the other Finance Documents or any such other documents or information; 7.3 agrees that it has not relied and will not rely on the Transferor Lender or any other Bank to assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of the Borrower or any other party to the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents (save as otherwise expressly provided therein); 7.4 warrants to the Transferor Lender and each Relevant Party that it has power and authority to become a party to the Loan Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorise execution of this Transfer Certificate and to obtain all necessary approvals and consents to the assumption of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents; 7.5 if not already a Lender, appoints the Agent to act as its agent as provided in the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof; and 7.6 confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out in the Schedule to this Transfer Certificate. 8. The Transferor Lender: 8.1 warrants to the Transferee Lender and each Relevant Party that it has full power to enter into this Transfer Certificate and has taken all corporate action necessary to authorise it to do so; and 8.2 undertakes with the Transferee Lender that it will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee Lender reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee Lender's title under this Transfer Certificate or for a similar purpose. 146

371 9. The Transferee Lender hereby undertakes with the Transferor Lender and each Relevant Party that it will perform all those obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement will be assumed by it after this Transfer Certificate takes effect. 10. If this Transfer Certificate takes effect during an Interest Period, the Agent shall make all payments which would have become due to the Transferor Lender under the Loan Agreement during that Interest Period if no such transfer had been effected to the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender according to the percentages of the Transferor Lender's Contributions and Commitments transferred and retained pursuant to Clauses 4 and 5 of this Transfer Certificate, and the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender shall be responsible for paying to each other pro rata all amounts (if any) due to them from each other for that Interest Period. On and from the commencement of the immediately succeeding Interest Period, the Agent shall make all payments due under the Loan Agreement for the account of the Transferor Lender to the Transferor Lender and shall make all payments due under the Loan Agreement for the account of the Transferee Lender to the Transferee Lender. This provision is for administrative convenience only and shall not affect the rights of the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender under the Loan Agreement. 11. Neither the Transferor Lender nor any other Bank: 11.1 makes any representation or warranty nor assumes any responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document relating thereto; 11.2 assumes any responsibility for the financial condition of the Borrower or any other party to the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document relating thereto or for the performance and observance thereof by (save as otherwise expressly provided therein) and any and all such conditions and warranties, whether expressed or implied by law or otherwise, are hereby excluded (except as aforesaid). 12. The Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender undertake that they will on demand fully indemnify the Agent and the Security Agent in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense which relates to or results from this Transfer Certificate or any matter connected with or arising out of it unless caused by the Agent's or Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct, as the case may be. 13. The agreements and undertaking of the Transferee Lender in this Transfer Certificate are given to and for the benefit of and made with each of the Relevant Parties. 14. This Transfer Certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law. WARNING: This Transfer Certificate may not operate to transfer the Transferor Lender's interest in all of the security created by the Finance Documents (for example, the Mortgages on any Greek flagged Vessels) and the Transferee Lender should check that all deeds of assignment and other documents necessary to transfer such security to it are signed by the Transferor Lender and, where appropriate, registered. 147

372 Transferor Lender By: [ ] Dated: [ ] Transferee Lender By: [ ] Dated: [ ] Agent (for and on behalf of itself and for every other Relevant Party) By: [ ] Dated: [ ] Schedule Administrative Details of Transferee Lender Name of Transferee Lender: Lending Office: Contact Person (Loan Administration Department): Telephone: Fax: Contact Person (Credit Administration Department): Telephone: Fax: Account for Payments: 148

373 SCHEDULE 7 FORM OF UPSIZE CONFIRMATION To: Attn. Nordea Bank Norge ASA Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway International Loan Administration Date: [ ] 201[ ] Dear Sirs Euronav NV Loan Agreement dated [ ] 2015 Upsize Facility 1. We refer to the loan agreement dated [ ] 2015 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between, amongst others, (1) Euronav NV as borrower (the " Borrower "), (2) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as Original Lenders, (3) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 2 thereto as Original Swap Providers and (4) yourselves as Agent and Security Agent providing for the making available to the Borrower of committed revolving credit facilities in the aggregate amount of $750,000,000 and an uncommitted upsize facility in the amount of $250,000, This is an Upsize Confirmation. 3. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings when used in this Upsize Confirmation. 4. The Borrower has requested an Upsize of $[ ] in the Upsize Facility Commitments and the banks and financial institutions specified in the Schedule (the " Relevant Lenders ") have agreed to assume Upsize Facility Commitments to give effect to that Upsize in the respective amounts specified against their names in the Schedule (the " Relevant Commitments "). 5. The assumption of the Relevant Commitments by the Relevant Lenders takes effect on the date of this Upsize Confirmation and the Borrower acknowledges that, from this date, it is obliged to pay a commitment fee on the Relevant Commitments in accordance with Clause of the Loan Agreement at the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate mentioned below. 6. Each Relevant Lender: 6.1 agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations of an Upsize Facility Lender corresponding to its Relevant Commitment in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement as supplemented by this Upsize Confirmation; 6.2 confirms that all Upsize Conditions relating to the Upsize effected by this Upsize Confirmation have been satisfied; 6.3 confirms that it has received copies of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents together with such other documents and information as it has required in connection with the transaction contemplated thereby; 149

374 6.4 confirms that it has not relied and will not hereafter rely on any other Bank to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Loan Agreement, any of the other Finance Documents or any such other documents or information; 6.5 agrees that it has not relied and will not rely on any other Bank to assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of the Borrower or any other party to the Loan Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents (save as otherwise expressly provided therein); 6.6 warrants that it has power and authority to become a party to the Loan Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorise execution of this Upsize Confirmation and to obtain all necessary approvals and consents to the assumption of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents; 6.7 if not already a Lender, appoints the Agent to act as its agent as provided in the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof; and 6.8 confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out in the Schedule. 7. The Upsize effected by this Upsize Confirmation relates to the Upsize Vessel with hull number [ ] (the " Relevant Vessel ") and the Upsize Facility Advance to be made by the Relevant Lenders under the Relevant Commitments (the " Relevant Advance ") shall be applied in relation to that Vessel only. 8. The Applicable Margin relating to the Relevant Advance shall be [ ]% per annum. 9. The Applicable Commitment Fee Rate relating to the Relevant Commitments shall be [ ]% per annum. 10. The Lending Office and address, fax number, address and attention details for notices to the Relevant Lenders for the purposes of Clause 28 of the Loan Agreement are set out in the Schedule. 11. This Upsize Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Upsize Confirmation. 12. This Upsize Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. 13. This Upsize Confirmation has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Upsize Confirmation. 150

375 Yours faithfully for and on behalf of for and on behalf of EURONAV NV [ ] for and on behalf of for and on behalf of [ ] [ ] Acknowledged by for and on behalf of NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA as Agent WARNING: This Upsize Confirmation may not operate to include the Upsize Facility Lender's interest in all of the security created by the Finance Documents (for example, the Mortgages on any Greek flagged Vessels) and the Upsize Facility Lender should check that all deeds of amendment and other documents necessary to transfer such security to it are signed by the Upsize Facility Lender and, where appropriate, registered. 151

376 SCHEDULE Relevant Lender Lending Office Relevant Commitment ($) [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [62,500,000] 152

377 SCHEDULE 8 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE To: Attn. Nordea Bank Norge ASA Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway International Loan Administration Date: [ ] 201[ ] Dear Sirs Compliance Certificate - Loan Agreement dated [ ] 2015 We refer to the loan agreement dated [ ] 2015 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between, amongst others, (1) ourselves as Borrower, (2) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as Original Lenders, (3) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 2 thereto as Original Swap Providers and (4) yourselves as Agent and Security Agent providing for the making available to us of committed revolving credit facilities in the aggregate amount of $750,000,000 and an uncommitted upsize facility in the amount of $250,000,000. Expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this certificate. I, the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower, hereby certify that: 1. Attached to this certificate are the latest audited consolidated accounts of the Group for the financial [year][half-year] ending on [ ] 201[ ] (the " Accounts "). 2. Set out below are the respective amounts, in Dollars, of the Current Assets, Current Liabilities, Free Liquid Assets (including the respective amounts of cash, cash equivalents and Available Facilities), Stockholders' Equity, Total Assets and Total Indebtedness of the Group as at [ ] 201[ ]: Current Assets Current Liabilities Free Liquid Assets Cash Cash equivalents Available Facilities Stockholders' Equity Total Assets Total Indebtedness $[ ] $[ ] $[ ] $[ ] $[ ] $[ ] $[ ] $[ ] $[ ] 153

378 3. Accordingly, as at the date of this certificate the financial covenants set out in Clause 13.1 of the Loan Agreement [are] [are not] complied with, in that as at [ ] 201[ ]: 3.1 Current Assets exceed Current Liabilities by $[ ]; 3.2 Free Liquid Assets are $[ ]; 3.3 the aggregate amount of cash is $[ ]; 3.4 the ratio of Stockholders' Equity to Total Assets is [ ] per cent; [or, as the case may be, specify in what respect any of the financial covenants are not complied with.] 4. As at [ ] 201[ ] no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. [or, specify/identify any Event of Default] The Borrower is in compliance with Clause 16.1 of the Loan Agreement. [If not, specify this and what is proposed as regards Clause 16.3] The aggregate Fair Market Values of the Mortgaged Vessels as at [ ] 201[ ] is $[ ] based on a Fair Market Value for each Mortgaged Vessel as at that date as follows: Name of Vessel Name of first shipbroker providing valuation Name of second shipbroker providing valuation Average market value [ ] [ ] [ ] $[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] $[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] $[ ] Yours faithfully... Chief Financial Officer EURONAV NV 154

379 SCHEDULE 9 DESIGNATION NOTICE To: Attn. Copy: Nordea Bank Norge ASA Middelthunsgate 17 P.O. Box 1166 Sentrum NO-0107 Oslo Norway International Loan Administration Euronav NV Date: [ ] 20[ ] Dear Sirs Loan Agreement dated [ ] 2015 We refer to: 1. the loan agreement dated [ ] 2015 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between, amongst others, (1) ourselves as Borrower, (2) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as Original Lenders, (3) the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 2 thereto as Original Swap Providers and (4) yourselves as Agent and Security Agent providing for the making available to us of committed revolving credit facilities in the aggregate amount of $750,000,000 and an uncommitted upsize facility in the amount of $250,000,000; 2. the master agreement dated as of [ ] made between Euronav NV and [ ] (the " Master Agreement "); and 3. a confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [ ] and addressed by [ ] to Euronav NV (the " Confirmation "). In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the Confirmation and hereby confirm that the transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a "Designated Transaction" for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents. Yours faithfully... for and on behalf of [SWAP PROVIDER] 155

380 EXECUTION PAGES THE BORROWER SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Thomas Willan EURONAV NV ) Thomas Willan Attorney-in-fact THE BANKS SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble ABN AMRO BANK N.V. as Mandated Lead ) Katherine Noble Arranger, Bookrunner, Original Lender ) Attorney-in-fact and Original Swap Provider ) SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble BELFIUS BANK NV/SA as Original Lender Katherine Noble and Original Swap Provider Attorney-in-fact SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND ) Katherine Noble INVESTMENT BANK as Lead Arranger, ) Attorney-in-fact Original Lender and Original Swap Provider SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble DNB BANK ASA as Mandated Lead Arranger, ) Katherine Noble Bookrunner, Co-ordinator and Original Swap ) Attorney-in-fact Provider ) 156

381 SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble DNB (UK) LIMITED as Original Lender ) Katherine Noble Attorney-in-fact SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble HSBC BANK PLC as Original Lender ) Katherine Noble and Original Swap Provider ) Attorney-in-fact SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble ING BANK N.V. as Mandated Lead ) Katherine Noble Arranger, Bookrunner and Original Lender ) ) Attorney-in-fact SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble KBC BANK N.V. as Co-Arranger, Original ) Katherine Noble Lender and Original Swap Provider ) Attorney-in-fact SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC as ) Katherine Noble Original Swap Provider ) Attorney-in-fact SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA ) Katherine Noble as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner, ) Attorney-in-fact Co-ordinator, Original Lender, Agent and ) Security Agent 157

382 SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble SCOTIABANK EUROPE PLC as ) Katherine Noble Co-Arranger, Original Lender and ) Attorney-in-fact Original Swap Provider ) SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN ) Katherine Noble AB (PUBL) as Mandated Lead Arranger, ) Attorney-in-fact Bookrunner, Original Lender and Original ) Swap Provider ) SIGNED ) by ) duly authorised for and on behalf of ) /s/ Katherine Noble SOCIETE GENERALE as Co-Arranger and ) Katherine Noble Original Lender Attorney-in-fact 158

383 Exhibit 4.23 Board of Directors of 3 December 2015 EURONAV NV LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 2016

384 1 Definitions " Acceptance Notification " : means the written notification substantially in the form as attached in Annex A to this Plan whereby the Beneficiary notifies the Company of his/her full or partial acceptance of the LTIP Grant, in accordance with the provisions set out in this Plan; " Affiliated Entity " : means, in relation to any person or legal entity, any undertaking which relates to that person or legal entity as set out in Article 11 of the Belgian Companies Code; " Bad Leaver Event " : means the termination of the Professional Relationship between a Participant and a Group Company due to any of the reasons described in Article 6.2 of this Plan; " Beneficiary " : means (i) a member of the Executive Committee, (ii) a direct report of a member of the Executive Committee; and (iii) any other employee of a Group Company recommended by the Executive Committee and approved by the Board of Directors; " Board of Directors " : means the board of directors of the Company or any person or committee duly authorized by the board of directors of the Company; " Business Day " : means a day, other than Saturday or Sunday, on which banks are open for business in Belgium and the United States; " Cause " : means dishonesty, fraud, gross misconduct, unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets, or conduct prohibited by criminal law (except minor violations), in each case determined by the Company's chief executive officer or, in the case of directors and executive directors, the Remuneration Committee whose determination shall be conclusive and binding; " Company " : means Euronav NV, a company incorporated under the laws of Belgium, with registered office at De Gerlachekaai 20, 2000 Antwerp, Belgium and registered with the Register of Legal Entities under number ; 2

385 " Change of Control " : means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) (ii) (iii) during any period of twenty four (24) consecutive calendar months, individuals who were directors of the Company on the first day of such period cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; or the consummation of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company and as a result of which at least 25% of the outstanding shares of the combined entity are held by the new shareholders or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or a change of Control takes place; " Control " : means control over a company as defined in article 5 to 9 of the Belgian Companies Code; " Disability" : means the permanent disablement of a Participant which prevents that Participant from attending any business or occupation for which he/she is reasonably suited by training, education or experience and which lasts twelve consecutive months and at the end of such twelve-month period is beyond reasonable hope of improvement; " Executive Committee " : means the executive committee of the Company; " Fair Market Value " : means the volume weighted average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels over the three (3) last Business Days of the relevant Phantom Stock Vesting Period. " Good Leaver Event " : means the termination of the Professional Relationship between a Participant and a Group Company due to any of the reasons described in Article 6.1 of this Plan; " Group " : means the Company and any of its Affiliated Entities; " Group Company " : means any company being part of the Group; " Leaver Instance " : means each instance which in respect of a Participant gives rise to the termination of his/her Professional Relationship with a Group Company either in the context of a Good Leaver Event or a Bad Leaver Event; " LTIP Award " : means Phantom Stock accepted by a Beneficiary in accordance with this Plan and the terms and conditions of the LTIP Grant; " LTIP Grant " : means a grant of Phantom Stock Units made to a Beneficiary under this Plan; 3

386 " Offer " : means the written notification pursuant to which the Company offers a LTIP Grant to a Beneficiary in accordance with Article 3.2 of this Plan; " Offer Date " : means the date a Beneficiary is notified in writing by the Board of Directors that he or she is offered a LTIP Grant; " Participant " : means an individual person or a legal entity who is a Phantom Stock Holder; " Phantom Stock Unit " : means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share on the Settlement Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan; " Phantom Stock Holder " : means the holder of a Phantom Stock Unit granted under this Plan; " Phantom Stock Vesting Period " : means the vesting period of the Phantom Stock Units, being the period between the Offer Date and the relevant anniversary of the Offer Date as specified in Article of this Plan; " Plan " : means this Long Term Incentive Plan 2016 of the Company, as may be amended from time to time; " Professional Relationship " : means the employment contract between a Participant and a Group Company, a Service Agreement between a Participant and a Group Company or the mandate of a Participant at a Group Company; " Remuneration Committee " : means the remuneration committee of the Company; " Resignation " : means the voluntary termination of the Professional Relationship with the Group Company by the Participant for motives other than a Good Leaver Event; " Retirement " : means either (a) attaining the legal retirement age in the relevant jurisdiction, or (b) each of the Group Company and the Participant agreeing to early retirement no earlier than the age of 60; " Secretary " : means Mrs Ann Vleugels, HR manager and any person appointed by the Board of Directors to receive the Acceptance Notifications and the Exercise Notifications, or if she is unavailable, the General Counsel of the Company or any other person appointed by him/her; 4

387 " Service Agreement " : means each agreement pursuant to which services, such as among others management or consultancy services, are rendered by a self-employed individual or a legal entity for the benefit of a Group Company; " Settlement Date " : has the meaning set out in Article of this Plan; " Shares " : means all issued Shares in the Company from time to time; 2 Object of the Plan 2.1 The purpose of this Plan is to align Participants and shareholder interests by providing a proportion of variable compensation directly linked to the performance of the Company's Share price. This variable compensation is structured as a LTIP Grant composed out of Phantom Stock Units. 2.2 Each Phantom Stock Unit grants the Phantom Stock Holder a conditional right to receive upon vesting of the Phantom Stock Unit and subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share on the Settlement Date. 3 Offer of LTIP Grants 3.1 Offer The Board of Directors, upon recommendation of the Remuneration Committee, determines the number of Phantom Stock Units offered to each Beneficiary under this Plan. In this respect, the number of Phantom Stock Units to be offered will be determined based on the Share price on the Offer Date / based on the volume weighted average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels over the three (3) Business Days immediately following the date of issuance of the Company's 2015 Q4 earnings release An Offer does not entail any right for a Beneficiary to additional Offers of LTIP Grants in the future The Offer of LTIP Grants under this Plan does not give rise to an implied guarantee of continuous employment by the Group Companies. 3.2 Form of the Offer The Company notifies the Beneficiary by means of a written notification of the number of Phantom Stock Units offered to such Beneficiary under the LTIP Grant and indicates the vesting dates of the Phantom Stock Units (the " Offer "). 3.3 Free Offer The LTIP Grants are offered to the Beneficiaries for no consideration. 5

388 3.4 Acceptance or refusal of LTIP Grants Any Beneficiary should accept all or part of the LTIP Grant offered to him by returning a duly completed and executed Acceptance Notification to the Secretary within ninety (90) calendar days after the Offer Date, unless indicated otherwise in the Offer. If the Acceptance Notification is not received in due time, the LTIP Grant shall be deemed to have been refused by the Beneficiary and the rights of the concerned Beneficiary with regard to the LTIP Grant are automatically cancelled. The same is true for explicitly refused LTIP Grants. No financial compensation shall be granted to the Beneficiary for any implicit or explicit refusal A Beneficiary has the possibility to accept only part of the LTIP Grant granted to him/her. To this effect, the Beneficiary should mention the exact number of accepted Phantom Stock Units in the Acceptance Notification. If the Beneficiary accepts only part of the Phantom Stock Units granted to him/her, he/she shall be deemed to have refused the other Phantom Stock Units offered to him/her. In such case, no financial compensation shall be granted to the Beneficiary for the refused Phantom Stock Units Through their acceptance of (part of) the LTIP Grants by means of the Acceptance Notification, the Beneficiaries of LTIP Grants unconditionally accept all the provisions contained in this Plan In due course the Company will confirm the Beneficiary's election to accept or to refuse the LTIP Grant and the number of Phantom Stock Units accepted, if any. 4 General Terms of the LTIP Awards 4.1 LTIP Awards granted to Beneficiaries are strictly personal and not eligible for transfer of ownership title or any other form of transfer of (ownership) rights, except in event of decease in which case the LTIP Awards will be transferred to the heirs. 4.2 LTIP Awards cannot be pledged or encumbered directly or indirectly in any way. 4.3 LTIP Awards that have been transferred, pledged or encumbered directly or indirectly in any way in violation of Article 4.1 and/or Article 4.2 of this Plan, shall lapse automatically without any financial compensation for the Beneficiary or its transferee. 5 Specific terms of the Phantom Stock Units 5.1 Vesting and settlement of the Phantom Stock Units Subject to Article 8 of this Plan, the Phantom Stock Units shall vest as follows: - a first tranche of 1/3 of the total number of Phantom Stock Units accepted by a Phantom Stock Holder vests on the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Offer Date; 6

389 - a second tranche of 1/3 of the total number of Phantom Stock Units accepted by a Phantom Stock Holder vests on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Offer Date; and - a final tranche of 1/3 of the total number of Phantom Stock Units accepted by a Phantom Stock Holder vests on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Offer Date On the first Business Day after a Phantom Stock vesting event as per Article (the " Settlement Date "), the Phantom Stock Holder will receive, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share on the Settlement Date, multiplied by the number of Phantom Stock Units vested on that Settlement Date In the event that the Company has paid dividends during a Phantom Stock Vesting Period the Phantom Stock Holder shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash corresponding to such dividends. Such amount will be paid in cash to the Phantom Stock Holder on the Settlement Date for the Phantom Stock Units having vested during the corresponding Phantom Stock Vesting Period. 6 Lapse of the LTIP Awards in a Leaver Instance 6.1 Good Leaver Events In case of Retirement of a Participant, all Phantom Stock Units held by that Participant shall continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set out in Article of this Plan and shall be cash settled by the Company upon vesting in accordance with this Plan In case of decease of a Participant, all Phantom Stock Units held by that Participant shall immediately vest and shall be cash settled by the Company in accordance with Article In case of Disability of a Participant, all Phantom Stock Units held by that Participant shall immediately vest and shall be cash settled by the Company in accordance with this Plan on the date of termination of the Professional Relationship as a result of the Disability of the Participant If the Professional Relationship between a Participant and a Group Company is terminated by the Participant or the Group Company, for any reason not included in this Article 6.1 or in Article 6.2 of this Plan, all Phantom Stock Units held by that Participant that are scheduled to vest on or prior to 31 December of the year following the calendar year in which the Professional Relationship was terminated, shall continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set out in Article 5.1 of this Plan and shall be cash settled by the Company upon vesting in accordance with Article All Phantom Stock Units held by that Participant that are scheduled to vest after 31 December of the year following the calendar year in which the Professional Relationship was terminated, shall lapse automatically, without any payment, as of the date the Professional Relationship was terminated, unless the Board of Directors upon recommendation of the Remuneration Committee, would decide otherwise. No Group Company can be held liable for the potential loss incurred by a Participant as a result of the lapsing of the LTIP Awards. 7

390 6.2 Bad Leaver Event If the Professional Relationship between a Participant and a Group Company is terminated by the Group Company for Cause, all LTIP Awards held by the Participant and not yet settled by the Company shall lapse automatically, without any payment, irrespective of whether the LTIP Awards have vested in accordance with Article 5.1 of this Plan, unless the Board of Directors, upon recommendation of the Remuneration Committee, would decide otherwise. No Group Company can be held liable for the potential loss incurred by a Participant as a result of the lapsing of the LTIP Awards In case of Resignation by the Participant, all unvested LTIP Awards held by that resigning Participant shall lapse automatically, without any payment, upon first notification to the Group Company of such termination of the Professional Relationship, unless the Board of Directors upon recommendation of the Remuneration Committee, would decide otherwise. No Group Company can be held liable for the potential loss incurred by a Participant as a result of the lapsing of the LTIP Awards. 7 Adjustments 7.1 Adjustment of the LTIP Awards In the event of any extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution or if an adjustment of the Share capital would occur, including a capital decrease as a result of a reimbursement to the shareholders, an incorporation of reserves in the capital with the issuance of new Shares, the issuance of new Shares, profit Shares, convertible bonds, bonds with a subscription right, a change of the statutory provisions with respect to the distribution of reserves and other profits and/or the distribution of liquidation bonuses or the distribution as a result of the dissolution of the Company, or a merger, contribution or the transfer of Shares as a consequence of a Share exchange, the number of the nominal amount of Shares taken in to account to establish the cash equivalent of a Phantom Stock Unit can be adjusted accordingly, even retroactively, if and to the extent that this is deemed necessary by the Board of Directors, as decided fully discretionary, in order to maintain the value of the benefits attached to the LTIP Awards. 7.2 Notification The Board of Directors will notify the Participants of each adjustment as referred to in Article 7.1 of this Plan. 8

391 8 Change of Control In the event of a Change of Control, all (and not part of the) LTIP Awards shall automatically be deemed to have vested and shall be settled in cash by the Company, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan. 9 General 9.1 Notifications Each notification which should be given to the Beneficiary/Participant or each document which should be provided to the Beneficiary/Participant with respect to this Plan, can be delivered at his home address as communicated to the Company, or any other address which the Company reasonably seems appropriate. 9.2 Decision of the Board of Directors The decisions of the Board of Directors concerning the interpretation of the Plan or concerning any dispute with respect to a LTIP Award or with respect to any affair which relates to this Plan, will be final and decisive. 9.3 Changes to the Plan The Board of Directors can change the Plan and/or adjust the terms and conditions of the LTIP Awards if they believe that that is necessary or required taking into account, to be in accordance with, or for the moderation of the relevant legal provisions applicable in any relevant jurisdiction, including, but not limited to, tax provisions and securities regulations and currency regulations, provided that it is the intention of the Board of Directors to maintain the terms and conditions of the LTIP Awards granted to such Beneficiaries/Participants in line with the terms and conditions granted to the other Beneficiaries/ Participants The Board of Directors will notify the Beneficiaries/Participants as soon as possible of each change as referred to in Article of this Plan. 9.4 Taxes and Expenses The possible taxes, duties, parafiscal levies due by the Participant as a result of the grant and/or acceptance of the LTIP Awards and/or settlement in cash of the Phantom Stock Units, will be exclusively borne by the Participant, without the possibility to claim any compensation therefore from the Company The Company and/or any Group Company are entitled to withhold any amount and conclude any agreement they deem necessary or useful in order to comply with any tax and/or social security obligation that results from the grant and/or acceptance of the Phantom Stock Units and/or the settlement in cash of the Phantom Stock Units in accordance with this Plan. 9

392 9.4.3 Without prejudice to Articles and of this Plan, all costs with respect to the implementation of this Plan will be borne by the Company. 9.5 Nature of the Plan Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary included in the Plan: the granting of the LTIP Awards is not to form part of the rights held by the Participant with respect to remuneration or benefits under his/her Professional Relationship with a Group Company; nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Group Company from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant of Phantom Stock Units, other types of equity-based or equity-linked awards (subject to approval of the shareholders of the Company if such approval is required) and cash incentive awards, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases the Plan does not confer upon the Participant any right to the continuation of his/her Professional Relationship or continued performance under a statutory position for any period and therefore does not prevent any Group Company from terminating the Professional Relationship or statutory position in accordance with applicable regulations; the granting of the LTIP Awards cannot be considered as a right acquired for the future. 9.6 Severability If any provision in this document is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, under any applicable law, that provision will be deemed not to form part of this document, and the legality, validity or enforceability of the remainder of this document will not be affected. 9.7 Governing Law The Plan, all Phantom Stock Units and their implications are governed by Belgian Law The courts of Antwerp have exclusive jurisdiction. 10

393 Annex A Acceptance Notification PHANTOM STOCK UNITS OFFERED BY EURONAV NV ACCEPTANCE NOTIFICATION MANDATORY RETURN REGISTERED OR HAND DELIVERY [date no later than [insert date]] Euronav NV f.a.o. Mrs Ann Vleugels De Gerlachekaai Antwerp Belgium Dear Madam, Dear Sir, Euronav NV Long Term Incentive Plan 2016 Further to the offer I received from Euronav NV on [ insertdateofoffer], I hereby inform you that I: o o accept Phantom Stock Units referred to in the offer; this acceptance shall be construed as my unconditional acceptance of all the provisions contained in the Euronav NV Long Term Incentive Plan 2016; refuse Phantom Stock Units referred to in the offer; Sincerely, [signature of the beneficiary] [name] Confirmation of receipt in the event the notification was not returned by registered mail Date of receipt: SK

394 Exhibit 8.1 Euronav NV Subsidiaries Name of Subsidiary Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited Euronav Luxembourg SA Euronav SAS Euronav Ship Management SAS Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd. Euronav Hong Kong Limited Euronav Singapore Pte. Ltd. E.S.M.C. Euro-Ocean Ship Management (Cyprus) Ltd. Euronav Shipping NV Euronav Tankers NV Joint ventures Fiorano Shipholding Limited Fontvieille Shipholding Limited Great Hope Enterprises Limited Kingswood Co. Ltd. Larvotto Shipholding Limited Moneghetti Shipholding Limited Seven Seas Shipping Ltd. TI Africa Limited TI Asia Limited Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization UK Luxembourg France France Liberia Hong Kong Singapore Cyprus Belgium Belgium Hong Kong Hong Kong Hong Kong Marshall Islands Hong Kong Hong Kong Marshall Islands Hong Kong Hong Kong

395 Exhibit 12.1 CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER I, Patrick Rodgers, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Euronav NV; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The Company's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 5. The Company's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Date: April 5, 2016 /s/ Patrick Rodgers Patrick Rodgers Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

396 Exhibit 12.2 CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER I, Hugo De Stoop, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Euronav NV; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The Company's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f)) and 15d-15(f) for the Company and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 5. The Company's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the Company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Date: April 5, 2016 /s/ Hugo De Stoop Hugo De Stoop Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

397 Exhibit 13.1 PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 In connection with this Annual Report of Euronav NV (the "Company") on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on or about the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Patrick Rodgers, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request. Date: April 5, 2016 /s/ Patrick Rodgers Patrick Rodgers Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

398 Exhibit 13.2 PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 In connection with this Annual Report of Euronav NV (the "Company") on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on or about the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Hugo De Stoop, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request. Date: April 5, 2016 /s/ Hugo De Stoop Hugo De Stoop Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

399 Exhibit 15.1 April 5, 2016 Euronav NV De Gerlachekaai Antwerpen Belgium Gentlemen: Reference is made to the annual report on Form 20-F of Euronav NV (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the "Annual Report"). We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Annual Report and to the use of the statistical information supplied by us set forth in the section of the Annual Report entitled "The International Oil Tanker Shipping Industry." We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the provision of such statistical data supplied by us. With respect to such statistical data, we advise you that: (1) we have accurately described the tanker shipping industry, subject to the availability and reliability of the data supporting the statistical and graphical information presented; and (2) our methodologies for collecting information and data may differ from those of other sources and does not reflect all or even necessarily a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the tanker shipping industry. We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Annual Report. Yours faithfully, /s/ Nigel Gardiner Nigel Gardiner Group Managing Director Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd LONDON DELHI SINGAPORE SHANGHAI Drewry Shipping Consultants, Christopher Street, London EC2A 2BS, United Kingdom t : +44 (0) f : +44 (0) e : enquiries@drewry.co.uk Registered in England No Registered VAT No

400 Exhibit 15.2 Energy Maritime Associates Pte Ltd E: W: April 5, 2016 EuronavNV De Gerlachekaai Antwerpen Belgium Gentlemen: Reference is made to the annual report on Form 20-F of Euronav NV (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the "Annual Report"). We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Annual Report and to the use of the statistical information supplied by us set forth in the section of the Annual Report entitled "Overview of the Offshore Oil and Gas Industry." (1) we have accurately described the offshore oil and gas industry, subject to the availability and reliability of the data supporting the statistical and graphical information presented and (2) our methodologies for collecting information and data may differ from those of other sources and does not reflect all or even necessarily a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the offshore oil and gas industry. Yours faithfully, We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Annual Report. /s/ David Boggs David Boggs Managing Director Energy Maritime Associates Westech Building, 237 Pandan Loop #08-04, Singapore